K-Tron Premier Rep Catalog Dec 2010 PDF

CATALOG INDEX
Page No.: 1 of 4
Revised: Dec 10
SECTION DESCRIPTION ISSUED DATE
0 General Information
0 K-Tron Premier Overview Brochure 2009-07
0 K-Tron Process Group Brochure 2009-09
0 Pharma Brochure 2009-09
0 Food Brochure 2009-11
0 0-101 Material Tests 2010-03
0 0-301/0-316 Estimated Material Test Results 2009-08
1 Aerolocks & Accessories
1 HD Aerolock / S-500101-en 2010-12
1 MD Aerolock / S-500102-en 2010-12
1 QC Aerolock / S-500103-en 2010-12
1 BT Aerolock / S-500104-en 2010-12
1 LD Aerolock / S-500105-en 2010-12
1 Aerolock Troubleshooting / I-500112-en 2009-08
1 MD 1820 Aerolock / S-500113-en 2009-08
1 (1-19) Aerolock Dimensional Pages 2009-08
1 1-101/1-117 Aerolock Sizing 2009-08
2 Valves & Accessories
2 Diverter Valves Flyer 2009-10
2 (1A-16A) Diverter Valve Dimensional Pages 10-04
2 2-201/2-204 Gate Diverter Valves 2009-08
3 Piping & Accessories
3 3-201/3-219 Conveying Line & Elbows 2009-08
4 Cyclones, Filters, Receivers & Accessories
4 Cyclones Flyer 2009-05
4 Mini Filter / S-500401-en 2009-03
4 Modular Cartridge Bin Vent / S-500402-en 2009-11
4 Automatic Bin Vent / S-500403-en 2010-12
4 Filter Receiver Single Access / S-500404-en 2010-12
4 Filter Receiver Double Access / S-500405-en 2010-12
4 (1-15) Dimensional Pages 2009-08
4 4-101 & 4-102 Filtair & Cyclone Sizing 2009-08
4 4-103 & 4-104 Filtair & Cyclone Sizing 2009-08
4 4-105 Application Guidelines 2009-08
5 Blower Packages & Accessories
5 Blowers Flyer 2009-10
5 (1-12) Blower Dimensional Pages 2009-08
5 5-101 & 5-102 Blower Sizing 2009-08
CATALOG INDEX
Page No.: 2 of 4
Revised: Dec 10
5 5-303/5-311 Pressure Blower Selection 2010-03
6 Flanged Adapters & Related Accessories
6 6-201/6-208 Flex Socks & Flanged Adapters 2009-08
7 Railcar Accessories
7 7-201/7-204 Railcar Accessories 2009-08
8 Fluidizer Bed, Bin Unloader & Accessories
8 Aeration Pads / I-500801-en 2010-12
8 Zone Blender / S-500802-en 2010-12
8 8-201 & 8-202 Bin Unloader 2009-08
8 8-203 & 8-204 Fluidizer Beds 2009-08
9 Buttery & Knife Gates
9 9-201/9-202 Buttery Gates (NOT CE COMPLIANT) 2009-08
9 9-203/9-204 Buttery Gates (CE COMPLIANT) 2009-08
9 9-205/9-206 Gravity Slide Gates (NOT CE COMPLIANT) 2009-08
9 9-207/9-208 Gravity Slide Gates (CE COMPLIANT) 2009-08
9 9-209/9-210 Orice Slide Gates (NOT CE COMPLIANT) 2009-08
9 9-211/9-212 Orice Slide Gates (CE COMPLIANT) 2009-08
9 9-213 Maintenance Gates 2009-08
10 Feeders & Mixers
10 Feeders & Mixers Flyer 2009-10
10 B175 / S-501001-en 2009-05
10 (5A-16A)Prorate Sizing Dimensional Pages 04-02
10 Gravimetric Blenders Flyer 2009-10
10 10-207 Prorate 2009-08
11 Hoppers & Surge Bins
11 Feed Bins / S-501101-en 2009-09
11 Batch Weigh Receiver / I-501102-en 2010-12
11 Bag Dump Station / S-501103-en 2009-11
11
11-201/11-206 Scale Hoppers, Load Cells, Aluminum Surge
Bins, Aerolock Surge Hoppers
2009-08
12 Bolted & Welded Storage Tanks
12 Columbian TecTank Brochure
12 12-101 & 12-102 Capacities Chart 2009-08
12 12-201 Bolted Tank Standard Openings 2009-08
13 Doors & Covers
13 13-201 & 13-202 Access Door 2009-08
CATALOG INDEX
Page No.: 3 of 4
Revised: Dec 10
14 Level Indicators
14 Rotating Level Indicator / S-501401-en 2010-12
14 Level Indicators / S-501402-en 2010-12
14 14-203 & 14-204 Inventory Level Sensors 2009-08
15 Dryers & Drying Hoppers
15 Dryers Flyer 2009-10
15 15-201/15-207 Dehumidifying Dryers & Accessories 2009-08
18 Automated Control Systems
18 Series 4 MPC Controller / S-501803-en 2010-12
18 Series 4 PLC Controller / S-501806-en 2010-12
18 LSR Controller / S-501807-en 2010-12
18 18-101/18-105 Control Panel Selection 2010-04
18 18-201 & 18-202 Control Specications Basic Controls 2009-08
18 18-301 & 18-302 Control Specications Basic Controls 2010-03
20 Pressure System Design
20 20-101/20-110 System Sizing 2009-08
21 Vacuum System Design
21 21-101/21-109 System Sizing 2009-08
22 Vacuum/Pressure System Design
22 22-101/22-118 System Sizing 2009-08
23 Rail Unload Systems
23 23-101 Vacuum Pressure Rail Unload 2009-08
23 23-201/23-208 Vacuum Pressure Rail Unload 2009-08
24
Vacuum Sequencing Receivers, Loaders & Accessories -
Series 2400 System Design
24 Vacuum Conveying Brochure 2009-05
24 P10 / S-502401-en 2009-11
24 P30 / S-502402-en 2009-11
24 P100 / S-502403-en 2009-11
24 C100 & C102 / S-502404-en 2009-09
24 C1K & D1K / S-502405-en 2009-07
24 C400 & C402 / S-502406-en 2009-07
24 2410 Loader / S-502407-en 2009-11
24 2410 Receiver / S-502408-en 2010-12
24 2415 Receiver / S-502409-en 2009-11
24 2420 Receiver / S-502410-en 2009-11
24 2423 Receiver / S-502411-en 2010-12
CATALOG INDEX
Page No.: 4 of 4
Revised: Dec 10
24 2424 Receiver / S-502412-en 2010-12
24 2406 Receiver / S-502413-en 2009-11
24 2410 Pellet Receiver / S-502414-en 2009-11
24 Static In-Line Filter & Group / S-502416-en 2009-11
24 Pulse-Clean In-Line Filter and Group / S-502417-en 2009-11
24 Series 3 to 4 Conversion Kits / I-502419-en 2010-12
24 (1-7) 2400 Series Dimensional Pages 2010-03
24 24-101/24-102 System Guidelines & Sizing Instruction 2009-08
25 Pharmaceutical
25 Bag Dump Stn w/Glovebox / I-502501-en 2009-11
26 Hazardous
27 Terms & Conditions/Policies
K-Tron Premier
Pneumatic Conveying Systems
and Components for Bulk Material Handling
Overview
2
Bulk Material Handling Systems
Bulk Unloading
and Storage
Systems
The K-Tron
Difference
A bulk unloading and storage system can increase production and plant efficiency while decreasing labor,
material and energy costs. Premier has time-proven capability to tailor an unloading and storage sys-
tem to meet specific applications. Consideration to plant layout, how material is received, the materials
characteristics and conveying distance and rate are taken to ensure maximum system performance to
handle materials such as wood flour, PVC compound, cocoa, dextrose, titanium dioxide, soda ash, calcium
carbonate, sodium benzoate and many more hard to handle materials.
The PD truck unloading system includes a truck fill
alarm panel located at the storage tank. A manual
hose switch station lets the operator select the
destination.
Truck Unloading
Pneumatic conveying represents the core of a K-Tron Premier bulk
material handling system. Whether its a simple system or achieving
great performance with difficult materials, our application knowledge
and ability to effectively handle a large variety of materials have
earned us the trust of our customers.
Premiers sack dump station traps dust generated
from the unloading of material received in bags. In
addition to the vacuum system, the sack dump sta-
tion can introduce material into pressure systems
or directly into a screw conveyor or mixer.
Bag Unloading
The PD railcar unloading system includes a blower package
and PLC controls to monitor the systems operation.
A single-blower system conveys material from the railcar to
the storage tank. One blower powers both sides of the system,
minimizing cost. It is ideal for applications where the vacuum
side of the system is a short distance.
Dual-blower systems unload material from the railcar at higher
conveying rates and for longer conveying distances.
Railcar Unloading
3
Weighing and
Scaling Systems
A continuous vacuum or pressure system can improve the accuracy and efficiency of your major, minor
and micro ingredient handling. Maximum system performance is achieved by taking into consideration
factors such as plant layout, material delivery, material characteristics, batch size and the required con-
veying rates. System controls can include recipe, formula and inventory capabilities. Materials of con-
struction include stainless steel for sensitive or sanitary applications as well as epoxy-coated carbon steel
or aluminum for general applications.
Material can be delivered to the scale hoppers by
a closed-loop Aeropass system, filter receivers,
cyclones or screw feeders. When a receiver is used,
an Aerolock meters material into the scale hopper
until the set point is reached.
Series 2400 and P-Series vacuum receivers and
loaders can be used to refill feeders used in
continuous or batch applications. A number of
outlet designs and discharge valves are available
depending on the application.
A receiver is mounted on load cells to allow each
batch to be check-weighed before processing,
minimizing material waste and off-spec products.
Self-cleaning filter media eliminates product carry-
over and provides a cleaner process area.
Material is conveyed to a filter receiver mounted
on load cells. The receivers self-cleaning filter
media separates the material from the conveying
air, eliminating product carryover and providing a
cleaner process area.
Scale Hoppers (Vacuum or Pressure)
Loss-in-Weight Feeder Refill
Batch Weighing
Filter Receiver Scaling (Vacuum or Pressure)
4
Pneumatic Conveying Components
For separating airborne particles
from conveying air.
Premiers Filtair Series receiv-
ers and vents provide excellent
air filtration at a nominal cost.
Whether its producing automatic
material-from-air separation
within a filter receiver or allowing
Filter Receivers,
Bin Vents and
Cyclones
Filter Receiver - airborne material is trapped by pulse-
cleaned filter bags
Modular Cartridge Bin Vent - perform No-Tool mainte-
nance from tank deck
Automatic Bin Vent - with large cloth area for greater filtra-
tion
Mini Filter - for use in loss-in-weight feeder and surge
hoppers
Railcar Bin Vent - fits standard 508 mm [20 in]
railcar hatches
Static Bag Bin Vent - for applications where self-
cleaning bin vents are not required
Cyclone - no moving parts, no bags to clean and and
plant air and electricity are not needed for operation
clean air to pass from a tank into
the atmosphere using our No-
Tool modular cartridge bin vent,
our engineering staff will ensure
the right filtration system is in
place for your system.
Aerolock
TM
Rotary Valves
Premier Aerolock rotary valves
are backed by more than 50
years of experience-tested
design and applications. We are
continually upgrading our line,
which currently includes more
than 150 models and sizes of
rotary valves.
Many of the variations we offer
are a result of working closely
with our customers to address
their particular needs. Our cus-
tomers expectations of quality
and performance are foremost
in our minds. Each Aerolock is
hand built to exacting tolerances
and is performance tested.
Heavy-Duty (HD) - for heavy-duty
industrial service and high-volu-
metric efficiency
Maximum-Duty (MD) - for heavy
to severe industrial service
Quick-Clean (QC) - for frequent
disassembly and cleaning
requirements
Blow-Through (BT) - enhances
rotor cleanouts and for tight
installations
Light-Duty (LD) - for low pressure
or low vacuum service
5
Premiers sophisticated system
controls are designed to execute
the operations of bulk material
handling equipment. Using state-
of-the-art PLC technology, Pre-
mier controls match the systems
Premier diverter valves are
designed to divert or converge
pellets, granulars, fine powders,
or abrasive materials from one
source to another destination.
Tunnel Diverter Valve - for
directing the flow of material in
a vacuum or pressure system
Custom Controls
Diverter Valves
operation with the clients spe-
cific needs in mind. Electronic
engineers can remotely monitor
a system and resolve problems
quickly, resulting in maximum
productivity for the customer.
A Valve - for diverting material
stream into one of two destina-
tions
Aeropass Valve - for diverting
material directly into a hopper
and low-clearance areas
Diverter Valve - for directing
material from one source to
multiple destinations
Blower Packages
For creating vacuum and/or
pressure in conveying systems.
Selecting the right blower that
operates at the correct speed
is critical to the success of any
pneumatic conveying system. At
Premier, we supply a wide range
of quality blower packages for
conveying pellets, powders, and
granular materials.
With blowers for 38 mm [1.5 in]
through 400 mm [16 in] convey-
ing systems up to 700 mBar
(20 in) Hg vacuum and 1 Bar
[15 PSIG] pressure, our systems
engineers can select a 2 to 200
kW [3 to 250 HP] blower that is
specifically tailored to respond
efficiently for your application.
Vacuum Blower
Pressure Blower
Vacuum Sequencing
Bag Dump
Stations
Whether your application calls
for fine powders, granular or pel-
letized materials, Premiers bag
dump stations are designed to
ensure a clean, dust-controlled
process environment while
unloading materials received in
bags.
Bag Dump Stations
with integral dust control
Bag Dump Hoppers
no filtration included
6
Loaders and Receivers
P Series
for sanitary
material handling
solutions
Series 2400
for a wide range
of pneumatic
conveying needs
Poor flowing powder?
Fragile products?
The P-Series provides a custom
solution for difficult convey-
ing applications. The sanitary
design is perfect for applications
in the food and pharmaceutical
industries. Special options are
available for pharmaceutical ap-
plications such as spray balls......
Main design features include
modular construction, steep
cone angles to ensure excellent
discharge and band clamps for
quick disassembly. The polyester
cartridge filter is equipped with
automatic reverse jet pulsing for
thorough cleaning.
Material conveying principle
Pneumatic, vacuum, dilute phase
and dense phase conveying
Materials handled
Ability to handle a wide range of
free and poor flowing powders as
well as friable materials.
Conveying rates
Up to 9,000 lb/hr or
4,000 kg/hr on a batch basis.
Certification
Hazardous area models avail-
able for NEC North American
as well as ATEX standards
Validation available
Series 2400 Powder and Pellet
receivers provide a high capacity
sequencing system designed to
handle powder, pellet, regrind
and granular materials. Each
receiver has a stainless check
valve to allow multiple receivers
to draw material from a com-
mon conveying line.The polyester
cartridge filter is equipped with
automatic reverse jet pulsing for
thorough cleaning.
Applications include railcar
unloading, silo to daybin transfer,
in-plant transfer or feeder refill.
Various models available in
carbon steel (painted), stainless
steel or aluminum.
All models feature quick connect
clamps for easy cleaning and
filter maintenance.
Self-contained loaders feature
an integrated vacuum pump.
Materials handled
pellets and powders.
Conveying rates
Up to 15,000 lb/hr or
6,800 kg/hr.
Certification
Hazardous area models available
for NEC North American as well
as ATEX standards
Receiver configurations are optimally suited to the appli cation and product
requirements, for simple up and in systems or for continuous conveying.
7
Feeders and Blenders
Feeders
for metering free
flowing plastics &
additives
Gravimetric
Blenders
for mixing free
flowing plastics &
additives
Static Blenders
for mixing free
flowing bulk
materials
Premier's versatile ProRate
screw feeders are designed for
on-machine feeding and precise
metering of materials. The Pro-
Blend Mixer is designed for use
as an on-machine blender or for
central station blending.
Both units can easily
be added to or removed
for adapting to changing
requirements.
Premiers gravimetric blend-
ers are designed to meter raw
materials in desired proportions
into a central station hopper for
the most consistent and homog-
enous blend.
The ProRate continuous blender
consists of one to eight ingredi-
ent feeders. Each of the feeders
operates in an independent,
continuous loss-in-weight scaling
mode to ensure accuracy for
each ingredient.
The batch blender includes a
highly advanced metering and
weighing system that accurately
controls every ingredient of every
batch.
ProRate Gravimetric
Continuous Blender
blends one to eight ingredients
for plastics applications
Gravimetric Batch Blender
available in 2.5, 5 and 12 kg
sizes
The ProBlend Zone Blender
provides blending action in a
silo or hopper with no addi-
tional moving parts, by allowing
different zones of material to
discharge at different rates. The
material is thus blended as it
leaves the vessel.
With its special geometry in the
silo hopper, the Zone Blender
provides multiple flow zones
in which the material passes
through the silo at different
velocities and residence times.
ProRate Feeders
ideally suited for injection
molding or extrusion feeding
applications
ProRate II Feeders
equipped with larger screws
and hopper capacities
ProBlend Mixer
ideal for blending material at
various blend ratios
www.ktron.com Headquarters: K-Tron International, Inc., Pitman, NJ 08071-0888 USA
Manufacturing, Sales & Engineering:
K-Tron America, Inc.
Routes 55 & 553
P.O. Box 888
Pitman, NJ 08071-0888 USA
Tel +1 856 589 0500
Fax +1 856 589 8113
E-mail: info@ktron.com
Premier Pneumatics, Inc.
606 North Front St. / P.O. Box 17
Salina, KS 67402-0017 USA
Tel +1 785 825 1611
Fax +1 785 825 8759
K-Tron (Switzerland) Ltd
Lenzhardweg 43/45
CH-5702 Niederlenz
Tel +41 62 885 71 71
Fax +41 62 885 71 80
E-mail: ks@ktron.com
Sales and Engineering:
Asia Pacific
K-Tron Asia Pte Ltd
10 Bukit Batok Crescent
#04-05 The Spire
Singapore 658079
Tel +65 6899 7255
Fax +65 6569 7600
E-mail: kap@ktron.com
Belgium
K-Tron Benelux b.v. *
Kontichsesteenweg 17
BE-2630 Aartselaar
Tel +32 3 870 96 40
Fax +32 3 870 96 41
E-mail: info@ktron.be
British Isles
K-Tron Great Britain Ltd.
4 Acorn Business Park
Heaton Lane
Stockport SK4 1AS
United Kingdom
Tel +44 161 209 4810
Fax +44 161 474 0292
E-mail: kb@ktron.com
China
K-Tron China Ltd.
Shanghai Representative Office
Rm 907 Sinotrans Mansion
No.188 Fujian Road
CN-200001 Shanghai
Tel +86 21 6375 7925
Fax +86 21 6375 7930
E-mail: kcn@ktron.com
France
K-Tron France S..r.l.
56, boulevard de Courcerin
FR-77183 Croissy-Beaubourg
Tel +33 1 64 80 16 00
Fax +33 1 64 80 15 99
E-mail: kf@ktron.com
Germany
K-Tron Deutschland GmbH
Im Steinigen Graben 10
DE-63571 Gelnhausen
Tel +49 6051 9626 0
Fax +49 6051 9626 44
E-mail: kd@ktron.com
Japan
K-Tron Japan *
APTe Japan Co., Ltd.
No. 2 Kosei Bldg
1-14-20, Shin-Yokohama, Kohoku-ku
JP-222-0033 Yokohama
Tel +81 45 478 4360
Fax +81 45 478 4361
E-mail: info@ktron.co.jp
Netherlands
Postbus 1
NL-3450 AA Vleuten
Utrechtseweg 4 A
NL-3451 GG Vleuten
Tel +31 30 677 9260
Fax +31 30 677 9269
E-mail: info@ktron.nl
Copyright K-Tron 2008, B-600104-en (0790000431) 2009-07 * Independent Sales Representatives
Smart Systems Engineering Solutions
The K-Tron Process Group
systems engineering group is
experienced with a wide range
of systems designs from small,
simple projects to large, complex
installations.
At K-Tron, systems engineers fol-
low each project from presenting
the proposal through oversee-
ing design and manufacture to
commissioning and start-up. In
this way our customers have one
contact who is familiar with all
aspects of the project.
In addition to the wide selec-
tion of dependable products
featured in this brochure, K-Tron
also offers a full range of feeding
auxilliary equipment such as
storage tanks, bulk bag unload-
ing stations, dryers, valves and
accessories, piping and much
more.
The Technology Leader for
Process Feeding and Conveying Equipment

K-Tron Process Group
Process
Group
1900 1949 1972 1975 1976
2
K-Tron Milestones
Mission
K-Tron is a global leader in the design, production, marketing and servicing of
high-quality feeders, pneumatic conveying systems and related equipment for
the handling of bulk solids in a wide variety of manufacturing processes.
At K-Tron, our mission is to create value for our customers, shareholders, em-
ployees and associates by producing superior feeders, vacuum conveyors and
related material processing equipment.

Creating Value
for Customers,
Shareholders,
Employees and
Associates
Soder AG is founded
in Niederlenz, Switzerland,
to manufacture mills for the
food industry
K-Tron (then known as
Monsell) is founded in
USA to manufacture
pneumatic scales
K-Tron introduces the first
digitally controlled belt
feeder worldwide
The Company Focus
K-Trons focus on creating value has made it the preferred feeder company of leading
manufacturers around the world. Eighty percent of the Fortune 100 industrial companies have
purchased K-Tron feeders, and K-Tron is a major supplier to regional and local
processors. With roots more than 100 years old, K-Tron defines the leading edge in
designing, manufacturing and marketing feeders and related equipment.
A Global Presence
K-Tron International, Inc. is headquartered in Pitman, New Jersey USA and has more than 650
employees in the United States, Europe and the Far East. The K-Tron Process Group is further
represented by more than 80 sales organizations with over 100 offices in more than
60 countries around the world.
Complete Control Over Design and Manufacturing
K-Tron has complete control over the design and manufacture of its own weighing,
mechanical and control systems. K-Tron holds more than 98 patents for weighing,
mechanical and control technologies and their application to bulk solids handling.
Our People Guarantee Reliability and Satisfaction
K-Tron fully supports customers before and after the sale with services to help them
derive full value from their equipment purchases. The companys total dedication to
satisfying processors needs has led to long-term relationships with these customers.
Through its people, as much as its technology, K-Tron is able to deliver feeders, conveying
systems and services that consistently provide a high level of performance and long-lasting
value.
K-Tron acquires
Soder AG
K-Tron introduces
the first all-digital
loss-in-weight feeders
1976 1997
3
2003 2003 2006 2007 1999
K-Tron introduces
the first all-digital
loss-in-weight feeders
K-Tron opens a representa-
tive office in Shanghai,
China
K-Tron Core Technologies
Mechanical: Materials Handling
No two process applications are the same, and K-Tron offers the widest
range of materials handling solutions in the industry. All volumetric feeders, loss-in-weight feeders, weigh
belts, flow meters and pneumatic conveying systems are offered in a variety of configurations. Volumetric and
loss-in-weight feeders are available in single and twin screw configurations or as vibratory trays and liquid
or solids pumps. Weigh belts come in multiple sizes in open or closed frame configuration. Flow meters are
available in multiple sizes with or without prefeed devices. Both vacuum and pressure
pneumatic conveying systems can be engineered for a variety of applications.
Digital Weighing: SFT Technology
K-Trons unique vibrating wire weighing technology is based on the
fact that the resonance frequency of an oscillating wire depends on the
wire tension produced when a load is applied. Force, when derived from
an applied weight, is transferred mechanically to the wire. The
resonant frequency of the wire is then measured to determine
the weight with a resolution exceeding 1 part in 4 million.
Control: SmartConnex Architecture
K-Trons SmartConnex concept represents a new feeder control environ-
ment that tightly integrates the core technologies of a feeder system
mechanical design, control algorithm and weighing technology. This
greatly reduces the cost of installation and daily operation, makes the
system easier to use and maintain, and provides an optimum level of performance. A key com-
ponent combines motor drive and control unit functions into a small box that mounts directly on the feeder.
This K-Tron Control Module (KCM) serves as the feeders brain and controls the feeder for
either batch or continuous processes.
In multi-feeder applications, SmartConnex can be used to form a network of feeders using
simple field wiring techniques with superior performance.
K-Tron introduces revolu-
tionary Bulk Solids Pump
feeding technology
K-Tron enters the size
reduction business with
the acquisition of
Pennsylvania Crusher
Corporation
K-Tron acquires
Premier Pneumatics Inc.
K-Tron signs purchase agree-
ment with Wuxi Chenghao
Machinery Co. Ltd. in China
K-Tron introduces the
K-Vision Line Controller
supporting multiple lan-
guages, including Chinese
and Japanese
K-Tron introduces
SmartConnex Control
System and SFT-III
4
UNI TED STATES CANADA SWEDEN
Public company headquartered
in Pitman, New Jersey USA
NASDAQ symbol KTII
Over 650 employees
worldwide
Yearly sales in excess
of US $243 million
in 2008
Designs, manufactures and markets
high quality feeding equipment, conveying
systems, size reduction equipment and
electronic components worldwide
Internet address:
www.ktroninternational.com
www.ktron.com
Electronic design and
assembly manufacturing
K-Tron International at a Glance
Volumetric and gravimetric
feeding equipment
Volumetric and gravimetric
feeding equipment, pelletizers and
screen changers for China market
K-Tron International Family
Pneumatic conveying and material
handling systems and components
Size reduction equipment
for heavy industry
5
Markets Served
Industries Served
Aluminum
Building Materials
Chemical
Coatings
Compounding
Detergents
Filaments
Films
Feeds
Food
Hygiene Products
Paper
Pharmaceuticals
Plastics
Others
Services Provided
Consulting and process planning
Systems engineering including third party products
Material tests in state-of-the-art test laboratories
Super vision during systems installation
Start-up and commissioning of systems
On-site training of customer personnel
Preventive maintenance of systems
24 hour spare parts and repair services
Emergency service and 24 hour hot-line
Retrofit of installed systems with new technology
55% Americas
35% Europe/Middle East
10% Far East
6
TM
This application shows four K2 Modular loss-in-weight feeders feeding various resins
and additives into a compounding extruder to produce an engineered resin used to
make automotive components.
Smart Volumetric
and Gravimetric
Feeders and Mass
Flow Meters for
Material Control in
Batch and Continuous
Applications
Typical Applications and Feeding Solutions
Plastics Extrusion
Product Overview
K-Tron feeders provide high-accuracy solutions to handle a wide range of ingredients from choc-
olate chips to fiberglass and from floodable powders to waxy liquids. The K-Tron feeder product
line includes volumetric feeders, loss-in-weight feeders, weigh belt feeders and mass flowmeters
for bulk solids or liquids and related controls for continuous or batch processes. These feeders are
used in the chemical, detergent, food, pharmaceutical, plastics and other industries.
Volumetric twin and single
screw feeding of dry bulk
materials when accuracy by
weight is not critical.
Modular Volumetric Feeders Modular Loss-in-Weight Feeders
Gravimetric loss-in-weight feeding of dry
bulk materials and liquids when accuracy
by weight is critical.
Weigh Belt Feeders
Gravimetric weigh belt feeding of
dry bulk materials when accuracy
by weight is critical and limited head-
room is available.
7
K-Tron K2-ML-T60 loss-in-weight feeder feeding ingredients into a continu-
ous mixing system for the manufacture of dough used in the snack food or
bakery products industries.
Compact Micro-Ingredient Feeders
Gravimetric low rate loss-in-weight feeding
of dry bulk materials and liquids when ac-
curacy by weight is critical.
Food Processing
Smart Flowmeter
Gravimetric metering of
dry bulk materials.
Gravimetric loss-in-weight blending of
multiple dry bulk materials when
accuracy by weight is critical.
K4G Continuous Blending System
Pharmaceutical Feeders
Volumetric and loss-in-weight twin screw
feeding of dry bulk materials. Pharma feed-
ers are designed for sanitary construction,
quick disassembly and easy cleaning.
Bulk Solids Pump Feeders
Volumetric and gravimetric positive
displacement feeders for free-flow-
ing materials.
8
TM
Foam Extrusion Manufacturer
Premier P-Series filtered receiver used to convey
a very fine foaming agent from sack tip stations to a
gravimetric feeder in the process area.
In addition, a self cleaning filter is used
to vent the gravimetric feeder during refill.
A Wide Range
of Systems for
Conveying of
Bulk Materials
Product Overview
K-Tron Premier offers a complete line of pneumatic conveying systems and components. Vacuum
receiver, blower package, silo, diverter valve, dryer and blender product lines are
complemented by Aerolock
TM
rotary valves and other components. Sophisticated control
capabilities augment Premiers systems for weighing and scaling, railcar and truck loading and
unloading, feeder refilling and storage-to-production-line transfer systems which are used in
the plastics, compounding, food and chemical industries.
Premier filtered P-Series vacuum receivers are spe-
cially designed for use with powders and in sanitary
applications.
P-Series Sanitary Receivers
Premier Series 2400 vacuum receivers provide a
sequencing system designed to handle powder,
pellet, regrind and granular materials.
Series 2400 Vacuum Receivers
9
Aerolock rotary valve feeding corn flour
into a pressure system
Conveying Corn Flour
Smart Material Handling and Loading Solutions
Premier filter receivers provide automatic reverse-jet cleaning of filter
media during the gas/material separation process.
The image at right includes a filter receiver/hopper, support stand and
service platform all designed and manufactured by Premier Pneumatics.
Filtair
TM
Series Filter Receivers
Unloading and storage system for material
received by railcar.
Material Handling Systems
Rotary Valves
Premier Aerolock
TM
rotary valves are offered in
more than 150 models and sizes, in round or
square inlet/outlet configurations.
10
K- TRON ELECTRONI CS
K-Tron is the logical starting point for processors in
search of smart, effective solutions for bulk material
handling and feeding. K-Tron engineering design
support is available for single or multi-station systems
designed to meet your complete application needs,
including design of structure and installation.
Smart Engineering,
Electronic Design,
Testing, Training,
Service and Support
Solutions for All
Your Material
Handling Needs
Since its founding, K-Tron has been at the forefront of smart technology for material handling applica-
tions in the process industries. K-Tron also offers smart engineering, electronic design, testing, training,
service and support solutions over the life of K-Tron equipment ownership.

K-Tron Electronics designs, assembles and tests electronic
circuit boards and electro-mechanical assemblies for K-Tron
feeder and conveyor controls. K-Tron also provides automated
surface mount, through-hole assembly, automated testing,
engineering and development services for outside OEMs.
Systems Engineering Support
Electronic Design
11
www.KtronProcessGroup.com provides a quick and con-
venient way to find information, ask a question, request a
quote or order literature from K-Tron & Premier.
K-Tron maintains a worldwide network of factory-trained service
engineers and parts supply centers to provide on-site solutions to
keep your process up and running and minimize costly downtime.
24/7/365 technical assistance is also available to help solve cus-
tomer problems.
The K-Tron Institute provides hands-on startup,
operator and maintenance training for all supplied
equipment specific to your application. Training can
be conducted in K-Tron classroom facilities conveniently
located around the world or may be arranged on site.

Selecting the right feeding or conveying equipment depends on material
handling characteristics, required accuracy, rate of material throughput,
data communication needs and physical constraints such as plant head-
room and the processing environment. K-Trons modern material test facili-
ties are available at no charge to test your materials and help in making the
optimal equipment selection.
Testing
Training
Service and Parts
Website
www.ktron.com

World Headquarters
K-Tron International, Inc.
Routes 55 & 553, PO Box 888,
Tel +1 856-589-0500
Fax +1 856-582-7968
E-mail ktii@ktron.com
Manufacturing,
Sales & Service
Routes 55 & 553, PO Box 888
Tel +1 856-589-0500
Fax +1 856-256-3281
E-mail info@ktron.com
Tel +1 785-825-1611
Fax +1 785-825-8759
E-mail info@ktron.com
Lenzhardweg 43/45
CH-5702 Niederlenz
Tel +41 62 885 71 71
Fax +41 62 885 71 80
E-mail ks@ktron.com
Sales & Engineering Offices
Asia-Pacific
K-Tron Asia Pte Ltd
#04-05 The Spire
Singapore 658079
Tel +65 6899 7255
Fax +65 6569 7600
E-mail kap@ktron.com
China
K-Tron (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
No.188 Fujian Road
CN-200001 Shanghai
Tel +86 21 6375-7925
Fax +86 21 6375-7930
E-mail kcn@ktron.com
France
Tel +33 1 64 80 16 00
Fax +33 1 64 80 15 99
E-mail kf@ktron.com
Germany
DE-63571 Gelnhausen
Tel +49 6051 9626 0
Fax +49 6051 9626 44
E-mail kd@ktron.com
British Isles
Heaton Lane
Stockport SK4 1AS
United Kingdom
Tel +44 161 209 4810
Fax +44 161 474 0292
E-mail kb@ktron.com
Pennsylvania Crusher Corp.
600 Abbott Drive, P. O. Box 100
Broomall, PA 19008-0100
USA
Tel +1 610-544-7200
Fax +1 610-543-0190
E-mail buster@penncrusher.com
www.penncrusher.com
Gundlach Equipment Corporation
One Freedom Drive
Belleville, Illinois 62226
USA
Tel +1 618-233-7208
Fax +1 618-233-6154
E-mail
bettercrushers@gundlachcrushers.com
www.gundlachcrushers.com
Jeffrey Rader Corporation
398 Willis Road
Woodruff, SC 29388
USA
Tel +1 864-476-7523
+1 800-615-9296
Fax +1 864-476-7510
E-mail sales@jeffreyrader.com
www.jeffreyrader.com

Independent Sales Offices
Belgium
K-Tron Benelux b.v.
BE-2630 Aartselaar
Tel +32 (0)3 870 96 40
Fax +32 (0)3 870 96 41
E-mail info@ktron.be
Japan
K-Tron Japan
No. 2 Kosei Bldg
Tel +81 45 478 4360
Fax +81 45 478 4361
E-mail info@ktron.co.jp
Netherlands
K-Tron Benelux b.v.
Postbus 1
NL-3450 AA Vleuten
Utrechtseweg 4 A
NL-3451 GG Vleuten
Tel +31 (0)30 677 9260
Fax +31 (0)30 677 9269
E-mail info@ktron.nl
2002 by K-Tron International, Inc. , B-600001-en (0290000401) 2009-09
indicates a registered trademark of K-Trons subsidiary, K-Tron Technologies, Inc.

Related Businesses
Innovative Feeding & Material Handling
Solutions for the Pharmaceutical
and Nutraceutical Industries
Pharma
2
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W W
W
W
W
WWW
KCM
CAUTION - Disconnect po wer before opening. 115/230VAC 50/60 HZ,2000Watts (Max)
KCM
KCM
KCM
Innovative Material Handling Solutions
Single Source
Solution
The K-Tron Process Group can
provide single source solutions
for all your feeding and conveying
needs in the pharmaceutical and
nutraceutical industries.
The complete K-Tron line of
pharmaceutical equipment is
engineered to meet the rigid
requirements of the industry, in-
cluding strict adherence to cGMP
guidelines and standards, as
well as the use of FDA approved
materials of construction.
Our K-Tron Premier P-Series vac-
uum receivers and K-Tron Feed-
ers pharmaceutical design feeder
line are easily disassembled. All
units are specifically designed to
meet the cleaning requirements
of the end user, including options
on complete wash-in-place and
rinse-in-place cleaning.
Additional design options avail-
able include the ability to provide
complete product containment
during feeding and product
transfer, isolation in glove boxes,
and executions suitable for use in
hazardous environments accord-
ing to ATEX and NEC guidelines.
K-Trons Systems Engineering
Group specializes in supplying
systems focused on material
transfer and process ingredient
feeding on a worldwide basis.
K-Trons experienced technical
engineers are available to dis-
cuss your process requirements
in detail and recommend specific
design options to optimize your
process, both in feed accuracy
as well as process quality.
Systems Design
and Integration
Validation
K-Tron offers complete solutions
from material pickup to process
provide an extensive array of
validation documentation includ-
ing FRS, HRS, DQ, FAT and SAT
protocols for both standalone
feeders/conveyors and complete
systems. Controls options are
available to meet CFR 21 Part
11 compliance. Integration with
a variety of communications
platforms including Modbus,
Allen Bradley, DeviceNet ,
Profibus, etc. are available.
Pharma dispensary application
Sifters
Big Bag
Stations
Controls
Feeder/Receiver
Combinations
3
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W W
W
W
W
WWW
KCM
KCM
KCM
KCM
Pharma dispensary application K-Tron Pharma Feeders are ideal for feeding even difficult powders
Extruder
Loss-in-weight
Feeders
Sack Tip Stations
Pump
Continuous Processing
in the Pharmaceutical Industry
As the pharmaceutical industry undergoes a change in manu-
facturing from batch to continuous operations, K-Tron continues
to be the supplier of choice for feeding and material handling
equipment. Regardless of the exact continuous process utilized,
the method of feed and refill to the process is critical in maintain-
ing process and product quality/efficiency. Highly accurate K-Tron
loss-in-weight feeders with clean and quick-reacting K-Tron Premier
receivers for automatic feeder refill are the perfect combination to
ensure consistent continuous operations.
Continuous processes which are currently utilizing K-Tron equip-
ment include: hot melt extrusion and extrusion granulation, wet
granulation, drying, direct compression, blending/mixing, and
coating.
K-Trons systems engineering and design experts can provide
complete material handling and feeding systems for all of the pro-
cesses outlined above, with a focus on process and product quality
and operator safety.
Feeding and Conveying
in Tablet Press Operations
K-Trons know-how in tablet press operations finds application in
both the delivery of the tablet mixture to the press and the external
lubrication of the press tools. K-Trons dense phase pneumatic
receivers are ideal for the transfer of the granulate mix directly into
the press. The dense phase system is ideal for blends which have
a tendency to segregate during material handling and transfer.
The K-Tron lubricant feeder is used for accurate delivery of an
atomized spray of lubricant powder directly into tablet press
tooling. The external lubrication system can be provided for a
number of tablet press designs. Installations have proven that the
atomized spray of the lubricant directly into the press can improve
tablet hardness, significantly reduce the sticking and picking of the
formulation to the tablet
press tooling, and even
reduce the overall lubricant
consumption.
4
Pharma Feeder
Design
Pharma Feeder
Models
All K-Tron feeders are available in
volumetric and gravimetric loss-
in-weight configurations.
Standard design features include
- All stainless steel product
contact surfaces with FDA ap-
proved elastomers
- Material certification and
surface finish confirmation on
product contact surfaces
- Integrated horizontal agitator
to ensure optimal screw fill
- Gas purging connections for all
shaft seals
Sanitary Feeding Solutions
- Exclusive K-Tron Smart Force
Transducer (SFT) digital
weighing technology with true
1:4,000,000 in 80 ms resolu-
tion for optimal accuracy, criti-
cal in continuous applications
- Minimum surface finish on
all contact surfaces of 0.8
micron Ra (25 micro inches
Ra). Higher surface finishes
optional.
- All seals, gaskets and O-rings
are constructed of FDA ap-
proved materials.
Dismantling the Pharma Feeder in Six Easy Steps
Pharmaceutical Design
Single Screw Feeders
Single screw feeders are ideal for
handling free-flowing materials
such as granular excipients.
K-Tron offers the KS60 in either
volumetric or gravimetric configu-
rations.
Feed Rates:
0.4 dm
3
/hr (0.014 ft
3
/hr)
to 4600 dm
3
/hr (162 ft
3
/hr).
Twin Screw Feeders
Twin screw feeders are ideal
for handling difficult materials
such as active pharmaceutical
ingredients (APIs), excipients,
lubricants and pharmaceuti-
cal granulations. K-Tron offers
two sizes (KT20 and KT35) in
either volumetric or gravimetric
configurations.
Feed Rates:
0.12 dm
3
/hr (0.004 ft
3
/hr)
to 2041 dm
3
/hr (72.1 ft
3
/hr).
Twin Screw Microfeeder
The MT12 Microfeeder is spe-
cially designed for feeding free-
flowing to difficult powders (e.g.
lumpy, moist or bridge-building
materials) at extremely low rates
with extremely high accuracy and
minimal residual material left in
the feeder.
Feed rates:
0.04 dm
3
/hr (0.0014 ft
3
/hr)
to 4 dm
3
/hr (0.014 ft
3
/hr).
Liquid Loss-in-Weight Feeders
K-Trons liquid loss-in-weight
feeders provide accurate con-
tinuous volumetric or gravimetric
flow control of liquids. Feed
rates are dependent upon the
configuration.
KT35 Twin Screw Pharma Feeder
on a D5 platform scale
MT12 Twin Screw Pharma
Microfeeder on an SFS12
platform scale
5
Pharma Feeder Applications
Typical applications of pharmaceutical design feeders include:
- Feeding of mills and micronizers for both excipients and APIs
- Pharma extruder feeders including hot melt and wet granulation
extrusion
- Single and multiple ingredient dispensing and batching, including
reactor loading
- Lubrication of tablet press tooling
- Feeding of continuous pharmaceutical processes including mixing/
blending, wet and dry granulators, coaters, and drying.
Feeding Principles
A group of K-Tron Pharma Feeders feeding directly into an extruder inlet
Loss-in-Weight (LIW) Gravimetric Feeding Principle
Volumetric Feeding Principle
The bulk material is discharged from a hopper with a constant vol-
ume per unit of time by regulating the speed of the feeding device.
The actual volume of material fed is determined through calibra-
tion. The feeding accuracy is dependent on the uniformity of the
material flow characteristics and the bulk density.
The bulk material or liquid is discharged from a hopper with a con-
stant weight per unit of time by weighing the hopper and regulating
the speed of the feeding device depending on the rate of weight
loss. The weighing control system compensates for non-uniform
material flow characteristics and variations in bulk density; there-
fore providing a high degree of feeding accuracy.
When the hopper reaches a predetermined minimum weight level,
the LIW control is briefly interrupted and the hopper is refilled.
During the refill period, the controller regulates the speed of the
feeding device based upon the historic weight and speed informa-
tion that was accumulated during the previous weight loss cycle.
The LIW feeding principle is most accurate when using a high reso-
lution, fast responding, vibration immune weighing system such as
K-Tron SFT platform scales or load cells combined with self-tuning
controls such as the compact K-Tron Control Module (KCM).
Refill hopper
Feeder
controller
Refill device
Load cells
Metering
zone
Weight
signal
Speed
Drive
command
6
Vacuum
Sequencing
Systems
P-Series
Configurations
The K-Tron Premier P-Series are
designed to convey delicate
materials such as tablet granu-
lations, active pharmaceutical
ingredients (APIs), excipients,
and even finished capsules and
tablets.
Every pneumatic conveying
solution is custom developed
according to the process and
application, based upon years
of experience with many chal-
lenging materials. Since the
characteristics of bulk materials
are often difficult to define, sys-
tem solutions are usually tested
in the lab.
P10
The P10 with flap valve has a
holding capacity of 10 dm
3
[0.4
ft
3
] and conveys up to 600 kg/h
[1320 lb/h].
The P10 with butterfly valve has
a holding capacity of 7 dm
3
[0.3
ft
3
]and conveys up to 400 kg/h
[880 lb/h].
P30
The P30-150 with flap valve has
3
[1 ft
3
]
and conveys up to 1000 kg/h
[2200 lb/h].
The P30-300 with flap valve has
3

[1 ft
3
] and conveys up to 1800
kg/h [4000 lb/h].
The P30-150 with butterfly valve
has a holding capacity of 27 dm
3

[0.9 ft
3
] and conveys up to 1000
kg/h [2200 lb/h].
Sanitary Pneumatic Conveying Solutions
The P-Series systems designs
are available for both dense and
dilute phase vacuum transfer
for a wide variety of applications
including capsule filler, tablet
press, blender, and coater load-
ing, feeder loading and refill, in
line screening and sieving , and
general ingredient conveying/
transfer.
P-Series vacuum conveyors are
designed with complete cleaning
and ease of disassembly in mind.
They are available as stand-alone
units as well as integrated pack-
ages for the automated refill of
K-Tron pharmaceutical design
feeders. In addition, complete
systems packages are also
available for conveying pick up
options from supersacks, drums,
boxes, IBCs and FIBCs.
K-Tron Premier P-Series design
features include:
- 316L stainless steel construc-
tion
- Product contact surfaces
polished to a minimum of 0.4
micron Ra
- Pulsed filter cleaning assembly
complete with pharma design
PTFE laminated filter elements
- Options for integrated retract-
able spray balls, modified
swing heads for accessibility
and automated lift assemblies.
All conveying rates are based on a distance of 15 m [50 ft] and bulk density of 0.5 kg/
dm
3
[31 lb/ft
3
]. Rates vary with material characteristics, conveying distance and plant
layout.
P100
The P100 with flap valve has a
3
[3.4 ft
3
]
and conveys up to 4000 kg/hr
[8800 lb/hr].
The P100 with butterfly valve has a
3
[3.2 ft
3
]
and conveys up to 3600 kg/hr
[7920 lb/hr].
7
Sanitary Pneumatic Conveying Solutions
P-Series as
Refill Devices
The method of refilling a Loss-
in-Weight feeder in a continuous
process can be almost as critical
as the right choice of feeder
technology. Since the objective
is to refill as quickly as possible,
pneumatic receivers that operate
in either dilute phase or dense
phase (in the case of some
preblended formulations) mode
are often used as refill devices,
particularly for continuous
operations.
P-Series as Pneumatic Loaders
In addition to the use of P-Series pneumatic systems for feeder refill,
the systems are also used for a wide variety of material handling
operations in the pharmaceutical industry. Full containment options
are available complete with split butterfly valves on the receiver dis-
charge. A variety of material pickup designs are provided, dependent
upon the source of the material to be transferred, product and pro-
cess safety concerns, and required parameters for cleaning cycles.
Integrated P-Series and LIW
feeder for refill and dispensing
applications
P10 receiver in a tablet
conveying application
Specialty Designs
for Specific Applications
K-Tron offers a number of specialty designs for pneumatic load-
ers and receivers, all dependent upon the requirements of the
product and the process. Options are available for the conveying
of potent or hazardous materials, including systems designs for
the conveying of explosive materials. Modifications to the Premier
P-Series design include the addition of retractable spray heads
in the receiver body for cleaning and rinsing in place, as well as
specialty swing out
filter head designs to
allow for easy access
and removal of special
filters.
Complete Systems Integration
The K-Tron material handling system design is available for a wide
variety of process needs including pickup and delivery of potent
compounds. These designs can include the integration of glove
box or isolator technology at the powder pickup point, the addition
of specialized docking stations with split butterfly valves for both
product pickup and discharge from the vacuum receiver, the use
of in-line sieving prior to delivery of the powder to the LIW feeder,
and/or the use of specialized bag in/bag out secondary HEPA
filtration prior to the vacuum source.
www.ktron.com
Headquarters: K-Tron International, Inc., Pitman, NJ 08071-0888 USA
Routes 55 & 553
P.O. Box 888
Tel +1 856 589 0500
Fax +1 856 589 8113
Pxremier Pneumatics, Inc.
Tel +1 785 825 1611
Fax +1 785 825 8759
Lenzhardweg 43/45
CH-5702 Niederlenz
Tel +41 62 885 71 71
Fax +41 62 885 71 80
Asia Pacific
K-Tron Asia Pte Ltd
#04-05 The Spire
Singapore 658079
Tel +65 6899 7255
Fax +65 6569 7600
Belgium
BE-2630 Aartselaar
Tel +32 3 870 96 40
Fax +32 3 870 96 41
British Isles
Heaton Lane
Stockport SK4 1AS
United Kingdom
Tel +44 161 209 4810
Fax +44 161 474 0292
China
No.188 Fujian Road
CN-200001 Shanghai
Tel +86 21 6375 7925
Fax +86 21 6375 7930
France
Tel +33 1 64 80 16 00
Fax +33 1 64 80 15 99
Germany
DE-63571 Gelnhausen
Tel +49 6051 9626 0
Fax +49 6051 9626 44
Japan
K-Tron Japan *
No. 2 Kosei Bldg
Tel +81 45 478 4360
Fax +81 45 478 4361
Netherlands
Postbus 1
NL-3450 AA Vleuten
Utrechtseweg 4 A
NL-3451 GG Vleuten
Tel +31 30 677 9260
Fax +31 30 677 9269
Smart Pharmaceutical Solutions
Innovative Feeding and
Material Handling Solutions
for Food and Pet Food Processing
Food
2
Single Source
Solution
provide single source solutions
for all your feeding and conveying
needs in the food and pet food
industries. A variety of designs
and equipment executions are
available, dependent upon the
specific needs and sanitary de-
sign requirements of the applica-
tion. FDA approved materials of
construction are standard, with
all units specifically designed to
meet the cleaning requirements
of the end-user. Design options
include complete wash in place
and rinse in place cleaning as
well as standard designs for air
pressure cleaning.
All equipment in both the feeder
lines as well as the pneumatic
conveying lines are designed to
provide accessability and ease
K-Trons System Engineering
Group specializes in supplying
systems focused on material
transfer and process ingredient
feeding on a worldwide basis.
Whether it is process conversion
from batch to continuous, from
railcar and silo unloading all
the way to the extrusion, mixing
or packaging process, K-Trons
experienced technical engineers
are available to discuss your
applications in detail. Standard
packages include recommenda-
tions on specific design options
for process and margin optimiza-
tion, with minimization of produc-
tion downtime due to cleaning or
product changeover. Consider-
able savings on overall process
costs as well as improvement
in process quality can be easily
achieved by consultation with our
systems design experts.
Systems Design
and Integration
Control
Integration
K-Tron offers complete solutions
from material pickup to process
K-Tron can provide a variety of
control options to meet your pro-
cess needs. As shown in the side
bar, K-Tron offers a variety of user
interface options for both the
feeders as well as the pneumatic
conveying systems. In addition,
K-Tron's systems engineering
group can provide custom PLC
based control systems in a vari-
ety of control platforms such as
Siemens and Allen Bradley.
in maintenance. Executions are
available for use in hazardous
environments according to both
ATEX and NEC guidelines. Both
the K-Tron line of feeders and the
K-Tron Premier line of pneumatic
conveying equipment are reliable
industry workhorses with many
installations in continuous use
for over 30 years.
Typical Food Applications
Continuous Extrusion for Snack Foods, Pet Foods, Pasta Processing
Continuous and Batch Blending of Multiple Ingredients
Vacuum Coating Processes
Bulk Unloading and Storage
Coating Drum, Seasoning, and Spicing Processes
Major, Minor and Micro Ingredient Transfer and Batch Weighing
Smart Weigh Belt
feeders
Vacuum
receivers
Hoppers,
Rotary valves
Big bag station
Silo
3
SmartConnex Control Options
The K-Tron Control Module (KCM) combines feeder control and
motor drive modules into a compact new housing, offering more
flexibility and excellent performance. Each feeder has its own KCM,
generally mounted directly on the feeder, which comes with all the
software needed for continuous or batch applications. Connec-
tion between feeders and operator
interface is via a network. The KCM
can also connect directly to the plants
automation network. A variety of
communication protocols are avail-
able, including: Modbus, Ethernet/IP,
DeviceNet Profibus etc.
SmartConnex offers a choice of four operator interfaces to display
and enter data, which can be employed individually or in combina-
tion as demanded by the application.
KSU-II Single Unit Interface - The KSU-II is an economical user
interface for single feeders with KCM. It can also be used as a
portable display for maintenance or configuration in larger sys-
tems where the feeder's primary display point is a higher level
unit. The KSU-II will only view one feeder at a time, but the user
can switch between feeders.
K-Vision Line Controller - The K-Vision operator interface
simultaneously controls up to 16 feeders in one line via an
easy to use color LCD touchscreen.
K-Vision provides recipe entry and a
detailed overview of the process line
with extensive real-time monitoring
of feeder status and performance in
a choice of seven languages. A wide
range of easily configured charting
and trending capabilities are also
included.
KSC Smart Commander - The KSC is a PC-based interface, able
to control up to 30 feeders in multiple process lines. Feeder,
vacuum receiver, line and system-wide data is graphically dis-
played and includes historical trends, statistical control, recipe
commands, diagnostics, help, and much more.
Series 4 MPC Controller - The K-Tron Premier Series 4 Microproces-
sor Controller is a central user interface for controlling up to 24
vacuum receivers on one blower. The Series
4 MPC features an easy-to-use, touch-sen-
sitive keypad and can easily be integrated
into K-Tron SmartConnex feeder controls.
K-Tron feeders and Premier vacuum conveyors in a continuous food process
Vacuum
receiver
Vacuum
receiver
Loss-in-weight
feeder
Loss-in-weight
feeders
Bag dump
station
Bag dump
station
Mixer
Prefeeder
Extruder
4
Feeding Solutions for Food Applications
Thousands of K-Tron feeders have been sold for a variety of food applications.
K-Tron feeders specialize in the high accuracy addition of high value minor and
micro ingredients to the batch or continuous process. Feeders can be used for
both dry ingredients as well as liquid flavors and additives. Typical food type
materials include cereals and breakfast foods, snack foods, pet/fish foods and
feed, confectionary/chocolate products, coffee, flour/dough/bakery products,
probiotics, trace elements, vitamin fortifiers, liquid flavors and aromatics.
Volumetric and loss-in-weight feeders operate in accordance with the prin-
ciples outlined on the sidebar for continuous proportioning to the downstream
process. Processes such as extrusion, mixing, and milling can all be improved
utilizing the superior design accuracy of K-Tron feeders.
Innovative Feeding Solutions
K-Tron feeders in a snack food process
Feeder Models
Smart Weigh Belt Feeders
The Smart Weigh Belt Feeder is
ideal for handling free-flowing or
friable materials, particularly in
large quantities. It is available
with or without housing, in two
sizes: 300 and 600 mm belt
width.
Feed Rates:
10 dm
3
/hr (0.35 ft
3
/hr)
to 80000 dm
3
/hr (2800 ft
3
/hr)
Single Screw Feeders
Single screw feeders are ideal
for handling free-flowing granular
materials. K-Tron offers the
KS60, S60 and S100 in either
volumetric or gravimetric configu-
rations.
Feed Rates:
0.4 dm
3
/hr (0.014 ft
3
/hr)
to 15800 dm
3
/hr (560 ft
3
/hr)

Twin Screw Feeders
Twin screw feeders are ideal
for handling difficult materials
such as powders. K-Tron offers
the KT20, KT35, T35 and T60 in
either volumetric or gravimetric
configurations.
Feed Rates:
0.12 dm
3
/hr (0.004 ft
3
/hr)
to 7200 dm
3
/hr (250 ft
3
/hr)
Twin Screw Microfeeder
The MT12 Microfeeder is spe-
cially designed for feeding free-
flowing to difficult powders (e.g.
lumpy, moist or bridge-building
materials) at extremely low rates
with extremely high accuracy and
minimal residual material left in
the feeder.
Feed rates:
0.04 dm
3
/hr (0.0014 ft
3
/hr)
to 4 dm
3
/hr (0.014 ft
3
/hr)
Liquid Loss-in-Weight Feeders
K-Trons liquid loss-in-weight
feeders provide accurate con-
tinuous volumetric or gravimetric
flow control of liquids. Feed
rates are dependent upon the
configuration.
With the S60/T35 Quick Change feeder,
changing from single screw feeder to
twin screw feeder is a snap.
Dismantling the Smart Weigh Belt Feeder in Five Easy Steps
5
KCM
CAUTION - Disconnect power before opening. 115/230 VAC 50/60 HZ, 2000 Watts (Max)
Innovative Feeding Solutions
Feeding Principles
Volumetric Feeding Principle
The bulk material is discharged from a hopper with a constant
volume per unit of time by regulating the speed of the feeding
device. The actual volume of material fed is determined through
calibration. The feeding accuracy is dependent on the uniformity of
the material flow characteristics and the bulk density.
The bulk material or liquid is discharged from a hopper with a
constant weight per unit of time by weighing the hopper with
material and regulating the speed of the feeding device depend-
ing on the actual rate of weight loss. The weighing control system
compensates for non-uniform material flow characteristics and
variations in bulk density; therefore providing a high degree of
feeding accuracy.
When the hopper reaches a predetermined minimum weight level,
the hopper is automatically refilled. During the refill period, the
controller regulates the speed of the feeding device based upon
the historic weight and speed information that was accumulated
during the previous weight loss cycle. The LIW feeding principle is
most accurate when using a high resolution, fast responding, vi-
bration immune weighing system such as the K-Tron SFT combined
with the self-tuning, compact K-Tron Control Module (KCM).
Smart Weigh Belt (SWB) Feeding Principle
The K-Tron SWB is used for continuous controlled gravimetric
feeding of bulk materials. Here the controller compares the desired
mass flow with the actual mass flow (weight of the material on belt
x belt speed) and adjusts the belt speed accordingly. The SWB also
offers an optional secondary weighbridge for continuous online
auto tare, reducing maintenance, frequency of calibration, and
improving long term stability.
Typical Feeder Applications
Continuous and batch feeding of major, minor and micro ingredients
High accuracy feeding of extrusion, mixing, coating and milling
processes
Multiple ingredient feeding and recipe control for packaging
operations
Contained and highly accurate feeding of probiotics and trace
elements
Sanitary feeding of high value inclusions for ice cream manufacture
Multiple ingredient batch weighing by both loss-in-weight and
gain-in-weight methods
Metering and totalizing of ingredient usage into a variety of
processes to establish true end product costs
Feeding of liquid flavors and additives
K-Tron feeders in a pet food coating process
SWB Principle of Operation
Drive command
Load weight
Control
module
Tare
weight
Belt load
W
eigh b
rid
ges
Motor
Speed
feedback
6
Innovative Conveying Solutions
K-Tron Premier loaders and receivers are used for conveying a wide
variety of bulk materials in the food and pet food industries from
granular free-flowing products to difficult flowing powders.
P-Series
The P-Series line provides a custom sanitary design for difficult
conveying applications in the food industry. Design features include
steep cone angles to ensure excellent discharge, easy clean design
for quick assembly, cleaning and maintenance without tools, options
for complete wash in place retractable spray balls, and swing out
filter heads for easy filter removal. A variety of filter media is available
depending on material characteristics, and all are equipped with
automatic reverse jet pulsing for thorough cleaning. Capacities range
from 600 to 4000 kg/hr (1320 to 8800 lb/hr).
Series 2400
The Series 2400 line offers filtered vacuum loaders and receivers
for conveying a wide variety of food materials. Various models are
available in painted carbon steel, stainless steel and aluminum. All
models feature quick disconnect clamps for easy cleaning and filter
maintenance. Capacities range from 408 to 3175 kg/hr (900 to
7000 lb/hr).
Vacuum
Sequencing
Continuous
Pneumatic
Conveying
Custom PLC controls Stainless steel modular bin vents Stainless steel filter receiver
Premier specializes in continuous pressure and vacuum conveying
systems for a wide variety of food and pet food bulk applications for
line sizes of 1.5 in (38 mm) up to 16 in (406 mm) and conveying
capacities up to 100,000 kg/hr (220,000 lb/hr). Custom system
PLC control systems can be provided to perform a wide variety of
advanced functions including recipe control and bar codes/tracking.
7
Innovative Conveying Solutions
Combined feeder-receiver unit Series 2400 receiver conveying salt
Multi ingredient silo unloading
Typical Conveying Applications
Bulk bag, railcar and silo unloading of major ingredients such as
flour, salts, corn meal, sugar, gluten, etc
Dense phase conveying of preblend materials to extruder or other
processes
Refill of loss-in-weight and volumetric feeders for continuous
processes
Gentle conveying, dense or dilute phase, for fragile materials such
as popcorn, pasta, tablets and candies
Multi material conveying and batch weighing
Combined volumetric feeding and pneumatic conveying for space
limitations
Dense Phase (Vacuum)
Dilute Phase (Vacuum)
Vacuum Conveying:
Dense or Dilute Phase?
The difference between dilute phase and dense phase conveying
lies in the air velocity and pressure differential within the conveying
line.
In dilute phase conveying a large amount of air (or gas) is used to
convey a small amount of material at a high velocity. Depending on
the bulk density and particle size of the bulk material, typical air
velocities in dilute phase conveying systems range from 16 to 30
m/s (3150 - 5900 ft/min). Since the material is literally suspend-
ed in the air during conveying, the amount of material that can be
transported in this manner is limited. Generally the material to air
ratio in dilute phase applications is no more than 10:1 by weight.
Dilute phase systems are very simple to build, robust and reliable
even when bulk materials or material characteristics change.
In dense phase conveying a small amount of air (or gas) is used to
convey a larger amount of material at low velocity. Here the pres-
sure differential in the line causes the material to move through
the line in slugs. In dense phase conveying typical air velocities
range from 6 to 8 m/s (1180 - 1580 ft/min) and the material to
air ratio is generally 30-50:1 by weight. Dense phase vacuum con-
veying is only possible in a relatively small range of applications
but the low velocity means less chance of damage or segrega-
tion in the bulk material. Dense phase vacuum conveying works
particularly well for fluidizable powders for conveying distances of
up to 20 m (66 ft).
8
Bag Dump Stations
and Fluidizing Feed Bins
A variety of product pick up devices are available including
full sanitary stainless steel designs with capability of
being washed or cleaned in place. K-Trons innovative
fluidizing cone utilizes an FDA approved perfo-
rated liner which allows the fluidization of the
product via air to enhance product flow.
Aerolocks
Premier Aerolock rotary valves
are backed by more than 50
years of application experience.
With five models in over 150
sizes and configurations, Premier
has the right Aerolock for every
application.
The Quick-Clean Aerolock is
particularly well suited for use in
the food industry where contami-
nation is a constant concern and
frequent disassembly and clean-
ing is required. The Quick-Clean
Aerolock can be easily disassem-
bled, cleaned, and reassembled
without disengaging it from the
system.
Heavy-Duty (HD) - for heavy-duty
industrial service and high-volu-
metric efficiency
Maximum-Duty (MD) - for heavy
to severe industrial service
Quick-Clean (QC) - for frequent
disassembly and cleaning
requirements
Blow-Through (BT) - enhances
rotor cleanouts and for tight
installations
Light-Duty (LD) - for low pressure
or low vacuum service
Batch Weighing Options
K-Tron Premier offers a variety of systems for batch weighing of pneumatically conveyed food ingredients,
whether the application requires a single ingredient to be delivered to multiple destinations or multiple
ingredients to be delivered to a single destination. All systems feature one or more receiver hoppers sus-
pended on three load cells, with an accuracy of 0.5% of full scale capacity. Controls can include recipe,
formula and inventory capabilities.
The Premier Batch Weigh Vacuum Receiver com-
bines a sanitary easy clean stainless steel vacuum
receiver with a reliable weighing and control system.
The Premier Scale Hopper uses three load cells
supporting a mild steel painted, aluminum or
stainless steel hopper.
Blow-Through Aerolock
9
Gain-in-Weight vs Loss-in-Weight
Batching Principles
Flow Aid Devices
For ingredients with difficult flow
characteristics, there are a variety
of innovative options available to
enhance product flow and overall
efficiency of a process.
Aeration Pads
Low profile aeration pads provide
an effective flow aid for bins
or hoppers by simultaneously
aerating and vibrating the bulk
material inside the vessel.
Fluidization Beds
Designs are available using
FDA approved liners for smaller
hoppers or large diameter tanks/
silos. This device introduces low
pressure air into the material to
fluidize the product and assist
flow.
ActiFlow
The K-Tron ActiFlow is a non
product contact device which
reliably prevents bridge building
of cohesive materials, eliminating
the need for vertical agitation in
loss-in-weight feeders.
Gain-in-Weight (GIW) Batching Principle
In GIW batching volumetric metering devices sequentially feed
multiple ingredients into a collection hopper mounted on load
cells. Each feeder delivers approximately 90% of the ingredient
weight at high speed, slowing down towards the end of the cycle to
deliver the last 10% at a reduced rate to ensure higher accuracy.
The GIW controller monitors the weight of each ingredient and
signals each volumetric feeder to start, increase or reduce speed,
or stop accordingly. Once all ingredients have been delivered, the
batch is complete and the mixture is discharged into the process
below.
Loss-in-Weight (LIW) Batching Principle
LIW batching is used when the accuracy of individual ingredient
weights in the completed batch is critical or when batch cycle
times need to be very short. Gravimetric feeders operating in batch
mode simultaneously feed multiple ingredients into a collection
hopper. Adjustment of the delivery speed (on/off, fast/slow) lies
with the LIW feeder controls and the smaller weighing systems
deliver highly accurate batches for each ingredient. Once all ingre-
dients have been delivered, the batch is complete and the mixture
is discharged into the process below. Since all ingredients start
and stop their batches approximately at the same time, the overall
batch time as well as further mixing times downstream are greatly
reduced.
LIW and GIW
In some cases where small amounts of micro ingredients are re-
quired for a large overall total batch, both methods are employed:
LIW feeders for the micros and minors, and GIW batchers for the
major ingredients.
Gain-in-weight batch feeding system
ActiFlow is mounted outside the product zone and has minimal space requirements
10
2 3 4
MAGNEHELIC 5 1
AL 175 WESTINGHOUSE
A Wide Range of Solutions
The K-Tron Process Group has extensive experience in providing conveying, feeding and material handling equipment for
a wide variety of food and pet food processes. Listed below are just a few examples of systems provided in the past.
Batch Weighing of Multiple Ingredients
Dense Phase Conveying and Feeding of Pre-Blends to an Extruder
11
- 2 0 0
0- 5 0 0 - 4 0 0
- 6 0 0 - 1 0 0- 3 0 0
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : :C A U T I O N: : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
Conveying and Feeding in a Continuous Mixing Process
Multi Ingredient Dispensing via Smart Weigh Belt Feeders
Scaling System for Multi Destination Batching
from silo
f
r
o
m

s
i
l
o
www.ktron.com Headquarters: K-Tron International, Inc., Pitman, NJ 08071-0888 USA
Routes 55 & 553
P.O. Box 888
Tel +1 856 589 0500
Fax +1 856 589 8113
Tel +1 785 825 1611
Fax +1 785 825 8759
Lenzhardweg 43/45
CH-5702 Niederlenz
Tel +41 62 885 71 71
Fax +41 62 885 71 80
Asia Pacific
K-Tron Asia Pte Ltd
#04-05 The Spire
Singapore 658079
Tel +65 6899 7255
Fax +65 6569 7600
Belgium
BE-2630 Aartselaar
Tel +32 3 870 96 40
Fax +32 3 870 96 41
British Isles
Heaton Lane
Stockport SK4 1AS
United Kingdom
Tel +44 161 209 4810
Fax +44 161 474 0292
China
No.188 Fujian Road
CN-200001 Shanghai
Tel +86 21 6375 7925
Fax +86 21 6375 7930
France
Tel +33 1 64 80 16 00
Fax +33 1 64 80 15 99
Germany
DE-63571 Gelnhausen
Tel +49 6051 9626 0
Fax +49 6051 9626 44
Japan
K-Tron Japan *
No. 2 Kosei Bldg
Tel +81 45 478 4360
Fax +81 45 478 4361
Netherlands
Postbus 1
NL-3450 AA Vleuten
Utrechtseweg 4 A
NL-3451 GG Vleuten
Tel +31 30 677 9260
Fax +31 30 677 9269
Smart Food Solutions
One source engineering of your
entire material handling project.
Our system engineer will work
with you from concept to
commissioning.
Worldwide Service Support
Trained, certified service
engineers located around the
world to provide twenty-four hour
technical support and solve your
problem any time, any day.
Custom Service Programs
Start-up and preventive main-
tenance programs designed for
your specific installation.
Spare Parts
Quick delivery so you can safely
limit your inventory to the most
critical parts.
Professional Training
The K-Tron Institute provides
hands-on maintenance, mechan-
ical and operator training for all
of your K-Tron equipment, either
on-site or at a K-Tron facility.
Since its creation in 1964,
K-Tron has defined the leading
edge of technology for mate-
rial handling applications in
the process industries. K-Tron
designs, produces, sells and
supports its equipment under the
brand names K-Tron Feeders and
K-Tron Premier.
K-Tron Feeders
Volumetric and gravimetric feed-
ing systems for plastics, foods,
chemicals, detergents
and pharmaceuticals.
K-Tron Premier
Vacuum and pressure systems
for conveying bulk materials
as well as auxilliary and blending
equipment.
K-Tron Test Labs
Fully equipped testing facilities
help in making the optimal
equipment selection.
All Prices F.O.B. Salina, Kansas
Information on This Page Subject to Change Without Notice
0
www.ktron.com
Systems Applications
MATERIAL TESTS
Page 0-101
Rev. 2010-03 Supersedes: Sep 08
Premier has adopted the following procedure as well as
local regulations regarding the shipping, handling and
disposal of chemicals and other substances.
Material Samples and Testing Services:
Material sample testing is available, and in many cases
required, to insure proper performance of the equipment
once it is installed. All quotations should include the
following paragraph:
This quotation is made without the benet of
a material sample, and is designed based on
past experience with similar materials. Specic
characteristics of your material may affect the
designed rate, and operation of the system. To insure
the desired conveying rate and system function, a
one-gallon material sample may be required. Please
request from your K-Tron Premier representative, or
this ofce, the shipping documentation required by
law before sending the sample.
As a consequence of the adoption of OSHA Hazard
Communications Standard (Code of Federal Regulations,
Title 29, Part 1910.1200) which took effect on November
25, 1985, as well as local regulations regarding the
shipping, handling and disposal of chemicals and
other substances, Premier has adopted the following
procedure:
1. Complete the form "Test Material Shipments
to K-Tron Process Group", which is provided by
creating a material in the K-Tron Premier Portal
Materials database, and send to the Test Lab
Manager before the bulk material is shipped.
2. A "Material Safety Data Sheet" (MSDS) is
required for most bulk materials. It will need to be
sent to the Test Lab Manager before the bulk
material is shipped AND must also accompany
the bulk material. (Note: we will not carry out a
test if handling the material is dangerous.)
Unfortunately, any material that is improperly
labeled or arrives without the MSDS form
enclosed will be refused by our receiving department.
3. The sample (at least one cubic foot) should be
shipped to us in a re-sealable container
constructed of durable ber, metal, or plastic. The
container should be able to withstand a return
shipment.

4. Bulk material quantities greater than 10 ft should
be shipped in Big Bags of max. 2,200 lb each.
Unless other arrangements have been made, we will
return the bulk material to you after the test and invoice
the cost for shipping. On request we can dispose of
the material, but this may incur a cost. Special/safety
equipment required for the test or damage to equipment
caused by the bulk material may also incur a cost, however
we will advise you of this before any tests are carried out.

0
www.ktron.com
Systems-Chart
ESTIMATED MATERIAL TEST RESULTS
Page 0-301
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: Reprint

Name
ABS
Acrylonitrile
Butadiene
Styrene
ABS
Acrylonitrile
Butadiene
Styrene
Adipic Acid Alfalfa
Feed

Alfalfa
Meal
Ascorbic Acid

Form
And/or
Condition

Pellets,
not dusty

Regrind, small
irregular
pieces

Powder

Pellets,
dusty

Ground and
fluffy

Crystalin,
Powder
Bulk
Density
Range

32-43

30-35

36-48

38-44

28-33

40-44

Size
Code

A

B

C

B

B

C
Ff 3 5 7 4 3
Fa 3 3 7 3 3
Fd 3 3 7 3 3
Fe 2 4 4 1 4
Fv 4 2 4 5 2

Material
Efficiency

H

M

L

H

L

L

Model
Recommendations

Std-2
Std-3

Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-2
Std-3 (Preferred)

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Material of
Construction

All

All

All
14 SS (Preferred)

10HRS
14SS

10HRS
14SS

All

Material
Factor

12

10

7

10

10

8

Maximum
Can Velocity
(FPM)

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

125

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

No
Restriction
Usually
conveyable,
system
classifications
vary greatly
with each
sample.
F
I
L
T
E
R

S
E
P
A
R
A
T
O
R
S

C
Y
C
L
O
N
E
S

A
E
R
O
L
O
C
K
S

S
Y
S
T
E
M

S
I
Z
I
N
G

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

(
A
L
L

4

C
A
T
E
G
O
R
I
E
S

M
U
S
T

A
P
P
L
Y
)

0
www.ktron.com
Systems - Chart
Page 0-302

Name
Atomite
Calcium
Carbonite
Blood Bone
Meal
Boric
Acid
Brewers
Grain
Buss Condux
Film Scrap
Form
and/or
Condition
Powder
ultrafine
particles
Powder,
dry
Coarse
Powder
Powder Spent,
dry and
ground
Compressed
into small
irregular
pellets
Bulk
Density
Range

31-49

39-42

31

46-52

26-32

19

Size
Code

C

C

B

C

B

B
Ff
Usually
conveyable
system
classifications
vary greatly
with each
sample.
6 2 7 4 3
Fa 4 3 7 4 1
Fd 4 3 8 4 1
Fe 4 1 7 3 1
Fv 3 6 3 4 4

Material
Efficiency

L

L

H

M

M

H

Model
Recommendations

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3
Std-5

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3(Preferred)
Std-5

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Material of
Construction

All

All

All

14HRS
10HRS
14SS

10HRS
14SS

All

Material
Factor

5

8

10

10

12
Maximum
Can Velocity
(FPM)

75

150

100

No
Restriction

200

Filtration
requirements
vary greatly
with each
sample.
F
I
L
T
E
R

S
E
P
A
R
A
T
O
R
S

C
Y
C
L
O
N
E
S

A
E
R
O
L
O
C
K
S

S
Y
S
T
E
M

S
I
Z
I
N
G

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

(
A
L
L

4

C
A
T
E
G
O
R
I
E
S

M
U
S
T

A
P
P
L
Y
)

0
www.ktron.com
Systems-Chart
Page 0-303
F
I
L
T
E
R

S
E
P
A
R
A
T
O
R
S

C
Y
C
L
O
N
E
S

A
E
R
O
L
O
C
K
S

S
Y
S
T
E
M

S
I
Z
I
N
G

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

(
A
L
L

4

C
A
T
E
G
O
R
I
E
S

M
U
S
T

A
P
P
L
Y
)

Name

Calcium
Carbonate

Carbon
Black

Casien

Cement,
Portland

Citric
Acid

Clay
Kaolin Clay

Form
And/or
Condition

Powder

Pellets,
dusty

Coarse
Powder

Powder

Coarse
Powder

Fine
Powder
Bulk
Density
Range

35-60

28-44

37

70

57

25-38

Size
Code

C

A

B

C

B

C
Ff 4 6 7 5 10
Fa 4 4 4 5
Fd 4 5 4 6
Fe 1 6 4 4
Fv 6 2 2 3

Material
Efficiency

L

H

M

M

M

L

Model
Recommendations

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3 (Preferred)

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3
Std-5

Std-1
Std-4

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3
Std-5

Material of
Construction

10 HRS
14 SS

14 HRS
10 HRS
14 SS

All

10HRS

All

14 HRS
10 HRS
14 SS

Material
Factor

5

8

10

8

10

5

Maximum
Can Velocity
(FPM)

100

50

125

150

200

125
Usually
conveyable,
system
classifications
vary greatly
with each
sample.
4
5
6
1

0
www.ktron.com
Systems - Chart
Page 0-304

Name

Cocoa
Mix

Cocoa
Powder

Coffee
Bean

Coffee
Bean

Cookie
Mix

Cork

Form
And/or
Condition

Powder
and
Granular Mix

Fine
Powder

Green,
not roasted

Roasted

Coarse
Powder

Fine
Ground
Bulk
Density
Range

25-37

21-23

40-43

20-22

34

4-20

Size
Code

B

B

A

A

B

B
Ff 5 5 4 4 Usually
conveyable,
system
classifications
vary greatly
with each
sample.
Fa 4 1 4 3
Fd 4 1 4 3
Fe 4 3 1 2
Fv 3 2 6 4

Material
Efficiency

L

L

H

M

H

L-M

Model
Recommendations

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3
Std-5

Std-3

Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-6
Std-7

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Material of
Construction

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

All

10 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

14 HRS
10 HRS
14 SS

All

Material
Factor

8

8

12

12

9

10

Maximum
Can Velocity
(FPM)

25 to 75

25 to 75

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

100

Usually
conveyable,
must be
factory
designed.
F
I
L
T
E
R

S
E
P
A
R
A
T
O
R
S

C
Y
C
L
O
N
E
S

A
E
R
O
L
O
C
K
S

S
Y
S
T
E
M

S
I
Z
I
N
G

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

(
A
L
L

4

C
A
T
E
G
O
R
I
E
S

M
U
S
T

A
P
P
L
Y
)

0
www.ktron.com
Systems-Chart
Page 0-305

Name

Corn
Flour

Corn
Germ

Corn
Kernels

Corn
Kernels

Corn
Meal

Corn
Starch

Form
And/or
Condition
Fine
Powder
Flake Cracked
Kernels,
irregular
shapes
Whole,
dry
Ground,
dry
Powder
Bulk
Density
Range

31-37

20-25

35-42

45-48

36-44

38-43

Size
Code

C

B

B

A

B

C
Ff 7 4 4 6 7
Fa 4 4 4 5
Fd 5 4 4 5
Fe 6 2 1 4
Fv 2 4 6 3

Material
Efficiency

L

M

M

H

M

L

Model
Recommendations

Std-1
Std-3
Std-6
Std-7

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

LD()F-G()-6FT-0-CHE-L

HD()F-G()-8NH-2-RT-CHE-T3

MD()F-G()-10NH-2-RT-CHE-T3

BT()F-G()-8NH-2-RT-CHE-T3

Material of
Construction

All

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

.125 Alum.
14 SS

Material
Factor

10

12

12

12

12

8

Maximum
Can Velocity
(FPM)

100

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

100

Usually
conveyable,
must be
factory
designed.
4
5
6
2
F
I
L
T
E
R

S
E
P
A
R
A
T
O
R
S

C
Y
C
L
O
N
E
S

A
E
R
O
L
O
C
K
S

S
Y
S
T
E
M

S
I
Z
I
N
G

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

(
A
L
L

4

C
A
T
E
G
O
R
I
E
S

M
U
S
T

A
P
P
L
Y
)

0
www.ktron.com
Systems - Chart
Page 0-306

Name
Cotton
Seeds
EVA
Ethyl
Vinyl
Alcohol
Fish Meal Gelatin Gilsonite Graphite

Form
and/or
Condition
Seeds Pellets Ground,
oily
Powder Coarse
Chunks
and
Powder
Granules,
Small,
irregularly
shaped
Bulk
Density
Range

14

32-36

30-40

33

36-39

25-67

Size
Code

B

A

B

C

B

B
Ff

Usually
conveyable,
must be
factory
designed.
9 8 5 7
Fa 4 5 5
Fd 4 6 5
Fe 4 7 2
Fv 2 1 5

Material
Efficiency

H

H

M

L

M

M

Model
Recommendations

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-3

Material of
Construction

All

All

10 HRS
14 HRS
10 SS

All

All

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

Material
Factor

12

12

8

8

8

7

Maximum
Can Velocity
(FPM)

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

80

50

No
Restriction

Some types
are conveyable,
system
classifications
vary greatly with
each sample.
5
6
5
3
F
I
L
T
E
R

S
E
P
A
R
A
T
O
R
S

C
Y
C
L
O
N
E
S

A
E
R
O
L
O
C
K
S

S
Y
S
T
E
M

S
I
Z
I
N
G

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

(
A
L
L

4

C
A
T
E
G
O
R
I
E
S

M
U
S
T

A
P
P
L
Y
)

0
www.ktron.com
Systems-Chart
Page 0-307

Name
Graphite Guar Beans Guar Bean
Splits
Guar Flour Lime
Quicklime
Calcined
lime
Lime
Quicklime
Calcined
lime

Form
And/or
Condition

Powder

Beans

1/2 Beans

Powder

Irregular
pieces 1/4"
and smaller

Powder
Bulk
Density
Range

34-44

48-51

41-43

40

45-58

30-62

Size
Code

C

A

B

C

B

C
Ff 10 1 4 7 6
Fa 7 5 3 4 6
Fd 8 5 3 4 6
Fe 9 1 3 4 1
Fv 1 7 3 2 7

Material
Efficiency

L

H

M

L

M

L

Model
Recommendations

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3
Std-1
Std-2
Std-3
Std-6
Std-7

Std-4

Std-1
Std-3

Material of
Construction

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

All

All

All

10HRS

10 HRS
14 SS

Material
Factor

7

12

12

10

8

8

Maximum
Can Velocity
(FPM)

150

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

100

No
Restriction

100
7
4
4
3
4
F
I
L
T
E
R

S
E
P
A
R
A
T
O
R
S

C
Y
C
L
O
N
E
S

A
E
R
O
L
O
C
K
S

S
Y
S
T
E
M

S
I
Z
I
N
G

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

(
A
L
L

4

C
A
T
E
G
O
R
I
E
S

M
U
S
T

A
P
P
L
Y
)

0
www.ktron.com
Systems - Chart
Page 0-308

Name

Lime
Hydrated
lime

Malt
Malting
barley

Meat Meal

Meat Scraps

Milk

Milo Flour

Form
And/or
Condition

Powder

Dry,
ground
meal

Ground,
dry

Dry,
ground
meal

Powder,
dry, non-fat

Powder
Bulk
Density
Range

25-49

25-32

35-57

28-50

28-40

38-40

Size
Code

C

B

B

B

C

C
Ff 7 2 5 8 9
Fa 2 2 2 6 3
Fd 3 2 2 7 4
Fe 5 3 3 6 6
Fv 1 1 2 3 1

Material
Efficiency

L

M

M

L

L

L

Model
Recommendations

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-3

Std-3

Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-3
Std-6
Std-7

Material of
Construction

10 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

All

All

Material
Factor

10

12

8

7

5

10

Maximum
Can Velocity
(FPM)

175

No
Restriction

150

No
Restriction

150

100

Some types
are conveyable,
system
classifications vary
greatly with each
sample.
F
I
L
T
E
R

S
E
P
A
R
A
T
O
R
S

C
Y
C
L
O
N
E
S

A
E
R
O
L
O
C
K
S

S
Y
S
T
E
M

S
I
Z
I
N
G

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

(
A
L
L

4

C
A
T
E
G
O
R
I
E
S

M
U
S
T

A
P
P
L
Y
)

0
www.ktron.com
System - Chart
Page 0-309

Name

Mustard
Seed

Nylon

Nylon

Oats

Oat Flour

Pancake
Mix

Form
And/or
Condition

Small
Seeds

Pellets

Regrind,
irregular
pieces

Rolled,
without
hull

Powder

Powder
Bulk
Density
Range

43-45

35-41

35-40

25-29

26-33

34

Size
Code

A

A

B

B

C

B
Ff 1 4 5 2 5
Fa 3 4 5 2 3
Fd 3 4 5 2 3
Fe 1 1 2 4 3
Fv 5 6 5 2 3

Material
Efficiency

H

H

M

L

L

M

Model
Recommendations

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3
Std-5

Std-1
HDRG-G-()-
8NH-2-RT-T3
Std-3

Std-1
HDRG-G-()-
8NH-2-RT-T3
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-3
Std-6
Std-7

Std-1
Std-6
Std-7

Material of
Construction

14 HRS
10 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

All

All

Material
Factor

12

12

10

12

10

10

Maximum
Can Velocity
(FPM)

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

100

No
Restriction
2
1
1
1
4
F
I
L
T
E
R

S
E
P
A
R
A
T
O
R
S

C
Y
C
L
O
N
E
S

A
E
R
O
L
O
C
K
S

S
Y
S
T
E
M

S
I
Z
I
N
G

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

(
A
L
L

4

C
A
T
E
G
O
R
I
E
S

M
U
S
T

A
P
P
L
Y
)

0
www.ktron.com
Systems - Chart
Page 0-310

Name

Peanuts

Perlite,
Expanded

Phenolic
Compound

Polyester

Polyethylene
LDPE

Polyethylene

Form
And/or
Condition

Green,
shelled,
not roasted

Beads

Powder

Pellets

Pellets

Regrind,
irregular
pieces
Bulk
Density
Range

36-43

11

27-41

44-50

28-35

28-30

Size
Code

B

B

C

A

A

B
Ff 4

Usually
conveyable,
must be
factory
designed.
2 2 5
Fa 4 4 3 3
Fd 4 4 3 3
Fe 1 1 1 1
Fv 6 6 6 6

Material
Efficiency

H

M

L

H

H

M

Model
Recommendations

Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
HDRG-G()-
8NH-2-RT-T3
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-2
Std-3

Std-2
Std-3

Material of
Construction

All

All

All

All

All

All

Material
Factor

12

12

5

12

12

10

Maximum
Can Velocity
(FPM)

No
Restriction

150

100

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

Usually
conveyable,
system
classifications vary
greatly with each
sample.
F
I
L
T
E
R

S
E
P
A
R
A
T
O
R
S

C
Y
C
L
O
N
E
S

A
E
R
O
L
O
C
K
S

S
Y
S
T
E
M

S
I
Z
I
N
G

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

(
A
L
L

4

C
A
T
E
G
O
R
I
E
S

M
U
S
T

A
P
P
L
Y
)

0
www.ktron.com
System - Chart
Page 0-311

Name

Polyethlene
LLDPE

Polypro-
pylene

Polypro-
pylene

Polypro-
pylene

Polystyrene

Polystyrene

Form
And/or
Condition

Granular

Pellets

Regrind,
irregular
pieces

Flake

Pellets

Regrind,
irregular
pieces
Bulk
Density
Range

24-30

27-33

25-35

25-30

34-43

25-38

Size
Code

B

A

B

B

A

B
Ff 7 2 5 4 3
Fa 3 3 3 4 3
Fd 4 3 3 5 3
Fe 5 1 1 6 1
Fv 1 6 6 2 4

Material
Efficiency

M

H

M

M

H

M

Model
Recommendations

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3
Std-5

Std-2
Std-3

Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Material of
Construction

All

All

All

All

All

All

Material
Factor

12

12

10

10

12

10

Maximum
Can Velocity
(FPM)

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

100

No
Restriction

No
Restriction
3
3
3
1
4
F
I
L
T
E
R

S
E
P
A
R
A
T
O
R
S

C
Y
C
L
O
N
E
S

A
E
R
O
L
O
C
K
S

S
Y
S
T
E
M

S
I
Z
I
N
G

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

(
A
L
L

4

C
A
T
E
G
O
R
I
E
S

M
U
S
T

A
P
P
L
Y
)

0
www.ktron.com
Systems - Chart
Page 0-312

Name
Potato Flakes
Low Density
Potato Flakes
High Density
PVC
Polyvinyl
Chloride
PVC
Regrind
PVC
Virgin
suspension
resin
PVC
Compound
suspension
resin

Form
And/or
Condition

Granular,
dried

Granular,
dried

Pellets

Irregular
pieces

Powder

Powder
Bulk
Density
Range

29-32

57-59

32-50

32-44

26-37

28-45

Size
Code

A

A

A

B

C

C
Ff 2 7 5 7 5
Fa 2 7 5 5 5
Fd 2 9 5 5 6
Fe 4 9 1 1 7
Fv 2 1 7 7 1

Material
Efficiency

M

L

H

M

L

L

Model
Recommendations

Std-1
Std-3
Std-6
Std-7

Std-1
Std-3
Std-6
Std-7

Std-2
Std-3 (Preferred)

Std-2
Std-3 (Preferred)

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Material of
Construction

All

All

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

Material
Factor

10

10

12

10

8

7

Maximum
Can Velocity
(FPM)

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

No
Restriction
6
6
7
8
1
F
I
L
T
E
R

S
E
P
A
R
A
T
O
R
S

C
Y
C
L
O
N
E
S

A
E
R
O
L
O
C
K
S

S
Y
S
T
E
M

S
I
Z
I
N
G

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

(
A
L
L

4

C
A
T
E
G
O
R
I
E
S

M
U
S
T

A
P
P
L
Y
)

0
www.ktron.com
System Chart
Page 0-313

Name

Pinto

Rice

Rice

Rice Bran

Rice Flour

Salt

Form
And/or
Condition

Bean

Cracked

Rough,
whole grain
with hull

Flake

Powder

Granular,
fine, dry
Bulk
Density
Range

46-49

47-50

35-37

17-23

43-44

64-81

Size
Code

A

B

A

B

C

A
Ff 3 5 3 7 10
Fa 3 5 3 2
Fd 3 5 3 3
Fe 1 2 1 5
Fv 4 5 6 1

Material
Efficiency

H

H

H

L

L

M

Model
Recommendations

Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3 (Preferred)
Std-5

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3
Std-5

HDRG-G-()-8NH- 2-
RT-AP
MD()F-G-()10NH-
2-RT-CHE-AP

Material of
Construction

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

All

14 ss

Material
Factor

12

12

12

10

10

8

Maximum
Can Velocity
(FPM)

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

100

No
Restriction

Usually
conveyable,
must be
factory
designed.
8
9
8
2
F
I
L
T
E
R

S
E
P
A
R
A
T
O
R
S

C
Y
C
L
O
N
E
S

A
E
R
O
L
O
C
K
S

S
Y
S
T
E
M

S
I
Z
I
N
G

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

(
A
L
L

4

C
A
T
E
G
O
R
I
E
S

M
U
S
T

A
P
P
L
Y
)

0
www.ktron.com
Systems - Chart
Page 0-314

Name

Semolina
Meal

Soda Ash
Low Density

Soda Ash
High Density

Soybean

Soybean

Soybean
Flour

Form
And/or
Condition

Ground

Powder

Small
granules

Split,
cracked

Flakes

Powder
Bulk
Density
Range

44-46

25-35

52-65

32-42

25-34

30-61

Size
Code

A

C

B

B

B

C
Ff 5 9 6 6 4
Fa 5 5 6 6 4
Fd 6 6 7 7 4
Fe 6 6 7 6 4
Fv 2 2 2 2 3

Material
Efficiency

L

L

M

M

M

L

Model
Recommendations

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
MD()F-S()-10NH-
2-RT-T3

Std-1
Std-3

Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-3
Std-6
Std-7

Material of
Construction

All

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

All

Material
Factor

10

10

10

12

12

10

Maximum
Can Velocity
(FPM)

No
Restriction

100

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

100
9
6
7
7
2
F
I
L
T
E
R

S
E
P
A
R
A
T
O
R
S

C
Y
C
L
O
N
E
S

A
E
R
O
L
O
C
K
S

S
Y
S
T
E
M

S
I
Z
I
N
G

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

(
A
L
L

4

C
A
T
E
G
O
R
I
E
S

M
U
S
T

A
P
P
L
Y
)

0
www.ktron.com
Systems-Chart
Page 0-315

Name

Soybean
Meal

Sugar

Talc

Wheat

Wheat
Bran

Wheat
Flour

Form
And/or
Condition

Ground
Granular,
particle size
varies,
not powder
Powder Whole
grain
Flake Powder
Bulk
Density
Range

37-42

48-59

25-52

45-48

15-18

31-35

Size
Code

B

B

C

A

B

C
Ff 9 6 7 3 7
Fa 4 6 3 3 1
Fd 4 7 3 3 2
Fe 4 6 4 1 5
Fv 3 2 2 5 1

Material
Efficiency

M

M

L

H

L

L

Model
Recommendations

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
HD()F-S()-8NH-
3-RT-(AP or T3)

MD()F-S-()-10NH-
3-RT-(AP or T3)

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3(Preferred)

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3
Std-5

Material of
Construction

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

10 HRS
14 SS

All

Material
Factor

12

7

8

12

12

10

Maximum
Can Velocity
(FPM)

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

100

No
Restriction

No
Restriction

100

Usually
conveyable,
must be
factory
designed.
F
I
L
T
E
R

S
E
P
A
R
A
T
O
R
S

C
Y
C
L
O
N
E
S

A
E
R
O
L
O
C
K
S

S
Y
S
T
E
M

S
I
Z
I
N
G

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

(
A
L
L

4

C
A
T
E
G
O
R
I
E
S

M
U
S
T

A
P
P
L
Y
)

0
www.ktron.com
Systems - Chart
Page 0-316

Name

Wheat
Meal

Zeolite

Form
And/or
Condition

Cracked,
Course

Powder

Bulk
Density
Range

28-44

19-28

Size
Code

B

C

Ff 5 6
Fa 4 1
Fd 4 1
Fe 3 3
Fv 4 2

Material
Efficiency

M

M

Model
Recommendations

Std-1
Std-2
Std-3

Std-2
Std-3

Material of
Construction

10 HRS
14 HRS
14 SS

14 SS

Material
Factor

12

8

Maximum
Can Velocity
(FPM)

No
Restriction

150

F
I
L
T
E
R

S
E
P
A
R
A
T
O
R
S

C
Y
C
L
O
N
E
S

A
E
R
O
L
O
C
K
S

S
Y
S
T
E
M

S
I
Z
I
N
G

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L

C
L
A
S
S
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

(
A
L
L

4

C
A
T
E
G
O
R
I
E
S

M
U
S
T

A
P
P
L
Y
)

www.ktron.com
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 0790034303
HD Aerolock
K-TRON PREMIER Product Specication
Heavy-Duty Aerolock
TM
Rotary Valve
S-500101-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The Heavy-Duty (HD) Aerolock is engineered for heavy duty
industrial service and high volumetric efciency at up to 1.0 bar [15
PSI] pressure differential and temperatures up to 107.2C [225F].
When used in a conveying system, the pressure differential limit is
0.8 bar [12 PSI].
Design
The HD has an eight-blade rotor that maintains a minimum two-blade
labyrinth seal to minimize air leakage. The eight-blade rotor is availa-
ble with at or relieved tips in several rotor choices. The HD utilizes
a single radial ball bearing on the drive side and two tapered roller
bearings on the thrust side.
Technical Data
Standard Mechanical Specications
Round or square inlet/outlet ange patterns
Cast iron or stainless steel housing; stainless steel for round models only
Cast iron or stainless steel end plates
Carbon steel or stainless steel rotors
Outboard bearings
Options
Shaft Seals
T3: Two quad ring Buna-N seals on a Teon
insert
Lip: Double spring loaded seal
Air Purge: Compressed air defuser followed by a standard seal
G5: Four quad ring Buna-N seals on a stainless steel insert
Rotor (eight-blade)
Standard at or relieved tips
Open-ended
Hubbed (closed)
Reduced Displacement
Staggered Pocket
Coating
Chrome
Tungsten carbide
Nedox
Nickel (electroless)
Other coatings available
Flanges
ANSI
DIN
Custom
High Temperature
Standard unit max. 93C [200F]
High temperature option for max. 121C [250F]
Drives
Single speed or variable speed
Right angle or parallel
Direct or indirect transmission (chain or belt)
OSHA protective guarding
CE certication
Electrical
Consult factory for NEC or ATEX classications available
Tool Kits
Required for eld installation of seals and bearings. The tool kit can
improve the Aerolock performance by reducing premature wear
caused by improper seal and bearing installation.
HD tool kit includes:
(1) seal driver tool for installing T3 & G5 seals, T3 & G5 inserts and
lip seals
(1) expansion tool to assist the installation of the T3 or G5 inserts
(1) bearing driver tool for installing drive and bearings
(1) bearing driver tool for installing thrust end bearings
Accessories
A complete line of accessories is available for Premier Aerolock rotary
valves: outlet adapters, shear protectors, maintenance slide gates,
sight glasses, outlet guards, surge hoppers, oor support stands,
anged transitions and custom transitions allowing an easy t into
an existing facility.
Model Size 76 98 1110 1312 1514 1716
Basic Valve Size mm [in] 152 [6] 203 [8] 254 [10] 305 [12] 356 [14] 406 [16]
Rotor - End Conguration Open Open Open Open Open Open
Displ. dm
3
/Rev. [Ft
3
/Rev.] 2.8 [0.10] 6.8 [0.24] 13 [0.46] 22 [0.79] 35 [1.23] 52 [1.85]
Maximum Allowable
Torque in Nm [lbs/in]
118 [1,045] 118 [1,045] 249 [2,200] 441 [3,900] 441 [3,900] 441 [3,900]
Unit Weight in Kg [lb]
without drive
35 [77] 59 [129] 97 [214] 144 [318] 213 [469] 268 [590]
Unit Weight in Kg [lb]
with drive
75 [165] 97 [213] 140 [309] 180 [397] 249 [594] 346 [763]
K-Tron Process Group www.ktron.com
All addresses on sheet: / Alle Adressen auf Blatt: / Toutes les adresses sur che: I-000001
HD Aerolock
Size 76 98 1110 1312 1514 1716
A
67
[2.625]
83
[3.25]
98
[3.875]
121
[4.75]
130
[5.125]
152
[6]
B
229
[9]
279
[11]
330
[13]
406
[16]
457
[18]
508
[20]
C
64
[2.5]
83
[3.25]
102
[4]
121
[4.75]
152
[6]
159
[6.25]
D
254
[10]
318
[12.5]
381
[15]
457
[18]
533
[21]
610
[24]
E
194
[7.625]
210
[8.25]
233
[9.188]
268
[10.563]
295
[11.625]
321
[12.625]
F
184
[7.25]
210
[8.25]
260
[10.25]
286
[11.25]
308
[12.125]
340
[13.375]
G
127
[5]
178
[7]
229
[9]
279
[11]
330
[13]
381
[15]
H
98
[3.875]
124
[4.875]
149
[5.875]
181
[7.125]
206
[8.125]
232
[9.125]
J
46
[1.813]
41
[1.625]
67
[2.625]
65
[2.563]
76
[3]
76
[3]
K
11
[.438]
11
[.438]
11
[.438]
14
[.563]
14
[.563]
14
[.563]
L
76
[3]
102
[4]
127
[5]
152
[6]
178
[7]
203
[8]
M
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
N
38
[1.5]
38
[1.5]
60
[2.375]
64
[2.5]
64
[2.5]
64
[2.5]
P 12 12 12 12 12 12
R
6
[.25] SQ Key
6
[.25] SQ Key
6
[.25] SQ Key
10
[.375] SQ Key
10
[.375] SQ Key
10
[.375] SQ Key
S
24
[.938]
24
[.938]
30
[1.188]
37
[1.438]
37
[1.438]
37
[1.438]
T
152
[6]
203
[8]
254
[10]
305
[12]
356
[14]
406
[16]
Size 76 98 1110 1312 1514 1716
A
152
[6]
203
[8]
254
[10]
305
[12]
356
[14]
406
[16]
B
216
[8.5]
267
[10.5]
330
[13]
394
[15.5]
445
[17.5]
508
[20]
C
191
[7.5]
241
[9.5]
305
[12]
362
[14.25]
413
[16.25]
470
[18.5]
D
267
[10.5]
305
[12]
381
[15]
457
[18]
533
[21]
610
[24]
E
186
[7.313]
210
[8.25]
233
[9.188]
268
[10.563]
295
[11.625]
321
[12.625]
F
184
[7.25]
210
[8.25]
260
[10.25]
286
[11.25]
308
[12.125]
340
[13.375]
G
127
[5]
178
[7]
229
[9]
279
[11]
330
[13]
381
[15]
H
11
[.438]
11
[.438]
11
[.438]
14
[.563]
14
[.563]
14
[.563]
J
111
[4.375]
143
[5.625]
172
[6.75]
203
[8]
238
[9.375]
267
[10.5]
K
108
[4.25]
133
[5.25]
165
[6.5]
197
[7.75]
222
[8.75]
254
[10]
L
76
[3]
102
[4]
127
[5]
152
[6]
178
[7]
203
[8]
M
46
[1.813]
41
[1.625]
67
[2.625]
67
[2.625]
76
[3]
76
[3]
N
38
[1.5]
38
[1.5]
60
[2.375]
64
[2.5]
64
[2.5]
64
[2.5]
P
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
R
6
[.25] SQ Key
6
[.25] SQ Key
6
[.25] SQ Key
10
[.375] SQ Key
10
[.375] SQ Key
10
[.375]SQ Key
S
24
[.938]
24
[.938]
30
[1 .188]
37
[1.438]
37
[1.438]
37
[1.438]
T 6 6 6 6 12 12
F
H TYP
J
T SQ
B SQ
A T YP
E
(P) QTY
K DIA HOLES
C T YP
A T YP
D
D/2
L
C
J
L
C
D/2
D
K
L TYP
E
F
A ID
(T) QTY H DIA HOLES
EQ SPCD ON A C DBC
B OD
S DIA
L
C
M
N
R SQ KEY
(4) P-UNC
TAPPED HOLES
NEARSIDE & FARSIDE
G
(4) M-UNC
TAPPED HOLES
NEARSIDE
N
S DIA
R SQ KEY
L
C
G
L
Rev.
2010-12
Dimensions of HD Square Aerolock mm [in]
Dimensions of HD Round Aerolock mm [in]
Copyright by K-TRON. Covered by patents in USA and foreign countries. Specications subject to change without notice.
Heavy-Duty Aerolock
TM
Rotary Valve
S-500101-en
Page 2 of 2
Note: For more information on these products consult your K-Tron Premier Sales Representative.
Caution: Measurements are for general reference only. Please consult dimensional drawing for exact measurements.
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 0790034304
MD Aerolock
Maximum-Duty Aerolock
TM
Rotary Valve
S-500102-en
Page 1 of 2
Model Size 76 98 1110 1312 1514 1716
Rotor - End Conguration Closed Open Closed Open Closed Open Closed Open Closed Open Closed Open
Displ. dm
3
/Rev. [Ft
3
/Rev.]
2.3
[0.08]
2.5
[0.09]
5.7
[0.20]
6.5
[0.23]
11
[0.40]
12
[0.44]
19.3
[0.68]
21.2
[0.75]
30
[1.05]
33
[1.18]
45
[1.59]
50
[1.78]
Maximum Allowable
621
[5,500]
621
[5,500]
621
[5,500]
1,378
[12,200]
1,378
[12,200]
1,378
[12,200]
Unit Weight in Kg [lbs]
without drive
60
[132]
54
[118]
82
[180]
69
[152]
144
[317]
124
[273]
209
[461]
173
[382]
293
[645]
245
[541]
358
[789]
303
[667]
with drive
97
[213]
90
[199]
127
[280]
114
[252]
168
[370]
148
[326]
238
[525]
202
[446]
326
[718]
279
[614]
397
[876]
343
[755]
Application
The Maximum-Duty (MD) Aerolock is commonly used with some of the most
challenging materials including minerals, chemicals, llers, food ingredients,
lled pellets, PVC compound and diatomaceous earth. The MD is engineered
for heavy to severe industrial service with pressure differentials up to 1.4
bar [20 PSI] and/or temperatures of 121
o
C [+250
o
F]. The ability to withstand
severe shock loads and elevated temperatures make the MD Aerolock a true
maximum duty performer.
Design
The MD has a ten-blade, rotor that maintains a minimum three-blade labyrinth
seal to minimize air leakage. The ten-blade rotor is available with at or relieved
tips in several rotor choices. The MD utilizes two tapered roller bearings on
both the thrust and drive sides.
Technical Data
Outboard bearings
Options
Shaft Seals
insert
Packing: Spring loaded self-adjusting Teon impregnated packing
or optional graphite impregnated packing
Rotor (ten-blade)
Open-ended
Hubbed (closed)
Staggered Pocket
Coating
Chrome
Tungsten carbide
Nedox
Flanges
ANSI
DIN
Custom
High Temperature
Drives
CE certication
Electrical
Tool Kits
MD tool kit includes:
(1) seal driver tool for installing T3 & G5 seals and inserts
(1) bearing driver tool for installing drive and thrust side bearings
(1) shaft driver tool for installing machined shaft ring
Accessories

E
L
(4) M-UNC
TAPPED HOLES
NEARSIDE
N
TYP
S DIA
TYP
R SQ KEY
TYP
L
C
G
MD Aerolock
Size 76 98 1110 1312 1514 1716
A
67
[2.625]
83
[3.25]
98
[3.875]
121
[4.75]
130
[5.125]
152
[6]
B
229
[9]
279
[11]
330
[13]
406
[16]
457
[18]
508
[20]
C
64
[2.5]
83
[3.25]
102
[4]
121
[4.75]
152
[6]
159
[6.25]
D
254
[10]
318
[12.5]
381
[15]
457
[18]
533
[21]
610
[24]
E
508
[20]
559
[22]
610
[24]
711
[28]
762
[30]
813
[32]
F
192
[7.563]
218
[8.563]
243
[9.563]
273
[10.75]
299
[11.75]
324
[12.75]
G
127
[5]
178
[7]
229
[9]
279
[11]
330
[13]
381
[15]
H
98
[3.875]
124
[4.875]
149
[5.875]
181
[7.125]
206
[8.125]
232
[9.125]
J
62
[2.438]
62
[2.438]
62
[2.438]
83
[3.25]
83
[3.25]
83
[3.25]
K
11
[.438]
11
[.438]
11
[.438]
14
[.563]
14
[.563]
14
[.563]
L
76
[3]
102
[4]
127
[5]
152
[6]
178
[7]
203
[8]
M
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
N
54
[2.125]
54
[2.125]
54
[2.125]
76
[3]
76
[3]
76
[3]
P 12 12 12 12 12 12
R
10
[.375] SQ Key
10
[.375] SQ Key
10
[.375] SQ Key
13
[.5] SQ Key
13
[.5] SQ Key
13
[.5] SQ Key
S
43
[1.688]
43
[1.688]
43
[1.688]
56
[2.188]
56
[2.188]
56
[2.188]
T
151
[5.938]
202
[7.938]
252
[9.938]
303
[11.938]
354
[13.938]
405
[15.938]
Size 76 98 1110 1312 1514 1716
A
152
[6]
203
[8]
254
[10]
305
[12]
356
[14]
406
[16]
B
216
[8.5]
267
[10.5]
330
[13]
394
[15.5]
445
[17.5]
508
[20]
C
191
[7.5]
241
[9.5]
305
[12]
362
[14.25]
413
[16.25]
470
[18.5]
D
267
[10.5]
305
[12]
381
[15]
457
[18]
533
[21]
610
[24]
E
508
[20]
559
[22]
610
[24]
711
[28]
762
[30]
813
[32]
F
192
[7.563]
218
[8.563]
243
[9.563]
273
[10.75]
299
[11.75]
324
[12.75]
G
127
[5]
178
[7]
229
[9]
279
[11]
330
[13]
381
[15]
H
111
[4.375]
143
[5.625]
172
[6.75]
203
[8]
238
[9.375]
267
[10.5]
J
62
[2.438]
62
[2.438]
62
[2.438]
83
[3.25]
83
[3.25]
83
[3.25]
K
108
[4.25]
140
[5.5]
168
[6.625]
200
[7.875]
232
[9.125]
260
[10.25]
L
76
[3]
102
[4]
127
[5]
152
[6]
178
[7]
203
[8]
M
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
N
54
[2.125]
54
[2.125]
54
[2.125]
76
[3]
76
[3]
76
[3]
P 6 6 6 6 6 6
R
10
[.375] SQ Key
10
[.375] SQ Key
10
[.375] SQ Key
13
[.5] SQ Key
13
[.5] SQ Key
13
[.5] SQ Key
S
43
[1.688]
43
[1.688]
43
[1.688]
56
[2.188]
56
[2.188]
56
[2.188]
T
11
[.438]
11
[.438]
11
[.438]
14
[.563]
14
[.563]
14
[.563]
D
D/2
L
C
E
F
TYPICAL
H
A ID
J
TYP
L
C
(P) QTY T DIA HOLES
EQ SPCD ON A C DBC
B OD
N
TYP
S DIA
TYP
R SQ KEY
TYP
(4) M-UNC
TAPPED HOLES
NEARSIDE & FARSIDE
D/2
D
K
L TYP
L
C
F
TYPICAL
H TYP
J
TYP
T SQ
B SQ
A T YP
(P) QTY K DIA HOLES
C T YP
A T YP
L
C
G
Rev.
2010-12
Dimensions of MD Square Aerolock mm [in]
Dimensions of MD Round Aerolock mm [in]
Maximum-Duty Aerolock
TM
Rotary Valve
S-500102-en
Page 2 of 2
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 0790034305
QC Aerolock
Quick-Clean Aerolock
TM
Rotary Valve
S-500103-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The Quick-Clean (QC) Aerolock is well suited for use in the food,
chemical, plastic, and pharmaceutical industries where contamina-
tion is a constant concern and frequent disassembly and cleaning is
required. Without disengaging the valve from the system, the QC can
be easily disassembled, cleaned, and reassembled. The optional sup-
port carriage is ideal for use in high places to facilitate rotor removal.
The carriage fully supports the rotor as it is removed for cleaning.
Design
Incorporating the same maximum-duty features as the MD Aerolock,
the QC offers 24-hour service at pressure differential up to 0.8 bar
[12 PSI]. The QC has a ten-blade, rotor that maintains a minimum
three-blade labyrinth seal to minimize air leakage. The QC utilizes two
tapered roller bearings on both the thrust and drive sides.
Technical Data
Outboard bearings
Options
Shaft Seals
insert
Packing: Spring loaded self-adjusting Teon impregnated packing
Rotor (ten-blade)
Open-ended
Hubbed (closed)
Staggered Pocket
Coating
Chrome
Tungsten carbide
Nedox
Flanges
ANSI
DIN
Custom
High Temperature
Drives
CE certication
Electrical
Tool Kits
QC tool kit includes:
(1) seal driver tool for installing T3 & G5 seals and inserts
(1) bearing driver tool for installing drive and thrust side bearings
(1) shaft driver tool for installing machined shaft ring
Accessories
Model Size 76 98 1110 1312 1514
Basic Valve Size mm [in] 152 [6] 203 [8] 254 [10] 305 [12] 356 [14]
Rotor - End Conguration Closed Open Closed Open Closed Open Closed Open Closed Open
Displ. dm
3
/Rev.
[Ft
3
/Rev.]
2.3
[0.08]
2.5
[0.09]
5.7
[0.20]
6.5
[0.23]
11
[0.40]
12
[0.44]
19
[0.68]
21
[0.75]
30
[1.05]
33
[1.18]
Maximum Allowable
621
[5,500]
621
[5,500]
621
[5,500]
1,378
[12,200]
1,378
[12,200]

Size 76 98 1110 1312 1514 1716
A
152
[6]
203
[8]
254
[10]
305
[12]
356
[14]
406
[16]
B
216
[8.5]
267
[10.5]
330
[13]
394
[15.5]
445
[17.5]
508
[20]
C
133
[5.25]
152
[6]
191
[7.5]
229
[9]
267
[10.5]
305
[12]
D
267
[10.5]
305
[12]
381
[15]
457
[18]
533
[21]
610
[24]
E
254
[10]
279
[11]
305
[12]
356
[14]
381
[15]
406
[16]
F
254
[10]
279
[11]
305
[12]
356
[14]
381
[15]
406
[16]
G
191
[7.5]
241
[9.5]
305
[12]
362
[14.25]
413
[16.25]
470
[18.5]
H
11
[.438]
11
[.438]
11
[.438]
14
[.563]
14
[.563]
14
[.563]
J
111
[4.375]
143
[5.625]
172
[6.75]
203
[8]
238
[9.375]
267
[10.5]
K
127
[5]
178
[7]
229
[9]
279
[11]
330
[13]
381
[15]
L
76
[3]
102
[4]
127
[5]
152
[6]
178
[7]
203
[8]
M
57
[2.25]
57
[2.25]
57
[2.25]
76
[3]
76
[3]
76
[3]
N
54
[2.125]
54
[2.125]
54
[2.125]
76
[3]
76
[3]
76
[3]
P
43
[1.688]
43
[1.688]
43
[1.688]
56
[2.188]
56
[2.188]
56
[2.188]
R 6 6 6 6 12 12
QC Aerolock
Size 98 1110 1312 1514
A
267
[10.5]
318
[12.5]
372
[14.625]
422
[16.625]
B
343
[13.5]
368
[14.5]
400
[15.75]
432
[17]
C
305
[12]
330
[13]
445
[17.5]
495
[19.5]
D
213
[8.375]
245
[9.625]
283
[11.125]
321
[12.625]
E
32
[1.25]
32
[1.25]
38
[1.5]
38
[1.5]
F
254
[10]
292
[11.5]
330
[13]
375
[14.75]
G
565
[22.25]
540
[21.25]
813
[32]
787
[31]
H
426
[16.75]
375
[14.75]
622
[24.5]
572
[22.5]
G
H
OF MOVEMENT
F
D
E DIA.
A
B
C
F E
B
OD
P DIA (TYP)
(R) QTY H HOLES
ON A G DBC (TYP)
M
(TYP)
A
ID
C
L
111
[4.375]
(REF)
T-HANDLE BOLTS
C
L
N
(TYP)
10 [0.375]
SQ KEY
(4) 10 [0.375]-UNC
TAPPED HOLES
NEARSIDE & FARSIDE
K
L (TYP)
C
D
J
C
L
Rev.
2010-12
Optional Support Carriage mm [in]
Dimensions of QC Aerolock mm [in]
Quick Clean Aerolock
TM
Rotary Valve
S-500103-en
Page 2 of 2
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 0790034307
BT Aerolock
TM
Rotary Valve
S-500104-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The Blow-Through (BT) Aerolock conguration enhances rotor cleanout and
makes installation in tight quarters possible. It is often used in sticky material
applications to prevent material build-up in the rotor pockets.
Design
The BT is designed for heavy-duty industrial service in applications of up to
0.8 bar [12 PSI] pressure differential. Eight blades maintain a minimum two-
blade labyrinth seal to minimize air leakage. The rotors are equipped with
relieved tips for materials that form skins or thin sheets on end plates and
housing, or non-relieved tips for cereal products. The BT utilizes two tapered
roller bearings on both the thrust and drive sides.
Technical Data
Cast iron housing and end plates only (coatings available)
Carbon steel rotors
Outboard bearings
Options
Shaft Seals
insert
Rotor (eight-blade)
Open-ended
Coating
Chrome
Tungsten carbide
Nedox
Drives
CE certication
Electrical
High Temperature
Tool Kits
BT tool kit includes:
lip seals
(1) bearing driver tool for installing drive and bearings
(1) bearing driver tool for installing thrust end bearings
Accessories
Model Size 98 1110 1312 1514 1716
Basic Valve Size mm [in] 203 [8] 254 [10] 305 [12] 356 [14] 406 [16]
Rotor - End Conguration Open Open Open Open Open
Displ. dm
3
/Rev. [Ft
3
/Rev.] 6.8 [0.24] 13 [0.46] 22 [0.79] 35 [1.23] 52 [1.85]
Maximum Allowable
118 [1045] 249 [2200] 441 [3900] 441 [3900] 441 [3900]
without drive
59 [129] 98 [216] 143 [316] 213 [470] 268 [590]
with drive
97 [213] 141 [311] 179 [395] 270 [595] 346 [763]

BT Aerolock
Size 98 1110 1312 1514 1716
A
203
[8]
254
[10]
305
[12]
356
[14]
406
[16]
B
267
[10.5]
330
[13]
394
[15.5]
445
[17.5]
508
[20]
C
152
[6]
203
[8]
254
[10]
305
[12]
356
[14]
D
216
[8.5]
279
[11]
349
[13.75]
394
[15.5]
457
[18]
E
241
[9.5]
305
[12]
368
[14.5]
419
[16.5]
483
[19]
F
102
[4]
172
[6.75]
216
[8.5]
241
[9.5]
279
[11]
G
114
[4.5]
152
[6]
178
[7]
203
[8]
203
[8]
H
1901
[7.5]
254
[10]
324
[12.75]
368
[14.5]
432
[17]
J
210
[8.25]
254
[10]
279
[11]
314
[12.375]
340
[13.375]
K
219
[8.625]
251
[9.875]
276
[10.875]
302
[11.875]
327
[12.875]
L
254
[10]
305
[12]
356
[14]
406
[16]
457
[18]
M
102
[4]
127
[5]
152
[6]
152
[6]
203
[8]
N
48
[1.875]
65
[2.563]
67
[2.625]
76
[3]
76
[3]
P
38
[1.5]
60
[2.375]
64
[2.5]
64
[2.5]
64
[2.5]
R
6
[.25]
6
[.25]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
S
24
[.938]
30
[1.188]
37
[1.438]
37
[1.438]
37
[1.438]
T
146
[5.75]
175
[6.875]
210
[8.25]
241
[9.5]
273
[10.75]
U
299
[11.75]
359
[14.125]
432
[17]
495
[19.5]
565
[22.25]
V
143
[5.625]
172
[6.75]
203
[8]
238
[9.375]
267
[10.5]
W 8 10 10 10 10
X
11
[.438]
14
[.563]
14
.563]
14
[.563]
14
[.563]
Y
327
[12.875]
378
[14.875]
429
[16.875]
479
[18.875]
527
[20.75]
Z
60
[2.375]
79
[3.125]
95
[3.75]
108
[4.25]
121
[4.75]
AA
51
[2]
76
[3]
102
[4]
102
[4]
127
[5]
BB
260
[10.25]
311
[12.25]
368
[14.5]
422
[16.625]
476
[18.75]
CC
102
[4]
127
[5]
152
[6]
152
[6]
203
[8]
C
L
505
[19.875]
254
[10]
330
[13] OD
6 [0.25]
SQ KEY
51
[2]
254
[10] ID
(6) 11 [0.438] DIA HOLES
EQ SPACED ON A 305 [12] DBC
INLET
365
[14.375]
175
[6.875]
76 [3] NPT
171
[6.75]
79
[3.125]
127 [5]
C
L
INLET
(4) 10 [0.375]
16 UNC TAPPED HOLES
30 [1.188] DIA
C
L
SHAFT
305 [12]
378 [14.875]
65 [2.563]
127 [5]
(4) 11 [0.438] DIA HOLES
311
[12.25]
E
F
P
G H
A
B
C
D
R SQ KEY
(W) X DIA HOLES
K J
S DIA
L
Y N
(4) 10 [0.375] - UNC
TAPPED HOLES
CC
BB (4) 10 [0.375] - UNC
TAPPED HOLES
U
T
V
M
Z
AA NPT
C
L
INLET
C
L
INLET
C
L
Rev.
2010-12
Dimensions of BT Rectangular Aerolock mm [in]
Dimensions of BT Round Aerolock mm [in]
TM
Rotary Valve
S-500104-en
Page 2 of 2
www.ktron.com

Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 0790034306
LD Aerolock
PREMIER PNEUMATICS Product Specication
Light-Duty Aerolock
TM
Rotary Valve
S-500105-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The Light-Duty (LD) Aerolock provides an excellent seal in low pressure
or low vacuum service. It is ideally suited to continuously discharge from
cyclone or lter-type dust collectors where a head of material does not build
up on top of the Aerolock inlet.
Design
Pressure differential across the LD is limited to a maximum of 0.2 bar [3 PSI],
allowing the exible tip rotor to keep air loss to an absolute minimum. Flex-
ible tips eliminate tolerance adjustments, and the rotors are easily replaced
as they wear. They are ideal for use with ne powders and dusts commonly
associated with cyclone and dust collector applications. The LD utilizes a
single radial ball bearing on both the thrust and drive sides.
Technical Data
Outboard bearings
Options
Shaft Seals
insert
Rotor (six-blade)
Open-ended
Staggered Pocket
Coating
Chrome
Tungsten carbide
Nedox
Flanges
ANSI
DIN
Custom
High Temperature
Absolute maximum 93C [200F]
Drives
CE certication
Electrical
Tool Kits
LD tool kit includes:
lip seals
(1) bearing driver tool for installing drive and thrust end bearings
Accessories
Model Size 78 98 1110 1312 1514 1716
Rotor - End Conguration Open Open Open Open Open Open
Displ. dm
3
/Rev. [Ft
3
/Rev.] 2.8 [0.10] 6.5 [0.23] 13 [0.46] 23 [0.80] 36 [1.27] 54 [1.89]
Maximum Allowable
118 [1,045] 118 [1,045] 249 [2,200] 249 [2,200] 441 [3,900] 441 [3,900]
without drives
34 [74] 56 [124] 93 [206] 139 [306] 206 [455] 260 [572]
with drives
69 [152] 90 [199] 129 [285] 167 [369] 249 [548] 313 [690]

LD Aerolock
Size 76 98 1110 1312 1514 1716
A
152
[6]
203
[8]
254
[10]
305
[12]
356
[14]
406
[16]
B
216
[8.5]
267
[10.5]
330
[13]
394
[15.5]
445
[17.5]
508
[20]
C
191
[7.5]
241
[9.5]
305
[12]
362
[14.25]
413
[16.25]
470
[18.5]
D
267
[10.5]
305
[12]
381
[15]
457
[18]
533
[21]
610
[24]
E
146
[5.75]
170
[6.688]
187
[7.375]
213
[8.375]
238
[9.375]
264
[10.375]
F
184
[7.25]
210
[8.25]
260
[10.25]
286
[11.25]
308
[12.125]
340
[13.375]
G
127
[5]
178
[7]
229
[9]
279
[11]
330
[13]
381
[15]
H
11
[.438]
11
[.438]
11
[.438]
14
[.563]
14
[.563]
14
[.563]
J
111
[4.375]
143
[5.625]
172
[6.75]
203
[8]
238
[9.375]
267
[10.5]
K
108
[4.25]
133
[5.25]
165
[6.5]
197
[7.75]
222
[8.75]
254
[10]
L
76
[3]
102
[4]
127
[5]
152
[6]
178
[7]
203
[8]
M
41
[1.625]
41
[1.625]
65
[2.563]
65
[2.563]
68
[2.688]
68
[2.688]
N
38
[1.5]
38
[1.5]
64
[2.5]
64
[2.5]
64
[2.5]
64
[2.5]
P
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
R
6
[.25] SQ Key
6
[.25] SQ Key
6
[.25] SQ Key
10
[.375] SQ Key
10
[.375] SQ Key
10
[.375] SQ Key
S
24
[.938]
24
[.938]
30
[1.188]
37
[1.438]
37
[1.438]
37
[1.438]
T 6 6 6 6 12 12
Size 76 98 1110 1312 1514 1716
A
67
[2.625]
83
[3.25]
98
[3.875]
121
[4.75]
130
[5.125]
152
[6]
B
229
[9]
279
[11]
330
[13]
406
[16]
457
[18]
508
[20]
C
64
[2.5]
83
[3.25]
102
[4]
121
[4.75]
152
[6]
159
[6.25]
D
254
[10]
317.5
[12.5]
381
[15]
457
[18]
533
[21]
610
[24]
E
140
[5.5]
165
[6.5]
191
[7.5]
216
[8.5]
238
[9.375]
264
[10.375]
F
184
[7.25]
210
[8.25]
260
[10.25]
286
[11.25]
314
[12.375]
340
[13.375]
G
127
[5]
178
[7]
229
[9]
279
[11]
330
[13]
381
[15]
H
98
[3.875]
124
[4.875]
149
[5.875]
181
[7.125]
206
[8.125]
232
[9.125]
J
41
[1.625]
41
[1.625]
65
[2.563]
65
[2.563]
68
[2.688]
68
[2.688]
K
11
[.438]
11
[.438]
11
[.438]
14
[.563]
14
[.563]
14
[.563]
L
76
[3]
102
[4]
127
[5]
152
[6]
178
[7]
203
[8]
M
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
N
38
[1.5]
38
[1.5]
64
[2.5]
64
[2.5]
64
[2.5]
64
[2.5]
P 12 12 12 12 12 12
R
6
[.25] SQ Key
6
[.25] SQ Key
6
[.25] SQ Key
10
[.375] SQ Key
10
[.375] SQ Key
10
[.375] SQ Key
S
24
[.938]
24
[.938]
30
[1.188]
37
[1.438]
37
[1.438]
37
[1.438]
T
151
[5.938]
202
[7.938]
252
[9.938]
303
[11.938]
354
[13.938]
405
[15.938]
S DIA
G
(4) M-UNC
TAPPED HOLES
NEARSIDE
C
L
L
R SQ KEY
N
(P) QTY K DIA HOLES
A TYP
A TYP
C TYP
E F
H TYP
J
B SQ
T SQ
C
L
D/2
D
S DIA
G
(4) P-UNC
TAPPED HOLES
NEARSIDE & FARSIDE
C
L
R SQ KEY
M
(T) QTY H DIA HOLES
EQ SPCD ON A C DBC
A ID
E F
B OD
N
L TYP
D/2
D
J K
C
L
Rev.
2010-12
Dimensions of LD Square Aerolock mm [in]
Dimensions of LD Round Aerolock mm [in]
Light-Duty Aerolock
TM
Rotary Valve
S-500105-en
Page 2 of 2
Aerolock
Troubleshooting
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-08
Doc# 0890034301
K-TRON PREMIER Product Information
Aerolock Rotary Valve Troubleshooting Guide
I-500112-en
Page 1 of 2
AEROLOCK OR MOTOR WILL NOT START
1. Check the power source for sufcient power as specied on the
nameplate. Check the wiring connections and the motor protection
devices; e.g. fuses, circuit breakers, and overload elements. Re-
place the fuses, if blown, and reset the circuit breakers or overload
elements, if tripped.
2. The motor may be burned out. If so, it will need to be repaired or
replaced.
3. The gears in the gear case may have seized up due to the lack of oil.
Replace the gears or the gear case. 4. If the drive is a mechanical
variable-speed drive and the motor runs but the output shaft does
not turn, turn the control wheel to 0 (the lowest speed) and adjust
it back to the desired speed.
5. Check for proper assembly of the drive chain and the sprockets.
The chain may be disconnected or broken.
6. Check for a jammed rotor. If jammed, the Aerolock may need to
be disassembled and cleaned. The bearings or seals may need to
be replaced. See AEROLOCK DISASSEMBLY and AEROLOCK
REASSEMBLY sections of the Owners Manual. Replacement
bearings and seals are available in a Replacement Parts Kit from
Premier.
UNUSUAL DRIVE OR MOTOR NOISE
1. Check for the proper alignment of the drive components. Align the
sprockets with a straight edge. Ensure that the chain is not rubbing
against the drive guard.
2. Check for proper adjustment of the chain. If the chain is too tight,
it will overload the shaft and bearings. If the chain is jumping on
the sprockets, they may be worn and need to be replaced. Align
the sprockets using a straight edge. Be certain that both shaft
keys are seated properly. Sprockets should be as close to the
back of the drive guard as possible without rubbing. Reinstall the
drive chain. Adjust the nuts on the motor mount until the chain is
snug, but not too tight. There should be slack on the bottom side.
An over-tightened chain will overload the shaft and bearings. Too
much slack will cause the rollers to ride upon the teeth, causing
wear on the sprocket. Reinstall the drive guard cover. The chain
may need to be lubricated.
3. Check the oil level in the gear case. The drive assembly is shipped
without oil in the gear case. Fill the gear case with oil that is suitable
for bronze worm gearing with mild EP additives. If the drive utilizes
a planetary gear reducer, see the OEM gear reducer manual for
lubrication instructions.

UNUSUAL AEROLOCK NOISE
1. Check the motors amp draw to determine whether material buildup
on the rotor or housing is overloading the motor. If the buildup is
excessive, clean the rotor and housing.
w Check for the correct direction of rotation. A rotor with relieved
tips rotating in the wrong direction will cause material buildup.
w Some materials are susceptible to buildup and may cause a
squealing noise as the rotor turns. This will be normal for some
types of material and should not be a cause for concern.
2. The rotor may be rubbing on the housing. Check for external loads
on the inlet and outlet anges. The Aerolock is not to be used as a
support for loads other than the drive assembly and line adapter.
HIGH MOTOR TEMPERATURE
Motors operating under rated load (amp draw) and ambient condi-
tions, as specied on the nameplate, may feel warm when touched.
If overheating is suspected, check the following:
1. Check for proper operation of the Aerolock bearings.
2. Check for excessive material buildup in the rotor. If the buildup is
excessive, clean the rotor and housing.
3. Verify that the electrical overload elements are properly sized per
the full load amp specication on the motor nameplate. Oversized
elements will not protect the motor from overload.
4. Check for proper ventilation around the motor. Material or dust
buildup on the exterior of the motor may hamper ventilation.
5. Check the oil level in the gear case. The drive assembly is shipped
without oil in the gear case. Fill the gear case with oil that is suitable
for bronze worm gearing with mild EP additives. If the drive utilizes
a planetary gear reducer, see the OEM gear reducer manual for
lubrication instructions.
AEROLOCK BEARING MALFUNCTION OR FAILURE
1. Disassemble the Aerolock.
w Check for wear, dirt, or material in the thrust-end bearings. Clean
the bearings with a clean, cold petroleum solvent or kerosene.
After cleaning, they should be spun in light oil. If there is damage,
the bearings will need to be replaced. Replacement bearings
are available in a Replacement Parts Kit from Premier. If there
is material in the bearings, check the condition of the seals.
w Check for proper lubrication of the thrust-end bearings. Lubricate
the bearing by packing them with proper lubricant. Over lubrica-
tion of the bearings may cause overheating.
w Check for wear, dirt, or material in the drive-end bearing. If so,
replace the bearing, as it is a sealed-for-life bearing. Replace-
ment bearings are available in a Replacement Parts Kit from
Premier.
AEROLOCK Troubleshooting
The following guide references Premier Aerolock rotary valves and outlines the most common problems encountered when using rotary valves.
For questions regarding your specic problem or application, please email our Rotary Valve Product Manager at Aerolocks@Ktron.com.
Review the Aerolock Start-Up Checklist on page 2 of this guide for further reference.
CAUTION: For safety reasons, we
strongly recommend you disconnect all
power and air sources before removing
the drive guard cover or doing any main-
tenance to the Aerolock and drive.
Aerolock
Troubleshooting
Rev.
2009-08
INSTALL THE WARNING DECALS (SHOWN BELOW) IN TWO
PROMINENT LOCATIONS WITHIN TEN FEET OF THE AERO-
LOCK. THE OBSERVANCE OF THESE PRECAUTIONARY
MEASURES IS CRUCIAL TO HELP ENSURE THE SAFETY
OF ALL PERSONNEL.
NOTE: To help prevent injury, place decal on clean, dry surfcae
within 3 m (10 ft) of rotary valve!
NOTA: Para ayudar a prevenir lesiones, coloque la calcomania
en una supercie limpia y seca a una distancia de 3 mts de la
valvula rotatoria!
Copyright by K-TRON. Covered by patents in USA and foreign countries. Specifcations subject to change without notice.
Aerolock Rotary Valve Troubleshooting Guide
I-500112-en
Page 2 of 2
LEAKING SEALS
AIR PURGE SEALS
1. Ensure that a lter, regulator, and gauge assembly has been
installed to the Aerolock, along with the compressed air supply. If
the Aerolock has been operated without the air purge operating,
the seals are probably damaged and need to be replaced. Disas-
semble the Aerolock to replace the seals. Replacement seals are
available in a Replacement Parts Kit from Premier.
2. Check for proper operation and adjustment of the lter, regulator,
and gauge assembly. The regulator should be set 10 PSI above the
conveying systems operating pressure. If the regulator is set too
low, material will not be properly cleaned from the air purge diffusers
and will damage the seals. The seals should be replaced.
T-3 SEALS
1. Disassemble the Aerolock, and replace the seals. Replacement
seals for Premier Aerolocks are available in a Replacement Parts
Kit from Premier.
LIP SEALS
1. Disassemble the Aerolock, and replace the seals. Replacement
seals are available for Premier Aerolocks in a Replacement Parts
Kit from Premier.
PACKING SEALS
1. The packing stuffer may not be tight enough against the packing.
Adjust the nuts that hold the packing stuffers in place. See PACK-
ING GLAND ADJUSTMENT MAINTENANCE section, step 8, of
the MD Aerolock Owners Manual.
2. The packing seals may be damaged or worn. Remove the seals and
replace them. Replacement seals are available in a Replacement
Parts Kit from Premier.
AIR LOSS
1. Check for the correct rotor-to-housing and rotor-to-end plate
clearance. If there is too much clearance, air loss through the
clearances will result.
2. Check the condition of the seals. Ensure for proper operation and
adjustment that the lter, regulator and gauge assembly have been
installed to the Aerolock, along with the compressed air supply.
MATERIAL NOT FLOWING
1. Check for material buildup in the rotor pockets. Clean the Aerolock
rotor.
2. Check for the correct rotor-to-housing and rotor-to-end plate clear-
ance. If there is too much clearance, air loss through the clearances
may cause the material to bridge above the Aerolock, decreasing
or stopping the material ow.
3. Vented shear protectors are designed to minimize the chances for
material bridging above the Aerolock by venting the air displaced
from each pocket as it lls, as well as any air leakage through the
clearances. A vented shear protector may need to be installed for
your application.
4. If a vented shear protector is installed, check the condition of the
long seal ap. If it is worn or sheared off due to incorrect installation
or incorrect rotor rotation, it will need to be replaced. Replacement
seal aps are available from Premier.
5. Check for the correct Aerolock RPM.
Aerolock Start-Up Checklist
1. Ensure the correct installation of the shear protector, as described
in the Owners Manual, INSTALLATION section, steps 3 through
14. Ensure that the clearance has been adjusted, as described in
step 6, and that the long seal ap and short shear protector ap
have been reinstalled properly.
2. All ange connections must be tight and mate uniformly against
the gaskets.
3. Verify that the drive motors gear case has been lled with oil to the
correct level. See Owners Manual, INSTALLATION section, step
17, for the oil selection and correct lling instructions.
4. Check for the correct adjustment of the drive chain, as described
in the Owners Manual, INSTALLATION section, steps 21 through
24.
5. If the drive is a variable-speed drive, check for the correct settings,
as described in the Owners Manual, INSTALLATION section,
step 29.
6. Check for proper electrical wiring to the motor as specied on the
motor nameplate. To ensure correct shaft rotation and avoid shear
protector damage, make certain that the motor was jogged with
the chain removed, as described in the Owners Manual, INSTAL-
LATION section, step 1 and steps 18 through 20.
7. If the Aerolock has air purge seals, ensure that a lter, regulator,
and gauge assembly has been installed to supply clean, dry, ltered,
compressed air to the seals. The pressure should be set so the
gauge will read 10 PSI above the conveying systems operating
pressure (approximately 20 PSI in most systems). See Owners
Manual, INSTALLATION section, steps 25 through 28.
CAUTION: Verify that the Aerolocks inlet and outlet openings
are not exposed to personnel. If so, install an inlet/outlet guard.
(see Fig. 6 of owners manual)
CAUTION: For safety reasons, we
strongly recommend you disconnect all
power and air sources before removing
the drive guard cover or doing any main-
tenance to the Aerolock and drive.
For complete technical information visit
www.premierpneumatics.com
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-08
Doc# 0890034308
MD 1820
Aerolock
MD 1820 Rectangle Aerolock
TM
Rotary Valve
S-500113-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The Maximum-Duty (MD) 1820 Aerolock is Premier's largest rotary
valve available and is designed for high volume service. The MD
1820 is commonly used with some of the most challenging materials
including minerals, chemicals, llers, food ingredients, lled pellets,
PVC compound and diatomaceous earth. The MD 1820 is engineered
for heavy to severe industrial service with pressure differentials up to
1.4 bar [20 PSI] and/or temperatures of 121
o
C [250
o
F]. The ability to
withstand severe shock loads and elevated temperatures make the
MD 1820 Aerolock a true maximum duty performer.
Design
The MD 1820 has a ten-blade, rotor that maintains a minimum three-
blade labyrinth seal to minimize air leakage. The ten-blade rotor is
available with at or relieved tips in several rotor choices. The MD
1820 a single radial ball bearing on the drive side and two tapered
roller bearings on the thrust side.
Technical Data
Rectangular inlet/outlet fange patterns
Cast iron housing and end plates (coatings available)
Carbon steel rotors
Outboard bearings
Options
Shaft Seals
Packing: Spring loaded self-adjusting Tefon impregnated packing
Rotor (ten-blade)
Standard fat or relieved tips
Open-ended
Hubbed
Reduced displacement
Staggered pocket
Stainless steel
Coating
Chrome
Tungsten carbide
Nedox
High Temperature
Flanges
Custom
Drives
CE certifcation
Electrical
Consult factory for NEC or ATEX classifcations available
Accessories
outlet guards, surge hoppers, oor support stands, anged transitions
and custom transitions allowing an easy t into an existing facility.
Model Size 1820
Basic Valve Size mm [in] 508 [20]
Rotor - End Confguration Closed Open
Displ. dm
3
/Rev. [Ft
3
/Rev.] 69 [2.42] 73 [2.57]
Maximum Allowable
2,373 [21,000]
without drive
544 [1,200]
with drive
604 [1331]
MD 1820
Aerolock
565 [22.25]
(18) 12 [0.5] UNC
TAPPED HOLES
463
[18.25]
113 [4.453] TYP
508
[20]
406
[16]
508
[20]
609
[24]
115 [4.563] TYP
558
[22]
558
[22]
C
L C
L
C
L
79 [3.125]
12 [.5]
SQ KEY
50 [2] DIA
73 [2.875]
101
[4]
15 [0.625] SQ KEY
111 [4.375]
69 [2.75] DIA
254
[10]
209
[8.25]
TYP
228 [9] TYP
609 [24]
304 [12]
(4) 12 [0.5] UNC TAPPED HOLES
Rev.
2009-08
Dimensions of MD 1820 Aerolock mm [in]
MD 1820 Rectangle Aerolock
TM
Rotary Valve
S-500113-en
Page 2 of 2
BT-98 Aerolock
Dimensions mm [in]
70 [2.75]
(TYP)
100
[4]
38 [1.5]
38 [1.5]
(TYP)
6 [0.25] SQ KEY
114 [4.5]
76 [3]
OD
(8) 11 [0.4375] DIA HOLES
200 [8]
265 [10.5]
215 [8.5]
152
[6]
C
L
400 [15.75]
209
[8.25]
219
[8.625]
254 [10]
47 [1.875]
C
L
INLET
298 [11.75]
146
[5.75]
100
[4]
142
[5.625]
100 [4]
42 [1.6875]
MOUNTING HOLE PATTERN
800 [31.5]
(4) 11 [0.4375] DIA
MOUNTING HOLES
100 [4]
260
[10.25]
(4) 9 [0.375] NC
TAPPED HOLES
17 [0.6875]
4 [0.1875]
C
L
SHAFT
1
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
Right Angle Drives
for BT Aerolocks (NOT CE COMPLIANT)
Dimensions mm [in]
Aerolock Size Part No. Motor HP A B C D E F G H J K L M
98
5405-1 thru 7,
137 thru 141
0.5 HP
Std. Encl.
520.7
[20.5]
142.8
[5.625]
449.2
[17.688]
238.1
[9.375]
444.5
[17.5]
322.2
[12.688]
214.3
[12.375]
76.2
[3]
152.4
[6]
69.85
[2.75]
285.7
[11.25]
299
[11.75]
98
5405-156 thru 158,
168 thru 170
0.5 HP
Std. Encl.
520.7
[20.5]
142.8
[5.625]
449.2
[17.688]
238.1
[9.375]
444.5
[17.5]
322.2
[16.688]
214.3
[12.375]
76.2
[3]
152.4
[6]
69.85
[2.75]
285.7
[11.25]
299
[11.75]
98
5405-8 thru 14,
148 thru 152
0.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
520.7
[20.5]
142.8
[5.625]
449.2
[17.688]
238.1
[9.375]
450.8
[17.75]
407.9
[16.063]
331.7
[13.063]
76.2
[3]
152.4
[6]
69.85
[2.75]
285.7
[11.25]
299
[11.75]
98
5405-153 thru 155,
165 thru 167
0.5 HP
Std. Encl.
596.9
[23.5]
142.8
[5.625]
482.6
[19]
271.4
[10.688]
469.9
[18.5]
328.6
[12.938]
430.2
[16.938]
76.2
[3]
152.4
[6]
107.9
[4.25]
384.1
[15.125]
299
[11.75]
98
5405-159 thru 164,
171 thru 176
0.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
596.9
[23.5]
142.8
[5.625]
482.6
[19]
271.4
[10.688]
469.9
[18.5]
328.6
[12.938]
430.2
[16.938]
76.2
[3]
152.4
[6]
107.9
[4.25]
384.1
[15.125]
299
[11.75]
1110
5405-15 thru 17,
80 thru 82
0.5 HP
Std. Encl.
584.2
[23]
168.2
[6.625]
517.5
[20.375]
271.4
[10.688]
473
[18.625]
322.2
[12.688]
320.6
[12.625]
101.6
[4]
203.2
[8]
82.55
[3.25]
314.3
[12.375]
359
[14.125]
1110 5405-18 thru 21
0.75 HP
Std. Encl.
584.2
[23]
168.2
[6.625]
517.5
[20.375]
271.4
[10.688]
471.4
[18.563]
330.2
[13]
320.6
[12.625]
101.6
[4]
203.2
[8]
82.55
[3.25]
314.3
[12.375]
359
[14.125]
1110 5405-22 thru 24
0.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
584.2
[23]
168.2
[6.625]
517.5
[20.375]
271.4
[10.688]
479.4
[18.875]
407.9
[16.063]
338.1
[13.313]
101.6
[4]
203.2
[8]
82.55
[3.25]
314.3
[12.375]
359
[14.125]
1110 5405-25 thru 28
0.75 HP
Expl. Encl.
584.2
[23]
168.2
[6.625]
517.5
[20.375]
271.4
[10.688]
479.4
[18.875]
407.9
[16.063]
338.1
[13.313]
101.6
[4]
203.2
[8]
82.55
[3.25]
314.3
[12.375]
359
[14.125]
1110 5405-177 thru 179
0.5 HP
Std. Encl.
660.4
[26]
168.2
[6.625]
542.9
[21.375]
296.8
[11.688]
501.6
[19.75]
328.6
[12.938]
430.2
[16.938]
101.6
[4]
203.2
[8]
107.9
[4.25]
412.7
[16.25]
359
[14.125]
1110
5405-86 thru 88,
180 thru 182
0.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
660.4
[26]
168.2
[6.625]
542.9
[21.375]
296.8
[11.688]
501.6
[19.75]
328.6
[12.938]
430.2
[16.938]
101.6
[4]
203.2
[8]
107.9
[4.25]
412.7
[16.25]
359
[14.125]
1312 5405-29 thru 32
1.0 HP
Std. Encl.
635
[25]
196.8
[7.75]
563.5
[22.188]
295.2
[11.625]
504.8
[19.875]
354
[13.938]
320.6
[12.625]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
82.55
[3.25]
346
[13.625]
432
[17]
1312 5405-33 thru 36
1.0 HP
Expl. Encl.
635
[25]
196.8
[7.75]
563.5
[22.188]
295.2
[11.625]
511.1
[20.125]
407.1
[16.031]
337.3
[13.281]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
82.55
[3.25]
346
[13.625]
432
[17]
1312 5405-92 thru 94
0.5 HP
Std. Encl.
635
[25]
196.8
[7.75]
563.5
[22.188]
295.2
[11.625]
504.8
[19.875]
322.2
[12.688]
320.6
[12.625]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
82.55
[3.25]
346
[13.625]
432
[17]
1312 5405-91, 183, 184
0.5 HP
Std. Encl.
711.2
[28]
196.8
[7.75]
590.55
[23.25]
322.2
[12.688]
531.8
[20.938]
328.6
[12.938]
430.2
[16.938]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
442.9
[17.438]
432
[17]
1312 5405-95 thru 97
0.75 HP
Std. Encl.
711.2
[28]
196.8
[7.75]
590.55
[23.25]
322.2
[12.688]
531.8
[20.938]
328.6
[12.938]
430.2
[16.938]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
442.9
[17.438]
432
[17]
1312
5405-100 thru 103,
185, 186
0.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
711.2
[28]
196.8
[7.75]
590.55
[23.25]
322.2
[12.688]
531.8
[20.938]
328.6
[12.938]
430.2
[16.938]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
442.9
[17.438]
432
[17]
1312 5405-104 thru 106
0.75 HP
Expl. Encl.
711.2
[28]
196.8
[7.75]
590.55
[23.25]
322.2
[12.688]
531.8
[20.938]
328.6
[12.938]
430.2
[16.938]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
442.9
[17.438]
432
[17]
1514 5405-37 thru 40
1.0 HP
Std. Encl.
692.1
[27.25]
222.2
[8.75]
641.3
[25.25]
346
[13.625]
539.7
[21.25]
354
[13.938]
346
[13.625]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
381
[15]
495
[19.5]
1514 5405-41 thru 43
1.5 HP
Std. Encl.
692.1
[27.25]
222.2
[8.75]
641.3
[25.25]
346
[13.625]
539.7
[21.25]
357.1
[14.063]
346
[13.625]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
381
[15]
495
[19.5]
1514 5405-44 thru 47
1.0 HP
Expl. Encl.
692.1
[27.25]
222.2
[8.75]
641.3
[25.25]
346
[13.625]
546.1
[21.5]
407.1
[16.031]
362.7
[14.281]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
381
[15]
495
[19.5]
1514 5405-48 thru 50
1.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
692.1
[27.25]
222.2
[8.75]
641.3
[25.25]
346
[13.625]
546.1
[21.5]
427
[16.813]
363.5
[14.313]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
381
[15]
495
[19.5]
1514 5405-110
0.5 HP
Std. Encl.
692.1
[27.25]
222.2
[8.75]
641.3
[25.25]
346
[13.625]
539.7
[21.25]
322.2
[12.688]
346
[13.625]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
381
[15]
495
[19.5]
1514 5405-108, 109, 187
0.5 HP
Std. Encl.
768.3
[30.25]
222.2
[8.75]
644.5
[25.375]
347.6
[13.688]
565.1
[22.25]
328.6
[12.938]
430.2
[16.938]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
479.4
[18.875]
495
[19.5]
1514 5405-111, 112
0.75 HP
Std. Encl.
768.3
[30.25]
222.2
[8.75]
644.5
[25.375]
347.6
[13.688]
565.1
[22.25]
328.6
[12.938]
430.2
[16.938]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
479.4
[18.875]
495
[19.5]
1514
5405-114 thru 116,
188
0.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
768.3
[30.25]
222.2
[8.75]
644.5
[25.375]
347.6
[13.688]
565.1
[22.25]
328.6
[12.938]
430.2
[16.938]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
479.4
[18.875]
495
[19.5]
1514 5405-117, 118
0.75 HP
Expl. Encl.
768.3
[30.25]
222.2
[8.75]
644.5
[25.375]
347.6
[13.688]
565.1
[22.25]
328.6
[12.938]
430.2
[16.938]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
479.4
[18.875]
495
[19.5]
1716 5405-51 thru 54
1.0 HP
Std. Encl.
736.6
[29]
247.6
[9.75]
692.1
[27.25]
371.4
[14.625]
586.3
[22.375]
354
[13.938]
346
[13.625]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
409.5
[16.125]
565
[22.25]
1716 5405-55 thru 57
1.5 HP
Std. Encl.
736.6
[29]
247.6
[9.75]
692.1
[27.25]
371.4
[14.625]
586.3
[22.375]
357.1
[14.063]
346
[13.625]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
409.5
[16.125]
565
[22.25]
1716 5405-58 thru 61
1.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
736.6
[29]
247.6
[9.75]
692.1
[27.25]
371.4
[14.625]
574.6
[22.625]
407.1
[16.031]
362.7
[14.281]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
409.5
[16.125]
565
[22.25]
1716 5405-62 thru 64
1.0 HP
Expl. Encl.
736.6
[29]
247.6
[9.75]
692.1
[27.25]
371.4
[14.625]
574.6
[22.625]
427
[16.813]
363.5
[14.313]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
409.5
[16.125]
565
[22.25]
1716 5405-119, 120
0.5 HP
Std. Encl.
850.9
[33.5]
247.6
[9.75]
693.7
[27.313]
373
[14.688]
595.3
[23.438]
328.6
[12.938]
430.2
[16.938]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
504.8
[19.875]
565
[22.25]
1716 5405-121 thru 124
0.75 HP
Std. Encl.
850.9
[33.5]
247.6
[9.75]
693.7
[27.313]
373
[14.688]
595.3
[23.438]
328.6
[12.938]
430.2
[16.938]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
504.8
[19.875]
565
[22.25]
1716 5405-125, 126
0.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
850.9
[33.5]
247.6
[9.75]
693.7
[27.313]
373
[14.688]
595.3
[23.438]
328.6
[12.938]
430.2
[16.938]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
504.8
[19.875]
565
[22.25]
1716 5405-127, 130
0.75 HP
Expl. Encl.
850.9
[33.5]
247.6
[9.75]
693.7
[27.313]
373
[14.688]
595.3
[23.438]
328.6
[12.938]
430.2
[16.938]
139.7
[5.5]
279.4
[11]
107.9
[4.25]
504.8
[19.875]
565
[22.25]
F
E B
H
J
M
A
G
C
D
K
L
MAX.
FRONT VIEW TOP VIEW
2
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
Constant Speed Right Angle Drives
for LD and HD Aerolocks (NOT CE COMPLIANT)
Dimensions mm [in]
76
5401-21 thru 24,
301 thru 309
.05 HP
Std. Encl.
457.2
[18]
127
[5]
413.5
[16.282]
225.4
[8.875]
431.8
[17]
322.2
[12.688]
330.2
[13]
117.4
[4.625]
234.9
[9.25]
88.9
[3.5]
273
[10.75]
267
[10.5]
76
5401-9 thru 12,
338 thru 346
0.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
457.2
[18]
127
[5]
413.5
[16.282]
225.4
[8.875]
439.7
[17.313]
407.1
[16.031]
347.6
[13.688]
117.4
[4.625]
234.9
[9.25]
88.9
[3.5]
273
[10.75]
267
[10.5]
98
5401-65 thru 70,
319 thru 323
0.5 HP
Std. Encl.
508
[20]
139.7
[5.5]
471.4
[18.563]
257.1
[10.125]
463.5
[18.25]
322.2
[12.688]
330.2
[13]
149.2
[5.875]
298.4
[11.75]
88.9
[3.5]
304.8
[12]
305
[12]
98
5401-53 thru 58,
347 thru 351
0.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
508
[20]
139.7
[5.5]
471.4
[18.563]
257.1
[10.125]
471.4
[18.565]
407.1
[16.031]
347.6
[13.688]
149.2
[5.875]
298.4
[11.75]
88.9
[3.5]
304.8
[12]
305
[12]
98 5401-71 & 72
0.75 HP
Std. Encl.
508
[20]
139.7
[5.5]
471.4
[18.563]
257.1
[10.125]
461.9
[18.188]
328.6
[12.938]
330.2
[13]
149.2
[5.875]
298.4
[11.75]
88.9
[3.5]
304.8
[12]
305
[12]
98 5401-59 & 60
0.75 HP
Expl. Encl.
508
[20]
139.7
[5.5]
471.4
[18.563]
257.1
[10.125]
469.9
[18.5]
407.1
[16.031]
347.6
[13.688]
149.2
[5.875]
298.4
[11.75]
88.9
[3.5]
304.8
[12]
305
[12]
1110
5401-112 thru 116,
329 thru 332
0.5 HP
Std. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
165.1
[6.5]
525.4
[20.688]
282.5
[11.125]
492.1
[19.375]
322.2
[12.688]
330.2
[13]
180.9
[7.125]
361.9
[14.25]
88.9
[3.5]
333.3
[13.125]
381
[15]
1110
5401-100 thru 104,
352 thru 355
0.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
165.1
[6.5]
525.4
[20.688]
282.5
[11.125]
500
[19.688]
407.1
[16.031]
347.6
[13.688]
180.9
[7.125]
361.9
[14.25]
88.9
[3.5]
333.3
[13.125]
381
[15]
1110 5401-117 thru 120
0.75 HP
Std. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
165.1
[6.5]
525.4
[20.688]
282.5
[11.125]
490.5
[19.313]
330.2
[13]
330.2
[13]
180.9
[7.125]
361.9
[14.25]
88.9
[3.5]
333.3
[13.125]
381
[15]
1110 5401-105 thru 108
0.75 HP
Expl. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
165.1
[6.5]
525.4
[20.688]
282.5
[11.125]
500
[19.688]
407.1
[16.031]
347.6
[13.688]
180.9
[7.125]
361.9
[14.25]
88.9
[3.5]
333.3
[13.125]
381
[15]
1312 5401-157 thru 160, 292
0.5 HP
Std. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
200
[7.875]
573
[22.563]
304.8
[12]
520.7
[20.5]
322.2
[12.688]
330.2
[13]
180.9
[7.125]
361.9
[14.25]
88.9
[3.5]
361.9
[14.25]
457
[18]
1312 5401-145 thru 148, 298
0.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
200
[7.875]
573
[22.563]
304.8
[12]
530.2
[20.875]
407.1
[16.031]
347.6
[13.688]
180.9
[7.125]
361.9
[14.25]
88.9
[3.5]
361.9
[14.25]
457
[18]
1312 5401-161 thru 163
0.75 HP
Std. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
200
[7.875]
573
[22.563]
304.8
[12]
519.1
[20.438]
330.2
[13]
330.2
[13]
180.9
[7.125]
361.9
[14.25]
88.9
[3.5]
361.9
[14.25]
457
[18]
1312 5401-149 thru 151
0.75 HP
Expl. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
200
[7.875]
573
[22.563]
304.8
[12]
530.2
[20.875]
407.1
[16.031]
347.6
[13.688]
180.9
[7.125]
361.9
[14.25]
88.9
[3.5]
361.9
[14.25]
457
[18]
1312 5401-164 thru 168
1.0 HP
Std. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
200
[7.875]
573
[22.563]
304.8
[12]
520.7
[20.5]
354
[13.938]
330.2
[13]
180.9
[7.125]
361.9
[14.25]
88.9
[3.5]
361.9
[14.25]
457
[18]
1312 5401-152 thru 156
1.0 HP
Expl. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
200
[7.875]
573
[22.563]
304.8
[12]
530.2
[20.875]
407.1
[16.031]
347.6
[13.688]
180.9
[7.125]
361.9
[14.25]
88.9
[3.5]
361.9
[14.25]
457
[18]
1514 5401-205 & 206, 293
0.5 HP
Std. Encl.
762
[30]
225.4
[8.875]
650.8
[25.625]
355.6
[14]
552.4
[21.75]
322.2
[12.688]
349.2
[13.75]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.9
[4.25]
393.7
[15.5]
533
[21]
1514 5401-193 & 194, 299
0.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
762
[30]
225.4
[8.875]
650.8
[25.625]
355.6
[14]
558.8
[22]
407.1
[16.031]
366.7
[14.438]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.9
[4.25]
393.7
[15.5]
533
[21]
1514 5401-207 thru 210
0.75 HP
Std. Encl.
762
[30]
225.4
[8.875]
650.8
[25.625]
355.6
[14]
550.8
[21.063]
330.2
[13]
349.2
[13.75]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.9
[4.25]
393.7
[15.5]
533
[21]
1514 5401-195 thru 198
0.75 HP
Expl. Encl.
762
[30]
225.4
[8.875]
650.8
[25.625]
355.6
[14]
558.8
[22]
407.1
[16.031]
366.7
[14.438]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.9
[4.25]
393.7
[15.5]
533
[21]
1514 5401-211 thru 213
1.0 HP
Std. Encl.
762
[30]
225.4
[8.875]
650.8
[25.625]
355.6
[14]
552.4
[21.75]
355.6
[14]
349.2
[13.75]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.9
[4.25]
393.7
[15.5]
533
[21]
1514 5401-199 thru 201
1.0 HP
Expl. Encl.
762
[30]
225.4
[8.875]
650.8
[25.625]
355.6
[14]
558.8
[22]
407.1
[16.031]
366.7
[14.438]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.9
[4.25]
393.7
[15.5]
533
[21]
1514 5401-214 thru 216
1.5 HP
Std. Encl.
762
[30]
225.4
[8.875]
650.8
[25.625]
355.6
[14]
552.4
[21.75]
357.1
[14.063]
349.2
[13.75]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.9
[4.25]
393.7
[15.5]
533
[21]
1514 5401-202 thru 204
1.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
762
[30]
225.4
[8.875]
650.8
[25.625]
355.6
[14]
558.8
[22]
428.6
[16.875]
366.7
[14.438]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.9
[4.25]
393.7
[15.5]
533
[21]
1716 5401-253, 294
0.5 HP
Std. Encl.
762
[30]
250.8
[9.875]
701.6
[27.625]
381
[15]
581
[22.875]
322.2
[12.688]
349.2
[13.75]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.9
[4.25]
422.2
[16.625]
610
[24]
1716 5401-241, 300
0.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
762
[30]
250.8
[9.875]
701.6
[27.625]
381
[15]
563.5
[22.188]
407.1
[16.031]
366.7
[14.438]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.9
[4.25]
422.2
[16.625]
610
[24]
1716 5401-254 thru 256
0.75 HP
Std. Encl.
762
[30]
250.8
[9.875]
701.6
[27.625]
381
[15]
581
[22.875]
328.6
[12.938]
349.2
[13.75]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.9
[4.25]
422.2
[16.625]
610
[24]
1716 5401-242 thru 244
0.75 HP
Expl. Encl.
762
[30]
250.8
[9.875]
701.6
[27.625]
381
[15]
563.5
[22.188]
407.1
[16.031]
366.7
[14.438]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.9
[4.25]
422.2
[16.625]
610
[24]
1716 5401-257 thru 260
1.0 HP
Std. Encl.
762
[30]
250.8
[9.875]
701.6
[27.625]
381
[15]
581
[22.875]
354
[12.938]
349.2
[13.75]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.9
[4.25]
422.2
[16.625]
610
[24]
1716 5401-245 thru 248
1.0 HP
Expl. Encl.
762
[30]
250.8
[9.875]
701.6
[27.625]
381
[15]
588.9
[23.188]
407.1
[16.031]
366.7
[14.438]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.9
[4.25]
422.2
[16.625]
610
[24]
1716 5401-261 thru 264
1.5 HP
Std. Encl.
762
[30]
250.8
[9.875]
701.6
[27.625]
381
[15]
581
[22.875]
357.1
[14.063]
349.2
[13.75]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.9
[4.25]
422.2
[16.625]
610
[24]
1716 5401-249 thru 252
1.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
762
[30]
250.8
[9.875]
701.6
[27.625]
381
[15]
587.3
[23.125]
428.6
[16.875]
392.1
[15.438]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.9
[4.25]
422.2
[16.625]
610
[24]
G
C
D
K
L
MAX.
F
E B
M
H
J
A
FRONT VIEW TOP VIEW
3
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
Constant Speed Right Angle Drives
for MD and QC Aerolocks
(NOT CE COMPLIANT)
Dimensions mm [in]
76 5412-1 thru 9
0.5 HP
Std. Encl.
457.2
[18]
127
[5]
536.7
[21.125]
273.05
[10.75]
444.5
[17.5]
322.33
[12.688]
330.2
[13]
117.6
[4.625]
234.95
[9.25]
88.9
[3.5]
285.75
[11.25]
267
[10.5]
76 5412-14 thru 22
0.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
457.2
[18]
127
[5]
536.7
[21.125]
273.05
[10.75]
450.85
[17.75]
330.96
[16.031]
347.73
[13.688]
117.6
[4.625]
234.95
[9.25]
88.9
[3.5]
285.75
[11.25]
267
[10.5]
76 5412-10 thru 13
0.75 HP
Std. Encl.
457.2
[18]
127
[5]
536.7
[21.125]
273.05
[10.75]
442.98
[17.438]
330.2
[13]
330.2
[13]
117.6
[4.625]
234.95
[9.25]
88.9
[3.5]
285.75
[11.25]
267
[10.5]
76 5412-23 thru 26
0.75 HP
Expl. Encl.
457.2
[18]
127
[5]
536.7
[21.125]
273.05
[10.75]
450.85
[17.75]
330.96
[16.031]
347.73
[13.688]
117.6
[4.625]
234.95
[9.25]
88.9
[3.5]
285.75
[11.25]
267
[10.5]
98 5412-27 thru 31
0.5 HP
Std. Encl.
508
[20]
146.05
[5.75]
587.5
[23.125]
298.45
[11.75]
469.9
[18.5]
322.33
[12.688]
330.2
[13]
149.35
[5.875]
298.45
[11.75]
88.9
[3.5]
311.15
[12.25]
305
[12]
98 5412-40 thru 44
0.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
508
[20]
146.05
[5.75]
587.5
[23.125]
298.45
[11.75]
476.25
[18.75]
330.96
[16.031]
347.73
[13.688]
149.35
[5.875]
298.45
[11.75]
88.9
[3.5]
311.15
[12.25]
305
[12]
98 5412-32 thru 37
0.75 HP
Std. Encl.
508
[20]
146.05
[5.75]
587.5
[23.125]
298.45
[11.75]
468.38
[18.438]
328.68
[12.938]
330.2
[13]
149.35
[5.875]
298.45
[11.75]
88.9
[3.5]
311.15
[12.25]
305
[12]
98 5412-45 thru 50
0.75 HP
Expl. Encl.
508
[20]
146.05
[5.75]
587.5
[23.125]
298.45
[11.75]
476.25
[18.75]
330.96
[16.031]
347.73
[13.688]
149.35
[5.875]
298.45
[11.75]
88.9
[3.5]
311.15
[12.25]
305
[12]
98 5412-38, 39
1.0 HP
Std. Encl.
508
[20]
146.05
[5.75]
587.5
[23.125]
298.45
[11.75]
469.9
[18.5]
354.08
[13.938]
330.2
[13]
149.35
[5.875]
298.45
[11.75]
88.9
[3.5]
311.15
[12.25]
305
[12]
98 5412-51, 52
1.0 HP
Expl. Encl.
508
[20]
146.05
[5.75]
587.5
[23.125]
298.45
[11.75]
476.25
[18.75]
330.96
[16.031]
347.73
[13.688]
149.35
[5.875]
298.45
[11.75]
88.9
[3.5]
311.15
[12.25]
305
[12]
1110 5412-53 thru 56
0.5 HP
Std. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
171.45
[6.75]
638.3
[25.125]
323.85
[12.75]
498.6
[19.625]
322.33
[12.688]
330.2
[13]
181.1
[7.125]
361.95
[14.25]
88.9
[3.5]
339.85
[13.375]
381
[15]
1110 5412-66 thru 69
0.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
171.45
[6.75]
638.3
[25.125]
323.85
[12.75]
506.48
[19.938]
407.16
[16.032]
347.73
[13.688]
181.1
[7.125]
361.95
[14.25]
88.9
[3.5]
339.85
[13.375]
381
[15]
1110 5412-57 thru 61
0.75 HP
Std. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
171.45
[6.75]
638.3
[25.125]
323.85
[12.75]
496.82
[19.563]
330.2
[13]
330.2
[13]
181.1
[7.125]
361.95
[14.25]
88.9
[3.5]
339.85
[13.375]
381
[15]
1110 5412-70 thru 74
0.75 HP
Expl. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
171.45
[6.75]
638.3
[25.125]
323.85
[12.75]
506.48
[19.938]
407.16
[16.032]
347.73
[13.688]
181.1
[7.125]
361.95
[14.25]
88.9
[3.5]
339.85
[13.375]
381
[15]
1110 5412-62 thru 65
1.0 HP
Std. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
171.45
[6.75]
638.3
[25.125]
323.85
[12.75]
498.6
[19.625]
354.08
[13.938]
330.2
[13]
181.1
[7.125]
361.95
[14.25]
88.9
[3.5]
339.85
[13.375]
381
[15]
1110 5412-75 thru 78
1.0 HP
Expl. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
171.45
[6.75]
638.3
[25.125]
323.85
[12.75]
506.48
[19.938]
407.16
[16.032]
347.73
[13.688]
181.1
[7.125]
361.95
[14.25]
88.9
[3.5]
339.85
[13.375]
381
[15]
1312 5412-79
0.5 HP
Std. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
171.45
[7.875]
735.08
[28.938]
368.3
[14.5]
533.4
[21]
322.33
[12.688]
342.9
[13.5]
181.1
[7.125]
361.95
[14.25]
101.6
[4]
374.65
[14.75]
457
[18]
1312 5412-92
0.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
171.45
[7.875]
735.08
[28.938]
368.3
[14.5]
541.27
[21.313]
407.16
[16.031]
360.43
[14.188]
181.1
[7.125]
361.95
[14.25]
101.6
[4]
374.65
[14.75]
457
[18]
1312 5412-80 thru 83
0.75 HP
Std. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
171.45
[7.875]
735.08
[28.938]
368.3
[14.5]
531.88
[20.938]
330.2
[13]
342.9
[13.5]
181.1
[7.125]
361.95
[14.25]
101.6
[4]
374.65
[14.75]
457
[18]
1312 5412-93 thru 96
0.75 HP
Expl. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
171.45
[7.875]
735.08
[28.938]
368.3
[14.5]
541.27
[21.313]
407.16
[16.031]
360.43
[14.188]
181.1
[7.125]
361.95
[14.25]
101.6
[4]
374.65
[14.75]
457
[18]
1312 5412-84 thru 86
1.0 HP
Std. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
171.45
[7.875]
735.08
[28.938]
368.3
[14.5]
533.4
[21]
354.08
[13.938]
342.9
[13.5]
181.1
[7.125]
361.95
[14.25]
101.6
[4]
374.65
[14.75]
457
[18]
1312 5412-97 thru 99
1.0 HP
Expl. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
171.45
[7.875]
735.08
[28.938]
368.3
[14.5]
541.27
[21.313]
407.16
[16.031]
360.43
[14.188]
181.1
[7.125]
361.95
[14.25]
101.6
[4]
374.65
[14.75]
457
[18]
1312 5412-87 thru 91
1.5 HP
Std. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
171.45
[7.875]
735.08
[28.938]
368.3
[14.5]
533.4
[21]
357.12
[14.063]
342.9
[13.5]
181.1
[7.125]
361.95
[14.25]
101.6
[4]
374.65
[14.75]
457
[18]
1312 5412-100 thru 104
1.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
647.7
[25.5]
171.45
[7.875]
735.08
[28.938]
368.3
[14.5]
546.1
[21.5]
416.81
[16.406]
360.43
[14.188]
181.1
[7.125]
361.95
[14.25]
101.6
[4]
374.65
[14.75]
457
[18]
1514 5412-105 thru 107
0.75 HP
Std. Encl.
762
[30]
225.55
[8.875]
792.23
[31.188]
400.05
[15.75]
550.93
[21.688]
328.68
[12.938]
349.25
[13.75]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.95
[4.25]
393.7
[15.5]
533
[21]
1514 5412-118 thru 120
0.75 HP
Expl. Encl.
762
[30]
225.55
[8.875]
792.23
[31.188]
400.05
[15.75]
558.8
[22]
407.16
[16.031]
366.78
[14.438]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.95
[4.25]
393.7
[15.5]
533
[21]
1514 5412-108 thru 111
1.0 HP
Std. Encl.
762
[30]
225.55
[8.875]
792.23
[31.188]
400.05
[15.75]
552.45
[21.75]
354.08
[13.938]
349.25
[13.75]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.95
[4.25]
393.7
[15.5]
533
[21]
1514 5412-121 thru 124
1.0 HP
Expl. Encl.
762
[30]
225.55
[8.875]
792.23
[31.188]
400.05
[15.75]
558.8
[22]
407.16
[16.031]
366.78
[14.438]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.95
[4.25]
393.7
[15.5]
533
[21]
1514 5412-112 thru 114
1.5 HP
Std. Encl.
762
[30]
225.55
[8.875]
792.23
[31.188]
400.05
[15.75]
552.45
[21.75]
357.12
[14.063]
349.25
[13.75]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.95
[4.25]
393.7
[15.5]
533
[21]
1514 5412-125 thru 127
1.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
762
[30]
225.55
[8.875]
792.23
[31.188]
400.05
[15.75]
558.8
[22]
416.81
[16.406]
366.78
[14.438]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.95
[4.25]
393.7
[15.5]
533
[21]
1514 5412-115 thru 117
2.0 HP
Std. Encl.
825.5
[32.5]
228.6
[9]
792.23
[31.188]
400.05
[15.75]
557.28
[21.938]
379.48
[14.938]
442.98
[17.438]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.95
[4.25]
471.42
[18.563]
533
[21]
1514 5412-128 thru 130
2.0 HP
Expl. Encl.
825.5
[32.5]
228.6
[9]
792.23
[31.188]
400.05
[15.75]
557.28
[21.938]
379.48
[14.938]
442.98
[17.438]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.95
[4.25]
471.42
[18.563]
533
[21]
1716 5412-131, 132
0.75 HP
Std. Encl.
762
[30]
200.15
[9.875]
843.03
[33.188]
425.45
[16.75]
579.37
[22.813]
330.2
[13]
349.25
[13.75]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.95
[4.25]
422.4
[16.625]
610
[24]
1716 5412-144, 145
0.75 HP
Expl. Encl.
762
[30]
200.15
[9.875]
843.03
[33.188]
425.45
[16.75]
589.03
[23.188]
407.16
[16.031]
366.01
[14.406]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.95
[4.25]
422.4
[16.625]
610
[24]
1716 5412-133 thru 135
1.0 HP
Std. Encl.
762
[30]
200.15
[9.875]
843.03
[33.188]
425.45
[16.75]
581.15
[22.875]
354.08
[13.938]
349.25
[13.75]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.95
[4.25]
422.4
[16.625]
610
[24]
1716 5412-146 thru 148
1.0 HP
Expl. Encl.
762
[30]
200.15
[9.875]
843.03
[33.188]
425.45
[16.75]
589.03
[23.188]
407.16
[16.031]
366.01
[14.406]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.95
[4.25]
422.4
[16.625]
610
[24]
1716 5412-136 thru 139
1.5 HP
Std. Encl.
762
[30]
200.15
[9.875]
843.03
[33.188]
425.45
[16.75]
581.15
[22.875]
357.12
[14.063]
349.25
[13.75]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.95
[4.25]
422.4
[16.625]
610
[24]
1716 5412-149 thru 152
1.5 HP
Expl. Encl.
762
[30]
200.15
[9.875]
843.03
[33.188]
425.45
[16.75]
587.5
[23.125]
426.97
[16.813]
366.78
[14.438]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.95
[4.25]
422.4
[16.625]
610
[24]
1716 5412-140 thru 143
2.0 HP
Std. Encl.
825.5
[32.5]
228.6
[9]
843.03
[33.188]
425.45
[16.75]
584.96
[23.031]
379.48
[14.938]
442.98
[17.438]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.95
[4.25]
500.13
[19.688]
610
[24]
1716 5412-153 thru 156
2.0 HP
Expl. Encl.
825.5
[32.5]
228.6
[9]
843.03
[33.188]
425.45
[16.75]
584.96
[23.031]
379.48
[14.938]
442.98
[17.438]
228.6
[9]
457.2
[18]
107.95
[4.25]
500.13
[19.688]
610
[24]
E
F
B
A
H
J
M
G
C
K
L
MAX.
D
FRONT VIEW TOP VIEW
4
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
AC Variable Speed Right Angle Drives
for LD and HD Aerolocks (NOT CE COMPLIANT)
Dimensions mm [in]
Aerolock Size Part No.
Motor
kW [HP]
A B C D E F G H J K L
M
Round Aerolock
M
Square Aerolock
76 5417-1 0.75 [1]
584
[23]
127
[5]
431 [17]
241
[9.5]
444
[17.5]
393
[15.5]
396
[15.625]
117
[4.625]
234
[9.25]
100
[4]
352
[13.875]
267
[10.5]
254
[10]
98 5417-2 0.75 [1]
654
[25.75]
155
[6.125]
482
[19]
269
[10.625]
476
[18.75]
393
[15.5]
396
[15.625]
136
[5.375]
273
[10.75]
100
[4]
382
[15.0625]
305
[12]
317
[12.5]
1110 5417-3 1.1 [1.5]
747
[29.4375]
180
[7.125]
534
[21.0625]
292
[11.5]
508
[20]
393
[15.5]
396
[15.625]
174
[6.875]
349
[13.75]
100
[4]
411
[16.1875]
381
[15]
381
[15]
1312 5417-4 1.5 [2] 863 [34]
209
[8.25]
590
[23.25]
317
[12.5]
536
[21.125]
393
[15.5]
400
[15.75]
212
[8.375]
425
[16.75]
100
[4]
444
[17.5]
457
[18]
457
[18]
1514 5417-5 1.5 [2] 863 [34]
228
[9]
638
[25.125]
342
[13.5]
571
[22.5]
393
[15.5]
403
[15.875]
228
[9]
457
[18]
100
[4]
479
[18.875]
533
[21]
533
[21]
1716 5417-6 2.2 [3] 863 [34]
250
[9.875]
695
[27.375]
374
[14.75]
673
[26.5]
458
[18.0625]
428
[16.875]
228
[9]
457
[18]
100
[4]
545
[17.875]
610
[24]
610
[24]
F
E B
A
H
J
G
L
MAX.
C
D
K
M
FRONT VIEW TOP VIEW
5
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
AC Variable Speed Right Angle Drives
for MD and QC Aerolocks (NOT CE COMPLIANT)
Dimensions mm [in]
Aerolock Size Part No. Motor HP A B C D E F G H J K L
M
Round Aerolock
M
Square Aerolock
76 5418-1 1.0 HP
584
[23]
127
[5]
549
[21.625]
285
[11.25]
444
[17.5]
393
[15.5]
396
[15.625]
117
[4.625]
234
[9.25]
100
[4]
352
[13.875]
267
[10.5]
254
[10]
98 5418-2 1.0 HP
654
[25.75]
155
[6.125]
600
[23.625]
311
[12.25]
476
[18.75]
393
[15.5]
396
[15.625]
136
[5.375]
273
[10.75]
100
[4]
382
[15.0625]
305
[12]
317
[12.5]
1110 5418-3 1.5 HP
747
[29.4375]
180
[7.125]
650
[25.625]
336
[13.25]
508
[20]
393
[15.5]
396
[15.625]
174
[6.875]
349
[13.75]
100
[4]
412
[16.25]
381
[15]
381
[15]
1312 5418-4 2.0 HP
863
[34]
209
[8.25]
736
[29]
368
[14.5]
536
[21.125]
393
[15.5]
400
[15.75]
212
[8.375]
425
[16.75]
100
[4]
444
[17.5]
457
[18]
457
[18]
1514 5418-5 2.0 HP
863
[34]
228
[9]
787
[31]
393
[15.5]
571
[22.5]
393
[15.5]
403
[15.875]
228
[9]
457
[18]
100
[4]
479
[18.875]
533
[21]
533
[21]
1716 5418-6 3.0 HP
825
[32.5]
228
[9]
838
[33]
419
[16.5]
673
[26.5]
458
[18.0625]
428
[16.875]
228
[9]
457
[18]
100
[4]
545
[17.875]
610
[24]
610
[24]
F
E B
A
H
J
M G
L
MAX.
K
C
D
FRONT VIEW TOP VIEW
6
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
AC Variable Speed Direct Drives
for LD and HD Aerolocks
(CE COMPLIANT)
Dimensions mm [in]
Aerolock
Size
Part No.
Motor HP
kW [HP]
A B C D E
76 5419-1 & 5419-51
0.55
[0.75]
270.1
[10.634]
694.1
[27.327]
266.7
[10.5]
882.2
[34.733]
241.3
[9.50]
98 5419-2 & 5419-52
0.55
[0.75]
297
[11.694]
721
[28.387]
304.8
[12.0]
934.6
[36.793]
300
[11.812]
1110 5419-3 & 5419-53
0.75
[1.0]
352.3
[13.87]
788.3
[31.036]
381.0
[15.0]
1033.3
[40.68]
363.5
[14.312]
1312 5419-4 & 5419-54
1.1
[1.5]
374.6
[14.746]
810.6
[31.911]
457.2
[18.0]
1078.5
[42.461]
428.6
[16.875]
1514 5419-5 & 5419-55
1.5
[2.0]
407.9
[16.058]
888.9
[34.995]
553.4
[21.0]
1184
[46.615]
496.9
[19.562]
1716 5419-6 & 5419-56
1.5
[2.0]
431.7
[16.995]
912.7
[35.932]
609.6
[24.0]
1233.3
[48.556]
554
[21.812]
7
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
AC Variable Speed Direct Drives
for MD and QC Aerolocks
(CE COMPLIANT)
Dimensions mm [in]
Aerolock
Size
Part No.
Motor HP
kW [HP]
A B C D E
76 5419-7 & 5419-57
0.55
[0.75]
343.1
[13.509]
767.1
[30.202]
266.7
[10.5]
1030.2
[40.559]
241.3
[9.50]
98 5419-8 & 5419-58
0.55
[0.75]
374.8
[14.756]
798.8
[31.449]
304.8
[12.0]
1087.6
[42.819]
300
[11.812]
1110 5419-9 & 5419-59
0.75
[1.0]
406.3
[15.995]
842.3
[33.161]
381.0
[15.0]
1156.5
[45.531]
363.5
[14.312]
1312 5419-10 & 5419-60
1.1
[1.5]
473.0
[18.62]
929.0
[36.573]
457.2
[18.0]
1295.4
[51.001]
428.6
[16.875]
1514 5419-11 & 5419-61
1.5
[2.0]
493.6
[19.433]
974.6
[38.37]
553.4
[21.0]
1366.5
[53.797]
496.9
[19.562]
1716 5419-12 & 5419-62
1.5
[2.0]
526.9
[20.745]
1007.9
[39.682]
609.6
[24.0]
1425.3
[56.113]
554
[21.812]
8
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
1820 MD Drive
(NOT CE COMPLIANT)
Dimensions mm [in]
Parallel Shaft 3HP
Standard Enclosure
Parallel Shaft 3HP
Explosion-Proof Enclosure
Part No. RPM Part No. RPM
5408-1 10 5408-12 10
5408-2 12 5408-13 12
5408-3 14 5408-14 14
5408-4 16 5408-15 16
5408-5 18 5408-16 18
5408-6 20 5408-17 20
5408-7 22.5 5408-18 22.5
5408-8 25 5408-19 25
5408-9 27.5 5408-20 27.5
5408-10 30 5408-21 30
5408-11 35 5408-22 35
1162 [45.75]
603 [23.75]
133
[5.25]
901 [35.5]
742
[29.25]
530
[20.875]
MAX.
212
[8.375]
609 [24]
1079 [42.5]
69 [2.75]
292 [11.5]
C
L
AEROLOCK
SHAFT
C
L
MOTOR
SHAFT
9
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
1820 Aerolock Outlet Adapter
Dimensions mm [in]
565
[22.25]
(18) 14 [0.5625] DIA HOLES
463
[18.25]
115 [4.5625] (TYP)
508 [20]
609 [24]
508
[20]
406
[16]
113 [4.4531] (TYP)
1,028 [40.5]
514 [20.25]
(TYP)
A OD
355 [14]
203 [8]
565 [22.25]
ANCHORING
(4)15 [0.625]
DIA HOLES
C
L
203
[8]
ANCHORING
C
L
203
[8]
Part No.
Steel
Part No.
Aluminum
Part No.
Stainless Steel
A
5315-301 5315-309 5315-305 152 [6]
5315-302 5315-310 5315-306 203 [8]
5315-303 5315-311 5315-307 254 [10]
5315-304 5315-312 5315-308 304 [12]
10
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
Maintenance Slide Gates
All dimensions are in inches.
Maintenance Slide Gate for Round Aerolocks
Maintenance Slide Gate for Square Aerolocks
Aerolock
Size
Part No.
Steel
Part No.
Stainless Steel
A B C D E F G
76 5301-11 5301-53 6 8 1/2 3 1/4 5 7 1/2 12 7/16
98 5301-6 5301-54 8 10 1/2 3 1/4 6 9 1/2 12 7/16
1110 5301-7 5301-55 10 13 3 1/4 7 12 12 7/16
1312 5301-8 5301-56 12 16 4 1/4 8 1/2 14 1/4 12 9/16
1514 5301-9 5301-57 14 18 4 1/4 9 1/2 16 1/4 12 9/16
1716 5301-10 5301-58 16 20 4 1/4 10 1/2 18 1/2 12 9/16
Aerolock
Size
Part No.
Steel
Part No.
Stainless Steel
A B C D E F G H J
76 5301-28 5301-27 6 9 3 1/2 6 3 7/8 7/16 2 5/8 2 1/2 2 5/8
98 5301-30 5301-29 8 11 3 1/2 7 4 7/8 7/16 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4
1110 5301-32 5301-31 10 13 3 1/2 8 5 7/8 7/16 3 7/8 4 3 7/8
1312 5301-34 5301-33 12 16 4 1/2 10 7 1/8 9/16 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4
1514 5301-36 5301-35 14 18 4 1/2 10 8 1/8 9/16 5 1/8 6 5 1/8
1716 5301-38 5301-37 16 20 4 1/2 11 9 1/8 9/16 6 6 1/4 6
G (TYP)
H (TYP)
J (TYP)
A SQ
B SQ
REF. GATE
(12) F DIA HOLES
C
L
E
(TYP)
D
C
L
C
B OD
A ID
REF. GATE
D
(F) G DIA HOLES
ON A E DBC
C
L
C
L
C
11
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
Aerolock
Size
Part No.
Steel
Part No.
Aluminum
Part No.
Stainless Steel
A B C D E F G H J
76 5315-11 5315-1 5315-6 2 3 3/4 15 9 3/8 12 7/16 7 1/2 8 1/2 6
76 5315-12 5315-2 5315-7 3 4 7/8 15 9 7/8 12 7/16 7 1/2 8 1/2 6
76 5315-13 5315-3 5315-8 4 5 1/2 15 10 1/8 12 7/16 7 1/2 8 1/2 6
76 5315-14 5315-4 5315-9 5 6 1/8 15 10 3/8 12 7/16 7 1/2 8 1/2 6
76 5315-15 5315-5 5315-10 6 6 3/4 15 10 1/2 12 7/16 7 1/2 8 1/2 6
98 5315-26 5315-16 5315-21 2 5 1/8 17 11 1/4 12 7/16 9 1/2 10 1/2 8
98 5315-27 5315-17 5315-22 3 4 9/16 17 10 3/4 12 7/16 9 1/2 10 1/2 8
98 5315-28 5315-18 5315-23 4 5 7/8 17 11 3/8 12 7/16 9 1/2 10 1/2 8
98 5315-29 5315-19 5315-24 5 6 5/8 17 11 5/8 12 7/16 9 1/2 10 1/2 8
98 5315-30 5315-20 5315-25 6 7 3/8 17 11 5/8 12 7/16 9 1/2 10 1/2 8
1110 5315-41 5315-31 5315-36 2 5 1/4 19 12 1/4 12 7/16 12 13 10
1110 5315-42 5315-32 5315-37 3 6 3/8 19 12 3/4 12 7/16 12 13 10
1110 5315-43 5315-33 5315-38 4 8 5/8 19 14 12 7/16 12 13 10
1110 5315-44 5315-34 5315-39 5 9 3/8 19 14 1/4 12 7/16 12 13 10
1110 5315-45 5315-35 5315-40 6 10 19 14 3/8 12 7/16 12 13 10
1312 5315-56 5315-46 5315-51 3 8 1/8 24 16 1/4 12 9/16 14 1/4 15 1/2 12
1312 5315-57 5315-47 5315-52 4 9 3/8 24 16 7/8 12 9/16 14 1/4 15 1/2 12
1312 5315-58 5315-48 5315-53 5 10 1/8 24 17 12 9/16 14 1/4 15 1/2 12
1312 5315-59 5315-49 5315-54 6 10 3/4 24 17 3/8 12 9/16 14 1/4 15 1/2 12
1312 5315-60 5315-50 5315-55 8 12 24 17 3/4 12 9/16 14 1/4 15 1/2 12
1514 5315-71 5315-61 5315-66 3 8 26 17 1/4 12 9/16 16 1/4 17 1/2 14
1514 5315-72 5315-62 5315-67 4 8 3/4 26 17 1/2 12 9/16 16 1/4 17 1/2 14
1514 5315-73 5315-63 5315-68 5 10 1/4 26 18 1/4 12 9/16 16 1/4 17 1/2 14
1514 5315-74 5315-64 5315-69 6 11 26 18 1/2 12 9/16 16 1/4 17 1/2 14
1514 5315-75 5315-65 5315-70 8 12 1/4 26 18 7/8 12 9/16 16 1/4 17 1/2 14
1716 5315-86 5315-76 5315-81 3 9 7/8 28 19 1/4 12 9/16 18 1/2 20 16
1716 5315-87 5315-77 5315-82 4 10 5/8 28 19 1/2 12 9/16 18 1/2 20 16
1716 5315-88 5315-78 5315-83 5 9 1/2 28 18 3/4 12 9/16 18 1/2 20 16
1716 5315-89 5315-79 5315-84 6 11 1/4 28 19 1/2 12 9/16 18 1/2 20 16
1716 5315-90 5315-80 5315-85 8 12 5/8 28 20 1/8 12 9/16 18 1/2 20 16
Aerolock Outlet Adapters
Round
Transition to conveying line in tubing sizes
H OD
J ID
E QTY F DIA HOLES
ON A G DBC
D
A OD
C
B
30
C
L
C
L
12
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
Aerolock
Size
Part No.
Steel
Part No.
Aluminum
Part No.
Stainless Steel
A B C D E F G H J
76 5315-271 5315-867 5315-872 2.375 4 15 91/2 12 7/16 71/2 81/2 6
76 5315-272 5315-868 5315-873 3.500 51/8 15 10 12 7/16 71/2 81/2 6
76 5315-273 5315-869 5315-874 4.500 53/4 15 101/4 12 7/16 71/2 81/2 6
76 5315-274 5315-870 5315-875 5.563 63/8 15 103/8 12 7/16 71/2 81/2 6
76 5315-275 5315-871 5315-876 6.625 73/8 15 105/8 12 7/16 71/2 81/2 6
98 5315-276 5315-877 5315-882 2.375 53/8 17 113/4 12 7/16 91/2 101/2 8
98 5315-277 5315-878 5315-883 3.500 413/16 17 113/8 12 7/16 91/2 101/2 8
98 5315-278 5315-879 5315-884 4.500 61/8 17 117/8 12 7/16 91/2 101/2 8
98 5315-279 5315-880 5315-885 5.563 67/8 17 121/4 12 7/16 91/2 101/2 8
98 5315-280 5315-881 5315-886 6.625 73/4 17 121/2 12 7/16 91/2 101/2 8
1110 5315-281 5315-887 5315-892 2.375 51/2 19 123/8 12 7/16 12 13 10
1110 5315-282 5315-888 5315-893 3.500 65/8 19 127/8 12 7/16 12 13 10
1110 5315-283 5315-889 5315-894 4.500 87/8 19 14 12 7/16 12 13 10
1110 5315-284 5315-890 5315-895 5.563 95/8 19 141/4 12 7/16 12 13 10
1110 5315-285 5315-891 5315-896 6.625 101/4 19 141/2 12 7/16 12 13 10
1312 5315-286 5315-897 5315-902 3.500 85/16 24 163/8 12 9/16 141/4 151/2 12
1312 5315-287 5315-898 5315-903 4.500 95/8 24 17 12 9/16 141/4 151/2 12
1312 5315-288 5315-899 5315-904 5.563 103/8 24 171/4 12 9/16 141/4 151/2 12
1312 5315-289 5315-900 5315-905 6.625 11 24 173/8 12 9/16 141/4 151/2 12
1312 5315-290 5315-901 5315-906 8.625 121/4 24 177/8 12 9/16 141/4 151/2 12
1514 5315-291 5315-907 5315-912 3.500 81/4 26 171/4 12 9/16 161/4 171/2 14
1514 5315-292 5315-908 5315-913 4.500 9 26 175/8 12 9/16 161/4 171/2 14
1514 5315-293 5315-909 5315-914 5.563 105/8 26 183/8 12 9/16 161/4 171/2 14
1514 5315-294 5315-910 5315-915 6.625 113/8 26 185/8 12 9/16 161/4 171/2 14
1514 5315-295 5315-911 5315-916 8.625 121/2 26 19 12 9/16 161/4 171/2 14
1716 5315-296 5315-917 5315-922 3.500 101/8 28 193/8 12 9/16 181/2 20 16
1716 5315-297 5315-918 5315-923 4.500 107/8 28 195/8 12 9/16 181/2 20 16
1716 5315-298 5315-919 5315-924 5.563 913/16 28 187/8 12 9/16 181/2 20 16
1716 5315-299 5315-920 5315-925 6.625 111/2 28 197/8 12 9/16 181/2 20 16
1716 5315-300 5315-921 5315-926 8.625 13 28 201/4 12 9/16 181/2 20 16
Round (cont.)
Transition to conveying line in piping sizes
13
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
Aerolock
Size
Part No.
Steel
Part No.
Aluminum
Part No.
Stainless Steel
A B C D E F G & J H K L
76 5315-325 5315-330 5315-335 2 4 1/2 15 10 12 7/16 2 5/8 2 1/2 6 9
76 5315-326 5315-331 5315-336 3 4 1/2 15 9 3/4 12 7/16 2 5/8 2 1/2 6 9
76 5315-327 5315-332 5315-337 4 4 1/2 15 9 5/8 12 7/16 2 5/8 2 1/2 6 9
76 5315-328 5315-333 5315-338 5 4 1/2 15 9 3/8 12 7/16 2 5/8 2 1/2 6 9
76 5315-329 5315-334 5315-339 6 4 1/2 15 9 1/4 12 7/16 2 5/8 2 1/2 6 9
98 5315-355 5315-360 5315-365 2 4 1/2 17 11 12 7/16 3 1/4 31/4 8 11
98 5315-356 5315-361 5315-366 3 4 1/2 17 10 3/4 12 7/16 3 1/4 31/4 8 11
98 5315-357 5315-362 5315-367 4 4 1/2 17 10 5/8 12 7/16 3 1/4 31/4 8 11
98 5315-358 5315-363 5315-368 5 4 1/2 17 10 3/8 12 7/16 3 1/4 31/4 8 11
98 5315-359 5315-364 5315-369 6 4 1/2 17 10 1/4 12 7/16 3 1/4 31/4 8 11
1110 5315-385 5315-390 5315-395 2 4 1/2 19 12 12 7/16 3 7/8 4 10 13
1110 5315-386 5315-391 5315-396 3 4 1/2 19 11 3/4 12 7/16 3 7/8 4 10 13
1110 5315-387 5315-392 5315-397 4 4 1/2 19 11 5/8 12 7/16 3 7/8 4 10 13
1110 5315-388 5315-393 5315-398 5 4 1/2 19 11 3/8 12 7/16 3 7/8 4 10 13
1110 5315-389 5315-394 5315-399 6 4 1/2 19 11 1/4 12 7/16 3 7/8 4 10 13
1312 5315-415 5315-420 5315-425 3 7 1/2 24 157/8 12 9/16 4 3/4 4 3/4 12 16
1312 5315-416 5315-421 5315-426 4 7 1/2 24 15 3/4 12 9/16 4 3/4 4 3/4 12 16
1312 5315-417 5315-422 5315-427 5 7 1/2 24 15 5/8 12 9/16 4 3/4 4 3/4 12 16
1312 5315-418 5315-423 5315-428 6 7 1/2 24 15 1/2 12 9/16 4 3/4 4 3/4 12 16
1312 5315-419 5315-424 5315-429 8 7 1/2 24 15 1/4 12 9/16 4 3/4 4 3/4 12 16
1514 5315-445 5315-450 5315-455 3 9 1/2 26 18 1/8 12 9/16 5 1/8 6 14 18
1514 5315-446 5315-451 5315-456 4 9 1/2 26 18 12 9/16 5 1/8 6 14 18
1514 5315-447 5315-452 5315-457 5 91/2 26 17 3/4 12 9/16 5 1/8 6 14 18
1514 5315-448 5315-453 5315-458 6 9 1/2 26 17 5/8 12 9/16 5 1/8 6 14 18
1514 5315-449 5315-454 5315-459 8 9 1/2 26 17 3/8 12 9/16 5 1/8 6 14 18
1716 5315-475 5315-480 5315-485 3 11 28 20 12 9/16 6 6 1/4 16 20
1716 5315-476 5315-481 5315-486 4 11 28 19 3/4 12 9/16 6 6 1/4 16 20
1716 5315-477 5315-482 5315-487 5 11 28 19 5/8 12 9/16 6 6 1/4 16 20
1716 5315-478 5315-483 5315-488 6 11 28 19 1/2 12 9/16 6 6 1/4 16 20
1716 5315-479 5315-484 5315-489 8 11 28 19 1/4 12 9/16 6 6 1/4 16 20
Square
Transition to conveying line in tubing sizes
L SQ.
K SQ.
G
H
J
C
L
E QTY F DIA HOLES
30
D
B
C
A OD
C
L
14
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
Aerolock
Size
Part No.
Steel
Part No.
Aluminum
Part No.
Stainless Steel
A B C D E F G & J H K L
76 5315-340 5315-345 5315-350 2.375 41/2 15 93/4 12 7/16 25/8 21/2 6 9
76 5315-341 5315-346 5315-351 3.500 41/2 15 95/8 12 7/16 25/8 21/2 6 9
76 5315-342 5315-347 5315-352 4.500 41/2 15 91/2 12 7/16 25/8 21/2 6 9
76 5315-343 5315-348 5315-353 5.563 41/2 15 91/4 12 7/16 25/8 21/2 6 9
76 5315-344 5315-349 5315-354 6.625 41/2 15 91/8 12 7/16 25/8 21/2 6 9
98 5315-370 5315-375 5315-380 2.375 4 1/2 17 10 3/4 12 7/16 3 1/4 3 1/4 8 11
98 5315-371 5315-376 5315-381 3.500 4 1/2 17 10 5/8 12 7/16 3 1/4 3 1/4 8 11
98 5315-372 5315-377 5315-382 4.500 4 1/2 17 10 1/2 12 7/16 3 1/4 3 1/4 8 11
98 5315-373 5315-378 5315-383 5.563 4 1/2 17 10 1/4 12 7/16 3 1/4 3 1/4 8 11
98 5315-374 5315-379 5315-384 6.625 4 1/2 17 10 1/8 12 7/16 3 1/4 3 1/4 8 11
1110 5315-400 5315-405 5315-410 2.375 4 1/2 19 11 3/4 12 7/16 3 7/8 4 10 13
1110 5315-401 5315-406 5315-411 3.500 4 1/2 19 11 5/8 12 7/16 3 7/8 4 10 13
1110 5315-402 5315-407 5315-412 4.500 4 1/2 19 11 1/2 12 7/16 3 7/8 4 10 13
1110 5315-403 5315-408 5315-413 5.563 4 1/2 19 11 1/4 12 7/16 3 7/8 4 10 13
1110 5315-404 5315-409 5315-414 6.625 4 1/2 19 11 1/8 12 7/16 3 7/8 4 10 13
1312 5315-430 5315-435 5315-440 3.500 7 1/2 24 15 7/8 12 9/16 4 3/4 4 3/4 12 16
1312 5315-431 5315-436 5315-441 4.500 7 1/2 24 15 3/4 12 9/16 4 3/4 4 3/4 12 16
1312 5315-432 5315-437 5315-442 5.563 7 1/2 24 15 5/8 12 9/16 4 3/4 4 3/4 12 16
1312 5315-433 5315-438 5315-443 6.625 7 1/2 24 15 3/8 12 9/16 4 3/4 4 3/4 12 16
1312 5315-434 5315-439 5315-444 8.625 7 1/2 24 15 1/8 12 9/16 4 3/4 4 3/4 12 16
1514 5315-460 5315-465 5315-470 3.500 91/2 26 18 12 9/16 5 1/8 6 14 18
1514 5315-461 5315-466 5315-471 4.500 91/2 26 17 7/8 12 9/16 5 1/8 6 14 18
1514 5315-462 5315-467 5315-472 5.563 91/2 26 17 3/4 12 9/16 5 1/8 6 14 18
1514 5315-463 5315-468 5315-473 6.625 91/2 26 17 1/2 12 9/16 5 1/8 6 14 18
1514 5315-464 5315-469 5315-474 8.625 91/2 26 17 1/4 12 9/16 5 1/8 6 14 18
1716 5315-490 5315-495 5315-500 3.500 11 28 19 7/8 12 9/16 6 6 1/4 16 20
1716 5315-491 5315-496 5315-501 4.500 11 28 19 3/4 12 9/16 6 6 1/4 16 20
1716 5315-492 5315-497 5315-502 5.563 11 28 19 5/8 12 9/16 6 6 1/4 16 20
1716 5315-493 5315-498 5315-503 6.625 11 28 19 3/8 12 9/16 6 6 1/4 16 20
1716 5315-494 5315-499 5315-504 8.625 11 28 19 1/8 12 9/16 6 6 1/4 16 20
Aerolock
Size
Part No. A B C D E F G
76 5303-255 8 1/2 6 5 1/2 3/4 7 1/2 6 7/16
98 5303-256 10 1/2 8 5 1/2 3/4 9 1/2 6 7/16
1110 5303-257 13 10 5 1/2 3/4 12 6 7/16
1312 5303-65 15 1/2 12 6 7/8 14 1/4 6 9/16
1514 5303-66 17 1/2 14 6 7/8 16 1/4 6 9/16
Square (cont.)
Transition to conveying line in piping sizes
Aerolock Sight Glass
D (TYP)
B ID
C
L
(F) QTY G DIA
HOLES ON A E DBC
A
C
C
L
15
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
Aerolock
Size
Part No.
Steel
Part No.
Stainless Steel
A B C D E F G H J K
76 5303-642 5303-643 4 8 1/2 6 3 1/4 2 8 5 12 7/16 7 1/2
98 5303-516 5303-522 5 1/4 11 8 4 5/8 2 8 5 12 7/16 9 1/2
1110 5303-517 5303-523 7 13 10 6 2 8 5 12 7/16 12
1312 5303-518 5303-524 8 1/2 15 1/2 12 6 3/4 3 10 7 12 9/16 14 1/4
1514 5303-519 5303-525 10 1/4 18 14 8 1/8 3 10 7 12 9/16 16 1/4
1716 5303-520 5303-526 11 1/4 20 16 9 1/2 3 10 7 12 9/16 18 1/2
Aerolock
Size
Part No.
Steel
Part No.
Stainless Steel
A B C D E F G H J K L M
76 5303-527 5303-533 4 9 6 3 3/4 2 8 5 12 7/16 2 5/8 2 1/2 2 5/8
98 5303-528 5303-534 5 1/4 11 8 4 5/8 2 8 5 12 7/16 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4
1110 5303-529 5303-535 7 13 10 6 2 8 5 12 7/16 3 7/8 4 3 7/8
1312 5303-530 5303-536 8 1/2 16 12 6 3/4 3 10 7 12 9/16 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4
1514 5303-531 5303-537 10 1/4 18 14 8 1/8 3 10 7 12 9/16 5 1/8 6 5 1/8
1716 5303-532 5303-538 11 1/4 20 16 9 1/2 3 10 7 12 9/16 6 6 1/4 6
Vented Shear Protector
for Round Aerolocks
for Square Aerolocks
C SQ.
B SQ.
L
A
CLEARANCE OPENING
K
E OD
(H) QTY J DIA HOLES
M
3/4 NPT
COUPLING
& PLUG
F
G
45
AEROLOCK ROTATION
D
CLEARANCE OPENING
C SQ.
B SQ.
A
CLEARANCE OPENING
E OD
(H) QTY J DIA HOLES
ON A K DBC
3/4 NPT
COUPLING
& PLUG
F
G 45
AEROLOCK ROTATION
D
CLEARANCE OPENING
Vented Shear Protectors
16
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
J (TYP)
G (TYP)
F (TYP)
B
E ID
A OD
H
(TYP)
D ID
(K) QTY 7/16
DIA HOLES
(TOP FLANGE)
C
(L) QTY M DIA HOLES
ON A N DBC
(BOTTOM FLANGE)
Q OD
R
P
45
AEROLOCK ROTATION
Aerolock
Size
Part No.
Steel
Part No.
Stainless Steel
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R
76 5303-693 5303-699 8 1/2 6 5 1/4 2 1/2 4 2 5/8 3/8 4 1/2 3/8 6 6 7/16 7 1/2 6 2 8
1110 5303-695 5303-701 13 10 7 1/2 4 1/2 7 3 1/2 3 1/4 1/2 10 6 7/16 12 6 2 8
1312 5303-696 5303-702 15 1/2 12 3/4 8 3/4 5 9 3 3/4 3/4 3 5/8 3/4 10 6 9/16 14 1/4 8 3 10
1514 5303-697 5303-703 17 1/2 14 1/4 9 3/8 6 11 3 3/16 3/4 2 5/8 3/4 14 12 9/16 16 1/4 8 3 10
1716 5303-698 5303-704 20 16 3/8 10 3/8 7 13 3 11/16 2 3/16 13/16 18 12 9/16 18 1/2 8 3 10
for 1820 Aerolock
Vented Shear Protector with
Material Flow Regulator for
Round Aerolocks
(Pelletized Material Only)
Vented Shear Protectors
20
16
8 1/2
CLEARANCE
OPENING
24
20
15 1/4
CLEARANCE
OPENING
7/8 (TYP) 4 9/16 (TYP)
(18) 9/16 DIA
HOLES
4 29/64 (TYP)
7
3 OD
3/4 NPT
COUPLING
& PLUG
45
10
AEROLOCK ROTATION
PART NO. 5303-707
17
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
Aerolock
Size
Part No.
Steel
Part No.
Aluminum
Part No.
Stainless Steel
A B C D E F
76 5303-576 5303-600 5303-606 6 6 8 1/2 7 1/2 12 7/16
98 5303-577 5303-601 5303-607 6 8 10 1/2 9 1/2 12 7/16
1110 5303-578 5303-602 5303-608 6 10 13 12 12 7/16
1312 5303-579 5303-603 5303-609 6 12 15 1/2 14 1/4 12 9/16
1514 5303-580 5303-604 5303-610 6 14 17 1/2 16 1/4 12 9/16
1716 5303-581 5303-605 5303-611 6 16 20 18 1/2 12 9/16
Aerolock
Size
Part No.
Steel
Part No.
Aluminum
Part No.
Stainless Steel
A B C D E F G H
76 5303-582 5303-588 5303-594 6 6 9 12 7/16 2 5/8 2 1/2 3 7/8
98 5303-583 5303-589 5303-595 6 8 11 12 7/16 3 1/4 3 1/4 4 7/8
1110 5303-584 5303-590 5303-596 6 10 13 12 7/16 3 7/8 4 5 7/8
1312 5303-585 5303-591 5303-597 6 12 16 12 9/16 4 3/4 4 3/4 7 1/8
1514 5303-586 5303-592 5303-598 6 14 18 12 9/16 5 1/8 6 8 1/8
1716 5303-587 5303-593 5303-599 6 16 20 12 9/16 6 6 1/4 9 1/8
Outlet Guard for Round Aerolocks
Outlet Guard for Square Aerolocks
(D) QTY E DIA HOLES
C B
F
G
F
H
(TYP)
SAFETY
BARS
A
C
L
C
L
HOPPER
MAINTENANCE
SLIDE GATE
AEROLOCK
OUTLET
GUARD
SAFETY WARNINGS: Outlet
guard MUST BE INSTALLED in
ALL applications where Aerolock
is positioned in a way that leaves
inlet or outlet accessible.
Outlet Guards
C OD
(E) QTY F DIA HOLES
ON A D DBC
A
B DIA
SAFETY
BARS
C
L
C
L
Outlet Guard
18
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
Aerolock
Size
Part No.
Steel
A B C D E F G H J
76 5303-482 18 15 6 17 15 1/2 12 1/2 6 7/16 7 1/2
98 5303-491 18 15 8 17 3/8 15 1/2 12 1/2 6 7/16 9 1/2
1110 5303-489 18 15 10 17 7/8 15 1/2 12 1/2 6 7/16 12
1312 5303-481 26 22 12 20 7/8 22 1/2 18 1/2 6 9/16 14 1/4
1514 5303-490 26 22 14 21 3/4 22 1/2 18 1/2 12 9/16 16 1/4
1716 5303-686 26 22 16 22 3/4 22 1/2 18 1/2 12 9/16 18 1/2
Aerolock Support Stand
B F
A
E
C DIA
G QTY H DIA HOLES ON J DBC
D
2
(4) QTY 9/16 DIA HOLES
FOR ANCHORING
C
L
C
L
19
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com

1
www.ktron.com
AEROLOCK SELECTION
Introduction
Use these instructions to size Aerolocks for system and com-
ponent applications. They are designed to be used in conjunc-
tion with the worksheet on page 1-103.

Material Test
Some of the information from a standard Premier Material Test
is required to complete these instructions. If the material being
handled has not been tested, consult the results from past ma-
terial tests listed in Section 0 of this catalog. Past test results
for materials, in addition to the ones listed, are available by
calling the factory and requesting a computer search of the
material test files.

20-Pound Material Limit
If the material to be handled has a bulk density of less than 20
pounds per cubic foot and if there is a pressure differential
across the Aerolock, do not proceed with these instructions.
Consult the factory to have the Aerolock sized.

High Temperature Application
If either the ambient temperature or the temperature of the
material to be handled is in excess of the limits in the first col-
umn of the following table, do not proceed; consult the factory.
Maximum
Application Temperature
Standard Absolute*
LD Standard 1
HD Standard 2 and 6
MD Standard 3 and 4
BT Standard 5 and 7
QC
1820
200F
200F
250F
200F
250F
250F
200F
250F
450F
250F
250F
450F

Aerolock Model
* Note: Proper clearances and seals must be designed
by the factory for these higher temperatures.

Calculations

The capaci t y is the amount of material required to pass
through the Aerolock, expressed in pounds per hour. Write the
capacity in the space on line a of the worksheet.

The outlet pressure is the pressure on the discharge side of
the Aerolock. If the Aerolock is discharging into a pressure
conveying system, this pressure is equal to the conveying line
pressure. If the Aerolock is discharging material out of a vac-
uum system, this pressure is normally 0. Write the outlet pres-
sure in the space on line b of the worksheet.

The inlet pressure is the pressure on the intake side of the
Aerolock. In most pressure conveying systems, the inlet pres-
sure of the Aerolock feeding into the system is 0. In a vacuum
conveying system, the inlet pressure of the Aerolock discharg-
ing from the system is equal to the conveying line vacuum.
Write the inlet pressure in the space on line c of the worksheet.

The pressure differential across the Aerolock is equal to
the sum of the inlet pressure and the outlet pressure. Add
line b to line c and write the sum in the space on line d of the
worksheet.

Write the loose pack bulk density of the material in the space
on line e of the worksheet.

The bul k densi ty correcti on factor compensates for the
change in bulk density as the material drops into the Aerolock.
The change in bulk density takes place because of the in-
crease in air between the particles of material due to the air
that is displaced by the material from each empty pocket of the
rotor and the air leakage through the clearances of the Aero-
lock. Find the appropriate bulk density correction factor in
the table below based on the pressure differential across the
Aerolock, line d, and the material efficiency from the material
test. Write it in the space on line f of the worksheet.
Material Efficiency
H M L
negative
to
0

1.00

1.00

1.00
0
to
7

.96

.87

.86
7
to
15

.90

.82

.80

Pressure Differential
Across Aerolock (PSI)
Multiply line e times line f and write the results in the space on
line g of the worksheet labeled corrected bulk density .

The volumetric rate is the number of cubic feet per hour of the
material, based on the corrected bulk density, that will pass
through the Aerolock. Divide line a by line g and write the re-
sult in the space on line h of the worksheet.

To select the appropriate Aerolock model, check the recom-
mendations in the results from the material test. If any of the
production standard models, Standard 1 through 7, are com-
patible with the material, they will be listed. If the production
standard of a given model is not compatible but a minor modifi-
cation can make it compatible, the entire model number includ-
ing the modified feature will be listed. Any models which are
not listed are not recommended for use with the material.

To select which of the recommended models are best suited to
the application, consult the application guidelines on the next
page. When the selection is made, write the model number in
the space on line i of the worksheet.
Aerolocks - Application
AEROLOCK SIZING
Page 1-101
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 06-01-05

1
www.ktron.com
Aerolock - Application
AEROLOCK SIZING
Page 1-102
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 06-01-05
Aerolock Application Guidelines

LD Standard 1
A head of material cannot be above the LD Aerolock. A LD
Aerolock cannot have more than 3 PSI differential across the
inlet and outlet of the Aerolock. Because of the restrictions
listed above, the LD Aerolock is primarily designed to be used
on the discharge of a dust collector or cyclone.

HD Standard 2 and Standard 6
A head of material can exist above the HD Aerolock. With spe-
cial clearances to allow for pressure distortion of the rotor, the
HD Aerolock can be used in applications up to 20 PSI differen-
tial pressure. When used in a conveying system, the pressure
differential limit is 12 PSI. In systems where the pressure dif-
ferential across the Aerolock will be greater than 7 PSI; up to
12 PSI, the useful wear life may be increased by using an MD
Aerolock rather than the HD Aerolock. The HD has an 8-
bladed rotor versus the MDs 10-bladed rotor. The HD Stan-
dard 6 is designed primarily for the milling and baking indus-
tries for handling flour.

MD Standard 3 and Standard 4
A head of material can exist above the MD Aerolock. Pressure
differentials up to 20 PSI across the inlet and outlet of the Aer-
olock are acceptable. In a conveying system, the pressure
differential across the inlet and outlet of the MD Aerolock
should not exceed 15 PSI. The MD Aerolock is the most rug-
ged and maintenance free Aerolock in the Premier product
line.

MD Standard 9
A head of material can exist above the MD Aerolock. Pressure
differntials up to 20 PSI across the inlet and outlet of the Aero-
lock are acceptable. In a conveying system, the pressure dif-
ferential across the inlet and outlet of the MD Aerolock should
not exceed 15 PSI.

The MD 1820 is the largest and most robust valve in the K-
Tron Premier product line. The 1820 is designed to handle
large volumes of materials. With a number of optional varia-
tions available the 1820 can handle a vast array of products.

Additionally two 1820s can be paired together with a common
drive to offer up to double the volume of material. This valve is
referred to as the 1840.

BT Standard 5 and Standard 7
A head of material can exist above the BT Aerolock. The BT
Aerolock is designed to be used in systems where the pres-
sure differential across the inlet and outlet of the Aerolock are
12 PSI or less. The BT Aerolock is primarily designed to han-
dle non-abrasive, fine particle materials which might cling to
the pockets of the rotor on the discharge side if the conveying
air stream did not blow directly through the pocket. No more
than four BT Aerolocks can be used in series in the same con-
veying line. This restriction is due to the increased resistance
caused by the material that discharges from the first Aerolock
having to blow through the rotor vanes of the BT Aerolocks
downstream. The material must not be abrasive.

The BT Standard 7 is designed primarily for the milling and
baking industries for handling flour.

QC Standard 8
A head of material can exist above the QC Aerolock. When
used in conveying system, the pressure differential
limit is 12 PSI. The QC Aerolock is well-suited for use in the
food, chemical, plastic and pharmaceutical industries where
contamination is a constant concern and frequent disassembly
and cleaning is required.

The material efficiency is a rating given to each material for
its relative ability to flow into the pockets of the Aerolock. The
more flowable a material is, the higher its efficiency rating.
Consult the material test results and write the material effi-
ciency in the space on line j of the worksheet.

The displacement rate is the number of cubic feet per hour
that an Aerolock will displace at a given RPM. Turn to the
page for the selected Aerolock model, pages 1-104 through
1-109 and find the column in the chart on that page for the ma-
terial efficiency rating, line j of the worksheet. In the correct
material efficiency column, find the displacement rate which is
equal to or greater than the volumetric rate computed on line h
of the worksheet. Write the displacement rate in the space on
line k of the worksheet.

In the same chart that was used to find the displacement rate,
look across the row in which the displacement rate appears to
find the Aerol ock si ze, Aerol ock RPM, Aerol ock dri ve
horsepower, and Aerolock drive part number. Notice that
there are two Aerolock drive part numbers listed, one for a
standard motor enclosure and one for an explosion proof en-
closure. On line l through line o of the worksheet, write the
size, RPM, horsepower, and drive part number.

The Aerolock part number can be found in the pricing pages
starting on page 1-401. Find the correct page based on the
Aerolock model selected, line i of the worksheet. On each
page, the gray shaded areas contain the part numbers for the
production standard (or standards) of the model on that page.
The part numbers listed in the areas that are not shaded gray
are for modifications of the production standard Aerolocks.
The items which are modified are highlighted in bold face type
in the model number column. Based on the model number and
size of the Aerolock, line l of the worksheet, find the Aerolock
part number and write it in the space on line p of the work-
sheet.

The air leakage through the Aerolock can be found in one of
the graphs on page 1-110 through page 1-113. Select the
proper graph by looking at the heading at the top of each page.
Find the pressure differential as computed on line d of the
worksheet in the horizontal axis across the bottom of the
graph. From that point move vertically up the graph until inter-
secting the curved line for the Aerolock size, line l from the
worksheet. From the intersection point, move horizontally to
the left and read the air leakage in the scale on the left hand
side of the graph. Write the air leakage in the space on line q
of the worksheet.

Quotation Write-up

Use the Premier quotation write-up forms to describe and price
the Aerolock as a part of a system or as a single component.
AEROLOCK SELECTION

1
www.ktron.com
AEROLOCK SIZING
Page 1-103
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 06-01-05
Item 1 Item 2 Item 3 Item 4
a Capacity (Lbs./Hr.)
b Outlet Pressure (PSIG)
c Inlet Pressure (PSIG)
d Pressure Differential (PSIG) (b+c)
e Bulk Density of Material (Lbs./Cu.Ft.)
f Bulk Density Correction Factor
g Corrected Bulk Density (Lbs./Cu.Ft.) (e x f)
h Volumetric Rate (Cu.Ft./Hr.) (a / g)
i Aerolock Model
j Material Efficiency
k Displacement Rate (Cu.Ft./Hr.)
l Aerolock Size
m Aerolock Speed (RPM)
n Aerolock Drive (HP)
o Aerolock Drive (Part Number)
p Aerolock (Part Number)
q Air Leakage (CFM)
AEROLOCK SIZING
Drive (GearMotor) Speed in RPM Amount of Teeth on Driven (Aerolock) Sprocket
Driven (Aerolock) Speed in RPM Amount of Teeth on Drive (GearMotor) Sprocket
Note: You are required to have three of the four variables above to complete an unknown variable.
Drive (GearMotor)
Driven (Aerolock)
Example to obtain Aerolock Speed (RPM)
Drive (GearMotor) RPM x Teeth on Drive (GearMotor) Sprocket Teeth on Driven (Aerolock) Sprocket =Driven (Aerolock) RPM
Example to obtain Sprocket size (amount of teeth required) on Aerolock
Drive (GearMotor) RPM x Teeth on Drive (GearMotor) Sprocket Driven (Aerolock) RPM =Teeth on Driven (Aerolock) Sprocket
Example to obtain GearMotor Speed (RPM)
Driven (Aerolock) RPM x Teeth on Driven (Aerolock) Sprocket Teeth on Drive (GearMotor) Sprocket =Drive (GearMotor) RPM
Example to obtain Sprocket size (amount of teeth required) on GearMotor
Driven (Aerolock) RPM x Teeth on Driven (Aerolock) Sprocket Drive (GearMotor) RPM =Teeth on Drive (GearMotor) Sprocket
AEROLOCK SELECTION TABLE
AEROLOCK SPEED/SPROCKET CHART

1
www.ktron.com
LD AEROLOCK - STANDARD 1
Displacement Rate (cu.ft./hr.) Aerolock Dri ve
High Med. Low Size RPM Size TEFC P/N X-Proof P/N
51 50 49 76 8 1/2 5401-301 5401-338
64 63 61 76 10 1/2 5401-302 5401-339
77 75 72 76 12 1/2 5401-303 5401-340
91 86 82 76 14 1/2 5401-304 5401-341
103 98 93 76 16 1/2 5401-305 5401-342
116 108 102 76 18 1/2 5401-306 5401-343
129 119 112 76 20 1/2 5401-307 5401-344
145 132 122 76 22.5 1/2 5401-308 5401-345
161 145 132 76 25 1/2 5401-309 5401-346
178 157 142 76 27.5 1/2 5401-21 5401-9
121 119 115 98 8 1/2 5401-319 5401-347
152 149 143 98 10 1/2 5401-320 5401-348
182 176 169 98 12 1/2 5401-321 5401-349
212 203 193 98 14 1/2 5401-322 5401-350
242 230 218 98 16 1/2 5401-323 5401-351
273 253 240 98 18 1/2 5401-65 5401-53
303 279 263 98 20 1/2 5401-66 5401-54
340 310 287 98 22.5 1/2 5401-67 5401-55
379 341 210 98 25 1/2 5401-68 5401-56
417 367 334 98 27.5 1/2 5401-69 5401-57
225 221 214 1110 8 1/2 5401-329 5401-352
282 276 288 1110 10 1/2 5401-330 5401-353
338 328 314 1110 12 1/2 5401-331 5401-354
395 378 359 1110 14 1/2 5401-332 5401-355
451 428 406 1110 16 1/2 5401-112 5401-100
507 471 447 1110 18 1/2 5401-113 5401-101
563 518 490 1110 20 1/2 5401-114 5401-102
634 577 532 1110 22.5 1/2 5401-115 5401-103
704 634 578 1110 25 1/2 5401-116 5401-104
775 681 619 1110 27.5 3/4 5401-117 5401-105
390 381 370 1312 8 1/2 5401-292 5401-298
487 477 463 1312 10 1/2 5401-157 5401-145
585 567 543 1312 12 1/2 5401-158 5401-146
681 655 620 1312 14 1/2 5401-159 5401-147
779 740 702 1312 16 1/2 5401-160 5401-148
877 816 772 1312 18 3/4 5401-161 5401-149
974 896 847 1312 20 3/4 5401-162 5401-150
1096 998 921 1312 22.5 3/4 5401-163 5401-151
1219 1096 999 1312 25 1 5401-164 5401-152
1340 1179 1072 1312 27.5 1 5401-165 5401-153
603 592 574 1514 8 1/2 5401-293 5401-299
755 739 717 1514 10 1/2 5401-205 5401-193
905 879 842 1514 12 1/2 5401-206 5401-194
1057 1014 961 1514 14 3/4 5401-207 5401-195
1207 1147 1087 1514 16 3/4 5401-208 5401-196
1359 1263 1196 1514 18 3/4 5401-209 5401-197
1509 1389 1313 1514 20 3/4 5401-210 5401-198
1699 1546 1427 1514 22.5 1 5401-211 5401-199
1888 1699 1548 1514 25 1 5401-212 5401-200
2076 1827 1661 1514 27.5 1 5401-213 5401-201
903 886 858 1716 8 1/2 5401-294 5401-300
1130 1107 1073 1716 10 1/2 5401-253 5401-241
1356 1315 1261 1716 12 3/4 5401-254 5401-242
1582 1519 1439 1716 14 3/4 5401-255 5401-243
1807 1717 1627 1716 16 3/4 5401-256 5401-244
2034 1892 1790 1716 18 1 5401-257 5401-245
2260 2079 1966 1716 20 1 5401-258 5401-246
2543 2314 2136 1716 22.5 1 5401-259 5401-247
2825 2543 2316 1716 25 1 5401-260 5401-248
3107 2734 2486 1716 27.5 1-1/2 5401-261 5401-249
AEROLOCK SIZING
Page 1-104
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 06-01-05

1
www.ktron.com
HD AEROLOCK - STANDARD 2 and STANDARD 6
50 49 48 76 8 1/2 5401-301 5401-338
63 62 60 76 10 1/2 5401-302 5401-339
76 74 71 76 12 1/2 5401-303 5401-340
89 85 81 76 14 1/2 5401-304 5401-341
101 96 91 76 16 1/2 5401-305 5401-342
114 106 100 76 18 1/2 5401-306 5401-343
127 117 110 76 20 1/2 5401-307 5401-344
143 130 120 76 22.5 1/2 5401-308 5401-345
159 143 130 76 25 1/2 5401-309 5401-346
175 154 140 76 27.5 1/2 5401-21 5401-9
119 117 113 98 8 1/2 5401-319 5401-347
149 146 141 98 10 1/2 5401-320 5401-348
179 173 166 98 12 1/2 5401-321 5401-349
208 200 190 98 14 1/2 5401-322 5401-350
238 226 214 98 16 1/2 5401-323 5401-351
268 249 236 98 18 1/2 5401-65 5401-53
298 274 259 98 20 1/2 5401-66 5401-54
335 305 282 98 22.5 1/2 5401-67 5401-55
373 335 305 98 25 1/2 5401-68 5401-56
410 361 328 98 27.5 1/2 5401-69 5401-57
221 217 210 1110 8 1/2 5401-329 5401-352
277 271 283 1110 10 1/2 5401-330 5401-353
332 322 309 1110 12 1/2 5401-331 5401-354
388 372 353 1110 14 1/2 5401-332 5401-355
443 421 399 1110 16 1/2 5401-112 5401-100
498 463 439 1110 18 1/2 5401-113 5401-101
554 509 482 1110 20 1/2 5401-114 5401-102
623 567 523 1110 22.5 1/2 5401-115 5401-103
692 623 568 1110 25 1/2 5401-116 5401-104
762 670 609 1110 27.5 3/4 5401-117 5401-105
383 375 364 1312 8 1/2 5401-292 5401-298
479 469 455 1312 10 1/2 5401-157 5401-145
575 557 534 1312 12 1/2 5401-158 5401-146
670 644 610 1312 14 1/2 5401-159 5401-147
766 728 690 1312 16 1/2 5401-160 5401-148
862 802 759 1312 18 3/4 5401-161 5401-149
958 881 833 1312 20 3/4 5401-162 5401-150
1078 981 905 1312 22.5 3/4 5401-163 5401-151
1198 1078 982 1312 25 1 5401-164 5401-152
1317 1159 1054 1312 27.5 1 5401-165 5401-153
593 582 564 1514 8 1/2 5401-293 5401-299
742 727 705 1514 10 1/2 5401-205 5401-193
890 864 828 1514 12 1/2 5401-206 5401-194
1039 997 945 1514 14 3/4 5401-207 5401-195
1187 1128 1069 1514 16 3/4 5401-208 5401-196
1336 1242 1176 1514 18 3/4 5401-209 5401-197
1484 1366 1291 1514 20 3/4 5401-210 5401-198
1670 1520 1403 1514 22.5 1 5401-211 5401-199
1856 1670 1522 1514 25 1 5401-212 5401-200
2041 1796 1633 1514 27.5 1 5401-213 5401-201
888 871 844 1716 8 1/2 5401-294 5401-300
1111 1088 1055 1716 10 1/2 5401-253 5401-241
1333 1293 1240 1716 12 3/4 5401-254 5401-242
1555 1493 1415 1716 14 3/4 5401-255 5401-243
1777 1688 1600 1716 16 3/4 5401-256 5401-244
2000 1860 1760 1716 18 1 5401-257 5401-245
2222 2044 1933 1716 20 1 5401-258 5401-246
2500 2275 2100 1716 22.5 1 5401-259 5401-247
2777 2500 2277 1716 25 1 5401-260 5401-248
3055 2688 2444 1716 27.5 1-1/2 5401-261 5401-249
AEROLOCK SIZING
Page 1-105
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 06-01-05

1
www.ktron.com
MD AEROLOCK - STANDARD 3 and QC AEROLOCK - STANDARD 8
44 43 42 76 8 1/2 5412-1 5412-14
55 54 53 76 10 1/2 5412-2 5412-15
67 65 62 76 12 1/2 5412-3 5412-16
78 75 71 76 14 1/2 5412-4 5412-17
89 84 80 76 16 1/2 5412-5 5412-18
100 93 88 76 18 1/2 5412-6 5412-19
111 102 97 76 20 1/2 5412-7 5412-20
125 114 105 76 22.5 1/2 5412-8 5412-21
139 125 114 76 25 1/2 5412-9 5412-22
153 135 123 76 27.5 3/4 5412-10 5412-23
109 107 104 98 8 1/2 5412-27 5412-40
137 134 130 98 10 1/2 5412-28 5412-41
164 159 153 98 12 1/2 5412-29 5412-42
192 184 175 98 14 1/2 5412-30 5412-43
219 208 197 98 16 1/2 5412-31 5412-44
247 230 217 98 18 3/4 5412-32 5412-45
274 252 239 98 20 3/4 5412-33 5412-46
309 281 259 98 22.5 3/4 5412-34 5412-47
343 309 281 98 25 3/4 5412-35 5412-48
377 332 302 98 27.5 3/4 5412-36 5412-49
210 206 200 1110 8 1/2 5412-53 5412-66
263 258 250 1110 10 1/2 5412-54 5412-67
316 306 293 1110 12 1/2 5412-55 5412-68
368 353 335 1110 14 1/2 5412-56 5412-69
421 400 379 1110 16 3/4 5412-57 5412-70
474 440 417 1110 18 3/4 5412-58 5412-71
526 484 458 1110 20 3/4 5412-59 5412-72
592 539 497 1110 22.5 3/4 5412-60 5412-73
658 592 539 1110 25 3/4 5412-61 5412-74
724 637 579 1110 27.5 1 5412-62 5412-75
362 355 344 1312 8 1/2 5412-79 5412-92
453 444 430 1312 10 3/4 5412-80 5412-93
543 527 505 1312 12 3/4 5412-81 5412-94
634 608 577 1312 14 3/4 5412-82 5412-95
724 688 652 1312 16 3/4 5412-83 5412-96
815 758 717 1312 18 1 5412-84 5412-97
906 833 788 1312 20 1 5412-85 5412-98
1019 927 856 1312 22.5 1 5412-86 5412-99
1132 1019 928 1312 25 1-1/2 5412-87 5412-100
1246 1096 996 1312 27.5 1-1/2 5412-88 5412-101
567 556 539 1514 8 3/4 5412-105 5412-118
709 695 674 1514 10 3/4 5412-106 5412-119
851 825 791 1514 12 3/4 5412-107 5412-120
993 953 904 1514 14 1 5412-108 5412-121
1135 1078 1021 1514 16 1 5412-109 5412-122
1277 1187 1123 1514 18 1 5412-110 5412-123
1419 1305 1234 1514 20 1 5412-111 5412-124
1596 1452 1341 1514 22.5 1-1/2 5412-112 5412-125
1773 1596 1454 1514 25 1-1/2 5412-113 5412-126
1951 1717 1561 1514 27.5 1-1/2 5412-114 5412-127
855 838 812 1716 8 3/4 5412-131 5412-144
1069 1047 1015 1716 10 3/4 5412-132 5412-145
1283 1244 1193 1716 12 1 5412-133 5412-146
1497 1437 1362 1716 14 1 5412-134 5412-147
1710 1625 1539 1716 16 1 5412-135 5412-148
1924 1790 1693 1716 18 1-1/2 5412-136 5412-149
2138 1967 1860 1716 20 1-1/2 5412-137 5412-150
2406 2189 2021 1716 22.5 1-1/2 5412-138 5412-151
2673 2406 2192 1716 25 1-1/2 5412-139 5412-152
2940 2587 2352 1716 27.5 2 5412-140 5412-153
AEROLOCK SIZING
Page 1-106
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 06-01-05

1
www.ktron.com
MD AEROLOCK - STANDARD 4
41 40 39 76 8 1/2 5412-1 5412-14
52 51 49 76 10 1/2 5412-2 5412-15
62 60 58 76 12 1/2 5412-3 5412-16
73 70 66 76 14 1/2 5412-4 5412-17
83 79 75 76 16 1/2 5412-5 5412-18
93 87 82 76 18 1/2 5412-6 5412-19
104 96 90 76 20 1/2 5412-7 5412-20
117 106 98 76 22.5 1/2 5412-8 5412-21
130 117 107 76 25 1/2 5412-9 5412-22
143 126 114 76 27.5 3/4 5412-10 5412-23
101 99 96 98 8 1/2 5412-27 5412-40
126 123 120 98 10 1/2 5412-28 5412-41
151 147 141 98 12 1/2 5412-29 5412-42
176 169 160 98 14 1/2 5412-30 5412-43
202 192 181 98 16 1/2 5412-31 5412-44
227 211 200 98 18 3/4 5412-32 5412-45
252 232 219 98 20 3/4 5412-33 5412-46
284 258 238 98 22.5 3/4 5412-34 5412-47
315 284 259 98 25 3/4 5412-35 5412-48
347 305 278 98 27.5 3/4 5412-36 5412-49
189 186 180 1110 8 1/2 5412-53 5412-66
237 232 225 1110 10 1/2 5412-54 5412-67
284 276 364 1110 12 1/2 5412-55 5412-68
332 318 302 1110 14 1/2 5412-56 5412-69
379 360 341 1110 16 3/4 5412-57 5412-70
427 397 375 1110 18 3/4 5412-58 5412-71
474 436 412 1110 20 3/4 5412-59 5412-72
533 485 448 1110 22.5 3/4 5412-60 5412-73
593 533 486 1110 25 3/4 5412-61 5412-74
652 574 522 1110 27.5 1 5412-62 5412-75
329 322 312 1312 8 1/2 5412-79 5412-92
411 403 390 1312 10 3/4 5412-80 5412-93
493 478 459 1312 12 3/4 5412-81 5412-94
576 552 524 1312 14 3/4 5412-82 5412-95
658 625 592 1312 16 3/4 5412-83 5412-96
740 688 651 1312 18 1 5412-84 5412-97
822 757 715 1312 20 1 5412-85 5412-98
925 842 777 1312 22.5 1 5412-86 5412-99
1028 925 843 1312 25 1-1/2 5412-87 5412-100
1131 995 905 1312 27.5 1-1/2 5412-88 5412-101
508 496 483 1514 8 3/4 5412-105 5412-118
635 622 603 1514 10 3/4 5412-106 5412-119
762 739 709 1514 12 3/4 5412-107 5412-120
889 854 809 1514 14 1 5412-108 5412-121
1016 966 915 1514 16 1 5412-109 5412-122
1144 1063 1006 1514 18 1 5412-110 5412-123
1271 1169 1105 1514 20 1 5412-111 5412-124
1430 1301 1201 1514 22.5 1-1/2 5412-112 5412-125
1588 1430 1302 1514 25 1-1/2 5412-113 5412-126
1747 1538 1398 1514 27.5 1-1/2 5412-114 5412-127
765 749 726 1716 8 3/4 5412-131 5412-144
956 937 908 1716 10 3/4 5412-132 5412-145
1147 1113 1067 1716 12 1 5412-133 5412-146
1338 1285 1218 1716 14 1 5412-134 5412-147
1530 1453 1377 1716 16 1 5412-135 5412-148
1721 1600 1514 1716 18 1-1/2 5412-136 5412-149
1912 1759 1664 1716 20 1-1/2 5412-137 5412-150
2151 1958 1807 1716 22.5 1-1/2 5412-138 5412-151
2390 2151 1960 1716 25 1-1/2 5412-139 5412-152
2629 2314 2103 1716 27.5 2 5412-140 5412-153
AEROLOCK SIZING
Page 1-107
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 06-01-05

1
www.ktron.com
BT AEROLOCK - STANDARD 5 and STANDARD 7
High Med. Low Size RPM Size TEFC P/N
2 NPT
X-Proof P/N
2 NPT
119 117 113 98 8 1/2 5405-153 5405-165 5405-159 5405-171
149 146 141 98 10 1/2 5405-154 5405-166 5405-160 5405-172
179 173 166 98 12 1/2 5405-155 5405-167 5405-161 5405-173
208 200 190 98 14 1/2 5405-156 5405-168 5405-162 5405-174
238 226 214 98 16 1/2 5405-157 5405-169 5405-163 5405-175
268 249 236 98 18 1/2 5405-158 5405-170 5405-164 5405-176
298 274 259 98 20 1/2 5405-1 5405-137 5405-8 5405-148
335 305 282 98 22.5 1/2 5405-2 5405-138 5405-9 5405-149
373 335 305 98 25 1/2 5405-3 5405-139 5405-10 5405-150
410 361 328 98 27.5 1/2 5405-4 5405-140 5405-11 5405-151
221 217 210 1110 8 1/2 5405-177 5405-180
277 271 283 1110 10 1/2 5405-179 5405-181
332 322 309 1110 12 1/2 5405-179 5405-182
388 372 353 1110 14 1/2 5405-80 5405-86
443 421 399 1110 16 1/2 5405-81 5405-87
498 463 439 1110 18 1/2 5405-82 5405-88
554 509 482 1110 20 1/2 5405-15 5405-22
623 567 523 1110 22.5 1/2 5405-16 5405-23
692 623 568 1110 25 1/2 5405-17 5405-24
762 670 609 1110 27.5 3/4 5405-18 5405-25
383 375 364 1312 8 1/2 5405-183 5405-185
479 469 455 1312 10 1/2 5405-184 5405-186
575 557 534 1312 12 1/2 5405-91 5405-100
670 644 610 1312 14 1/2 5405-92 5405-101
766 728 690 1312 16 1/2 5405-93 5405-102
862 802 759 1312 18 1/2 5405-94 5405-103
958 881 833 1312 20 3/4 5405-95 5405-104
1078 981 905 1312 22.5 3/4 5405-96 5405-105
1198 1078 982 1312 25 3/4 5405-97 5405-106
1317 1159 1054 1312 27.5 1 5405-29 5405-33
593 582 564 1514 8 1/2 5405-187 5405-188
742 727 705 1514 10 1/2 5405-108 5405-114
890 864 828 1514 12 1/2 5405-109 5405-115
1039 997 945 1514 14 1/2 5405-110 5405-116
1187 1128 1069 1514 16 3/4 5405-111 5405-117
1336 1242 1176 1514 18 3/4 5405-112 5405-118
1484 1366 1291 1514 20 1 5405-37 5405-44
1670 1520 1403 1514 22.5 1 5405-38 5405-45
1856 1670 1522 1514 25 1 5405-39 5405-46
2041 1796 1633 1514 27.5 1 5405-40 5405-47
888 871 844 1716 8 1/2 5405-119 5405-125
1111 1088 1055 1716 10 1/2 5405-120 5405-126
1333 1293 1240 1716 12 3/4 5405-121 5405-127
1555 1493 1415 1716 14 3/4 5405-122 5405-128
1777 1688 1600 1716 16 3/4 5405-123 5405-129
2000 1860 1760 1716 18 3/4 5405-124 5405-130
2222 2044 1933 1716 20 1 5405-51 5405-58
2500 2275 2100 1716 22.5 1 5405-52 5405-59
2777 2500 2277 1716 25 1 5405-53 5405-60
3055 2688 2444 1716 27.5 1 5405-54 5405-61
AEROLOCK SIZING
Page 1-108
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 06-01-05

1
www.ktron.com
MD 1820 AEROLOCK - STANDARD 9
1542 1511 1465 1820 10 3 5408-1 5408-12
1851 1795 1721 1820 12 3 5408-2 5408-13
2159 2073 1965 1820 14 3 5408-3 5408-14
2468 2344 2221 1820 16 3 5408-4 5408-15
2776 2582 2443 1820 18 3 5408-5 5408-16
3085 2838 2683 1820 20 3 5408-6 5408-17
3470 3158 2915 1820 22.5 3 5408-7 5408-18
3856 3470 3162 1820 25 3 5408-8 5408-19
4241 3732 3393 1820 27.5 3 5408-9 5408-20
4627 4025 3655 1820 30 3 5408-10 5408-21
5398 4535 4049 1820 35 3 5408-11 5408-22
AEROLOCK SIZING
Page 1-109
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 06-01-05

1
www.ktron.com
Aerolock - Air Leakage
HD-STD 2 and BT-STD 5
Page 1-110
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 06-01-05
A
I
R

L
E
A
K
A
G
E

(
C
F
M
)

PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL (PSI)

1
www.ktron.com
Aerolocks - Air Leakage
HD-STD 6 and BT-STD 7
Page 1-111
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 06-01-05
A
I
R

L
E
A
K
A
G
E

(
C
F
M
)

1
www.ktron.com
MD-STD 3 and QC-STD 8
Page 1-112
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 06-01-05
A
I
R

L
E
A
K
A
G
E

(
C
F
M
)


1
www.ktron.com
MD-STD 4
Page 1-113
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 06-01-05
A
I
R

L
E
A
K
A
G
E

(
C
F
M
)


1
www.ktron.com
Page 1-114
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 06-01-05
AEROLOCK NOMENCLATURE
MODEL DESIGNATION

(LD) Light service with Drop thru configuration:
Reference LDR-F-S-98-6FT-0-L.
See page 1-102 for Aerolock Application Guidelines.

(HD) Heavy service with Drop thru configuration:
Reference HDR-F-S-98-8NH-1-RT-T3.

(MD) Maximum service with Drop thru configuration:
Reference MDR-F-S-98-10NH-1-RT-T3.

(BT) Blow Thru configuration offering heavy service:
Reference BT -F-S-98-8NH-1-RT-T3.

(QC) Quick-Clean functionality with Drop thru configura-
tion offering heavy service:
Reference QCR-F-G-98-10NH-1-RT-T3.

CONFIGURATION DESIGNATION

(R) Round inlet/outlet housing configuration:
Standard inlet/outlet configuration offered at an economical
price due to a higher demand.
Available on LD, HD, MD and QC Aerolocks.
Available on exclusive BT Aerolocks.

(S) Square inlet/outlet housing configuration:
Reference HDS-F-S-98-8NH-1-RT-T3.
Offered at a slight cost increase due to a lower demand.
Available on LD, HD and MD Aerolocks.
QC Aerolocks can be custom configured to include the
square design.

( ) A blank or a null space indicates a rectangular inlet
and/or outlet (if applicable) configuration:
Reference BT__-F-S-98-8NH-1-L.
Available on most BT Aerolocks as an inlet configuration.
Available on the MD-1820 Aerolocks as an inlet/outlet
configuration.

HOUSING & END PLATE MATERIAL OF
CONSTRUCTION

(F) Wear Iron housing and end plate materials of
construction:
Most economical metal for cost vs. wear life comparison. It
can and should be used in most materials handling applica-
tions. Bear in mind that the potential contamination of a
material in a pneumatic conveying system with rust or other
contaminates is minute due to the large volume of material
usually handled. Only if the Aerolock is allowed to set for
days at a time under high humidity or corrosive conditions is
rust likely to be detected in the conveying materials and then
it would soon purge clean.
If corrosive materials or high moisture conditions exist, other
more expensive metals, such as stainless steel, must be
considered.
Available on LD, HD, MD, BT and QC Aerolocks.
Yielding a nominal Brinell hardness of 120/140.

(G) Stainless Steel housing and end plate materials of
construction:
Reference HDR-G-G-98-8NH-1-RT-T3.
Generally used where corrosive or acid conditions warrant
the added expense.
In some instances federal and state laws require the use of
stainless steel equipment for sanitary purposes.
Raw materials and manufacturing processes are expensive
for this metal. Verify that the application warrants the added
expense.
Aerolocks manufactured with stainless steel rotors require
additional clearances, Class 2, due to galling and therefore
exhibit higher air leakage.
Available on LD, HD, MD and QC Aerolocks.

ROTOR MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION

(S) Carbon Steel fabricated rotor material of construction:
Economical material of construction offering good wear
characteristics.
Similar characteristics as the (F) designation.

(G) Stainless Steel fabricated rotor material of
construction:
Reference HDR-F-G-98-8NH-1-RT-T3-CHE.
Similar characteristics of the (G) housing and end plate.
Requires class 2 rotor clearance.

1
www.ktron.com
ROTOR MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION

(W) Wear Alloy-B rotor material of construction:
Reference MDR-F-W-98-10NH-1-RT-P.
Hardened material used for handling abrasive materials.
A semi-economical means of increasing rotor hardness.
Available on HD, MD and QC Aerolocks as a custom
modification.

SIZE DESIGNATION

(Size) This area is reserved for the physical size of the
Aerolock:
Size 76 - 7 rotor diameter x 6 rotor length.

ROTOR CONFIGURATION

(6) 6-bladed rotor design:
Provides one (1) labyrinth air seal for light industrial service.
Available on LD Aerolocks.

Provides two (2) blade labyrinth air seal for heavy industrial
service.
Available on HD and BT Aerolocks.

Reference MDR-F-S-98-10NH-1-RT-T3.
Provides three (3) blade labyrinth air seal for maximum
industrial service.
Avaialable on MD Aerolocks.

ROTOR MODIFICATIONS

(FT) Flexible Tip rotor blades:
Flexible tips are constructed of polyurethane.
The flexible tips seal net against the housing and end
plates of the Aerolock and can be replaced as they wear.
This feature should not be used where the differential
pressure is in excess of 3 PSI.
Generally used for dust collector discharge applications.
Available on LD Aerolocks.

ROTOR MODIFICATIONS

(NH) No Hub rotor:
Open end rotor.
Available on HD and BT Aerolocks.

(H) Hub rotor:
Reference MDR-F-S-98-10H-1-RT-AP.
Hubs are included on each end of the rotor to shield the seal
area of the end plate.
It is recommended that air purge shaft seals be used with the
hubbed rotors when handling cohesive materials which tend
to adhere to the rotor pockets.
Available on MD and QC Aerolocks.

(SR) Staggered Rotor pockets:
Reference MDR-F-S-98-10NH-1-RT-P-SR.
Utilized in applications that require a consistent flow of mate-
rial.
Rotor pockets are staggered, by 15 degrees, into three
zones.
Available on HD, MD and QC Aerolocks as a custom modifi-
cation.

(RD) Reduced Displacement rotor pockets:
Reference MDR-F-S-98-10NH-1-RT-P-RD.
Utilized in applications requiring a particularly small through-
put. Because the displacement per revolution is less, the
Aerolock can be turned faster, providing an even flow of
product.
May be used to fine tune the displacement of an Aerolock,
when used as a metering device.
Reduces the valley angle of rotor pockets which offers in-
creased product release characteristics for sticky materials.
Aerolock may be oversized, since the displacement is re-
duced, for non-free flowing products.
Available on HD, MD and QC Aerolocks as a custom modifi-
cation.

ROTOR CLEARANCE

(0) Class 0 rotor clearance:
Provides a net fit or no clearance between the rotor blades
and the housing bore or end plates.
Available on LD Aerolocks with polyurethane tips.

Standard clearance for carbon steel and wear alloy rotors.
Available on HD, MD, BT and QC Aerolocks.

MD-STD 4
Page 1-115
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 06-01-05

1
www.ktron.com
Page 1-116
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 06-01-05
ROTOR CLEARANCE

Nominal 25% additional clearance when compared to a class
1 clearance.
Standard clearance for stainless steel rotors.
Required for starch materials.

Nominal 75% additional clearance when compared to a class
1 clearance.
Required for sugar materials.

(4 or 5) Class 4 or 5 rotor clearance:
Reference MDR-F-S-98-10NH-4-RT-P.
Generally reserved for high temperature applications in the
past.
See (HT) for explanation.
Available on MD or QC Aerolocks.

(HT) High Temperature clearance:
Reference MDR-F-S-98-10NH-HT-RT-P.
Offered on MD or QC Aerolocks.
To compensate for thermal expansion of the Aerolock com-
ponents when exposed to temperatures in excess of 200 F,
additional clearances are required.
Proper clearances are designed by the factory and are spe-
cific to the application. Operating temperatures of the mate-
rial handled and surrounding location are required to properly
design the Aerolock.

ROTOR TIP DESIGNATION

( ) Null or blank space:
Reference HDR-F-S-98-8NH-1-( )-T3
If the model number does not reference a rotor tip designa-
tion, it is assumed the rotor blades are flat.
Indicates flat rotor blade tips.
Generally used for flour handling.
Available on HD, MD, QC and BT Aerolocks.

ROTOR TIP DESIGNATION

(RT) Relieved Tip rotor blades:
Chamfer on the trailing edge of the rotor blades.
Rotor blade ends and tips are relieved to leave a minimum of
blade top adjacent to housing and end plates of the Aerolock.
This modification serves to prevent the tendency of the rotor
to bind due to material build-up between the rotor tips and
housing or end plates. It also prevents forming skins or thin
sheets by the Aerolock of extrudable or thermo-setting mate-
rials such as the various vinyl compounds used to make res-
ins and plastics.
Required for sugar materials.
Available on HD, MD, QC and BT Aerolocks.

SEAL DESIGNATION

(L) Lip type shaft seals:
Reference HDR-F-S-98-8NH-1-RT-L.
The lip type seal is a double flexible finger spring loaded
seal for positive sealing which will compensate automatically
for wear.
Should not be utilized with adhesive or sticky bulk materials
such as sugar because a coating will form on the rotor
shaft in the area of the seals causing an abrasive surface
to build-up against the seal which in turn will cause the seal
to fail.
Generally used for flour handling.
Available on LD, HD and BT Aerolocks.

(T3) Teflon type shaft seals:
General purpose seal.
The assembly is comprised of a Tefloncollar anchored to
the shaft and two steel-cased quad ring seals which fit over
the Tefloncollar.
The seals remain stationary while the Tefloncollar rotates
with the shaft.
The Teflonsslick surface allows quad rings to operate in
dry mode with good service life.
Available on LD, HD, BT, MD and QC Aerolocks.

(P) Packing type shaft seals:
Reference MDR-F-S-98-10NH-1-RT-P.
Offered on MD or QC Aerolocks.
The packing gland seal uses Teflonimpregnated yarn.
As wear occurs, the seals effectiveness can be increased
by tightening the collar.
Used on high temperature applications.
Available on MD and QC Aerolocks.

1
www.ktron.com
MD-STD 4
Page 1-117
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 06-01-05
SEAL DESIGNATION

(AP) Air Purge type shaft seals:
Reference MDR-F-S-98-10NH-1-RT-AP.
Offered on HD, MD, QC and BT Aerolocks.
The air purge seal is available for severe service
applications. Plant air is introduced through end plates and
the air diffuser ring. This provides a zone of higher pressure
outside the seals than inside the Aerolock.
Each end plate is 1/4 NPT tapped for compressed air inlet.
Increases seal and wear life of Aerolocks feeding abrasive
materials.
Clean air supply of 5 to 10 PSIG above the internal static
pressure at the Aerolock is required. Note that the seals
must be energized anytime the Aerolock is exposed to
pressure differential.
Available on HD, BT, MD and QC Aerolocks.
HD and BT Aerolocks utilize Teflondiffusers while MD
and QC Aerolocks utilize a stainless steel diffuser.

AIR PURGE SEAL ACCESSORIES

(FRC) Air Filter, Regulator and Connectors:
Reference MDR-F-S-98-10NH-1-RT-AP-FRC.
Includes pre-mounted air filter, pressure regulator, mounting
bracket, tubing and connectors.
Available on HD, BT, MD and QC Aerolocks with air purge
shaft seals.

(V) Solenoid Val ve:
Reference MDR-F-S-98-10NH-1-RT-AP-FRC-V.
Two-way air valve.
1/4 NPT female inlet.
Requires clean air supply of 5 to 10 CFM at 30 PSIG
minimum, 120 PSIG maximum.
115 volt, 60 cycle electrical requirement.
NEMA 4x rated.
Available on HD, BT, MD and QC Aerolock with air purge
shaft seals and the FRC option.

COATINGS DESIGNATION

(CHE) Chrome plating:
Reference MDR-F-G-98-10NH-2-RT-P-CHE.
Aerolock housing bore and end plate wear surfaces with
.002 to .003 thickness of industrial hard chrome plating.
To increase wear life of Aerolock. To allow use of F or
S metals in corrosive or acid applications.
The thickness of the chrome plating is thin due to
manufacturing process limitations and thus the wear life of
the Aerolock is not as much as it could be if greater
thickness could be applied. The added manufacturing
process adds to the tolerance accumulation in the
manufacture of the Aerolock and thus the rotor to housing
and end plate clearances may be .001 to .002 more than is
standard.
Available on LD, HD, BT, MD and QC Aerolocks.

(NDX) Nedox coating:
Reference BT -F-S-98-8NH-1-RT-T3-NDX.
Creates a self-lubricating surface that resists corrosion,
friction, sticking, galling and static buildup.
May be applied to housing bore, end plate wear surfaces
and rotor blades.
Wont chip, peel or flake off like paint-on coatings.
A thickness of .0005 to .0007 is applied per surface.
USDA-approved / FDA-compliant.
Superior in corrosion resistance to chromium or standard
electrolytic-nickel plated coatings.
Good resistance to most common chemicals.
Operates at 550 F.
Non-stick release properties. Very few solid substances will
permanently adhere to the proprietary polymer-impregnated
surface of a NEDOXcoated part.
Anti-static electrical properties. The proprietary polymeric
impregnation usually imparts dielectric resistance, a low
dissipation factor, and very high surface resistivity over a
wide range of frequencies.
Available on LD, HD, BT, MD and QC Aerolocks as a
custom modification.

(TNG) Tungsten Carbide coating:
Reference MDR-F-S-98-10NH-1-RT-P-TNG.
Hardended coating applied using a H.V.O.F. (High Velocity
Oxygen and Fuel) method.
May be applied to housing bore, end plate wear surfaces
and rotor blades.
Hardness of 62-65 on C scale.
A thickness of .005 is applied per surface.
May extend wear life of Aerolock by +3 times handling
abrasive materials.
Due to manufacturing cost, the Tungsten Carbide coating
may increase overall Aerolock cost by +3 times.
Available on HD, BT, MD and QC Aerolocks as a custom
modification.

www.ktron.com
u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u
Tunnel Diverter Valves
Premier Tunnel Diverter Valves are designed
for use in pressure or vacuum systems to
divert or converge pellets, granulars, ne
powders, or abrasive materials. Fast, easy
seal replacement minimizes maintenance
downtime.
The seals can be accessed without
disturbing the valves supported, installed
position and without removing the
housing, rotor or bearings.
FEATURES
u Available for 3, 4, 5, 6 and 8
O.D. tube and pipe sizes
u Air-operated actuator with
proof switches for both rotor
positions
u Operates at system pressures
up to 1.4 bar [20 PSIG]
u Enclosure rating of IP 56 [NEMA 4X] and
NEMA 9 are standard, with NEMA 7 optional
u Rotor bearing sealed for life
u Low pressure drop minimizes velocity change through valve
606 North Front Street /P.O. Box 17
Salina, Kansas 67402-0017
Telephone (785) 825-1611
Fax (785) 825-8759
Diverter Valves
The seals can be replaced by one
person without moving the unit from its
supported, installed position. Removing
the stub and sleeve enables access to
all seals.
The seals are replaced without disturbing
the housing, rotor, or bearings.
For complete technical information visit www.ktron.com
u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u
F-700022-en 2009-10
A Valves
Premier A Valves divert a material stream into one of two
destinations, and are designed for gravity drop installations where no
pressure differential exists across the inlet and outlet.
FEATURES
u Available in aluminum, carbon steel, or stainless steel

u Available in sizes from 6 to 14 inches
u Enclosure ratings of IP 56 [NEMA 4X] and NEMA 9 are standard, with NEMA 7 optional
u Magnetic proximity proof switch conrmation for both gate positions

u Double solenoids ensure positive gate actuation
u Round-anged inlet/outlet adapters are available
u Metal diverter gate has a tight polyurethane seal Aeropass Valves
Aeropass Valves
Premier Aeropass Valves are designed to divert material directly
into a hopper. The valves height enables its use in low-clearance
areas. Aeropass Valves mount directly on top of a hopper, simplifying
system design and requiring a lower initial investment. Immediate
shutoff of material, when the hopper is full, makes the Aeropass Valve
ideally suited for scaling applications.
FEATURES
u Available for 2, 3, 4 and 5 O.D. tube and pipe sizes
u Proof switches for both gate positions
u Pre-wired electrical enclosure with air actuator and limit switches, preset and tested
u Eliminates need for branch entry lines by mounting directly on top of bin or scale hopper
Diverter Valves
Premier Diverter Valves direct material from one source to multiple
destinations. The cylindrical, cast housing provides a smooth, low-
resistance path for the conveying air and material. One outlet is in line
with the inlet, and the other is offset 30 degrees. The diverter valve is
ideal for use in pressure systems.
FEATURES
u Available for 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 O.D. tube and pipe sizes
u May be equipped with either manual, motorized or air-cylinder actuators
u May be installed at any angle
u Operates at pressures up to 1.4 bar [20 PSIG] and temperatures up to 93C [200 F]
u Single or double solenoid valves
u Magnetic proximity proof switches for both gate positions
u Abrasion protector extends life of the polyurethane seal
u Low pressure drop minimizes velocity change through valve
Premier Aeropass Valve
Premier Diverter Valve
Premier Automatic Valves
Make any pneumatic system versatile, efficient, and economical.
1A
A typical Aeropass Valve installation includes several
destinations to which batches of material are delivered,
as pictured above. When one of the destinations calls for
material, the Aeropass Valve on that destination diverts to
the 90 degree position. The material and air are directed
into the destination hopper, where they separate; the
material stays in the hopper, and the air passes back to
the source tank. When the hopper is full, the Aeropass
Valve returns to the straight-through position, allowing
the material and air to purge to the source tank.
Immediate shutoff of material, when the hopper is full,
makes the Aeropass Valve ideally suited to applications
where the hopper is mounted on a scale.
This schematic shows a typical Diverter Valve
installation. The valves are mounted on top of the
tanks, requiring that only one conveying line be run
from the source to the top of the first tank. From
that point, Diverter Valves provide branch lines into
each of the three tanks, resulting in a cleaner, more
economical installation.
Automatic actuators allow the Diverter Valves to be
controlled from a remote location. Proof switches give
a positive indication of the diverter gate position as
displayed at the remote control location.
Note: All Dimensions Are In Inches
2A
Diverter Valve
This page revised 4/01/05
*Part numbers are for tube size diverter valves only. Consult factory for pipe size diverter valves.
*Part No. *Part No. *Part No. Size A B C D E F G H J K L M N P
Iron Aluminum Stainless Steel
5103-65 5103-176 N/A 2 2 N/A 14
3
/4 4
5
/16 4
5
/8 2
5
/16 3 10
7
/16
7
/8 2
9
/16 3
7
/8 7
3
/8 4
5
/8
5
/8
3
/8-16
5103-66 5103-177 5103-71 3 3 3
1
/2 18
1
/2 5
1
/4 6
1
/2 2
7
/8 3 13
1
/4
7
/8 3
1
/16 4
3
/8 7
3
/4 6
1
/2 1
1
/4
3
/8-16
5103-67 5103-178 5103-72 4 4 4
1
/2 25
3
/16 6
3
/4 8
3
/4 3
7
/16 4 18
3
/8
7
/8 3
11
/16 5 9
1
/2 8
3
/4 3
1
/2
3
/8-16
5103-68 5103-181 5103-73 5 5 5
9
/16 27
1
/2 7
3
/16 10
3
/8 3
11
/16 4 20
3
/16 1
1
/4 4
3
/8 5
11
/16 10
1
/2 10
3
/8 4
3
/8
1
/2-13
5103-69 5103-179 N/A 6 6 6
5
/8 33 8
1
/2 12
9
/16 4
5
/16 6
3
/8 24
1
/2 1
1
/4 5 6
5
/16 10 12
9
/16 6
9
/16
1
/2-13
Pi pe
Si ze
Tube
Si ze
A
R
A
D
I
U
S
Diverter Valve with Manual Actuator
3A
*Part No. *Part No. *Part No.
Iron Aluminum Stainless Steel Size A B
5103-480 5103-907 5103-485 2 6 5
7
/8
5103-481 5103-908 5103-486 3 6 6
1
/2
5103-482 5103-909 5103-487 4 6 7
5103-483 5103-910 5103-488 5 9 7
3
/4
5103-484 5103-911 5103-489 6 9 8
3
/8
REF
POINT Y
C
L
70
215
REF
POINT X
C
L
B
Diverter Valve with Air Actuator and
Standard Enclosure Panel
4A
C
L
REF
POINT X
B
C
E
A
4
1
/4
D
8
1
/2
C
L
3
1
/2
F
H
G
*Part No. *Part No. *Part No.
Iron Aluminum Stainless Steel Size A B C D E F G H
5157-21 5157-16
5157-36 5157-31
5157-46 5157-51 2 7
1
/4 12
3
/8 6
3
/8 3 6
3
/4 5
1
/8 4
3
/8 10
7
/16
5157-61 5157-66
5157-22 5157-17 5157-27
5157-37 5157-32 5157-42
5157-47 5157-52 5157-57 3 7
3
/4 12
1
/4 6
3
/8 3 7 5
5
/8 4
7
/8 10
7
/16
5157-62 5157-67 5157-72
5157-23 5157-18 5157-28
5157-38 5157-33 5157-43
5157-48 5157-53 5157-58 4 8
1
/8 13
3
/4 8 1
3
/8 7
7
/8 6
1
/4 5
3
/8 10
7
/16
5157-63 5157-68 5157-73
5157-24 5157-19 5157-29
5157-39 5157-34 5157-44
5157-49 5157-54 5157-59 5 8
5
/8 14 7
3
/8 2 7
1
/4 7 6
3
/8 10
7
/16
5157-64 5157-69 5157-74
5157-25 5157-20
5157-40 5157-35
5157-50 5157-55 6 8
5
/8 14 7
5
/16 2
1
/16 7
1
/4 7
1
/2 7
1
/8 10
7
/16
5157-65 5157-70
REF
POINT Y
Diverter Valve with Air Actuator and
Explosion-Proof Enclosure Panel
5A
6A
Diverter Valve with Motorized Actuator and
7A
A B C & D E & F G H J K L M N P Q R S T
5172-96 5172-111 3 26
5
/8 13
5
/16 6
5
/8 1.205 4
1
/2 4.50 3 6 7
1
/4 10
1
/4 6
1
/4 1
1
/2 .863
1
/2-13 4
5172-99 5172-114 4 25
1
/4 12
5
/8 7
5
/8 1.44 4
1
/2 5.39 4 8 7
3
/4 10
1
/2 6
1
/2 1
1
/2 .863
1
/2-13 5
5172-102 5172-117 5 34
1
/8 17
1
/16 8
7
/8 1.72 5
1
/2 6.42 4
1
/2 9 9
1
/4 11
1
/4 7
1
/4 1
1
/2 .863
1
/2-13 6
5172-105 5172-120 6 37
5
/8 18
13
/16 10
3
/8 2.02 6
1
/2 7.54 5 10 10
1
/4 13
5
/16 7
15
/16 1
3
/4 .863
5
/8-11 7
5172-108 5172-123 8 42
7
/8 21
7
/16 13
1
/8 2.61 6
5
/8 9.74 6 12 12
1
/4 14 8
15
/16 1
3
/4 .863
5
/8-11 9
PART NO.
O-RING SEAL
Tunnel Diverter Valve
PART NO.
AIR ASSIST SEAL
TUNNEL DIVERTER VALVES FOR O. D. TUBE
TUNNEL DIVERTER VALVES FOR SCHEDULE 10 PIPE
TUNNEL DIVERTER VALVES FOR SCHEDULE 40 PIPE
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
5172-97 5172-112 3
1
/2 26
5
/8 13
5
/16 6
5
/8 1.205 4
1
/2 4.50 3 6 7
1
/4 10
1
/4 6
1
/4 1
1
/2 .863
1
/2-13 4
5172-100 5172-115 4
1
/2 25
1
/4 12
5
/8 7
5
/8 1.44 4
1
/2 5.39 4 8 7
3
/4 10
1
/2 6
1
/2 1
1
/2 .863
1
/2-13 5
5172-103 5172-118 5
9
/16 34
1
/8 17
1
/16 8
7
/8 1.72 5
1
/2 6.42 4
1
/2 9 9
1
/4 11
1
/4 7
1
/4 1
1
/2 .863
1
/2-13 6
5172-106 5172-121 6
5
/8 37
5
/8 18
13
/16 10
3
/8 2.02 6
1
/2 7.54 5 10 10
1
/4 13
5
/16 7
15
/16 1
3
/4 .863
5
/8-11 7
5172-109 5172-124 8
5
/8 42
7
/8 21
7
/16 13
1
/8 2.61 6
5
/8 9.74 6 12 12
1
/4 14 8
15
/16 1
3
/4 .863
5
/8-11 9
PART NO.
O-RING SEAL
PART NO.
AIR ASSIST SEAL
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
5172-98 5172-113 3
1
/2 26
5
/8 13
5
/16 6
5
/8 1.205 4
1
/2 4.50 3 6 7
1
/4 10
1
/4 6
1
/4 1
1
/2 .863
1
/2-13 4
5172-101 5172-116 4
1
/2 25
1
/4 12
5
/8 7
5
/8 1.44 4
1
/2 5.39 4 8 7
3
/4 10
1
/2 6
1
/2 1
1
/2 .863
1
/2-13 5
5172-104 5172-119 5
9
/16 34
1
/8 17
1
/16 8
7
/8 1.72 5
1
/2 6.42 4
1
/2 9 9
1
/4 11
1
/4 7
1
/4 1
1
/2 .863
1
/2-13 6
5172-107 5172-122 6
5
/8 37
5
/8 18
13
/16 10
3
/8 2.02 6
1
/2 7.54 5 10 10
1
/4 13
5
/16 7
15
/16 1
3
/4 .863
5
/8-11 7
5172-110 5172-125 8
5
/8 42
7
/8 21
7
/16 13
1
/8 2.61 6
5
/8 9.74 6 12 12
1
/4 14 8
15
/16 1
3
/4 .863
5
/8-11 9
PART NO.
O-RING SEAL
PART NO.
AIR ASSIST SEAL
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C
L
C
L
B
30
C
T
C
L
A DIA
(TYP 3 PLACES)
(6) S DRILLED & TAPPED
HOLES X 1
1
/4 DEEP
Q DIA
R SQUARE
J
K
L
H
(TYP 3
PLACES)
G
F
E
C
L
D
P N
M
C
L
8A
SIZE A B C D E F G H J K O.D. TUBE SCH. 10 PIPE
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SCH. 40 PIPE
PART NO.
Tunnel Diverter Valve with O-Ring Seals
and Standard Enclosure Panel
5172-6 5172-8 5172-10
5172-7 5172-9 5172-11
5172-12 5172-14 5172-16
5172-13 5172-15 5172-17
5172-18 5172-20 5172-22
5172-19 5172-21 5172-23
5172-24 5172-26 5172-28
5172-25 5172-27 5172-29
5172-30 5172-32 5172-34
5172-31 5172-33 5172-35
3 10
3
/4 17
3
/8 25
9
/16 9
7
/16 9
7
/8 5
1
/2 3
1
/2 10
9
/32 12
1
/2 6
1
/4
4 10
3
/4 18
3
/8 26
1
/16 9
11
/16 9
7
/8 5
1
/2 3
1
/2 10
17
/32 12
1
/2 6
1
/4
5 10
3
/4 19
5
/8 27
9
/16 10
7
/16 9
7
/8 5
1
/2 3
1
/2 11
9
/32 12
1
/2 6
1
/4
6 11
1
/4 21
5
/8 30
3
/4 12
1
/8 10
11
/16 6
5
/16 4
1
/2 11
31
/32 17
3
/8 8
11
/16
8 11
1
/4 24
3
/8 34
3
/8 13
1
/8 12
5
/16 7
7
/8 4
1
/2 12
31
/32 22
1
/2 11
1
/4
4
11
/32
C
L
H
3
/16
G
E
F
C
D
B
A
J
K
5
10
C
L
9A
Tunnel Diverter Valve with O-Ring Seals
and Explosion-Proof Enclosure Panel
SIZE A B C D E F G H J K
5172-36 5172-37 5172-38 3 12
3
/4 19
3
/8 26
1
/4 9
7
/16 10
9
/16 5
1
/2 3
1
/2 10
21
/32 12
1
/2 6
1
/4
5172-39 5172-40 5172-41 4 12
3
/4 20
3
/8 26
3
/4 9
11
/16 10
9
/16 5
1
/2 3
1
/2 10
29
/32 12
1
/2 6
1
/4
5172-42 5172-43 5172-44 5 12
3
/4 21
5
/8 28
1
/4 10
7
/16 10
9
/16 5
1
/2 3
1
/2 11
21
/32 12
1
/2 6
1
/4
5172-45 5172-46 5172-47 6 13
1
/8 23
1
/2 31
7
/16 12
1
/8 11
3
/8 6
5
/16 4
1
/2 12
11
/32 17
3
/8 8
11
/16
5172-48 5172-49 5172-50 8 13
1
/8 26
1
/4 35
1
/16 13
1
/8 13 7
7
/8 4
1
/2 13
11
/32 22
1
/2 11
1
/4
O.D. TUBE SCH. 10 PIPE
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SCH. 40 PIPE
PART NO.
4
23
/32
C
L
H
3
/16
G
E
F
C
D
B
A
J
K
9
13
/16
4
29
/32
C
L
10A
SIZE A B C D E F G H J K O.D. TUBE SCH. 10 PIPE
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SCH. 40 PIPE
PART NO.
Tunnel Diverter Valve with Air Assist Seals
and Standard Enclosure Panel
5172-51 5172-53 5172-55
5172-52 5172-54 5172-56
5172-57 5172-59 5172-61
5172-58 5172-60 5172-62
5172-63 5172-65 5172-67
5172-64 5172-66 5172-68
5172-69 5172-71 5172-73
5172-70 5172-72 5172-74
5172-75 5172-77 5172-79
5172-76 5172-78 5172-80
3 11
5
/8 18
1
/4 25
9
/16 9
7
/16 9
7
/8 5
1
/2 3
1
/2 10
9
/32 12
1
/2 6
1
/4
4 11
5
/8 19
1
/4 26
1
/16 9
11
/16 9
7
/8 5
1
/2 3
1
/2 10
17
/32 12
1
/2 6
1
/4
5 11
5
/8 20
1
/2 27
9
/16 10
7
/16 9
7
/8 5
1
/2 3
1
/2 11
9
/32 12
1
/2 6
1
/4
6 12
1
/8 22
1
/2 30
3
/4 12
1
/8 10
11
/16 6
5
/16 4
1
/2 11
31
/32 17
3
/8 8
11
/16
8 12
1
/8 25
1
/4 34
3
/8 13
1
/8 12
5
/16 7
7
/8 4
1
/2 12
31
/32 22
1
/2 11
1
/4
4
11
/32
C
L
H
3
/16
G
E
F
C
D
B
A
J
K
5
10
C
L
11A
Tunnel Diverter Valve with Air Assist Seals
and Explosion-Proof Enclosure Panel
SIZE A B C D E F G H J K
5172-81 5172-82 5172-83 3 15
1
/4 21
7
/8 26
1
/4 9
7
/16 10
9
/16 5
1
/2 3
1
/2 10
21
/32 12
1
/2 6
1
/4
5172-84 5172-85 5172-86 4 15
1
/4 22
7
/8 26
3
/4 9
11
/16 10
9
/16 5
1
/2 3
1
/2 10
29
/32 12
1
/2 6
1
/4
5172-87 5172-88 5172-89 5 15
1
/4 24
1
/8 28
1
/4 10
7
/16 10
9
/16 5
1
/2 3
1
/2 11
21
/32 12
1
/2 6
1
/4
5172-90 5172-91 5172-92 6 15
5
/8 26 31
7
/16 12
1
/8 11
3
/8 6
5
/16 4
1
/2 11
21
/32 17
3
/8 8
11
/16
5172-93 5172-94 5172-95 8 15
5
/8 28
3
/4 35
1
/16 13
1
/8 13 7
7
/8 4
1
/2 13
11
/32 22
1
/2 11
1
/4
O.D. TUBE SCH. 10 PIPE
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SCH. 40 PIPE
PART NO.
4
23
/32
C
L
H
3
/16
G
E
F
C
D
B
A
J
K
9
13
/16
4
29
/32
C
L
12A
Aeropass Valve
13A
Aeropass Valve with Air Actuator and
4
1
/4
C
L
C
L
B
D
8
1
/2
A
C
E
F
Part No. Size A B C D E F
5119-32
5119-165 2" O.D. 12 14
1
/8 17
1
/2 4
1
/4 4
3
/8 9
5119-91
5119-166 3" O.D. 12 14
1
/8 17
1
/2 4
1
/4 4
3
/8 9
5119-157
5119-173 3" Pipe 12 14
1
/8 17
1
/2 4
1
/4 4
3
/8 9
5119-50
5119-167 4" O.D. 14 16
1
/2 20
3
/8 6
1
/4 4
7
/16 9
1
/8
5119-158
5119-174 4" Pipe 14 16
1
/2 20
3
/8 6
1
/4 4
7
/16 9
1
/8
5119-68
5119-168 5" O.D. 14 16
1
/2 20
3
/8 6
1
/4 4
7
/16 9
1
/8
5119-159
5119-175 5" Pipe 14 16
1
/2 20
3
/8 6
1
/4 4
7
/16 9
1
/8
C
L
14A
Aeropass Valve with Air Actuator and
4
3
/4
C
L
C
L
B
D
10
1
/2
A
C
E
F
C
L
5119-169 2" O.D. 12
1
/2 14
1
/2 17
1
/2 4
1
/4 8 13
1
/4
5119-170 3" O.D. 12
1
/2 14
1
/2 17
1
/2 4
1
/4 8 13
1
/4
5119-176 3" Pipe 12
1
/2 14
1
/2 17
1
/2 4
1
/4 8 13
1
/4
5119-171 4" O.D. 14
1
/2 16
7
/8 17
3
/8 6
1
/4 7
7
/8 13
1
/4
5119-177 4" Pipe 14
1
/2 16
7
/8 17
3
/8 6
1
/4 7
7
/8 13
1
/4
5119-172 5" O.D. 14
1
/2 16
7
/8 17
3
/8 6
1
/4 7
7
/8 13
1
/4
5119-178 5" Pipe 14
1
/2 16
7
/8 17
3
/8 6
1
/4 7
3
/8 13
1
/4
"A" Valve with Manual Actuator
15A
MANUAL OPERATOR FOR 6, 8, & 10 IN. "A" VALVE MANUAL OPERATOR FOR 12, & 14 IN. "A" VALVE
MANUAL OPERATOR FOR 6, 8, & 10 IN. "A" VALVE MANUAL OPERATOR FOR 12, & 14 IN. "A"
VALVE
Part No. Part No. Part No.
Steel Aluminum Stainless Steel Size A B C D E F G H J K L
5108-1 5108-9 5108-5
5108-177 5108-172 5108-182 6 6 9 21 10
1
/2 12 9
1
/2 13
5
/8 2
5
/8 2
1
/2
7
/16
5108-2 5108-10 5108-6
5108-178 5108-173 5108-183 8 8 11 25 12
1
/2 14 11
1
/2 14
1
/2
5
/8 3
1
/4 3
1
/4
7
/16
5108-3 5108-11 5108-7
5108-179 5108-174 5108-184 10 10 13 29 14
1
/2 16 13
1
/2 16
5
/8 3
7
/8 4
7
/16
5108-4 5108-12 5108-8
5108-180 5108-175 5108-185 12 12 16 34 17 18 15
1
/2 18
7
/8 4
3
/4 4
3
/4
9
/16
5108-34 5108-48 5108-47
5108-181 5108-176 5108-186 14 14 18 38 19 20 17
1
/2 20
7
/8 5
1
/8 6
9
/16
C
L
B
SQ
A
SQ
J
K
J
H
(12) L DIA HLS
TYPICAL FLANGE
D F
G
6
1
/2
(TYP)
E
C
5
3
/4 3
12
4
1
/2
Note: The diverter gate can not be actuated against a head
of material.
16A 10/04
"A" Valve with Air Actuator and
"A" Valve with Air Actuator and
Steel Aluminum Stainless Steel Size A B C
5108-107 5108-67 5108-147
5108-322 5108-327 5108-332 6 6
7
/8 5
7
/8 8
3
/4
5108-108 5108-68 5108-148
5108-323 5108-328 5108-333 8 6
7
/8 6
7
/8 9
3
/4
5108-109 5108-69 5108-149
5108-324 5108-329 5108-334 10 6
7
/8 7
7
/8 10
3
/4
5108-110 5108-70 5108-150
5108-325 5108-330 5108-335 12 6
7
/8 8
7
/8 11
3
/4
5108-111 5108-71 5108-151
5108-326 5108-331 5108-336 14 6
7
/8 9
7
/8 12
3
/4
C
L
A
13
(TYP)
C
L
8
1
/2
4
1
/4
B C
Steel Aluminum Stainless Steel Size A B C
5108-337 5108-342 5108-347 6 10
1
/8 5
7
/8 9
1
/4
5108-338 5108-343 5108-348 8 10
1
/8 6
7
/8 10
1
/4
5108-339 5108-344 5108-349 10 10
1
/8 7
7
/8 11
1
/4
5108-340 5108-345 5108-350 12 10
1
/8 8
7
/8 12
1
/4
5108-341 5108-346 5108-351 14 10
1
/8 9
7
/8 13
1
/4
13
(TYP)
C
L
C
L
A
B C
10
1
/2
4
3
/4
2
www.ktron.com
GATE DIVERTER VALVES (NOT CE COMPLIANT)
Valves Application
Page 2-201
Each valve is designed for dilute phase pneumatic
conveying service up to 1 Bar [15 PSIG] and temperatures
through 77 C [170 F]. All seals and surfaces are shielded
from material abrasion.
ACTUATORS
Gate diverters can be specied with hand-operated or
air-actuated assemblies.
The standard hand operator is a hand wheel. It allows
the operator to manually select the position of the orice
blade.
The air actuator requires 5.5 - 6.89 Bar [80-100 PSI]
(maximum 13.78 Bar [200 PSI]) of air. Dry, ltered, and
lubricated compressed air is recommended. The actuator
is air powered in both directions. Control of the air actuator
is accomplished through a gate-mounted solenoid.
Premier model numbers contain the following sufxes to
indicate actuator selection:
M hand wheel A air actuator
SOLENOIDS
Double solenoids are used to control the air actuator and
power the gate in both directions. The solenoids require
120V/60hz power and are available in either standard or
explosion-proof enclosures.
Model numbers contain the following sufxes to indicate
solenoid selection:
VSD standard IP65 [NEMA 4] enclosure, double
solenoid
VED explosion-proof NEMA 7/9 enclosure, double
solenoid
Gate Diverter Valve
APPLICATION
Gate diverter valves direct material (or air) from one source
to multiple destinations in vacuum conveying systems. The
gates sliding orice allows the gate to be used in vacuum
applications where material needs to be converged from
two sources to one destination. It also allows the valve to
be actuated during material transfer.
The valve has a straight-through conveying line for easier
in-line installation and is compact and light for installation
in crowded or overhead equipment areas.
In contrast, Premiers cast diverter valve is recommended
for pressure conveying applications. Its cylindrical, cast
housing provides a smooth, low resistance path for
conveying air and material. This allows the material to
ow with little opportunity for accumulation or degradation.
Please consult our Valves brochure (brochure no. 352) for
additional information.
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
Gate diverter valves are constructed of an aluminum
frame, 304 stainless steel gate blade and stubs, and nylon
pressure plate gate seals.

In the illustration, the gate diverter valve is used to
allow the lter receiver to accept material from two
different sources.
2
www.ktron.com
Valves Dimensions
Page 2-202
PROOF SWITCHES
The gate diverters can be ordered with single-pole, double-
throw (SPDT) position proof switches. They are mounted
and adjusted prior to shipment and are available in either
standard or explosion-proof enclosures.
Single-pole, double-throw switches provide one set of
contacts for each position. SPDT switches are adequate
for all position information required by the control panel and
should be selected unless special requirements exist.

The following sufxes indicate proof switch selection:
SSS standard IP65 [NEMA 4] enclosure, SPDT
switches
SES explosion-proof NEMA 7/9 enclosure, SPDT
switches
PRE-WIRED TERMINAL BOXES
Pre-wired terminal boxes (on selected valves) are available
with IP65 [NEMA 4] enclosures. They include IP65 [NEMA 4]
water/dust tight ex conduit and ttings between solenoids
and switches. The terminal box is typically mounted on
the end of the air cylinder. NEMA 7/9 terminal boxes are
available on a special order basis.
SPECIAL OPTIONS
Premier gate diverter valves can be ordered with different
materials of construction, actuators, switches, and/or
solenoids on a special order basis. Please check with
our Customer Service Department for availability, price,
and delivery.
Pipe Line Size
Tube Line Size
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches.
AIRACTUATED DIVERTER VALVE DIVERTER VALVE WITH MANUAL OPERATOR
Size A B C D E F G H J K L
2 2 5 7 6 1/2 6 1/4 9 1/2 4 4 4 2 1/2 4
2 1/2 2 1/2 6 9 1/2 8 7 1/4 11 1/2 4 4 4 1/2 3 1/2 5
3 3 6 9 1/2 8 7 1/4 11 1/2 4 4 4 1/2 3 1/2 5
4 4 7 13 10 10 15 1/2 4 4 1/2 5 3/4 5 6
5 5 9 15 1/2 12 1/2 10 1/2 17 1/2 5 4 1/2 5 3/4 6 7
6 6 10 18 14 11 1/2 20 5 4 1/2 5 3/4 7 8
8 8 12 26 1/2 18 15 3/4 23 9 4 1/2 7 10 10
Size A B C D E F G H J K L
2 2 3/8 6 9 1/2 8 8 13 5 4 4 3 1/2 4
3 3 1/2 7 13 10 10 17 1/2 6 4 1/2 5 3/4 5 5
4 4 1/2 9 15 1/2 12 1/2 10 1/2 19 6 4 1/2 5 3/4 6 6
5 5 9/16 10 18 14 11 1/2 22 7 4 1/2 5 3/4 7 7
6 6 5/8 10 18 14 11 1/2 22 7 1/2 4 1/2 5 3/4 7 7
8 8 5/8 12 26 1/2 18 15 3/4 25 9 1/2 4 1/2 7 10 10
2
www.ktron.com
GATE DIVERTER VALVES (CE COMPLIANT)
Valves Application
Page 2-203
Each valve is designed for dilute phase pneumatic
conveying service up to 1 Bar [15 PSIG] and temperatures
through 77 C [170 F]. All seals and surfaces are shielded
from material abrasion.
ACTUATORS
Gate diverters can be specied with hand-operated or
air-actuated assemblies.
The standard hand operator is a hand wheel. It allows
the operator to manually select the position of the orice
blade.
is accomplished through a gate-mounted solenoid.
A air actuator
SOLENOIDS
Double solenoids are used to control the air actuator and
power the gate in both directions. The solenoids require
24 VDC power and are available in either standard or
explosion-proof enclosures and 120 VAC control power.
solenoid selection:
solenoid
solenoid
Gate Diverter Valve
APPLICATION
Gate diverter valves direct material (or air) from one source
to multiple destinations in vacuum conveying systems. The
gates sliding orice allows the gate to be used in vacuum
applications where material needs to be converged from
two sources to one destination. It also allows the valve to
be actuated during material transfer.
The valve has a straight-through conveying line for easier
in-line installation and is compact and light for installation
in crowded or overhead equipment areas.
In contrast, Premiers cast diverter valve is recommended
for pressure conveying applications. Its cylindrical, cast
housing provides a smooth, low resistance path for
conveying air and material. This allows the material to
ow with little opportunity for accumulation or degradation.
Please consult our Valves brochure (brochure no. 352) for
additional information.
Gate diverter valves are constructed of an aluminum
frame, 304 stainless steel gate blade and stubs, and nylon
pressure plate gate seals.

In the illustration, the gate diverter valve is used to
allow the lter receiver to accept material from two
different sources.
2
www.ktron.com
Valves Dimensions
Page 2-204
PROOF SWITCHES
The gate diverters can be ordered with single-pole, double-

switches
PRE-WIRED TERMINAL BOXES
Pre-wired terminal boxes are available on a special order
basis. IP 65 [NEMA 4] or NEMA 7/9 include enclosures.
Water/dust tight ex conduit and ttings between solenoids
and switches. The terminal box is typically mounted on
the end of the air cylinder.
SPECIAL OPTIONS
Premier gate diverter valves can be ordered with different
and delivery.
AIRACTUATED DIVERTER VALVE
Pipe Line Size
Tube Line Size
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches.
Size A B C D E F G H J K
2 2 5 7 6 1/2 6 1/4 9 1/2 4 4 4 2 1/2
2 1/2 2 1/2 6 9 1/2 8 7 1/4 11 1/2 4 4 4 1/2 3 1/2
3 3 6 9 1/2 8 7 1/4 11 1/2 4 4 4 1/2 3 1/2
4 4 7 13 10 10 15 1/2 4 4 1/2 5 3/4 5
5 5 9 15 1/2 12 1/2 10 1/2 17 1/2 5 4 1/2 5 3/4 6
6 6 10 18 14 11 1/2 20 5 4 1/2 5 3/4 7
8 8 12 26 1/2 18 15 3/4 23 9 4 1/2 7 10
Size A B C D E F G H J K
2 2 3/8 6 9 1/2 8 8 13 5 4 4 3 1/2
3 3 1/2 7 13 10 10 17 1/2 6 4 1/2 5 3/4 5
4 4 1/2 9 15 1/2 12 1/2 10 1/2 19 6 4 1/2 5 3/4 6
5 5 9/16 10 18 14 11 1/2 22 7 4 1/2 5 3/4 7
6 6 5/8 10 18 14 11 1/2 22 7 1/2 4 1/2 5 3/4 7
8 8 5/8 12 26 1/2 18 15 3/4 25 9 1/2 4 1/2 7 10
3
www.ktron.com
NOMINAL SIZE
PIPE & TUBING
TANGENT RADIUS
1 1/2 3" 24"
2 4" 24"
2 1/2 5" 24"
3 6" 36"
3 1/2 7" 36"
4 8" 48"
5 10" 48"
6 12" 60"
8 16" 72"
TUBE HANGERS
Tube hangers are constructed of cast aluminum with smooth lines to minimize dust accumulation. Two-piece con-
struction allows tubing to be easily removed.
Piping Dimensions
CONVEYING LINE & ELBOWS
Page 3-201
CONVEYING LINE STRAIGHT SECTIONS
Conveying line is available in aluminum, steel, and stainless steel, in sizes ranging from 1 1/2" to 8" in diameter.
Pipe and tubing are sold in 20' lengths.
CONVEYING HOSE
Conveying hose is available for many different applications. It comes in standard duty, spouting or light duty, light-
weight, food grade, and for hot air use. Hose is sold by the foot.
CONVEYING LINE LONG SWEEP ELBOWS
All materials and sizes which are offered in straight sections are also available in long sweep elbows.
B
D
E
C
A
I.D.
F TUBE HANGER
PART NO.
O. D. TUBING
(INCHES)
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
A B C D E F
2451-57 2 2 1/32 4 5/8 1 3/8 2 3/8 x 1 7/8
2451-58 3 3 1/32 6 3/8 2 1/8 2 7/8 1/2 x 1 1/4 1 1/8
2451-59 4 4 1/32 7 3/8 2 5/8 3 3/8 1/2 x 1 1/4 1 1/8
5302-47 5 5 1/32 8 3/8 3 1/8 3 7/8 1/2 x 1 1/4 1 1/8
3
www.ktron.com
COMPRESSION COUPLINGS
COMPRESSION COUPLINGS WITH SIDE BAND

`O RING STYLE COMPRESSION COUPLINGS
*Size is equal to the outside diameter of the *tubing that
each unit ts.
Piping Dimensions
COUPLINGS
Page 3-202
SIZE
TUBING
PART NO. A B
NO. OF
BOLTS
1 1/2 2311-11 1 1/2 6 3
2 2311-14 2 6 3
2 1/2 2311-188 2 1/2 6 3
3 2311-15 3 6 3
3 2311-274 3 8 4
4 2311-16 4 6 3
4 2311-275 4 8 4
5 2311-179 5 8 4
6 2311-180 6 8 4
8 2311-183 8 10 4
10 2311-257 10 10 4
SIZE
PIPE
PART NO. A B
NO. OF
BOLTS
2 2311-79 2 3/8 6 3
3 2311-77 3 1/2 6 3
3 2311-276 3 1/2 8 4
3 1/2 2311-16 4 6 3
3 1/2 2311-275 4 8 4
4 2311-86 4 1/2 6 3
4 2311-277 4 1/2 8 4
5 2311-181 5 9/16 8 4
6 2311-182 6 5/8 8 4
8 2311-184 8 5/8 10 4
10 2311-258 10 3/4 10 4
SIZE
PIPE
PART NO. A B
NO. OF
BOLTS
2 2311-233 2 3/8 14 3
3 2311-234 3 1/2 14 3
4 2311-235 4 1/2 14 4
5 2311-236 5 9/16 16 4
6 2311-237 6 5/8 16 4
COUPLING
SIZE*
PART NO.
NO. OF
BOLTS
2 5302-48 3
3 5302-49 3
4 5302-50 4
5 5302-51 6
3
www.ktron.com
*Size is equal to the outside diameter of the tubing that each unit ts.
SIGHT TUBES
Sweep
AIR ONLY 90
o
ELBOWS
Piping Dimensions
SIGHT TUBE AND SHORT ELBOWS
Page 3-203
Mitered
SWEEP AIR ONLY 90
o
ELBOWS MITERED AIR ONLY 90
o
ELBOWS
SIGHT TUBE
SIZE *
A B C D
2 2 3 1/8 6 7/8 11 3/8
3 3 4 1/8 8 1/8 12 5/8
4 4 5 1/2 8 1/8 12 5/8
5 5 6 1/2 6 7/8 10 3/4
SIZE
TUBING
PART NO.
ALUMINUM
PART NO.
STEEL
A TANGENT RADIUS
2 1/2 4302-74 2 1/2 3 5
5 4302-22 4302-41 5 4 10
6 4302-23 4302-42 6 4 12
8 4302-25 4302-44 8 4 16
10 4302-27 4302-46 10 5 20
SIZE
TUBING
PART NO.
ALUMINUM
PART NO.
STEEL
A TANGENT RADIUS
2 2310-485 2310-488 2 4 9
3 2310-486 2310-489 3 6 12
4 2310-487 4 8 12
4 2310-490 4 8 18
3
www.ktron.com
Piping Dimensions
HOSE STATION PROOF SWITCH ASSEMBLY
Page 3-204
Includes (4) screws, lockwashers, and nuts to
bolt panel to mounting bracket
(2) clamps to mount bracket to conveying line
(1) mounting bracket
(1) panel with receptacle
HOSE STATION PROOF SWITCH ASSEMBLY
Proof Panel
w/Receptacle
C
L
Clamps
Mounting
Bracket
Hose Clamps
Proof Plug
w/Chain
A
NOTE: This view shown without the cover.
Top View
Side View
Includes (1) proof plug with chain
(2) hose clamps
7
13
/
16
Ground Lug
Proof Panel with Receptacle
Part No. 5710-1
3
15
/
32
(4)
5
/
32
Dia.
Mounting Hls.
4
11
/
16
7
7
/
8
3
1
3
/
16
Note:
This View Shown
Without the Cover
Proof Panel Assemblies Proof Plug Assemblies
CONVEYING
LINE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
A
1 1/2" F15710-1 5 1/16
2" F25710-1 5 5/16
2 1/2" F35710-1 5 7/16
3" F45710-1 5 13/16
4" F55710-1 6 5/16
5" F65710-1 6 7/8
6" F75710-1 7 3/8
8" F85710-1 8 3/8
CONVEYING
LINE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2" F15710-2
2" F25710-2
2 1/2" F35710-2
3" F45710-2
4" F55710-2
5" F65710-2
6" F75710-2
8" F85710-2
3
www.ktron.com
QUICK COUPLINGS
Quick couplings are available in aluminum and stainless
steel through 10-inch diameter.
Piping Dimensions
QUICK COUPLINGS
Page 3-205
PVC LINE CAPS
Part A Part B Part C Part D
Part E Part F Part V* Part W*
*Part V and Part W are supplied with Security Chains.
LINE SIZE PART NO. DESCRIPTION
1 1/2 2311-259 Threaded 1 1/2" PVC line cap
2 2311-260 Threaded 2" PVC line cap
2 1/2 2311-261 Threaded 2 1/2" PVC line cap
3
www.ktron.com
FEMALE THREADED THINWALL ADAPTERS
MALE THREADED THINWALL ADAPTERS
Piping Dimensions
THIN WALL ADAPTERS
Page 3-206
C
A NPT
B O.D. Tubing
D
C
A NPT
B
O.D. Tubing
D
SIZE Part No. A B C D
2 5302-56 2 2 3 3/16 2 1/2
3 5302-57 3 3 3 1/2 2 1/2
4 5302-58 4 4 3 1/2 2 1/2
5 5302-59 5 5 3 3/16 2 1/2
SIZE Part No. A B C D
2 5302-52 2 2 3 3/16 2 1/2
3 5302-53 3 3 3 1/2 2 1/2
4 5302-54 4 4 3 1/2 2 1/2
5 5302-55 5 5 3 3/16 2 1/2
3
www.ktron.com
THREADED HOSE TUBE ADAPTERS
PIPE ADAPTERS
Piping Dimensions
ADAPTERS
Page 3-207
NOMINAL STD.
PIPE THREAD
10
O.D. TUBE
NOMINAL STD.
PIPE THREAD
A O.D.
B
SIZE PART NO. DESCRIPTION
1 1/2 5302-131 Steel 1 1/2" Male Pipe Threaded to 1 1/2" O.D. Tube
2 5302-1 Steel 2" Male Pipe Threaded to 2" O.D. Tube
2 1/2 5302-210 Steel 2 1/2" Male Pipe Threaded to 2 1/2" O.D. Tube
1 1/2 5302-132 Alum. 1 1/2" Male Pipe Threaded to 1 1/2" O.D. Tube
2 5302-5 Alum. 2" Male Pipe Threaded to 2" O.D. Tube
2 1/2 5302-211 Alum. 2 1/2" Male Pipe Threaded to 2 1/2" O.D. Tube
1 1/2 5302-224 S.S. 1 1/2" Male Pipe Threaded to 1 1/2" O.D. Tube
2 5302-200 S.S. 2" Male Pipe Threaded to 2" O.D. Tube
2 1/2 5302-223 S.S. 2 1/2" Male Pipe Threaded to 2 1/2" O.D. Tube
SIZE
SCH. 40 PIPE
BLACK IRON
PART NO.
ALUMINUM
PART NO.
STAINLESS STEEL
PART NO.
A B
1 1/2 2460-143 2460-150 3501-157 1 7/8 6
2 2460-144 2460-151 3501-158 2 3/8 6
3 2460-145 2460-152 3501-159 3 1/2 6
4 2460-146 3501-153 3501-160 4 1/2 10
5 2460-147 3501-154 3501-161 5 9/16 10
6 2460-148 3501-155 3501-162 6 5/8 10
8 2460-149 3501-156 3501-163 8 5/8 10
3
www.ktron.com
LINE SIZE ADAPTERS
Piping Dimensions
LINE SIZE ADAPTERS
Page 3-208
Total
Length
Inlet
Outlet
Total
Length
Inlet
Outlet
ALUMINUM LINE SIZE ADAPTERS
INLET OUTLET
TOTAL
LENGTH
PART NO.
10" Sch. 40 Pipe 10" O.D., .094 Tube 14" 5302-309
10" Sch. 40 Pipe 8" O.D., .125 Tube 14" 5302-311
10" Sch. 40 Pipe 6" O.D., .125 Tube 14" 5302-313
10" Sch. 40 Pipe 8" Sch. 10 Pipe 14" 5302-315
10" Sch. 40 Pipe 6" Sch. 10 Pipe 14" 5302-317
8" Sch. 10 Pipe 8" O.D., .125 Tube 10" 5302-179
8" Sch. 10 Pipe 8" O.D., .065 Tube 9" 5302-107
8" O.D., .125 Tube 5" Sch. 10 Pipe 14" 5302-328
8" O.D., .125 Tube 5" O.D., .125 Tube 14" 5302-337
8" O.D., .125 Tube 4" Sch. 10 Pipe 14" 5302-331
8" O.D., .125 Tube 4" O.D., .125 Tube 14" 5302-340
8" O.D., .125 Tube 3" Sch. 10 Pipe 14" 5302-334
8" O.D., .125 Tube 3" O.D., .125 Tube 14" 5302-343
6" Sch. 10 Pipe 6" O.D., .125 Tube 10" 5302-106
6" Sch. 10 Pipe 5" Sch. 10 Pipe 14" 5302-160
6" O.D., .125 Tube 4" Sch. 10 Pipe 14" 5302-346
6" O.D., .125 Tube 4" O.D., .125 Tube 14" 5302-355
6" O.D., .125 Tube 3" Sch. 10 Pipe 14" 5302-349
6" O.D., .125 Tube 3" O.D., .125 Tube 14" 5302-358
6" O.D., .125 Tube 2" Sch. 10 Pipe 14" 5302-352
6" O.D., .125 Tube 2" O.D., .125 Tube 14" 5302-361
6" O.D., .125 Tube 5" O.D., .125 Tube 12" 5302-74
5" Sch. 10 Pipe 5" O.D., .125 Tube 10" 5302-105
5" Sch. 10 Pipe 4" Sch. 10 Pipe 14" 5302-165
5" O.D., .125 Tube 4" O.D., .125 Tube 12" 5302-37
4" Sch. 10 Pipe 4" O.D., .125 Tube 10" 5302-104
4" Sch. 10 Pipe 3" Sch. 10 Pipe 14" 5302-170
4" O.D., .125 Tube 3" O.D., .125 Tube 12" 5302-36
3" Sch. 10 Pipe 3" O.D., .125 Tube 10" 5302-103
3" Sch. 10 Pipe 2 1/2" O.D., .065 Tube 10" 5302-213
3" O.D., .065 Tube 2 1/2" O.D., .065 Tube 7 3/8" 5302-229
3" Sch. 10 Pipe 2" Sch. 10 Pipe 14" 5302-175
3" O.D., .125 Tube 2" O.D., .125 Tube 12" 5302-35
2 1/2" Sch. 10 Pipe 2 1/2" O.D., .125 Tube 10" 5302-219
2 1/2" O.D., .125 Tube 2" O.D., .125 Tube 10" 5302-305
2" Sch. 10 Pipe 2" O.D., .125 Tube 10" 5302-102
2" O.D., .125 Tube 1 1/2" O.D., .125 Tube 10" 5302-123
1 1/2" Sch. 10 Pipe 1 1/2" O.D., .125 Tube 10" 5302-101
STAINLESS STEEL LINE SIZE ADAPTERS
INLET OUTLET
TOTAL
LENGTH
PART NO.
8" Sch. 10 Pipe 8" O.D., 11-ga. Tube 10" 5302-195
8" O.D., .11-ga. Tube 5" Sch. 10 Pipe 14" 5302-327
8" O.D., .11-ga. Tube 5" O.D., 11-ga. Tube 14" 5302-336
6" Sch. 10 Pipe 5" Sch. 10 Pipe 14" 5302-181
6" O.D., 11-ga. Tube 5" O.D., 11-ga. Tube 10" 5302-182
6" O.D., 11-ga. Tube 4" Sch. 10 Pipe 14" 5302-345
5" Sch. 10 Pipe 4" Sch. 10 Pipe 14" 5302-184
4" Sch. 10 Pipe 3" Sch. 10 Pipe 14" 5302-187
3" Sch. 10 Pipe 2 1/2" O.D., 16 ga. Tube 10" 5302-214
3" Sch. 10 Pipe 2" Sch. 10 Pipe 14" 5302-190
3" O.D., 11-ga. Tube 2 1/2" O.D. 16-ga. Tube 10" 5302-217
2 1/2" Sch. 10 Pipe 2 1/2" O.D., 11-ga. Tube 10" 5302-220
2 1/2" O.D., 11-ga. Tube 2" O.D. 11-ga. Tube 10" 5302-306
2" O.D., 11-ga. Tube 1 1/2" O.D., 11-ga. Tube 10" 5302-193
3
www.ktron.com
LINE SIZE ADAPTERS
Piping Dimensions
ADAPTERS
Page 3-209
CARBON STEEL LINE SIZE ADAPTERS
INLET OUTLET
TOTAL
LENGTH
PART NO.
10" Sch. 40 Pipe 8" Sch. 40 Pipe 14" 5302-314
10" Sch. 40 Pipe 6" Sch. 40 Pipe 14" 5302-316
8" Sch. 40 Pipe 6" Sch. 40 Pipe 14" 5302-178
8" O.D., 10-ga Tube 6" O.D., 11-ga. Tube 15" 5302-158
8" O.D., 10-ga Tube 5" Sch. 40 Pipe 14" 5302-326
6" Sch. 40 Pipe 5" Sch. 40 Pipe 14" 5302-159
6" Sch. 40 Pipe 4" Sch. 40 Pipe 14" 5302-162
5" Sch. 40 Pipe 4" Sch. 40 Pipe 14" 5302-164
5" Sch. 40 Pipe 3" Sch. 40 Pipe 14" 5302-167
4" Sch. 40 Pipe 3" Sch. 40 Pipe 14" 5302-169
4" Sch. 40 Pipe 2" Sch. 40 Pipe 14" 5302-172
3" Sch. 10 Pipe 2 1/2" O.D., 11-ga. Tube 10" 5302-215
3" Sch. 40 Pipe 2" Sch. 40 Pipe 14" 5302-174
2 1/2" Sch. 40 Pipe 2" O.D., 11-ga. Tube 10" 5302-205
2 1/2" O.D., 11-ga Tube 2" O.D., 11-ga. Tube 10" 5302-307
3
www.ktron.com
45
o
LINE WYES
* NOTE: Threads on the 45 degree leg only.
Piping Dimensions
LINE WYES
Page 3-210
NON-THREADED THREADED
ALUMINUM TUBING
TUBE
SIZE
PART NO. * A B C D
1 1/2
Non-Threaded 5302-128
1 1/2 5 12 9
Threaded 5302-230
2
2 5 12 9
Threaded 5302-231
2 1/2
2 1/2 5 12 9
Threaded 5302-232
3
3 5 1/2 16 9
Threaded 5302-233
4
4 6 16 11
Threaded 5302-234
5
5 7 1/2 20 12 1/2
Threaded 5302-235
6
6 9 24 15 1/2
Threaded 5302-236
STAINLESS STEEL TUBING
TUBE
SIZE
PART NO. * A B C D
1 1/2
1 1/2 5 12 9
Threaded 5302-237
2
2 5 12 9
Threaded 5302-238
2 1/2
2 1/2 5 12 9
Threaded 5302-239
3
3 5 1/2 16 9
Threaded 5302-240
4
4 6 16 11
Threaded 5302-241
5
5 7 1/2 20 12 1/2
Threaded 5302-242
6
6 9 24 15 1/2
Threaded 5302-243
ALUMINUM SCH. 10 PIPE
PIPE
SIZE
PART NO. * A B C D
2
2 3/8 5 12 9
Threaded 5302-244
3
3 1/2 5 12
9
Threaded 5302-245 10 1/2
4
4 1/2 7 20 1/2 13 3/4
Threaded 5302-246
5
5 9/16 8 22 14
Threaded 5302-247
6
6 5/8 10 26 1/2 16 1/2
Threaded 5302-248
STAINLESS STEEL SCH. 10 PIPE
PIPE
SIZE
PART NO. * A B C D
2
2 3/8 5 12 9
Threaded 5302-249
3
3 1/2 5 14 9
Threaded 5302-250
4
4 1/2 7 20 1/2 13 3/4
Threaded 5302-251
5
5 9/16 8 22 14
Threaded 5302-252
6
6 5/8 10 26 1/2 16 1/2
Threaded 5302-253
3
www.ktron.com
Piping Dimensions
TEES and MANIFOLD WYES
Page 3-211
MATERIAL MANIFOLD WYES
304 STAINLESS STEEL
The material manifold wye is used to join two incoming
conveying lines into a single line.
D
90
E
(TYP)
A OD
LINE TEES
ALUMINUM TUBING
TUBE SIZE PART NO. A B C D
1 1/2 5302-124 1 1/2 12 6 6
2 5302-87 2 12 6 6
2 1/2 5302-207 2 1/2 12 6 6
3 5302-90 3 12 6 6
4 5302-125 4 16 8 8
5 5302-262 5 16 8 8
6 5302-263 6 18 9 9
ALUMINUM SCH. 10 PIPE
PIPE SIZE PART NO. A B C D
2 5302-93 2 3/8 12 6 6
3 5302-126 3 1/2 12 6 6
4 5302-127 4 1/2 16 8 8
5 5302-264 5 9/16 16 8 8
6 5302-265 6 5/8 18 9 9
C
B
PART NO.
TUBE
A B C
RADIUS
D
TANGENT
E
5302-266 2 10 6 24 4
5302-267 2 1/2 11 6 24 5
5302-268 3 12 6 36 6
5302-269 4 14 6 48 8
5302-270 5 16 6 48 10
5302-271 6 18 6 60 12
PART NO.
PIPE
A B C
RADIUS
D
TANGENT
E
5302-266 2 3/8 10 6 24 4
5302-267 3 1/2 12 6 26 6
5302-268 4 1/2 14 6 48 8
5302-269 5 9/16 16 6 48 10
5302-270 6 5/8 18 6 60 12
3
www.ktron.com
SINGLE AND MULTIPLE PROBE BOXES
Piping Dimensions
PROBE BOXES
Page 3-212
ALUMINUM PART NO. 5314-16
316 STAINLESS STEEL PART NO. 5314-82
NOTE: This box is not compatible with 4" diameter probes.
MULTIPLE PICK-UP PROBE BOXES ALUMINUM SCREEN BOX
A DIA HL

D
E
3
1
/
2
F
(4)
1
/
4
-20 UNC HLS
ON A C DBC
3
1
/
2
TYPICAL
BOLT
PATTERN
(16)
7
/
16
DIA HLS

3
/
4
(TYP)
12
SQ
16
1
/
2
SQ
4
4
C
L
B RADIUS

C
L
3
1
/
2
DIA HLS
TYP 5 PLACES

3
3
1
/
2
(20)
1
/
4
-20 UNC HLS
ON A 4
1
/
2
DBC
3
1
/
2
TYPICAL
BOLT
PATTERN
(16)
7
/
16
DIA HLS

3
/
4
(TYP)
12
SQ
16
1
/
2
SQ
4
4
C
L
C
L
COVER PLATES, GASKETS,
AND HARDWARE FURNISHED

6
6
6
9
12
3
1
/
4
3
1
/
4
SINGLE PICK-UP PROBE BOXES
PROBE SIZE
PART NO.
A B C D E F
ALUMINUM 316 S. S.
1 1/2, 2, 1 1/2, 3 5314-48 5314-83 3 1/2 3 4 1/2 7 1/2 5 45
4 5314-58 5314-84 5 1/4 4 6 1/2 8 3/4 7 1/4 60
304
[12] SQ
HINGED COVER
311
[12.25]
(16) 11 [0.4375] DIA HOLES
(TYPICAL TOP AND
BOTTOM FLANGES)
100 [4]
419
[16.5]
SQ
TYPICAL
BOLT
PATTERN
580 [22.875]
215
[8.5]
215 [8.5] 152 [6]
25.4 [1]
ALUMINUM SCREEN BOX
PART NO. 5314-128
100 [4]
89 [3.5]
89 [3.5]
3
www.ktron.com
PROBE BOX EXTENSIONS
Piping Dimensions
EXTENSION AND SLIDE GATE
Page 3-213
ALUMINUM SLIDE GATE
PART NO. 5121-7
16
1
/
2
SQ
12
SQ
3
1
/
2
4
4
3
1
/
2
TYPICAL
BOLT
PATTERN
(16)
7
/
16
DIA HLS

3
/
4
(TYP)
CLOSE
33 10" HANDWHEEL
3
1
/
4
6
1
/
2
OPEN
C
L
C
L
NOTE: This box ex-
tension is not compat-
ible with 4" diameter
probes.
12
SQ
3
1
/
2
4
4
3
1
/
2
TYPICAL
BOLT
PATTERN
(16)
7
/
16

DIA HLS

3
/
4
(TYP)
(2) 3
1
/
2

DIA HLS

6
3
1
/
4
3
1
/
4
6
1
/
2
(8)
1
/
4
-20 UNC HLS ON
A 4
1
/
2
DBC
C
L
C
L
16
1
/
2
SQ
16
1
/
2
SQ
4
4
(16)
7
/
16
DIA HLS

(4)
1
/
4
-20 UNC DRILLED & TAPPED HLS
ON A 6
1
/
2
DBC (2 PLACES)
15
1
/
2
8
1
/
2
3
7
/
8
(TYP)
4
1
/
4
3
/
4
3
1
/
2
3
1
/
2
C
L
3
2
3
/
4
5
1
/
4
ID HLS (TYP)
NOTE: This box
extension is
compatible with 4"
diameter probes.
TYPICAL
BOLT
PATTERN
C
L
12 SQ
3
www.ktron.com
HORIZONTAL PROBES AND AIR BYPASS
Piping Dimensions
HORIZONTAL PROBES and BYPASS
Page 3-214
AIR BYPASS FOR HORIZONTAL PROBES
HORIZONTAL PROBE
A OD
B
C
AIR FLOW
ADJUSTMENT
SLEEVE
5
/
16
DIA HLS (4) PLCS
ON A E DBC
D OD
D
C
E
F
OD
45
A ID
9
/
32
DIA HLS (4) PLCS
ON A B DBC
PROBE MOUNTING FLANGE DETAIL
TUBING SIZE
PART NO.
A B C D E
ALUMINUM 316 S. S. *
1 1/2 5314-40 1 1/2 11 3/8 7 5 1/2 4 1/2
2 5314-13 5314-86 2 12 1/2 7 7/8 5 1/2 4 1/2
2 1/2 5314-68 2 1/2 13 1/4 7 7/8 5 1/2 4 1/2
3 5314-47 5314-88 3 14 8 3/4 5 1/2 4 1/2
4 5314-57 5314-89 4 17 9 3/4 7 1/2 6 1/2
* Material contact areas only.
SCH. 10 PIPE
SIZE
PART NO.
A B C D E
1 1/2 5314-71 1.9 11 7/8 7 1/2 5 1/2 4 1/2
2 5314-22 5314-91 2.375 13 8 3/8 5 1/2 4 1/2
2 1/2 5314-67 2.875 13 3/4 8 3/8 5 1/2 4 1/2
3 5314-49 5314-93 3.5 14 1/2 9 1/4 5 1/2 4 1/2
4 5314-66 5314-94 4.5 17 9 3/4 7 1/2 6 1/2
LINE SIZE
PART NO.
A B C D E F
ALUMINUM 316 S. S.
1 1/2 & 2 5314-59 5314-105 2 7/8 4 1/2 4 7/8 1 1/8 4 3/16 5
3 5314-61 5314-106 3 3/8 4 1/2 5 1/2 1 1/8 4 3/16 5
4 5314-65 4 13/16 6 1/2 7 1/2 1 3/4 6 5 1/2
3
www.ktron.com
HORIZONTAL PROBE WITH CHECK VALVE
Piping Dimensions
Page 3-215
AND AIRFLOW ADJUSTMENT CONTROL
CHECK
VALVE
AIR FLOW
ADJUSTMENT
The Horizontal Probe with Check Valve prevents blow-back of ne powders from the probe's airow adjustment sleeve
into the process area. It is designed for use in a single- or multiple-position probe box and may be required for vacuum
applications where dusty, uidized materials are conveyed. Additionally, it is useful when material is vacuum conveyed
a short distance to a pulse-cleaned receiver.
E
D
B
F G H
J
K
A O.D.
11
L O.D. C
L
C
L
C
(4)
5
/
16
DIA.
HOLES EQ.
SPC'D ON A
M DBC
6 O.D.
TUBING
SIZE
PART NO.
A B C D E F G H J K L M
1 1/2 & 2 5314-114 5314-113 2 25 1 1/2 12 1/2 16 3/8 2 3/8 11 3/8 2 1/8 10 14 3/8 5 1/2 4 1/2
3 5314-116 5314-115 3 26 1 12 15 7/8 2 5/8 11 3/8 2 10 14 3/8 5 1/2 4 1/2
4 5314-134 5314-133 4 30 1/2 11 1/2 15 3/8 2 7/8 11 5/16 1 3/4 11 1/2 18 3/4 7 1/2 6 1/2
3
www.ktron.com
VERTICAL PROBES
Piping Dimensions
VERTICAL PROBES and AIR FLOW CONTROL
Page 3-216
PELLET-TO-POWDER
PROBE CONVERSION KITS
POWDER PROBE
AIR FLOW CONTROLS
PELLET PROBE
B
C
A
OD
2
1
/2
C
(TYP)
B
A OD
B
C
A
OD
2
1
/2
TUBING
SIZE
PART NO.
A B C
1 1/2 5314-72 1 1/2 4 3/8 58 1/2
2 5314-73 5314-101 2 4 1/2 58 1/2
2 1/2 5314-74 2 1/2 9 62 1/2
3 5314-75 5314-103 3 4 5/8 58 1/2
4 5314-76 5314-104 4 4 5/8 58 1/2
TUBING
SIZE
PART NO.
A B C
1 1/2 5314-77 1 1/2 4 3/8 58 1/2
2 5314-78 5314-96 2 4 1/2 58 1/2
2 1/2 5314-79 2 1/2 9 62 1/2
3 5314-80 5314-98 3 4 5/8 58 1/2
4 5314-81 4 4 5/8 58 1/2
PART NO.
ALUMINUM
DESCRIPTION
5503-1 1 1/2" Powder Probe Conversion Kit
5503-2 2" Powder Probe Conversion Kit
5503-3 2 1/2" & 3" Powder Probe Conversion Kit
5503-4 4" Powder Probe Conversion Kit
TUBING
SIZE
PART NO.
A B C
1 1/2 5314-51 1 1/2 10 1/2 3 3/16
2 5314-20 5314-109 2 11 3/8 3 3/16
2 1/2 5314-70 2 1/2 12 3 1/2
3 5314-53 5314-111 3 13 3 9/16
4 5314-131 5314-132 4 15 1/2 4 1/16
3
www.ktron.com
Piping Dimensions
TANK LOAD LINES
Page 3-217
TANK LOAD LINE ASSEMBLIES
LOAD LINE ASSEMBLY
9'-21' DIAMETER
COUPLING, 2311-16
ELBOW,
(2) Req'd.
TUBE ADAPTER, 5302-54
(1) Req'd.
FEMALE ADAPTER, 2311-20
(1) Req'd.
DUST CAP, 2311-41
(1) Req'd.
SECURITY CHAIN, 2311-76
(1) Req'd.
5' 0" Min.
Ref. Slab
TUBING, 2310-366
ASSEMBLY NO.
TANK
DIAMETER
MAXIMUM TANK
HEIGHT
F12310-513 9' & 10' 39'
F22310-513 9' & 10' 59'
F32310-513 9' & 10' 79'
F12310-514 11' & 12' 39'
F22310-514 11' & 12' 59'
F32310-514 11' & 12' 79'
F12310-313 13', 14', 15', 16' 39'
F22310-313 13', 14', 15', 16' 59'
F32310-313 13', 14', 15', 16' 79'
F12310-81 17', 18', 19', 20', 21' 38'
F22310-81 17', 18', 19', 20', 21' 58'
F32310-81 17', 18', 19', 20', 21' 78'
3
www.ktron.com
Piping Dimensions
SHEAR PROTECTOR VENT LINES
Page 3-218
SHEAR PROTECTOR VENT LINE ASSEMBLIES
2311-15, COUPLING
(7) Req'd. 56' thru 68' Tank
(5) Req'd. 24' Tank
2310-495, 180 ELBOW
(1) Req'd.
2310-357, TUBING 3" O.D.
(2) Req'd. 24' Tank
Support by
Others
2310-215, 45 ELBOW
(1) Req'd.
2450-21, CLAMPS
(4) Req'd.
2310-175 x 18" LG. HOSE
(1) Req'd.
VENTED SHEAR PROTECTOR
(ref.) 3-inch
18"
6" Minimum
STUB AND
INSTALLATION
BY OTHERS
21"
BOLTED TANK STUB LOCATION
WELDED TANK STUB LOCATION
2311-14, COUPLING
(5) Req'd. 24' Tank
2310-494, 180 ELBOW
(1) Req'd.
2310-356, TUBING 2" O.D.
(2) Req'd. 24' Tank
Support by
Others
2310-13, 45 ELBOW
(1) Req'd.
2450-1, CLAMPS
(4) Req'd.
2310-174 x 18" LG. HOSE
(1) Req'd.
VENTED SHEAR PROTECTOR
(ref.)
18"
6" Minimum
STUB AND
INSTALLATION
BY OTHERS
21"
BOLTED TANK STUB LOCATION
WELDED TANK STUB LOCATION
2-inch
ASSEMBLY NO. SIZE
TANK
HEIGHT
F12310-494 2" O.D. 24'
F22310-494 2" O.D. 32' thru 48'
F32310-494 2" O.D. 56' thru 68'
F12310-495 3" O.D. 24'
F22310-495 3" O.D. 32' thru 48'
F32310-495 3" O.D. 56' thru 68'
3
www.ktron.com
AIR INTAKE SCREEN ASSEMBLIES
Piping Dimensions
AIR INTAKE SCREEN ASSEMBLIES
Page 3-219
C
L
A O.D.
9
1
/
4
13
C
L
6
6
REMOVE THE
SCREW WHEN
INSERTING OR
REMOVING THE FILTER.
C
L
A O.D.
9
1
/
4
13
C
L
6
FILTER HOLDER
BRACKET (Remove
when inserting or
removing lters)
FILTER
ELEMENT
2313-49
(2) Req'd.
6
1
/
4
(TYP.)
C
L
A O.D.
8
1
/
4
26
C
L
B
REMOVE THE SCREW
WHEN INSERTING OR
REMOVING THE FILTER.
FILTER ELEMENT
2313-228
(1) Req'd. for Assemblies
F15314-122, F15314-123,
F15314-124, & F15314-125
FILTER ELEMENT
2313-227
(1) Req'd. for Assemblies
F15314-126 & F15314-127
20
FILTER ELEMENT
2313-49
(1) Req'd.
PART NO. DIMENSION A
F15314-117 2" O.D. Tube
F15314-118 2 1/2" O.D. Tube
F15314-119 2" Sch. 10 Pipe (2 3/8" O.D.)
PART NO. DIMENSION A
F15314-120 3" O.D. Tube
F15314-121 3" Sch. 10 Pipe (3 1/2" O.D.)
The air intake screen assembly is designed for vacuum systems. It is constructed of rustproof aluminum with a
replaceable, washable aluminum mesh lter element. The lter element should be periodically checked and cleaned
by ushing with hot water or steam. Do not soak aluminum lters in strong alkali solutions.
PART NO. DIMENSION A DIMENSION B
F15314-122 4" O.D. Tube 9 7/8
F15314-123 4" Sch. 10 Pipe (4 1/2" O.D.) 9 7/8
F15314-124 5" O.D. Tube 9 7/8
F15314-125 5" Sch. 10 Pipe (5 9/16" O.D.) 9 7/8
F15314-126 6" O.D. Tube 15 7/8
F15314-127 6" Sch. 10 Pipe (6 5/8" O.D.) 15 7/8
Filterless conveying
If the
material
being
conveyed
is of a
consistency
and weight
suitable for
cyclonic
separation,
cyclones can be used as receivers, including
applications where the location does not allow the
maintenance of a cloth-based filter. This, for
example, allows the cyclones to be positioned on
top of the destination with a secondary filter
remotely located. The large particles remain in the
cyclones, while the product fines are collected
downstream in the self-cleaning filter. This
eliminates the need for filter cleaning and other
maintenance at each receiver. Most maintenance
is confined to the filter, which has been
conveniently located.
The cyclone
in operation
The cyclone is
configured to
accelerate the
natural separation
of material from
air. The inlet
provides gradual,
non-turbulent
expansion of the
material/airstream,
directing the
material down
through a
tangential spiral.
The material is
further decelerated
as it swirls around
the body of the
cyclone while the long cone provides space for it to
separate from the conveying air and settle to the
cone discharge. The exhaust outlet is sized to
decrease air velocity, further helping to separate
the last of material particles from the air.
Cyclone sizes
Inlet sizes range from 2-inch to 20-inch
diameters. Flanged discharge diameters range
from 4-inch to 16-inch I.D. To simplify installation,
right-hand or left-hand inlet and exhaust
arrangements are available.
Materials of construction
Materials of construction include carbon steel,
aluminum, and stainless steel. Stainless steel
construction is an excellent choice for abrasive
and/or corrosive material as well as
food-grade material.
A good pneumatic
system efficiently
separates material
from the flow of air
when it reaches the
destination. When
the material is of a
consistency and
weight suitable for
cyclonic separation,
a cyclone is used in
place of a filter. The
cyclone has no
moving parts, no
bags to clean, and
plant air and
electricity are not
needed for operation.
Whether you are
moving 125 or 6,000
CFM of air, there is a
cyclone
to meet
your
needs.
F-700018-en Page 1
Material containing no fines
The cyclone is ideal for handling clean, pelletized materials
without fines. The cyclonic separation of material and air allows
the material to discharge from the bottom of the cyclone while the
conveying air exhausts at the top. For example, this lets the
cyclone be used as a receiver/separator in our single-blower,
vacuum/pressure rail unload system. The cyclone receives the
material from the railcar by vacuum, separating the material from
the conveying air and dropping the material into the pressure
side of the system.
Complete
separation
not required
The cyclone can
be used in size
classification
systems where
material is being
passed through a
screener and small
amounts of
material remain in
the exhaust
airstream. The
cyclone receives
the material,
directing the large
particles downward
through a tangential spiral where they separate from the conveying
air. The small amount of fines that would have passed through the
screener remain in the exhaust airstream to be reintroduced into the
conveying line downstream. This filterless conveying system
eliminates the need for filter bag cleaning and reduces the number
of parts requiring maintenance.
TYPICAL EFFICIENCY CURVE
Particle Size
in Microns
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
200 250 270 325 400
Tyler Mesh
20
40
60
80
100
C
o
l
l
e
c
t
i
o
n

E
f
f
i
c
i
e
n
c
y

%
Definitions:
Efficiency Amount of material (By Volume) separated
from the air stream in a cyclone.
One Micron = .000039"
200 Mesh Sieve .0029" Opening = 74 Microns
Particle Size in Collection Volumetric
Volume Microns Efficiency Efficiency
10% 2 40% 4%
15% 8 80% 12%
25% 15 90% 22.5%
10% 20 98% 9.8%
40% 100+ 100% 40%
Total Cyclone Efficiency 88.3%
High efficiency performance
Cyclone efficiencies relate directly to the specific gravity and
aerodynamic characteristics of the particle. For simplicity, the
particle size only is used to determine estimated cyclone
efficiencies. By determining the percentage of particle sizes in a
given volume, the average cyclone efficiency can be figured.
F-700018-en 2009-05 Page 2
Mini Filter
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-03
PRELIMINARY
Doc# 0890034318
Typical Example of a
Mini Pulse-Clean Filter Installation
Mini Pulse-Clean Filter
Vacuum Receiver with
Knife Gate Discharge
Loss-in-Weight Feeder
S-500401-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The Mini Pulse-Clean Filter is a new line of miniature bin vent lters.
Each unit has one small lter bag or cartridge lter element which is
automatically pulse-cleaned with a burst of compressed air. These
lters are made to t Loss-in-Weight feeder hoppers and Aerolock
surge hoppers. This product ts the need for a small, reliable au-
tomatic vent lter and can remain in use for long periods of time
without the blinding or maintenance of a static vent sock. A pulse
timer or central controller can be used to send the pulse signal.
Design
Standard Features
Mini flter bag with 0.09 m
2
[1 ft
2
] of polyester lter cloth or a 1.25
m
2
[13.5 ft
2
] cartridge
Compressed air pulse-jet flter cleaning, with solenoid operated
control valve, IP65 [NEMA 4/12], 24 VDC and 115 VAC
2.5 m
3
/hr [1.5 ft
3
/min] of clean, dry compressed air required at
5.5 - 6.89 Bar [80 - 100 PSIG]
Available in carbon steel or stainless steel
CE compliant
Pulse-Clean Control Panel
An existing PLC or any of the following control timers can be used
to send the pulse signal to the solenoid
24 VDC and 115 VAC NEMA 4X enclosure
(NOT CE COMPLIANT)
5702-54 Continuous Use Panel
Continuous control with adjustable off-time between pulses.
5702-55 Rell Use Panel
Includes delay timers: when the 115 VAC refll signal is satis-
ed and goes away, the timer will activate the solenoid for an
adjustable number of pulses, then await the next refll cycle.
(CE COMPLIANT)
5702-77 Continuous Use Panel
Continuous control with adjustable off-time between pulses.
5702-78 Rell Use Panel
Includes delay timers: when the 24 VDC refll signal is satis-
ed and goes away, the timer will activate the solenoid for an
adjustable number of pulses, then await the next refll cycle.
119 [4.6875]
19 [0.75]
2
0
0

[
7
.
8
7
5
]
88 [3.46875]
1
8
8

[
7
.
4
0
6
2
5
]
75 [2.9375]
38 [1.5]
8
4

[
3
.
3
1
2
5
]
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW
Mini Filter
S-500401-en
Page 2 of 2
Dimensions of Mini Pulse-Clean Filter with Filter Bag
mm [in]
Note: For more information on these products consult your K-Tron / Premier Sales Representative.
19 [0.75] FNPT
PLANT AIR IN
CE COMPLIANT
24 VDC
AIR PLUMBING
ARRANGEMENT
6
1
2

[
2
4
.
1
2
5
]
3
6
4

[
1
4
.
3
1
2
5
]
152 [6] ID
MATCHING FLANGE
215 [8.5] OD
(6) 11 [0.4375] DIA HOLES EQUALLY
SPACED ON 190 [7.5] DBC
215 [8.5] OD
152 [6] ID
MATCHING FLANGE
3
6
4

[
1
4
.
3
1
2
5
]
3
6
4

[
1
4
.
3
1
2
5
]
6
1
2

[
2
4
.
1
2
5
]
6
1
2

[
2
4
.
1
2
5
]
152 [6] OD
203 [8] ID
MATCHING FLANGE
266 [10.5] OD
203 [8] ID
MATCHING FLANGE
266 [10.5] OD
19 [0.75] FNPT
PLANT AIR IN
19 [0.75] FNPT
PLANT AIR IN
19 [0.75] FNPT
PLANT AIR IN
19 [0.75] FNPT
PLANT AIR IN
19 [0.75] FNPT
PLANT AIR IN
8
4
1

[
3
3
.
1
2
5
]
6
1
5

[
2
4
.
2
5
]
8
6
0

[
3
3
.
8
7
5
]
6
3
5

[
2
5
]
203 [8] OD
8
6
0

[
3
3
.
8
7
5
]
6
3
5

[
2
5
]
CE COMPLIANT
24 VDC
AIR PLUMBING
ARRANGEMENT
9 [0.375] OD
PLANT AIR IN
9 [0.375] OD
PLANT AIR IN
Description Mini-Filter with No Housing Mini-Filter with Discharge Stub Only Mini-Filter with Flanged Discharge
Material of
Construction
Carbon
Steel
304 Stainless Steel
Material Contact
Carbon
Steel
304 Stainless Steel
Material Contact
Carbon
Steel
304 Stainless Steel
Material Contact
NOT CE COMPLIANT - 120 VAC
Part No. 5214-150 5214-156 5214-151 5214-157 5214-152 5214-158
CE COMPLIANT - 24 VDC
Part No. 5214-204 5214-210 5214-205 5214-211 5214-206 5214-212
Description Mini-Filter with No Housing Mini-Filter with Discharge Stub Only Mini-Filter with Flanged Discharge
Material of
Construction
Carbon
Steel
304 Stainless Steel
Material Contact
Carbon
Steel
304 Stainless Steel
Material Contact
Carbon
Steel
304 Stainless Steel
Material Contact
NOT CE COMPLIANT - 120 VAC
Part No. 5214-153 5214-159 5214-154 5214-160 5214-155 5214-161
CE COMPLIANT - 24 VDC
Part No. 5214-207 5214-213 5214-208 5214-214 5214-209 5214-215
Dimensions of Mini Pulse-Clean Filter with Cartridge
mm [in]
Modular
Cartridge
Bin Vent
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-11
Doc# 0990034304
Modular Cartridge Bin Vent
S-500402-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The Modular Cartridge Bin Vent provides excellent air ltration of ne
airborne particles from within a storage tank and releases clean air
to the atmosphere. While material is pneumatically conveyed into a
storage tank, ne particles and air are efciently separated by the
units large cartridge lter. This enables clean air to pass from the
tank out to the atmosphere. Reverse jet cleaning from a compressed
air accumulator pulses the cartridge lter, dislodging any nes and
returning them to the storage tank.
Design
The Modular Cartridge Bin Vent is maintenance friendly. Standard
materials of construction include carbon steel enamel coating or
stainless steel material contact areas. Stainless steel construction
is available for abrasive, corrosive, and food-grade applications.
Mounting on a standard 508 mm [20 in] diameter tank deck ange,
the small modular unit is inexpensive and easy to install. The units
single cartridge lter is constructed of tough, washable polyester for
efcient ltration. The cartridge lter hangs vertically and has shallow,
open pleats for efcient dust release, even with difcult materials. Each
unit can lter 5.7 - 11.3 m
3
/min [200 - 400 ft
3
/min] of air, depending
upon the application. Quick-release clamps allow easy access to
the cartridge lter. The plenum features a built-in weather hood and
specially designed diffuser which enables each air pulse to clean the
entire lter. Unlike other bin vents, no exhaust fan is required.
Technical Data
Standard Features
Available in painted RAL 7035 gray carbon steel or 1.4301 (AISI 304)
stainless steel construction
Simple no-tool tank deck maintenance
Large pulse-cleaned cartridge flter with 9.3 m
2
[100 ft
2
] cloth area
2.55 m
3
/hr [90 ft
3
/hr] of clean, dry compressed air required at 5.5 - 6.9
Bar [80 - 100 PSIG]
Built in weather hood
Add additional units for greater fltration
Cost effective and easy to install
Quick-release clamps for easy cleaning and maintenance
CE compliant
Pulse-Clean Control Panel (required, but sold separately)
Regulates cleaning of the bin vent cartridge flter
Easy frequency and pulse duration adjustment
Spare timer and solenoid included to accommodate an additional
When multiple units are used, the controller pulses one unit at a
time, leaving the remaining units on-line for ltration
Cleaning timer control panel with IP65 [NEMA 4] enclosure and
24 VDC or 120 VAC operation, single-phase, 50/60 Hz
Includes all fttings and tubing required to connect to the Modular
Cartridge Bin Vent lters
NEC Hazardous Location: Class 2, Div. 2, Groups E, F & G
Options
Flanged adapter stubs (allows the Modular Cartridge Bin Vent to
be mounted to the top of an existing storage tank)
PTFE coated cartridges
Oversized accumulator
Explosion-proof NEMA 7 or 9 construction
NEC Hazardous Location: Class 1, Div. 1, Groups C & D
ATEX versions available
Example of a Modular Cartridge Bin Vent
installation in a PD truck unloading system
6 mm [0.25 in] PLASTIC HOSE (INCLUDED)
CONTROL
PANEL
AIR CONNECTION
BY CUSTOMER
EXHAUST AIR
VENT
MODULAR
CARTRIDGE
BIN VENT
REF: TANK DECK
FLANGED ADAPTER STUB
Modular
Cartridge
Bin Vent
Rev.
2009-11
S-500402-en
Page 2 of 2
Dimensions of Modular Cartridge Bin Vent
mm [in]
Dimensions of Flanged Adapter Stubs (optional, sold separately)
mm [in]
444
[17.5]
1292
[50.88]
1/8 NPT CONNECTION
FOR AIR LINE TO SOLENOID VALVE
457
[18]
1/4 NPT HALF COUPLING FOR
COMPRESSED AIR CONNECTION
5.5 - 6.9 BAR [80 - 100 PSIG] OF
CLEAN, DRY COMPRESSED AIR REQD
152 [6]
HOUSING
1/8 NPT COUPLING WITH PLUG
AIR
ACCUMULATOR
PLENUM
CARTRIDGE FILTER WITH
9.3 m
2
[100 ft
2
] CLOTH AREA
(EQUIPPED WITH GALVANIZED END CAPS)
C
L
(14) - 14 [0.56] DIA HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON A 560 [22] DIA
BOLT CIRCLE (BCD)
C
L
597 [23.5]
OD 508 [20]
ID
597 [23.5]
OD
508 [20]
ID
C
L
(14) - 14 [0.56] DIA HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON A 560 [22] DIA
BOLT CIRCLE (BCD)
5 [0.19]
203 [8]
Dimensions of Pulse-Clean Control Panel (required, but sold separately)
mm [in]
A
B
160 [6.31]
C
L
OF MOUNTING BRACKET HOLES
DESCRIPTION A B
PULSE CONTROLLER FOR 1 MODULAR BIN VENT 260 [10.25] 209 [8.25]
PULSE CONTROLLER FOR 2 MODULAR BIN VENTS 260 [10.25] 209 [8.25]
Automatic
Bin Vent
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 0990034305
Automatic Bin Vent
S-500403-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
Mounted on top of a storage tank, the Automatic Bin Vent lters the
exhaust air and avoids pressure build up in the tank. When material
is pneumatically conveyed into the storage tank most of the mate-
rial drops out of suspension and the dust laden excess air is vented
through the lter, where airborne dust particles are trapped by the
lter bags or cartridges. Sequentially timed bursts of compressed
air, controlled by solenoid valves, pulse the bags or cartridges and
dislodge the dust particles to clean the lters. The product remains
in the storage tank and clean air exhausts through the tank vent out
to the atmosphere.
Design
Standard material of construction is carbon steel with enamel coat-
ing. The units lter element is cleaned by reverse jet cleaning from
a compressed air accumulator. The air is directed through venturis,
inducing a greater volume of air to clean the lter element for more
complete dust particle dislodging. Only a single row of the lter ele-
ment is pulsed at a time, leaving the remaining lter element on-line.
The interval between pulsing is adjustable to ensure optimal lter
element cleaning. The bin vents lter element is easily accessed for
service through the quick access door. The air pulse cleaning of the
lter element is regulated by the timer control panel. The timer allows
easy adjustment of the frequency and duration of each pulse and a
display shows which element row is currently being cleaned. All so-
lenoids for pulse cleaning are located in the panel. Each bin vent is
equipped with a pressure differential indicator. The gauge measures
the difference in pressure between the lter element housing and the
clean air plenum, informing the operator of the effectiveness of the
lter cleaning system.
Technical Data
Standard Features
Carbon steel construction, outside surfaces painted RAL 7035 gray
454 g [16 oz] polyester bags (includes cages) or 100% spun bond
polyester cartridge lters
Pressure differential indicator
No-tool access door
CE compliant
Options
1.4301 (AISI 304) or 1.4404 (AISI 316) stainless steel construction
Weather hood
Exhaust fan with dampener and screen
Safety grid
Ladder
Hopper and anged adapter stubs
Support stand and service platform
PTFE exterior membrane-coated cartridges or lter bags
Explosion venting or suppression
NEC Hazardous Location: Class 1, Div. 1, Groups G & D
Bags and Cartridges with Grounding Strap
TIMER BOARD PANEL
(TOP MOUNT OR SIDE MOUNT
DEPENDING ON BIN VENT SIZE)
EXHAUST FAN OR
OPTIONAL WEATHERHOOD
BIN VENT
PLENUM/HOUSING
QUICK ACCESS DOOR
MOUNTING
ADAPTER STUB
PRESSURE
DIFFERENTIAL
GUAGE KIT
FILTER BAGS W/
CAGES OR
CARTRIDGE FILTERS
(NUMBER OF BAGS
OR CARTRIDGES
DEPEND ON SIZE
OF BIN VENT)
SAFETY GRID
REF: TANK DECK
Example of an Automatic Bin Vent
installation in a PD truck unloading system
Automatic
Bin Vent
Rev.
2010-12
Automatic Bin Vent
S-500403-en
Page 2 of 2
Dimensions of Automatic Bin Vent mm [in]
CLOTH AREA W/
BAGS & CAGES
M
2
[FT
2
]
CLOTH AREA W/
CARTRIDGE FILTERS
M
2
[FT
2
]
NO. OF
BAGS OR
CARTRIDGES
BAG OR
CARTRIDGE
LENGTH
CAN AREA AT
MOST
RESTRICTED
M
2
[FT
2
]
DOOR SIZE
W x H
PLANT AIR
REQD
M
3
/MIN [FT
3
/MIN]
MAX OPERATING
PRESSURE
mBAR [PSIG]
MAX OPERATING
VACUUM
mBAR [PSIG]
2 [17] 7 [84] 9 457 [18] 0.2 [2.2] 584 x 330 [23 x 13] 0.11 [4.0] 41.4 [0.6] 74.6 [1.08]
4 [38] 19 [210] 9 914 [36] 0.2 [2.2] 584 x 787 [23 x 31] 0.12 [4.2] 41.4 [0.6] 49.8 [0.72]
6 [65] 32 [351] 9 1,473 [58] 0.2 [2.2] 584 x 1245 [23 x 49] 0.13 [4.5] 41.4 [0.6] 44.8 [0.65]
8 [90] 9 2,133 [84] 0.2 [2.2] 584 x 1447 [23 x 57] 0.14 [5.0] 41.4 [0.6] 44.8 [0.65]
34 [373] 16 914 [36] 0.4 [3.9] 584 x 787 [23 x 31] 0.16 [5.8] 34.5 [0.5] 32.3 [0.47]
11 [117] 57 [624] 16 1,473 [58] 0.4 [3.9] 584 x 1245 [23 x 49] 0.16 [5.8] 27.6 [0.4] 27.4 [0.40]
15 [160] 16 2,133 [84] 0.4 [3.9] 584 x 1447 [23 x 57] 0.18 [6.2] 27.6 [0.4] 27.4 [0.40]
54 [583] 25 914 [36] 0.6 [6.2] 787 x 787 [31 x 31] 0.19 [6.7] 27.6 [0.4] 27.4 [0.40]
17 [183] 90 [975] 25 1,473 [58] 0.6 [6.2] 787 x 1245 [31 x 49] 0.19 [6.7] 27.6 [0.4] 27.4 [0.40]
23 [250] 25 2,133 [84] 0.6 [6.2] 787 x 1447 [31 x 57] 0.20 [7.0] 27.6 [0.4] 27.4 [0.40]
28 [304] 25 2,540 [100] 0.6 [6.2] 787 x 1447 [31 x 57] 0.21 [7.5] 27.6 [0.4] 27.4 [0.40]
77 [839] 36 914 [36] 0.8 [8.8] 990 x 787 [39 x 31] 0.23 [8.0] 20.7 [0.3] 19.9 [0.29]
24 [263] 129 [1404] 36 1,473 [58] 0.8 [8.8] 990 x 1245 [39 x 49] 0.23 [8.0] 20.7 [0.3] 19.9 [0.29]
33 [360] 36 2,133 [84] 0.8 [8.8] 990 x 1447 [39 x 57] 0.24 [8.5] 20.7 [0.3] 19.9 [0.29]
40 [437] 36 2,540 [100] 0.8 [8.8] 990 x 1447 [39 x 57] 0.26 [9.0] 20.7 [0.3] 19.9 [0.29]
50 [2] (TYP)
F SQ. 25.4 [1]
(TYP)
75 [3]
G QTY
AT 4 C/C
H QTY
11 [0.44] DIA HOLES
75 [3]
B
A
TIMER
BOARD
PANEL
GAUGE
KIT
QUICK
ACCESS
DOOR
OPTIONAL
SAFETY GRID
C
1/2 STD PIPE
COUPLING
FOR AIR
CONNECTION
C
TIMER
BOARD
PANEL
OPTIONAL
LADDER
E
A
OPTIONAL
SAFETY GRID
QUICK
ACCESS
DOOR
FLANGE DETAIL
1/2 STD PIPE
COUPLING
FOR AIR
CONNECTION
D D
GAUGE KIT
470 [18.5]
DIA
343 [13.5]
ID
190 [7.5]
38 [1.5]
460 [18]
OD
0.5 IN DIA HOLES (8) PLACES
ON A 420 [16.5] DBC
EXPANDED
METAL
OPTIONAL WEATHER HOOD
178 [7]
NO. OF
BAGS OR
CARTRIDGES
BAG OR
CARTRIDGE
LENGTH
A B C D E F G H
9 457 [18] 980 [38.63] 1030 [40.5] 724 [28.5] 235 [9.25] * 710 [28] 5 28
9 914 [36] 1440 [56.63] 1030 [40.5] 724 [28.5] 235 [9.25] * 710 [28] 5 28
9 1,473 [58] 2000 [78.63] * 724 [28.5] 235 [9.25] 850 [33.5] 710 [28] 5 28
9 2,133 [84] 2660 [104.63] * 724 [28.5] 235 [9.25] 850 [33.5] 710 [28] 5 28
16 914 [36] 2000 [78.63] * 927 [36.5] 215 [8.5] 1055 [41.5] 915 [36] 7 36
16 1,473 [58] 2660 [104.63] * 927 [36.5] 215 [8.5] 1055 [41.5] 915 [36] 7 36
16 2,133 [84] 2000 [78.63] * 1130 [44.5] 195 [7.75] 1260 [49.5] 1118 [44] 9 44
25 914 [36] 2660 [104.63] * 1130 [44.5] 195 [7.75] 1260 [49.5] 1118 [44] 9 44
25 1,473 [58] 3065 [120.63] * 1130 [44.5] 195 [7.75] 1260 [49.5] 1118 [44] 9 44
25 2,133 [84] 2000 [78.63] * 1334 [52.5] 195 [7.75] 1460 [57.5] 1320 [52] 11 52
25 2,540 [100] 2660 [104.63] * 1334 [52.5] 195 [7.75] 1460 [57.5] 1320 [52] 11 52
36 914 [36] 3065 [120.63] * 1334 [52.5] 195 [7.75] 1460 [57.5] 1320 [52] 11 52
36 1,473 [58] 1440 [56.63] 30 [48.5] 927 [36.5] 235 [9.25] * 915 [36] 7 36
36 2,133 [84] 1440 [56.63] 1435 [56.5] 1130 [44.5] 235 [9.25] * 1118 [44] 9 44
36 2,540 [100] 1440 [56.63] 1640 [64.5] 1334 [52.5] 235 [9.25] * 1320 [52] 11 52
* Dimension not applicable (Ladder made only for 1525, 2185 and 2590 mm [60, 86 and 102 in] bag housing.)
Filter Receiver
Single Access
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 0990034306
Filtair
TM
Series Filter Receiver with Single Access Door
S-500404-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The Filtair
TM
Series Filter Receiver provides automatic material-from-
air separation. The tangential inlet located in the receivers circular
hopper provides a cyclonic separation of the material from the air
stream. Remaining airborne material is trapped by the lter element.
Sequentially timed bursts of compressed air, controlled by solenoid
valves, pulse the bags or cartridges and dislodge the dust particles
to clean the lters. The lter element is protected from the material
mainstream by a deector shield. Efcient performance of the lter
receiver is achieved through the proper selection of lter media and
the correct air-to-cloth ratio, along with can velocity considerations.
Design
element cleaning. The receivers lter element is easily accessed for
service through the quick access door. The access door is designed
with a curved prole to minimize internal ledges. The air pulse cleaning
of the lter element is regulated by the timer control panel. The timer
allows easy adjustment of the frequency and duration of each pulse
and a display shows which element row is currently being cleaned. All
solenoids for pulse cleaning are located in the panel. Each receiver is
equipped with a pressure differential indicator. The gauge measures
the difference in pressure between the lter element housing and the
clean air plenum, informing the operator of the effectiveness of the
lter cleaning system.
Technical Data
Standard Features
No-tool access door
CE compliant
Options
Hopper with safety grid and anged adapter stubs
Discharge arrangements, ow aids and accessories
Example of a Filter Receiver installation in
a vacuum scaling system
TIMER BOARD PANEL
(TOP MOUNT OR SIDE
MOUNT DEPENDING
ON FILTER RECEIVER SIZE)
FILTER RECEIVER
PLENUM/HOUSING
FR HOPPER W/
SAFETY GRID
INLET
EXHAUST
FILTER BAGS W/CAGES
OR FILTER CARTRIDGES
(NUMBER OF BAGS OR
CARTRIDGES DEPEND
ON SIZE OF FILTER
RECEIVER)
PRESSURE
DIFFERENTIAL
GUAGE KIT
COUPLING FOR
MOUNTING LEVEL
CONTROL
VENT LINE
CONNECTION
SINGLE QUICK
ACCESS DOOR
C
L
C
L
C
L
DISCHARGE
Filter Receiver
Single Access
Rev.
2010-12
Filtair
TM
Series Filter Receiver with Single Access Door
S-500404-en
Page 2 of 2
Dimensions of Filter Receiver with Single Access Door mm [in]
152 [6] OD EXHAUST
C
L
C
L
C
L
A
B
C D
E
(H) 11 [0.44] DIA HOLES EQUALLY
SPACED ON A (J) DIA BOLT CIRCLE (DBC)
DOOR
ACCESS
TIMER
BOARD
PANEL
C EXHAUST
L
L **
K *
NOTE:
DIM (C) INCREASES FOR UNITS
WITH A TOP MOUNT TIMER
BOARD PANEL
* DIM (K) APPLIES TO ONLY UNITS
WITH A SIDE MOUNT TIMER BOARD PANEL
** DIM (L) APPLIES TO ONLY UNITS
WITH A TOP MOUNT TIMER BOARD PANEL
F (ID)
G (OD)
6.2-6.9 BAR [90-100 PSIG]
OF CLEAN, DRY COMPRESSED AIR
CLOTH AREA W/
BAGS & CAGES
M
2
[FT
2
]
CLOTH AREA W/
CARTRIDGE FILTERS
M
2
[FT
2
]
NO. OF
BAGS OR
CARTRIDGES
BAG OR
CARTRIDGE
LENGTH
DOOR SIZE
W x H
PLANT AIR
REQD
M
3
/MIN [FT
3
/MIN]
MAX OPERATING
VACUUM
mBAR [in Hg]
MAX OPERATING
PRESSURE
mBAR [PSIG]
1.4 [15] 6.9 [74] 8 457 [18] 546 x 376 [21.5 x 17.5] 0.11 [4.0] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
3.1 [33] 17.3 [186] 8 914 [36] 546 x 698 [21.5 x 27.5] 0.12 [4.1] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
5.4 [58] 29 [312] 8 1,473 [58] 546 x 952 [21.5 x 37.5] 0.13 [4.5] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
7.4 [80] 8 2,133 [84] 546 x 952 [21.5 x 37.5] 0.14 [5.0] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
2.4 [26] 12.1 [130] 14 457 [18] 546 x 376 [21.5 x 17.5] 0.14 [5.0] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
5.3 [57] 30.3 [326] 14 914 [36] 546 x 698 [21.5 x 27.5] 0.16 [5.2] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
9.5 [102] 50.7 [546] 14 1,473 [58] 546 x 952 [21.5 x 37.5] 0.18 [5.5] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
13 [140] 54.2 [583] 14 2,133 [84] 546 x 952 [21.5 x 37.5] 0.19 [5.8] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
38.9 [419] 18 914 [36] 546 x 952 [22 x 27.5] 0.19 [5.8] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
12.2 [131] 65.2 [702] 18 1,473 [58] 546 x 952 [22 x 37.5] 0.20 [6.0] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
16.7 [180] 18 2,133 [84] 558 x 952 [22 x 37.5] 0.21 [6.5] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
51.9 [559] 24 914 [36] 558 x 952 [22.25 x 37.5] 0.18 [6.2] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
16.3 [175] 87 [936] 24 1,473 [58] 565 x 952 [22.25 x 37.5] 0.19 [6.7] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
22.3 [240] 24 2,133 [84] 565 x 952 [22.25 x 37.5] 0.20 [7.0] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
NO. OF
BAGS OR
CARTRIDGES
BAG OR
CARTRIDGE
LENGTH
A B C D E F G H J K * L **
8 457 [18] 995 [39.19] 508 [20] 744 [29.31] 530 [20.88] 638 [25.13] 755 [29.75] 857 [33.75] 24 800 [31.5] 935 [36.81]
8 914 [36] 1453 [57.19] 965 [38] 744 [29.31] 530 [20.88] 1095 [43.13] 755 [29.75] 857 [33.75] 24 800 [31.5] 1392 [54.81]
8 1,473 [58] 1883 [74.13] 1524 [60] 568 [22.38] 530 [20.88] 1654 [65.13] 755 [29.75] 857 [33.75] 24 800 [31.5] 1387 [54.63]
8 2,133 [84] 2543 [100.13] 2184 [86] 568 [22.38] 530 [20.88] 1214 [91.13] 755 [29.75] 857 [33.75] 24 800 [31.5] 2047 [80.63]
14 457 [18] 995 [39.19] 508 [20] 817 [32.19] 606 [23.88] 638 [25.13] 908 [35.75] 1009 [39.75] 24 952 [37.5] 935 [36.81]
14 914 [36] 1453 [57.19] 965 [38] 817 [32.19] 606 [23.88] 1095 [43.13] 908 [35.75] 1009 [39.75] 24 952 [37.5] 1392 [54.81]
14 1,473 [58] 1912 [75.31] 1524 [60] 644 [25.38] 606 [23.88] 1654 [65.13] 908 [35.75] 1009 [39.75] 24 952 [37.5] 1387 [54.63]
14 2,133 [84] 2573 [101.31] 2184 [86] 644 [25.38] 606 [23.88] 1214 [91.13] 908 [35.75] 1009 [39.75] 24 952 [37.5] 2047 [80.63]
18 914 [36] 1455 [57.31] 965 [38] 893 [35.19] 682 [26.88] 1095 [43.13] 1057 [41.63] 1158 [45.63] 36 1104 [43.5] 1443 [56.81]
18 1,473 [58] 1935 [76.19] 1524 [60] 720 [28.38] 682 [26.88] 1654 [65.13] 1057 [41.63] 1158 [45.63] 36 1104 [43.5] 1438 [56.63]
18 2,133 [84] 2611 [102.81] 2184 [86] 720 [28.38] 682 [26.88] 1214 [91.13] 1057 [41.63] 1158 [45.63] 36 1104 [43.5] 2047 [80.63]
24 914 [36] 1453 [57.19] 965 [38] 992 [39.06] 757 [29.81] 1095 [43.13] 1206 [47.5] 1333 [52.5] 40 1276 [50.25] 1443 [56.81]
24 1,473 [58] 1965 [77.38] 1524 [60] 815 [32.13] 757 [29.81] 1654 [65.13] 1206 [47.5] 1333 [52.5] 40 1276 [50.25] 1438 [56.63]
24 2,133 [84] 2625 [103.38] 2184 [86] 815 [32.13] 757 [29.81] 1214 [91.13] 1206 [47.5] 1333 [52.5] 40 1276 [50.25] 2047 [80.63]
Filter Receiver
Double Access
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 0990034307
Filtair
TM
Series Filter Receiver with Double Access Doors
S-500405-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The Filtair
TM
Series Filter Receiver with double access doors provides
automatic material-from-air separation. The tangential inlet located in
the receivers circular hopper provides a cyclonic separation of the
material from the air stream. Remaining airborne material is trapped
by the lter element. Sequentially timed bursts of compressed air,
controlled by solenoid valves, pulse the bags or cartridges and
dislodge the dust particles to clean the lters. The lter element is
protected from the material mainstream by a deector shield. Efcient
performance of the lter receiver is achieved through the proper
selection of lter media and the correct air-to-cloth ratio, along with
can velocity considerations.
Design
element cleaning. The receiver has two access doors located 180
apart to provide easy access to the lter element for service. The
access doors are designed with a curved prole to minimize internal
ledges. The air pulse cleaning of the lter element is regulated by the
timer control panel. The timer allows easy adjustment of the frequency
and duration of each pulse and a display shows which element row is
currently being cleaned. All solenoids for pulse cleaning are located
in the panel. Each receiver is equipped with a pressure differential
indicator. The gauge measures the difference in pressure between
the lter element housing and the clean air plenum, informing the
operator of the effectiveness of the lter cleaning system.
Technical Data
Standard Features
No-tool double access doors
CE compliant
Options
Hopper with safety grid and anged adapter stubs
Discharge arrangements, ow aids and accessories
Double access doors shown
above.
Example of a Filter Receiver installation in
a vacuum scaling system

TIMER BOARD PANEL
(TOP MOUNT OR SIDE
MOUNT DEPENDING
ON FILTER RECEIVER SIZE)
FILTER RECEIVER
PLENUM/HOUSING
FR HOPPER W/
SAFETY GRID
INLET
EXHAUST
FILTER BAGS W/CAGES
OR FILTER CARTRIDGES
(NUMBER OF BAGS OR
CARTRIDGES DEPEND
ON SIZE OF FILTER
RECEIVER)
PRESSURE
DIFFERENTIAL
GUAGE KIT
COUPLING FOR
MOUNTING LEVEL
CONTROL
VENT LINE
CONNECTION
C
L
DISCHARGE
DOUBLE QUICK
ACCESS DOORS
C
L
C
L
Filter Receiver
Double Access
Rev.
2010-12
Filtair
TM
Series Filter Receiver with Double Access Doors
S-500405-en
Page 2 of 2
Dimensions of Filter Receiver with Double Access Door mm [in]
203 [8] OD
C
L
C
L
A
B
C D
E
(H) 11 [0.44] DIA HOLES EQUALLY
SPACED ON A (J) DIA BOLT CIRCLE (DBC)
TIMER
BOARD
PANEL
C EXHAUST
L
L **
K *
NOTE:
DIM (C) INCREASES FOR UNITS
WITH A TOP MOUNT TIMER
BOARD PANEL
* DIM (K) APPLIES TO ONLY UNITS
WITH A SIDE MOUNT TIMER BOARD PANEL
** DIM (L) APPLIES TO ONLY UNITS
WITH A TOP MOUNT TIMER BOARD PANEL
F (ID)
G (OD)
C
L
C
L
ACCESS
DOOR
6.2-6.9 BAR [90-100 PSIG]
OF CLEAN, DRY COMPRESSED AIR
CLOTH AREA W/
BAGS & CAGES
M
2
[FT
2
]
CLOTH AREA W/
CARTRIDGE FILTERS
M
2
[FT
2
]
NO. OF
BAGS OR
CARTRIDGES
BAG OR
CARTRIDGE
LENGTH
DOOR SIZE
W x H
PLANT AIR
REQD
M
3
/MIN [FT
3
/MIN]
MAX OPERATING
VACUUM
mBAR [in Hg]
MAX OPERATING
PRESSURE
mBAR [PSIG]
64.9 [699] 30 914 [36] 571 x 698 [22.5 x 27.5] 0.21 [7.5] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
19.1 [206] 108.7 [1170] 30 1,473 [58] 571 x 952 [22.5 x 37.5] 0.21 [7.5] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
27.9 [300] 30 2,133 [84] 571 x 952 [22.5 x 37.5] 0.22 [7.8] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
78 [839] 36 914 [36] 571 x 698 [22.5 x 27.5] 0.23 [8.0] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
23 [248] 130.4 [1404] 36 1,473 [58] 571 x 952 [22.5 x 37.5] 0.23 [8.0] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
33.5 [360] 36 2,133 [84] 571 x 952 [22.5 x 37.5] 0.24 [8.5] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
97.5 [1049] 45 914 [36] 577 x 698 [22.75 x 27.5] 0.25 [9.0] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
28.8 [310] 163 [1755] 45 1,473 [58] 577 x 952 [22.75 x 37.5] 0.25 [9.0] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
41.8 [450] 45 2,133 [84] 577 x 952 [22.75 x 37.5] 0.27 [9.5] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
116.9 [1258] 54 914 [36] 577 x 698 [22.75 x 27.5] 0.30 [10.6] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
34.6 [372] 195.7 [2106] 54 1,473 [58] 577 x 952 [22.75 x 37.5] 0.30 [10.6] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
50.2 [540] 54 2,133 [84] 577 x 952 [22.75 x 37.5] 0.31 [11] 575 [17] 69 [1.0]
NO. OF
BAGS OR
CARTRIDGES
BAG OR
CARTRIDGE
LENGTH
A B C D E F G H J K * L **
30 914 [36] 1478 [58.19] 965 [38] 1049 [41.31] 835 [32.88] 1121 [44.13] 1365 [53.75] 1492 [58.75] 48 1435 [56.5] 1435 [56.5]
30 1,473 [58] 2037 [80.19] 1524 [60] 873 [34.38] 835 [32.88] 1680 [66.13] 1365 [53.75] 1492 [58.75] 48 1435 [56.5] 1438 [56.63]
30 2,133 [84] 2697 [106.19] 2184 [86] 873 [34.38] 835 [32.88] 2340 [92.13] 1365 [53.75] 1492 [58.75] 48 1435 [56.5] 2099 [82.63]
36 914 [36] 1502 [59.13] 965 [38] 1126 [44.31] 911 [35.88] 1121 [44.13] 1518 [59.75] 1645 [64.75] 48 1588 [62.5] 1435 [56.5]
36 1,473 [58] 2061 [81.13] 1524 [60] 949 [37.38] 911 [35.88] 1680 [66.13] 1518 [59.75] 1645 [64.75] 48 1588 [62.5] 1438 [56.63]
36 2,133 [84] 2721 [107.13] 2184 [86] 949 [37.38] 911 [35.88] 2340 [92.13] 1518 [59.75] 1645 [64.75] 48 1588 [62.5] 2099 [82.63]
45 914 [36] 1521 [59.88] 965 [38] 1202 [47.31] 986 [38.81] 1121 [44.13] 1667 [65.63] 1819 [71.63] 60 1756 [69.13] 1461 [57.5]
45 1,473 [58] 2080 [81.88] 1524 [60] 1026 [40.38] 986 [38.81] 1680 [66.13] 1667 [65.63] 1819 [71.63] 60 1756 [69.13] 1464 [57.63]
45 2,133 [84] 2740 [107.88] 2184 [86] 1026 [40.38] 986 [38.81] 2340 [92.13] 1667 [65.63] 1819 [71.63] 60 1756 [69.13] 2124 [83.63]
54 914 [36] 1546 [60.88] 965 [38] 1278 [50.31] 1062 [41.81] 1121 [44.13] 1819 [71.63] 1972 [77.63] 60 1908 [75.13] 1461 [57.5]
54 1,473 [58] 2105 [82.88] 1524 [60] 1102 [43.38] 1062 [41.81] 1680 [66.13] 1819 [71.63] 1972 [77.63] 60 1908 [75.13] 1464 [57.63]
54 2,133 [84] 2765 [108.88] 2184 [86] 1102 [43.38] 1062 [41.81] 2340 [92.13] 1819 [71.63] 1972 [77.63] 60 1908 [75.13] 2124 [83.63]
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-08
1
SINGLE BAG UNIT
CONTAINS 33 SQUARE FEET OF CLOTH
Part No. 5216-1
MULTIPLE BAG UNIT
CONTAINS 54 SQUARE FEET OF CLOTH
Part No. 5216-2
BONDED GASKET
20 ID
1
3
4
C
L
23
1
2 OD
22
1
4 ID
28
3
8 OD
(28)
9
16 DIA HLS
ON A
STRADDLING
DBC 22
S
(14)
9
16 DIA HLS
ON A DBC 22
(8) FILTER BAGS
FILTER BAG
2
3
8
17
20
76
1
2
75
1
4
64
1
4
ACCESS
DOOR
1
2
7
5
8
(3) LIFTING LUGS
WITH 1 DIA HOLES
5 DIA ACCESS
PORT W/ CAP
LIFTING
EYELET
20 ID
24 OD
23
1
2
OD
Filtair Series
Static Bag Bin Vent
www.ktron.com
2
Rev. 2009-08
F15316-87 95
3
/4 HP 240 3
9
/16 5
5
/8 x 3
5
/8 8
1
/2 15
1
/4
F15316-88 105 1 HP 430 3
9
/16 5
5
/8 x 3
5
/8 8
1
/2 15
1
/4
F15316-89 106 1
1
/2 HP 620 4
9
/16 5
5
/8 x 5
5
/8 8
1
/2 17
1
/2
F15316-90 125 3 HP 1000 3
9
/16 7 x 3
5
/8 11
1
/4 16
3
/4
F15316-91 116 3 HP 1125 4
9
/16 7 x 5
5
/8 11
1
/4 18
3
/4
F15316-92 126 5 HP 1460 4
9
/16 7 x 5
5
/8 11
1
/4 21
1
/4
F15316-93 136 7
1
/2 HP 1830 4
9
/16 8
1
/4 x 5
5
/8 12 22
3
/4
F15316-94 146 7
1
/2 HP 2180 4
9
/16 8
1
/4 x 5
5
/8 12 22
3
/4
Size S T Part No. U F Maximum CFM Model No.
Exhaust Fan
Filtair Series
Automatic Bin Vent
Exhaust Fan
www.ktron.com
C
Rev. 2009-08
3
C
L
3
C
L
A SQ
B SQ
C OD
(D) QTY
7
/16
DIA HOLES
3
(E) SPCS
@F C/C
G
H
J
K
L
M SQ
(4) QTY
9
/16 DIA HLS
NOTE:
PART NO. F14213-57
HAS NO CROSS
BRACING.
NOTE:
SAFETY GRID INCLUDED
P OD Q ID
C
L
C
L
(12) QTY N DIA HLS
EQ SPCD ON A R DBC
ANCHOR PLAN
DISCHARGE FLANGE DETAIL
6 ON
SLOPE
INLET C
L
1
1
/4 NPT
CPLG & PLUG
A SQ
B SQ
2
(TYP)
1
(TYP)
3
3
10
C SPACES @ 4 CENTERS
(D) QTY
7
/16
DIA HOLES
FLANGED MOUNTING STUB DETAIL
L
C
L
5316-20 28 24 5 28
5316-23 36 32 7 36
5316-43 44 40 9 44
5316-48 52 48 11 52
B
Part No.
D C A
B M E F L
F14213-57 9 24 28 3 28 5 4 4 11 12
1
/2 52
9
/16 26 21 x 27
7
/16 10
1
/2 8 9
1
/2
F14213-58 16 32 36 4 36 7 4 4 11
1
/2 16 65
3
/16 30 29 x 29
7
/16 13 10 12
F14213-59 25 40 44 5 44 9 4 5 12 20 80 36 37 x 37
9
/16 15
1
/2 12 14
1
/4
F14213-60 36 48 52 6 52 11 4 5 12
1
/2 24 91
3
/8 36 43
1
/2 x 43
1
/2
9
/16 15
1
/2 12 14
1
/4
Part No.
K J H G D C N P Q R A
Fits Filter
with X No.
of Bags
Filtair Series
Bin Vent Filter Hopper
Flanged Adapter Stubs
www.ktron.com
4
Rev. 2009-08
20 OD 16 ID
C
L
LEVEL CONTROL
MTG COUPLING
(H)
7
/16 DIA HLS EQ
SPACED ON A J DIA
BOLT CIRCLE (DBC)
HOPPER MOUNTING FLANGE DETAIL
DISCHARGE FLANGE DETAIL
F
OD
G
C
L
45
C
B
A
3
60
3
OD
K
ID
L
OD
E

DIA
SAFETY GRID
(12)
9
/16 DIA HLS EQ
SPACED ON AN 18
1
/2 DIA
BOLT CIRCLE (DBC)
(4)
5
/8 DIA HLS EQ
SPACED ON AN M DIA
BOLT CIRCLE (DBC)
C
L
C
L
C
L
D
Filtair Series
Filter Receiver Hopper
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-08
5
K C D J H G F E B A L
Part No. Matches Unit
4213-71
4213-72
4213-73
4213-74
4213-75
4213-76
4213-77
4213-78
24
33
38
1
/8
45
3
/8
53
5
/8
58
1
/2
63
11
/16
68
7
/8
15
19
19
21
24
24
24
24
8
1
/2
11
1
/2
11
1
/2
13
1
/2
16
16
16
1
/2
16
1
/2
9
14
19
1
/8
24
3
/8
29
5
/8
34
1
/2
39
11
/16
44
7
/8
25
29
35
38
42
47
1
/2
52
56
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
30
24
24
36
40
48
48
60
60
31
1
/2
37
1
/2
43
1
/2
50
1
/4
56
1
/2
62
1
/2
69
1
/8
75
1
/8
29
3
/4
35
3
/4
41
5
/8
47
1
/2
53
3
/4
59
3
/4
65
5
/8
71
5
/8
33
3
/4
39
3
/4
45
5
/8
52
1
/2
58
3
/4
64
3
/4
71
5
/8
77
5
/8
32
38
43
7
/8
50
1
/4
56
1
/2
62
1
/2
69
1
/8
75
1
/8
FR-8
FR-14
FR-18
FR-24
FR-30
FR-36
FR-45
FR-54
M
HOPPER
HEIGHT
SMALL
DIAMETER
BIG DIAMETER
(BD)
HOPPER ANGLE,
(BDSD)
2 TAN (90 )
(BDSD)
1.1547
(FOR 60 CONE)
(SD)
Filtair Series
Filter Receiver Hopper
Dimensions
FORMULA FOR NON-STANDARD CONES
www.ktron.com
6
Rev. 2009-08
Q
J K
D SQ
E SQ
C
L
C
A
B
20
60
1
/4
20
1
/8
TYP
(4)
9
/16 DIA HLS FOR
SINGLE PLATFORM
OR
(8)
9
/16 DIA HLS FOR
DOUBLE PLATFORM
NOTE:
THE SUPPORT STAND CAN BE
PURCHASED SEPARATELY FROM THE
SERVICE PLATFORM AND ACCESS
LADDER.
C
L
F
TYP
C
L
N
TYP
G
C
L
H
C
L
P
15
1
/2
3
1
/2
TYP
L
M
(4)

1 DIA HLS
NOTE
DIAGONALS
ARE FOR
UNITS WITH
AN 84" TALL
HOUSING
ONLY
(4)
5
/8 DIA HLS FOR
ANCHORING HOPPER
REF.:
FILTER
RECEIVER
34
3
/8
TYP
ANCHOR PLAN
Filtair Series
Filter Receiver Support Stand
Service Platform
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-08
7
A D E
F14217-17 57
13
/16 *
1
/2 28
1
/2 34
1
/2 16 24 39
F14217-18 65
1
/4 *
1
/2 34
1
/2 40
1
/2 19 30 45
F14217-19 70
3
/8 *
1
/2 39
7
/8 46
7
/8 21
15
/16 35
3
/8 51
3
/8
F14217-20 75
5
/8 *
1
/2 46
1
/4 53
1
/4 25
1
/8 41
3
/4 41
3
/4
F14217-21 80
7
/8 34
5
/8
1
/2 53 59 28
1
/4 48
1
/2 48
1
/2
F14217-22 85
3
/4 37
5
/8
1
/2 59 65 31
1
/4 54
1
/2 54
1
/2
F14217-23 90
15
/16 41
5
/8
1
/2 65
5
/8 71
5
/8 34
9
/16 61
1
/8 61
1
/8
F14217-24 96
1
/8 44
5
/8
1
/2 71
5
/8 77
5
/8 37
9
/16 67
1
/8 67
1
/8
Part No.
H G F C B No. of Bags
Part No.
F14217-27 8
F14217-28 14
F14217-29 18
F14217-30 24
F14217-31 30
F14217-32 36
F14217-33 45
F14217-34 54
A L D E K
F24217-17 57
13
/16 *
1
/2 28
1
/2 34
1
/2 16 24 39 17
1
/4 49
3
/8 73
5
/16 116
1
/2 32
5
/8 8
1
/4
F24217-18 65
1
/4 *
1
/2 34
1
/2 40
1
/2 19 30 45 20
1
/4 52
3
/8 84
3
/4 127
15
/16 32
5
/8 11
1
/4
F24217-19 70
3
/8 *
1
/2 39
7
/8 46
7
/8 21
15
/16 35
3
/8 51
3
/8 23
7
/16 55
3
/8 89
15
/16 133
1
/8 32
15
/16 14
7
/16
F24217-20 75
5
/8 *
1
/2 46
1
/4 53
1
/4 25
1
/8 41
3
/4 41
3
/4 26
5
/8 58
3
/8 97
1
/8 140
5
/16 32
3
/4 9
5
/8
Part No. J H G F C B M N P Part No. No. of Bags
F24217-27 8
F24217-28 14
F24217-29 18
F24217-30 24
A M D E L
F24217-21 80
7
/8 34
5
/8
1
/2 53 59 28
1
/4 48
1
/2 48
1
/2 61
3
/8 105
1
/2 148
11
/16 32
3
/8 13 122
3
/4
F24217-18 85
3
/4 37
5
/8
1
/2 59 65 31
1
/4 54
1
/2 54
1
/2 64
3
/8 110
3
/8 153
9
/16 32
3
/8 16 128
3
/4
F24217-19 90
15
/16 41
5
/8
1
/2 65
5
/8 71
5
/8 34
9
/16 61
1
/8 61
1
/8 67
5
/8 115
9
/16 158
3
/4 32
5
/16 19
5
/16 135
1
/4
F24217-20 96
1
/8 44
5
/8
1
/2 71
5
/8 77
5
/8 37
9
/16 67
1
/8 67
1
/8 70
5
/8 120
3
/4 163
15
/16 32
5
/16 22
5
/16 144
1
/4
K H G F C B N P Q Part No. Part No.
F24217-31 30
F24217-32 36
F24217-33 45
F24217-34 54
No. of Bags Part No.
A L D E K
F34217-17 57
13
/16 *
1
/2 28
1
/2 34
1
/2 16 24 39 17
1
/4 49
3
/8 97
5
/16 140
1
/2 32
5
/8 8
1
/4
F24217-18 65
1
/4 *
1
/2 34
1
/2 40
1
/2 19 30 45 20
1
/4 52
3
/8 108
3
/4 151
15
/16 32
5
/8 11
1
/4
F24217-19 70
3
/8 *
1
/2 39
7
/8 46
7
/8 21
15
/16 35
3
/8 51
3
/8 23
7
/16 55
3
/8 113
15
/16 157
1
/8 32
15
/16 14
7
/16
F24217-20 75
5
/8 *
1
/2 46
1
/4 53
1
/4 25
1
/8 41
3
/4 41
3
/4 26
5
/8 58
3
/8 121
1
/8 164
5
/16 32
3
/4 9
5
/8
Part No. J H G F C B M N P Part No. Part No. No. of Bags
F34217-27 8
F34217-28 14
F34217-29 18
F34217-30 24
A M D E L
F34217-21 80
7
/8 34
5
/8
1
/2 53 59 28
1
/4 48
1
/2 48
1
/2 61
3
/8 129
1
/2 172
11
/16 32
3
/8 13 122
3
/4
F24217-18 85
3
/4 37
5
/8
1
/2 59 65 31
1
/4 54
1
/2 54
1
/2 64
3
/8 134
3
/8 177
9
/16 32
3
/8 16 128
3
/4
F24217-19 90
15
/16 41
5
/8
1
/2 65
5
/8 71
5
/8 34
9
/16 61
1
/8 61
1
/8 67
5
/8 139
9
/16 182
3
/4 32
5
/16 19
5
/16 135
1
/4
F24217-20 96
1
/8 44
5
/8
1
/2 71
5
/8 77
5
/8 37
9
/16 67
1
/8 67
1
/8 70
5
/8 144
3
/4 187
15
/16 32
5
/16 22
5
/16 141
1
/4
Part No. K H G F C B N P Q Part No. Part No. Part No. No. of Bags
F34217-31 30
F34217-32 36
F34217-33 45
F34217-34 54
Filtair Series
Filter Receiver Support Stand
Service Platform
Support Stand Only
Support Stand & Service Platform for 58" Filter Body
Support Stand & Two (2) Service Platforms for 84" Filter Body
Support Stand & Service Platform for 84" Filter Body
Support Stand & Two (2) Service Platforms for 58" Filter Body
www.ktron.com
8
Rev. 2009-08
C
L
N OD
MOUNTING LUGS ARE
NOT INCLUDED ON
CYCLONE SIZES
1 THRU 4
L ID
MOUNTING
LUG
P V
EXHAUST HOOD
OPTION
C
L
INLET
EXHAUST
C
L
E
K
A
S OD
R
T
B
Q
C
M
U
D
G OD
EXHAUST CANOPY
OPTION
X
W
NOTE:
LEFT-HAND INTAKE WITH RIGHT-HAND EXHAUST SHOWN.
ALSO AVAILABLE WITH RIGHT-HAND INTAKE AND
LEFT-HAND EXHAUST.
(12) H DIA HLS
ON A J DBC
DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN ON
THE FOLLOWING FOUR PAGES.
F ID
*Please note maximum vacuum ratings to assure proper operation in a conveying system.
A PD blower vacuum system requires cyclones rated to 17 Hg.
C
L
Cyclone
Size
Number
Air Volume (ACFM) Maximum Operating Pressure (PSIG)/Vacuum (Inches HG)
Min. Optimum Max. 10-Ga. Hrs. 14-Ga. Hrs. .125 Alum. 14-Ga. SS
1 0 125 175 14.9/17.0 14.9/17.0 14.9/17.0 14.9/17.0
2 175 225 300 14.9/17.0 14.9/17.0 14.9/17.0 14.9/17.0
3 275 375 500 14.9/17.0 14.9/17.0 14.9/17.0 14.9/17.0
4 425 600 750 14.9/17.0 14.9/17.0 14.9/17.0 14.9/17.0
5 650 850 1150 14.9/17.0 10.0/17.0 13.6/17.0 10.0/17.0
6 850 1150 1500 11.8/17.0 6.8/13.8 8.7/17.0 6.8/13.8
7 1150 1550 2000 9.0/17.0 5.3/10.8 6.4/13.0 5.3/10.8
8 1400 1900 2500 7.1/14.6 3.8/7.7 5.1/10.4 3.8/7.7
9 1750 2300 3000 5.8/11.8 2.7/5.5 3.6/7.3 2.7/5.5
10 2100 2800 3650 4.8/9.7 2.2/4.5 2.8/5.7 2.2/4.5
11 2600 3400 4500 4.0/8.2 2.0/4.1 2.5/5.1 2.0/4.1
12 2850 3800 5000 3.4/7.0 1.6/3.3 2.0/4.1 1.6/3.3
13 3400 4600 6000 3.0/6.0 1.2/2.4 1.6/3.3 1.2/2.4
14 4100 5350 7000 2.6/5.2 1.0/2.0 1.3/2.6 1.0/2.0
15 4600 6150 8000 2.3/4.6 .85/1.7 1.1/2.2 .85/1.7
*Operating Specications
Cyclone
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-08
9
M E F L
1 8
1
/2 9
1
/2 22
7
/16 19
5
/16 3
1
/8 4 6
1
/2
7
/16 5
1
/2 * * *
2 13 12
5
/8 32
5
/8 28
7
/8 4
3
/4 6 8
1
/2
7
/16 7
1
/2 * * *
3 17 15
3
/4 47
1
/8 42
7
/8 6
1
/4 6 8
1
/2
7
/16 7
1
/2 * * *
3 17 15
3
/4 41
7
/8 37
5
/8 6
1
/4 8 10
1
/2
7
/16 9
1
/2 * * *
4 21 19 55
1
/4 50
7
/16 7
3
/4 8 10
1
/2
7
/16 9
1
/2 * * *
4 21 19 50
3
/8 45
9
/16 7
3
/4 10 13
7
/16 12 * * *
5 25
1
/2 23
1
/4 73
1
/16 67
9
/16 9
3
/8 8 10
1
/2
7
/16 9
1
/2 13
3
/4
9
/16 4
5 25
1
/2 23
1
/4 67
3
/8 61
7
/8 9
3
/8 10 13
7
/16 12 13
3
/4
9
/16 4
6 30 27
1
/4 84
1
/8 78
3
/16 11 10 13
7
/16 12 16
9
/16 4
6 30 27
1
/4 78
1
/2 72
9
/16 11 12 15
1
/2
9
/16 14
1
/4 16
9
/16 4
7 34 30
1
/2 98
3
/4 92
1
/4 12
1
/2 10 13
7
/16 12 18
9
/16 4
7 34 30
1
/2 93
1
/16 86
9
/16 12
1
/2 12 15
1
/2
9
/16 14
1
/4 18
9
/16 4
8 38 33
3
/4 113
3
/8 106
1
/4 14 10 13
7
/16 12 20
9
/16 4
8 38 33
3
/4 107
11
/16 100
9
/16 14 12 15
1
/2
9
/16 14
1
/4 20
9
/16 4
8 38 33
3
/4 102 94
7
/8 14 14 17
1
/2
9
/16 16
1
/4 20
9
/16 4
9 42
1
/2 38 130
3
/8 122
9
/16 15
5
/8 10 13
7
/16 12 22
1
/4
9
/16 4
9 42
1
/2 38 124
11
/16 116
7
/8 15
5
/8 12 15
1
/2
9
/16 14
1
/4 22
1
/4
9
/16 4
9 42
1
/2 38 119 111
3
/16 15
5
/8 14 17
1
/2
9
/16 16
1
/4 22
1
/4
9
/16 4
10 47 41
1
/8 140
9
/16 132
1
/4 17
1
/4 12 15
1
/2
9
/16 14
1
/4 24
1
/2
15
/16 6
10 47 41
1
/8 134
15
/16 126
5
/8 17
1
/4 14 17
1
/2
9
/16 16
1
/4 24
1
/2
15
/16 6
10 47 41
1
/8 129
1
/4 120
15
/16 17
1
/4 16 20
9
/16 18
1
/2 24
1
/2
15
/16 6
11 51 44
1
/4 149
3
/8 140
9
/16 18
3
/4 14 17
1
/2
9
/16 16
1
/4 26
1
/2
15
/16 6
11 51 44
1
/4 143
11
/16 134
7
/8 18
3
/4 16 20
9
/16 18
1
/2 26
1
/2
15
/16 6
12 55 47
1
/2 163
15
/16 154
1
/2 20
1
/4 14 17
1
/2
9
/16 16
1
/4 28
1
/2
15
/16 6
12 55 47
1
/2 158
1
/4 148
13
/16 20
1
/4 16 20
9
/16 18
1
/2 28
1
/2
15
/16 6
13 59
1
/2 51
3
/4 180
15
/16 170
7
/8 21
7
/8 14 17
1
/2
9
/16 16
1
/4 30
3
/4
15
/16 6
13 59
1
/2 51
3
/4 175
1
/4 165
3
/16 21
7
/8 16 20
9
/16 18
1
/2 30
3
/4
15
/16 6
14 64 56 192
5
/16 181
9
/16 23
1
/2 16 20
9
/16 18
1
/2 33
15
/16 6
15 68 59 206
5
/8 195
1
/2 25 16 20
9
/16 18
1
/2 35
15
/16 6
For 10GA
Carbon
Steel
K J H G D C A
Part No.
For 14GA
Carbon
Steel
For .125
Aluminum
For 14GA
Stainless
Steel
Size
5208-89 5208-2 5208-31 5208-60
5208-205 5208-118 5208-147 5208-176
5208-90 5208-3 5208-32 5208-61
5208-206 5208-119 5208-148 5208-177
5208-91 5208-4 5208-33 5208-62
5208-207 5208-120 5208-149 5208-178
5208-92 5208-5 5208-34 5208-63
5208-208 5208-121 5208-150 5208-179
5208-93 5208-6 5208-35 5208-64
5208-209 5208-122 5208-151 5208-180
5208-94 5208-7 5208-36 5208-65
5208-210 5208-123 5208-152 5208-181
5208-95 5208-8 5208-37 5208-66
5208-211 5208-124 5208-153 5208-182
5208-96 5208-9 5208-38 5208-67
5208-212 5208-125 5208-154 5208-183
5208-97 5208-10 5208-39 5208-68
5208-213 5208-126 5208-155 5208-184
5208-98 5208-11 5208-40 5208-69
5208-214 5208-127 5208-156 5208-185
5208-99 5208-12 5208-41 5208-70
5208-215 5208-128 5208-157 5208-186
5208-100 5208-13 5208-42 5208-71
5208-216 5208-129 5208-158 5208-187
5208-101 5208-14 5208-43 5208-72
5208-217 5208-130 5208-159 5208-188
5208-102 5208-15 5208-44 5208-73
5208-218 5208-131 5208-160 5208-189
5208-103 5208-16 5208-45 5208-74
5208-219 5208-132 5208-161 5208-190
5208-104 5208-17 5208-46 5208-75
5208-220 5208-133 5208-162 5208-191
5208-105 5208-18 5208-47 5208-76
5208-221 5208-134 5208-163 5208-192
5208-106 5208-19 5208-48 5208-77
5208-222 5208-135 5208-164 5208-193
5208-107 5208-20 5208-49 5208-78
5208-223 5208-136 5208-165 5208-194
5208-108 5208-21 5208-50 5208-79
5208-224 5208-137 5208-166 5208-195
5208-109 5208-22 5208-51 5208-80
5208-225 5208-138 5208-167 5208-196
5208-110 5208-23 5208-52 5208-81
5208-226 5208-139 5208-168 5208-197
5208-111 5208-24 5208-53 5208-82
5208-227 5208-140 5208-169 5208-198
5208-112 5208-25 5208-54 5208-83
5208-228 5208-141 5208-170 5208-199
5208-113 5208-26 5208-55 5208-84
5208-229 5208-142 5208-171 5208-200
5208-114 5208-27 5208-56 5208-85
5208-230 5208-143 5208-172 5208-201
5208-115 5208-28 5208-57 5208-86
5208-231 5208-144 5208-173 5208-202
5208-116 5208-29 5208-58 5208-87
5208-232 5208-145 5208-174 5208-203
5208-117 5208-30 5208-59 5208-88
5208-233 5208-146 5208-175 5208-204
NOTE: Top part number in each row is the left-hand version. Bottom part number in each row is the right-hand version.
* Dimension Not Applicable
B
Cyclone
Main
Bodies
www.ktron.com
10
Rev. 2009-08
P
For 10GA
Carbon
Steel
Q N
For 14GA
Carbon
Steel
For .125
Aluminum
For 14GA
Stainless
Steel
Size
5308-157 5308-1 5308-53 5308-105 1 2 16
5
/8 11
5308-631 5308-640 1 2
3
/8 16
5
/8 11
5308-158 5308-2 5308-54 5308-106 2 2 19
3
/8 11
1
/2
5308-632 5308-641 2 2
3
/8 19
3
/8 11
1
/2
5308-159 5308-3 5308-55 5308-107 2 3 19
3
/8 11
1
/2
5308-633 5308-642 2 3
1
/2 19
3
/8 11
1
/2
5308-160 5308-4 5308-56 5308-108 2 4 19
3
/8 11
1
/2
5308-634 5308-643 2 4
1
/2 19
3
/8 11
1
/2
5308-161 5308-5 5308-57 5308-109 3 3 21
3
/8 11
1
/2
5308-635 5308-644 3 3
1
/2 21
3
/8 11
1
/2
5308-162 5308-6 5308-58 5308-110 3 4 21
3
/8 11
1
/2
5308-636 5308-645 3 4
1
/2 21
3
/8 11
1
/2
5308-163 5308-7 5308-59 5308-111 3 5 21
3
/8 11
1
/2
5308-637 5308-646 3 5
9
/16 21
3
/8 11
1
/2
5308-164 5308-8 5308-60 5308-112 4 4 23
3
/8 11
1
/2
5308-638 5308-647 4 4
1
/2 23
3
/8 11
1
/2
5308-165 5308-9 5308-61 5308-113 4 5 23
3
/8 11
1
/2
5308-639 5308-648 4 5
9
/16 23
3
/8 11
1
/2
5308-166 5308-10 5308-62 5308-114 4 6 23
3
/8 11
1
/2
5308-167 5308-11 5308-63 5308-115 5 5 26
7
/8 13
5308-168 5308-12 5308-64 5308-116 5 6 26
7
/8 13
5308-169 5308-13 5308-65 5308-117 5 7 26
7
/8 13
5308-170 5308-14 5308-66 5308-118 6 6 28 11
5
/8
5308-171 5308-15 5308-67 5308-119 6 7 28 11
5
/8
5308-172 5308-16 5308-68 5308-120 6 8 28 11
5
/8
5308-173 5308-17 5308-69 5308-121 6 9 28 11
5
/8
5308-174 5308-18 5308-70 5308-122 7 6 33
3
/4 15
3
/8
5308-175 5308-19 5308-71 5308-123 7 7 33
3
/4 15
3
/8
5308-176 5308-20 5308-72 5308-124 7 8 33
3
/4 15
3
/8
5308-177 5308-21 5308-73 5308-125 7 9 33
3
/4 15
3
/8
5308-178 5308-22 5308-74 5308-126 7 10 33
3
/4 15
3
/8
5308-179 5308-23 5308-75 5308-127 8 8 32 11
5
/8
5308-180 5308-24 5308-76 5308-128 8 9 32 11
5
/8
5308-181 5308-25 5308-77 5308-129 8 10 32 11
5
/8
5308-182 5308-26 5308-78 5308-130 9 8 39 16
3
/8
5308-183 5308-27 5308-79 5308-131 9 9 39 16
3
/8
5308-184 5308-28 5308-80 5308-132 9 10 39 16
3
/8
5308-185 5308-29 5308-81 5308-133 9 12 39 16
3
/8
5308-186 5308-30 5308-82 5308-134 10 8 45
7
/8 21
5308-187 5308-31 5308-83 5308-135 10 9 45
7
/8 21
5308-188 5308-32 5308-84 5308-136 10 10 45
7
/8 21
5308-189 5308-33 5308-85 5308-137 10 12 45
7
/8 21
5308-190 5308-34 5308-86 5308-138 10 14 45
7
/8 21
5308-191 5308-35 5308-87 5308-139 11 10 44
1
/8 17
1
/4
5308-192 5308-36 5308-88 5308-140 11 12 44
1
/8 17
1
/4
5308-193 5308-37 5308-89 5308-141 11 14 44
1
/8 17
1
/4
5308-194 5308-38 5308-90 5308-142 12 10 50 21
1
/8
5308-195 5308-39 5308-91 5308-143 12 12 50 21
1
/8
5308-196 5308-40 5308-92 5308-144 12 14 50 21
1
/8
5308-197 5308-41 5308-93 5308-145 12 16 50 21
1
/8
5308-198 5308-42 5308-94 5308-146 13 12 49
3
/8 18
1
/4
5308-199 5308-43 5308-95 5308-147 13 14 49
3
/8 18
1
/4
5308-200 5308-44 5308-96 5308-148 13 16 49
3
/8 18
1
/4
5308-201 5308-45 5308-97 5308-149 14 12 56
3
/8 23
5308-202 5308-46 5308-98 5308-150 14 14 56
3
/8 23
5308-203 5308-47 5308-99 5308-151 14 16 56
3
/8 23
5308-204 5308-48 5308-100 5308-152 14 18 56
3
/8 23
5308-205 5308-49 5308-101 5308-153 15 14 54
5
/8 19
1
/4
5308-206 5308-50 5308-102 5308-154 15 16 54
5
/8 19
1
/4
5308-207 5308-51 5308-103 5308-155 15 18 54
5
/8 19
1
/4
5308-208 5308-52 5308-104 5308-156 15 20 54
5
/8 19
1
/4
Part No.
Cyclone
Inlet
Transitions
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-08
11
U
For 10GA
Carbon
Steel
V T
For Left-Hand Cyclone
For 14GA
Carbon
Steel
For .125
Aluminum
For 14GA
Stainless
Steel
Size R
For 10GA
Carbon
Steel
For Right-Hand Cyclone
For 14GA
Carbon
Steel
For .125
Aluminum
For 14GA
Stainless
Steel
S
5308-702 5308-649 5308-669
5308-650 5308-670
5308-350 5308-209 5308-256 5308-303
5308-651 5308-671
5308-652 5308-672
5308-653 5308-673
5308-351 5308-210 5308-257 5308-304
5308-654 5308-674
5308-352 5308-211 5308-258 5308-305
5308-655 5308-675
5308-353 5308-212 5308-259 5308-306
5308-656 5308-676
5308-657 5308-677
5308-354 5308-213 5308-260 5308-307
5308-658 5308-678
5308-355 5308-214 5308-261 5308-308
5308-356 5308-215 5308-262 5308-309

5308-700

5308-699
5308-357 5308-216 5308-263 5308-310
5308-358 5308-217 5308-264 5308-311
5308-359 5308-218 5308-265 5308-312
5308-701
5308-360 5308-219 5308-266 5308-313
5308-361 5308-220 5308-267 5308-314
5308-362 5308-221 5308-268 5308-315
5308-363 5308-222 5308-269 5308-316
5308-364 5308-223 5308-270 5308-317
5308-365 5308-224 5308-271 5308-318
5308-366 5308-225 5308-272 5308-319
5308-367 5308-226 5308-273 5308-320
5308-368 5308-227 5308-274 5308-321
5308-369 5308-228 5308-275 5308-322
5308-370 5308-229 5308-276 5308-323
5308-371 5308-230 5308-277 5308-324
5308-372 5308-231 5308-278 5308-325
5308-373 5308-232 5308-279 5308-326
5308-374 5308-233 5308-280 5308-327
5308-375 5308-234 5308-281 5308-328
5308-376 5308-235 5308-282 5308-329
5308-377 5308-236 5308-283 5308-330
5308-378 5308-237 5308-284 5308-331
5308-379 5308-238 5308-285 5308-332
5308-380 5308-239 5308-286 5308-333
5308-381 5308-240 5308-287 5308-334
5308-382 5308-241 5308-288 5308-335
5308-383 5308-242 5308-289 5308-336
5308-384 5308-243 5308-290 5308-337
5308-385 5308-244 5308-291 5308-338
5308-386 5308-245 5308-292 5308-339
5308-387 5308-246 5308-293 5308-340
5308-388 5308-247 5308-294 5308-341
5308-389 5308-248 5308-295 5308-342
5308-390 5308-249 5308-296 5308-343
5308-391 5308-250 5308-297 5308-344
5308-392 5308-251 5308-298 5308-345
5308-393 5308-252 5308-299 5308-346
5308-394 5308-253 5308-300 5308-347
5308-395 5308-254 5308-301 5308-348
5308-396 5308-255 5308-302 5308-349
1 1 2 3
3
/8 4
1
/2 6
1
13
/16 2
3
/8 3
3
/16 4
1
/2 6
1
1
/2 3 2
7
/8 4
1
/2 6
1
1
/4 3
1
/2 2
5
/8 4
1
/2 6
2 2 2 3
3
/8 4
1
/2 7
2 1
13
/16 2
3
/8 3
3
/16 4
1
/2 7
2 1
1
/2 3 2
7
/8 4
1
/2 7
2 1
1
/4 3
1
/2 2
5
/8 4
1
/2 7
2 1 4 3
3
/8 5
1
/2 7
2
3
/4 4
1
/2 3
1
/8 5
1
/2 7
2
1
/2 5 3
7
/8 6
1
/2 7
3 2
1
/2 3 3
7
/8 5
1
/2 8
3 2
1
/4 3
1
/2 3
5
/8 5
1
/2 8
3 2 4 3
3
/8 5
1
/2 8
3 1
3
/4 4
1
/2 3
1
/8 5
1
/2 8
3 1
1
/2 5 3
7
/8 6
1
/2 8
3 1 6 4
3
/8 7
1
/2 8
4 3 4 4
3
/8 6
1
/2 9
4 3 4 5
3
/8 7
1
/2 9
4 2
3
/4 4
1
/2 4
1
/8 6
1
/2 9
4 2
3
/4 4
1
/2 4
1
/8 6
7
/8 9
4 2
1
/2 5 3
7
/8 6
1
/2 9
4 2 6 4
3
/8 7
1
/2 9
4 1
1
/2 7 4
7
/8 8
1
/2 9
5 3
1
/2 5 4
7
/8 7
1
/2 10
5 3 6 4
3
/8 7
1
/2 10
5 2
1
/2 7 4
7
/8 8
1
/2 10
5 1
1
/2 9 5
7
/8 10
1
/2 10
6 3 8 5
3
/8 9
1
/2 11
6 2
1
/2 9 5
7
/8 10
1
/2 11
6 2 10 6
3
/8 11
1
/2 11
7 4
1
/2 7 4
7
/8 8
1
/2 12
7 3
1
/2 9 5
7
/8 10
1
/2 12
7 3 10 6
3
/8 11
1
/2 12
7 2
1
/2 11 6
7
/8 12
1
/2 12
7 2 12 7
3
/8 13
1
/2 12
8 4 10 6
3
/8 11
1
/2 13
8 3
1
/2 11 6
7
/8 12
1
/2 13
8 3 12 7
3
/8 13
1
/2 13
9 5 10 6
3
/8 11
1
/2 14
9 3 14 8
3
/8 15
1
/2 14
10 6 10 6
3
/8 11
1
/2 15
10 4 14 8
3
/8 15
1
/2 15
10 3 16 9
3
/8 17
1
/2 15
11 6 12 7
3
/8 13
1
/2 16
11 5 14 8
3
/8 15
1
/2 16
11 4 16 9
3
/8 17
1
/2 16
12 7 12 7
3
/8 13
1
/2 17
12 6 14 8
3
/8 15
1
/2 17
12 5 16 9
3
/8 17
1
/2 17
12 4 18 10
3
/8 19
1
/2 17
13 7 14 8
3
/8 15
1
/2 18
13 6 16 9
3
/8 17
1
/2 18
13 5 18 10
3
/8 19
1
/2 18
14 8 14 8
3
/8 15
1
/2 19
14 7 16 9
3
/8 17
1
/2 19
14 6 18 10
3
/8 19
1
/2 19
14 5 20 11
3
/8 21
1
/2 19
15 8 16 9
3
/8 17
1
/2 20
15 7 18 10
3
/8 19
1
/2 20
15 6 20 11
3
/8 21
1
/2 20
15 5 22 12
3
/8 23
1
/2 20
5308-696 5308-659 5308-679
5308-660 5308-680
5308-538 5308-397 5308-444 5308-491
5308-661 5308-681
5308-662 5308-682
5308-663 5308-683
5308-539 5308-398 5308-445 5308-492
5308-664 5308-684
5308-540 5308-399 5308-446 5308-493
5308-665 5308-685
5308-541 5308-400 5308-447 5308-494
5308-666 5308-686
5308-667 5308-687
5308-542 5308-401 5308-448 5308-495
5308-668 5308-688
5308-543 5308-402 5308-449 5308-496
5308-544 5308-403 5308-450 5308-497
5308-697

5308-692

5308-545 5308-404 5308-451 5308-498
5308-546 5308-405 5308-452 5308-499
5308-547 5308-406 5308-453 5308-500
5308-698
5308-548 5308-407 5308-454 5308-501
5308-549 5308-408 5308-455 5308-502
5308-550 5308-409 5308-456 5308-503
5308-551 5308-410 5308-457 5308-504
5308-552 5308-411 5308-458 5308-505
5308-553 5308-412 5308-459 5308-506
5308-554 5308-413 5308-460 5308-507
5308-555 5308-414 5308-461 5308-508
5308-556 5308-415 5308-462 5308-509
5308-557 5308-416 5308-463 5308-510
5308-558 5308-417 5308-464 5308-511
5308-559 5308-418 5308-465 5308-512
5308-560 5308-419 5308-466 5308-513
5308-561 5308-420 5308-467 5308-514
5308-562 5308-421 5308-468 5308-515
5308-563 5308-422 5308-469 5308-516
5308-564 5308-423 5308-470 5308-517
5308-565 5308-424 5308-471 5308-518
5308-566 5308-425 5308-472 5308-519
5308-567 5308-426 5308-473 5308-520
5308-568 5308-427 5308-474 5308-521
5308-569 5308-428 5308-475 5308-522
5308-570 5308-429 5308-476 5308-523
5308-571 5308-430 5308-477 5308-524
5308-572 5308-431 5308-478 5308-525
5308-573 5308-432 5308-479 5308-526
5308-574 5308-433 5308-480 5308-527
5308-575 5308-434 5308-481 5308-528
5308-576 5308-435 5308-482 5308-529
5308-577 5308-436 5308-483 5308-530
5308-578 5308-437 5308-484 5308-531
5308-579 5308-438 5308-485 5308-532
5308-580 5308-439 5308-486 5308-533
5308-581 5308-440 5308-487 5308-534
5308-582 5308-441 5308-488 5308-535
5308-583 5308-442 5308-489 5308-536
5308-584 5308-443 5308-490 5308-537
Cyclone
Exhaust
Fittings
www.ktron.com
12
Rev. 2009-08
FILTER ELEMENT
A ID
B OD
G
C
L
C
L
F
D
C
E OD
Part No.
Size W X For 14GA
Carbon
Steel
For .125
Aluminum
For 14GA
Stainless
Steel
5308-585 5308-600 5308-615 1 3
1
/2 6
5308-586 5308-601 5308-616 2 4
1
/2 8
5308-587 5308-602 5308-617 3 6
3
/4 12
5308-588 5308-603 5308-618 4 8
1
/2 15
5308-589 5308-604 5308-619 5 10
1
/8 18
5308-590 5308-605 5308-620 6 12
1
/4 21
5308-591 5308-606 5308-621 7 13
7
/16 24
5308-592 5308-607 5308-622 8 15 27
5308-593 5308-608 5308-623 9 16
3
/4 30
5308-594 5308-609 5308-624 10 18
3
/8 33
5308-595 5308-610 5308-625 11 20 36
5308-596 5308-611 5308-626 12 21
3
/4 39
5308-597 5308-612 5308-627 13 23
3
/8 42
5308-598 5308-613 5308-628 14 25 45
5308-599 5308-614 5308-629 15 26
5
/8 48
Part No.
Max. CFM
Rating
A B C D E F G
5215-1 1400 16 20 5
1
/2 27 6 13
1
/2 13
1
/2
5215-2 2000 20 23 6
1
/2 34 8 16 16
5215-3 2700 23 26 7
1
/2 55 10 17
1
/2 17
1
/2
5215-4 900 12 16 4
1
/2 26 4 11 11
Cyclone
Exhaust Canopies
In-line Filter
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-08
13
Part No. 5306-62
UNIT CONTAINS 23 SQUARE FEET OF CLOTH
120
(TYP)
1
5
8
(TYP)
11
15
16
R (TYP)
(MTG FOR DEV-MARK HATCH)
(3)
7
16 DIA HLS EQ. SPCD

(3) 1DIA SLOTS EQ. SPCD
(MTG FOR STANDARD HATCH)
11
1
2
R (TYP)
9
3
8
R
13 R (TYP)
BONDED GASKET
120
(TYP)
1
5
8
(TYP)
11
15
16
R (TYP)
(3)
7
16 DIA HLS EQ. SPCD

11
1
2
R (TYP)
9
3
8
R
13 R (TYP)
BONDED GASKET
1 (TYP)
FILTER BAG
72
20
DIA
1 (TYP)
4
5
1
4
FILTER BAG
53
1
8
24 OD
22
1
4
ID
LIFTING EYELET
Railcar Vents
Filter Bag Vent with Weather Hood
www.ktron.com
14
Rev. 2009-08
Part No. 5306-63
UNIT CONTAINS 33 SQUARE FEET OF CLOTH
120
(TYP)
1
5
8
(TYP)
11
15
16
R (TYP)
(3)
7
16 DIA HLS EQ. SPCD

11
1
2
R (TYP)
9
3
8
R
13 R (TYP)
BONDED GASKET
120
(TYP)
1
5
8
(TYP)
11
15
16
R (TYP)
(3)
7
16 DIA HLS EQ. SPCD

11
1
2
R (TYP)
9
3
8
R
13 R (TYP)
BONDED GASKET
1 (TYP)
FILTER BAG
72
20
DIA
1 (TYP)
4
5
1
4
FILTER BAG
53
1
8
24 OD
22
1
4
ID
LIFTING EYELET
Railcar Vents
Filter Bag Vent without Weather Hood
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-08
15
120
(TYP)
1
5
8
(TYP)
11
15
16
R (TYP)
7
16
DIA HLS EQ. SPCD
(3) PLCS
1
11
1
2
R (TYP)
3
9
16
13 R (TYP)
C
12 APPROX
FILTER ELEMENT
L
C
L
1

DIA SLOT
(3) PLCS
BONDED GASKET
Part No. F15306-64
NOTES
1. CFM RATING RANGE IS 140 TO 300.
2. UNIT TO BE USED FOR FILTERING AIR THAT IS DRAWN
INTO THE RAILCAR DURING UNLOADING ONLY.
3. COVER IS CAST ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION.
Railcar Vents
Cartridge Vent with Weather Hood

4
www.ktron.com
FILTAIR AND CYCLONE SIZING
Introduction
Use these instructions to size separators for system and com-
ponent applications. They are designed to be used in conjunc-
tion with worksheet no. D-5.

Restrictions
These calculations are based on the following assumptions:
1. The ambient air and the material being handled do not
exceed 120 degrees F.
2. The material being handled has a fine particle content that
would be normal for that material. Making this judgment is
not necessary if a material test has been done on the spe-
cific material to be handled.

If either of these two qualifications do not fit the application
being considered, contact the factory for instructions to size the
separator.

Material Test
Some of the information from a standard Premier material test
is required to complete these instructions. If the material
being handled has not been tested, consult the results from
past material tests listed in Section 0 of this catalog. Past test
results for materials, in addition to the ones listed, are available
by calling the factory and requesting a computer search of the
material test files.

Calculations
If the air volume ACFM that the separator will handle is known,
there is no need to complete lines a thru d of the worksheet.
Write the air volume ACFM in the space on line e of the work-
sheet and proceed with the instructions from that point.

If the air volume ACFM is not known, write the system inlet air
flow and the blower inlet vacuum from the worksheet, no. D-
3 or D-4, in the spaces on line a and b of the worksheet.

In the table below, find the temperature altitude correction
factor based on the highest prevailing ambient temperature
and the altitude above sea level of the installation point. Write
the temperature altitude correction factor in the space on line c
of the worksheet.
Separators & Receivers
FILTAIR and CYCLONE SIZING
Page 4-101
Altitude
Feet Above
Sea Level
40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
0 .94 .96 .98 1.00 1.02 1.04 1.05 1.07 1.09
500 .96 .98 1.00 1.02 1.04 1.06 1.07 1.09 1.11
1000 .98 1.00 1.02 1.04 1.06 1.08 1.09 1.11 1.13
1500 1.00 1.02 1.04 1.06 1.08 1.10 1.12 1.14 1.16
2000 1.01 1.03 1.06 1.08 1.10 1.12 1.14 1.16 1.18
2500 1.03 1.05 1.08 1.10 1.12 1.14 1.16 1.18 1.20
3000 1.05 1.07 1.10 1.12 1.14 1.16 1.18 1.20 1.22
3500 1.07 1.09 1.12 1.14 1.16 1.18 1.20 1.22 1.25
4000 1.09 1.12 1.14 1.16 1.18 1.20 1.23 1.25 1.27
4500 1.11 1.14 1.16 1.18 1.20 1.23 1.25 1.27 1.29
5000 1.14 1.16 1.18 1.20 1.23 1.25 1.27 1.29 1.32
5500 1.16 1.18 1.20 1.23 1.25 1.27 1.30 1.32 1.34
6000 1.18 1.20 1.23 1.25 1.27 1.30 1.32 1.34 1.37
Temperature of the Air
TEMPERATURE ALTITUDE CORRECTION FACTOR

4
www.ktron.com
FILTAIR and CYCLONE
Page 4-102
In the table below, find the inlet vacuum factor based on the
blower inlet vacuum, line b of the worksheet, and write it in the
space on line d of the worksheet.

Multiply line a times line c times line d and write the result in
the space on line e labeled Air Volume ACFM.

To select the proper type of separator, consult the application
guidelines below. Once the selection has been made, put an
X in the box in front of either cyclone, bin vent, or filter receiver
on worksheet no. D-5.

Application Guidelines
Cyclones
Used with size code A materials that contain no fines.
For applications in which small amounts of material in the
exhaust air stream do not present a problem.
Used as a primary receiver with a secondary filter separa-
tor down stream.
Bin Vent
For highly efficient separation of air from material.
Used only in pressure systems because of the operating
pressure limitations. See the operating pressure limits
listed in the table on page 4-104.
Filter Recei ver
Used in applications with higher operating pressures. See
the operating pressure limits listed in the table on page 4-
105.
Used primarily in vacuum systems.
Used for highly efficient separation of air from material.
If a bin vent or filter receiver has been selected, skip down to
line j of the worksheet and proceed with the instructions from
that point.

Cyclones
Turn to the table on page 4-104 labeled Cyclone Operating
Specifications. In the column labeled Air Volume ACFM-
Optimum, find the air volume that is closest to the volume
listed on line e of the worksheet. In the same row of the table,
the cyclone size number is listed in the left hand column.
Write the cyclone size number in the space on line f of the
worksheet.

The material of construction should be dictated by compati-
bility with the material to be handled. There are four materials
of construction to select from; 10 ga. steel, 14 ga. steel, .125
aluminum, and 14 ga. 304 stainless steel. Write the selected
material of construction in the space on line g of the worksheet.
Vacuum
PSIG
Factor Vacuum
PSIG
Factor Vacuum
PSIG
Factor
.1 1.01 2.4 1.20 4.7 1.47
.2 1.01 2.5 1.20 4.8 1.48
.3 1.02 2.6 1.21 4.9 1.50
.4 1.03 2.7 1.23 5.0 1.52
.5 1.04 2.8 1.24 5.1 1.53
.6 1.04 2.9 1.25 5.2 1.55
.7 1.05 3.0 1.26 5.3 1.56
.8 1.06 3.1 1.27 5.4 1.58
.9 1.07 3.2 1.28 5.5 1.60
1.0 1.07 3.3 1.29 5.6 1.62
1.1 1.08 3.4 1.30 5.7 1.63
1.2 1.09 3.5 1.31 5.8 1.65
1.3 1.10 3.6 1.32 5.9 1.67
1.4 1.11 3.7 1.34 6.0 1.69
1.5 1.11 3.8 1.35 6.1 1.71
1.6 1.12 3.9 1.36 6.2 1.73
1.7 1.13 4.0 1.37 6.3 1.75
1.8 1.14 4.1 1.39 6.4 1.77
1.9 1.15 4.2 1.40 6.5 1.79
2.0 1.16 4.3 1.41 6.6 1.81
2.1 1.17 4.4 1.43 6.7 1.84
2.2 1.18 4.5 1.44 6.8 1.86
2.3 1.19 4.6 1.46 6.9 1.88
7.0 1.91
INLET VACUUM FACTOR
All Prices F. O. B. Salina, Kansas
Information On This Page Subject To Change Without Notice
4
www.ktron.com
FILTAIR and CYCLONE SIZING
Page 4-103
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 11-30-04
The maximum operating pressure can be found in the dimen-
sion pages based on the cyclone size number and the material of
construction. Write the maximum operating pressure in the space
on line h of the worksheet. In a vacuum system, the cyclone is ex-
posed to the full blower inlet vacuum on the inside and atmospheric
conditions on the outside. Verify that the blower inlet vacuum, line
b, does not exceed the maximum operating pressure, line h.
The cyclone part number can be found in the pricing pages, based
on the size number and the material of construction. Write the
cyclone part number in the space on line i of the worksheet.
Bin Vent or Filter Receiver
The material factor can be found in the results from the standard
Premier material test. Write the material factor in the space on
line j of the worksheet.
The application factor is used in the calculations to account for
different degrees of material air separation in advance of the air
passing through the flter bags. If a large open space (for example,
a storage tank) is available for the material and air to separate
prior to the air passing through the flter bags, the work done by
the flter bags is less, and consequently a larger air to cloth ratio
can be used. Find the application factor in the table below and
write it in the space on line k of the worksheet.
Application Factor
Application Factor
Filter Receiver .7
Bin Vent Mounted on Small Bin or Surge Hopper .7
Bin Vent Mounted on Large Tank 1.0
Multiply line j times line k and write the result in the space on line
l of the worksheet labeled Air To Cloth Ratio.
To fnd the cloth area required, divide the air volume ACFM, line
e, by the air to cloth ratio, line l, and write the result in the space
on line m of the worksheet.
The square feet of cloth can be found in the pricing pages for
bin vents and flter receivers. Select the value which is equal to
or greater than the cloth area required, lime m of the worksheet.
There may be several units which meet this requirement. Gener-
ally, the unit which has less bags of a longer length will be more
economical than a unit with a greater number of bags of a shorter
length.
Unless there is a height restriction, select the unit with the least
number of bags having an adequate cloth area and write the part
number for that unit in the space on line n of the worksheet.
If the application is for a bin vent on a large tank, lines o and p of the work-
sheet can be skipped. Continue with the instructions for line q. For all other
applications, lines o and p must be competed.
Turn to the table in the pricing pages for a bin vent or a flter receiver. In the
column of that table labeled Can Area At Most Restricted Point, fnd the
area for the unit that was selected on line n of the worksheet. Write the Can
Area At Most Restricted Point in the space on line o of the worksheet.
To fnd the can velocity, divide the air volume ACFM, line e, by the can
area at most restricted point, line o, and write the result in the space on
line p of the worksheet. In the results from the material test, verify that the
can velocity on line p of the worksheet does not exceed the maximum al-
lowable can velocity for the material. If the maximum allowable can velocity
is exceeded, return to line n of the worksheet and repeat the calculations
from there with a unit that has a greater number of flter bags of a shorter
length. This action will increase the can area at the most restricted point
and thereby decrease the can velocity.
If the calculations are for a flter receiver or a static bag bin vent, line q and
line r need not be completed.
An exhaust fan is used on bin vents to insure that the air coming into the
bin bent for passage through the flter bags does not encounter excessive
resistance. If the resistance across the flter bags is too great, as some-
times is the case when the bags get dirty, the air will pass out through the
pressure-vacuum valve of the vessel on which the bin vent is mounted
rather than through the bin vent. The vent exhaust fan helps to insure that
this does not happen. If the bin vent will be mounted on a vessel which
will not have a pressure vacuum valve, consult the factory to fnd out if a
fan will be necessary.
Turn to the price pages and select the exhaust fan which will handle the air
volume ACFM as calculated on line e of the worksheet. Write the exhaust
fan part number in the space on line q of the worksheet.
The exhaust fan horsepower is found in the same table. Write it in the
space on line r of the worksheet.
Quotation Writeup
Use the Premier quotation writeup forms to describe and price the separator
as a part of a system or as a single component.
All Prices F. O. B. Salina, Kansas
Information On This Page Subject To Change Without Notice
4
www.ktron.com
Material Manifold Gate
TECHNICAL BULLETIN
Page 4-104
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 3-1-95
TECHNICAL BULLETIN
MATERIAL MANIFOLD GATE
Some vacuum sequencing systems that are using a common material manifold can use the material manifold gate to prevent
the line from plugging. This technical bulletin will help clarify how and where the material manifold gate should be used.
PROBLEM
Vacuum sequencing conveying systems, like Premier's Series 2400, that
use a common material line manifold can experience a situation where
material overshoots the destination receiver and plugs the line of the
receivers downstream. This is an industry wide problem that occurs not
only in our Series 2400 systems, but also in our competitors' vacuum
sequencing systems.
It's extremely difcult to predict in advance when this situation will oc-
cur. Most of the causes are due to installation or operational factors
that cannot be predicted. How the equipment is installed, the layout of
the piping (including the distances between receiver wyes), operation
the system outside the designed rates, having certain machines off-line
periodically, as well as different capacities required for each molding
machines are the most likely causes of the overow problem. The type
and shape of the material may also be a factor. At this time, however,
we know of no common denominator allowing us to predict the problem
prior to installation.
SOLUTION
Premier has developed a material manifold gate to solve the problem.
The gate is housed in a line tee that is positioned directly behind the line
wye branching off to the receiver. It is actuated along with the receiver's
vacuum valve. When the receiver is being serviced, the vacuum valve
on the receiver opens and the material manifold gate closes. The gate
provides a barrier that keeps the pellets from carrying past by momentum
and plugging the line for receivers downstream. Then the receiver's
vacuum valve closes, the gate opens and the line is clear for servicing
other receivers.
It can be used on our Series 2400 receivers, as well as any competi-
tor's unit that utilizes an air control valve. The operation of the gate is
controlled automatically by the receiver's air control valve, not the central
system's control.
MATERIAL MANIFOLD INSTALLATION KITS
Material manifold gate installation kits are available for 1
1
/
2
-inch,
2-inch,
2
1
/
2
-inch and 3-inch line sizes. Each kit includes a material manifold
gate with a pipe tee and nipple, 25' of plastic tube to connect the gate
to the receiver's solenoid, and an owner's manual. Wire ties are also
included to attach the plastic tube to the exible conveying hose for a
clean installation. Couplings are sold separately, and a kit is required
for each receiver that is experiencing material carry-over.
Part No. Description
5316-80 1
1
/
2
-inch manifold gate
5316-81 2-inch manifold gate
5316-82 2
1
/
2
-inch manifold gate
5316-83 3-inch manifold gate
MATERIAL MANIFOLD GATE APPLICATIONS
NOTE: THE MANIFOLD GATE IS DESIGNED TO WORK IN SYSTEMS
HANDLING PELLETIZED MATERIALS ONLY. BEFORE USING THE
MANIFOLD GATE IN REGRIND OR POWDER APPLICATIONS, A MA-
TERIAL TEST IN THE PREMIER LABORATORY IS REQUIRED.

All systems with a common material manifold do not require material
manifold gates. In addition, for those systems in which a need for the
gates does develop, they are usually not required for each receiver.
The need for the material manifold gate is dependent on a particular
application and not necessarily the material to be conveyed. This
makes it difcult to predict when it will be needed. We have therefore
elected not to include the gate as part of every Series 2400 system,
since in most cases it may not be needed and would result in an un-
necessary additional cost for the customer.
Instead, if the customer subsequently experiences the carry-over
problem, the Manufacturer's Representative or Regional Manager will
send him a brochure on the manifold gate and suggest he purchase
one for each receiver on his system.
To our knowledge, competition has not offered a remedy for the
carry-over problem when it occurs on their existing systems. This
may present us an opportunity to offer a solution to a problem on a
system not of our manufacture and gain credibility and goodwill in
the process.
If you have any questions regarding any aspect of the material
manifold gate, please contact your Regional Manager or the
senior design consultant.
4
www.ktron.com
APPLICATION GUIDELINES
Page 4-105
GENERAL INFORMATION
The tube sheet, mounting cone, and lter cartridge are in
the material contact area. The clean air exhausts directly
to the atmosphere through the built-in weather hood.
The bottom portion of the cartridge element hangs below
the housing, into the tank, eliminating any concern with
can velocity. The materail pile's angle of repose must be
prevented from coming in contact with the cartridge by
mounting the unit(s) at the perimeter of tanks, and by lling
material near the center of the tank.
TANK CONNECTIONS
Use a standard 20" dia. tank ange for each modular bin
vent unit. Safety grids are not necessary. Locate the bin
vent units at 20 to 30 inches from the perimeter of the tank
deck. Space the units about 30 inches apart.
ON-LINE PULSE-JET CLEANING
The lter unit is automatically cleaned with a pulse
of compressed air. Compressed air should be dry,
nonlubricated, and regulated to 80 to 90 psi. One
compressed air lter, regulator and gauge assembly should
be used per tank. To control the pulse jet timing, one
pulse controller is required per tank. The pulse controller
includes the timer and solenoids for the desired number
of Modular Cartridge Bin Vent units, as well as an extra
timer and solenoid in case another lter unit needs to be
added in the future. The pulse controller should be as close
as possible to the lter units. It should never be more than
12 feet away.
REGARDING BIN VENT FANS
With the large amount of lter cloth available, the use of
bin vent fans is not necessary.
OPERATING CONDITIONS
Temperature limit=200 deg. F for the standard unit; higher
temperature options are available. The bin vent units and
the controls are suitable for use outdoors or indoors (NEMA
4 & 12). Other NEMA ratings are available upon request.
OPTIONS
The carbon steel Modular Cartridge Bin Vent's housing
is fabricated from carbon steel with an epoxy coating on
the inside, and primed and painted with enamel on the
exterior. The standard lter element has galvanized steel
end caps and a black neoprene gasket.
The food grade Modular Cartridge Bin Vent includes
stainless steel material contact areas, and a cartridge
lter with stainless steel anges and food grade gasket
material.

SIZING INFORMATION
100 sq. ft. of spun-bond polyester lter media per Modular
Cartridge Bin Vent unit.
AIR TO MEDIA RATIOS
4:1 Clean plastic pellets
3:1 Pellets with some nes, PVC resin powder,
whole grains, salt, rock & mineral products,
coarse our
2.5:1 Coarse plastic regrind, PVC compound,
granulated sugar, lime, starch, calcium
carbonate greater than 2 microns, soda ash,
talc, silica, stearates, and owable powders
greater than 2 microns
2:1 Fine plastic regrind, with dust or brous
particles, metal oxides, powdered sugar,
calcium carbonate less than 2 microns, and
other powders less than 2 microns, and other
powders less than 2 microns
OTHER MATERIALS
Air-to-material ratio = Premier's test lab material factor
2.5
SIZING FORMULA
cfm = sq. ft. of required lter area
air-to-media ratio
sq. ft. of
required lter area = number of modular cartridge bin
100 vents required (always round up)*
*one additional tank mounting ange (over and above the
required number of bin vents) should be included in case
another lter is needed in the future.
EXAMPLE
Calcium Carbonate PD Truck unloading system with 650
cfm.
Req'd lter media area = 650 2.5 ratio = 260 sq. ft.
260 100 = 2.6; therefore, round up to 3 Bin Vents
Use modular bin vent units to obtain 300 sq. ft., but include
4 tank mounting anges in case another unit is needed
in the future.
Choose pulse controller F15702-16, which will control
3 bin vent units. It includes a spare solenoid in case the
customer adds another unit.
MODULAR CARTRIDGE BIN VENT
APPLICATION GUIDELINES
www.ktron.com
Vacuum and Pressure Blowers
Selecting the right blower that operates at the correct speed is
critical to the success of any pneumatic conveying system. At
Premier, we supply a wide range of quality blower packages
for conveying pellets, powders, and granular materials. With
blowers for 51 through 254 mm [2 through 10 in] conveying
systems up to 356 mm [14 in] Hg vacuum and 1.0 bar
[15 PSIG] pressure, our system engineers can select a 2.2 to
187 kW [3 to 250 HP] blower that is specically tailored to
respond efciently for your application.
FEATURES
u Positive displacement blower
u NEMA specied motor; high efciency EPACT compliant
u Heavy-duty blower base
u Totally enclosed OSHA drive guard
u Easy-to-read gauges
u Inlet lter silencer (Pressure blowers only)
u Inlet and discharge silencers
u Vibration mounting pads
u Adjustable pressure differential switch in NEMA 4/12 enclosure
u Flexible discharge connections at blower
u Optional features
- After-coolers
- Explosion-proof application motors
- Special voltage requirements
Telephone (785) 825-1611
Fax (785) 825-8759
Blower Packages
Pressure Blower
Vacuum Blower
F-700027-en 2009-10
2400 Series Vacuum Blower
The 2400 Series vacuum blower is specically designed for
use with Premiers 2400 Series receivers. It is controlled by
the central controller that commands the entire system, and
includes a vacuum breaker valve to accommodate
the systems vacuum sequencing conveying.
FEATURES
u TEFC motor
u Totally enclosed drive guard
u Large vacuum gauge
u Outlet silencer
u Air-actuated vacuum breaker valve
u Spring-loaded backup vacuum relief valve
Vacuum/Pressure
Rail Unload Blower
The vacuum/pressure blower package is part of Premiers single
blower rail unload system. The blower conveys powder,
pellet and granular material from railcars to storage tanks at
rates up to 18,143 kg./hr. [40,000 lbs./hr]. One blower powers
both the vacuum and the pressure components of the system,
minimizing cost, and is ideal for applications where the vacuum
component is a short distance.
FEATURES
u NEMA specied motor; high efciency EPACT compliant
u Totally enclosed OSHA drive guard
u Easy-to-read gauges
u Inlet and discharge silencers
u Vibration mounting pads
u Adjustable pressure differential switch in NEMA 4/12 enclosure
u Flexible discharge connections at blower
u Optional features
- After-coolers
- Explosion-proof application motors
- Special voltage requirements
Series 2400 Vacuum Blowers
Dimensions mm [in]
Style 1 Base Style 2 Base
Blower Packages
1
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
PART NO. kW [HP] STYLE A B C D E F G H J
ENCLOSURE
PART NO.
5158-1AM thru 5158-5AM
5158-1CE thru 5158-3CE
2.2 [3]
1
1168
[46]
60
[2.375]
102
[4]
457
[18]
1254
[49.375]
51
[2]
1168
[46]
11
[.438]
121
[4.75]
5309-128
5158-6AM thru 5158-14AM
5158-4CE thru 5158-9CE
3.7 [5]
5158-11CE thru 5158-14CE 5.5 [7.5]
5158-15AM thru 5158-20AM
5158-15CE thru 5158-20CE
5.5 [7.5] 1
1251
[49.25]
89
[3.5]
149
[5.875]
483
[19]
1435
[56.5]
51
[2]
1321
[52]
11
[.438]
187
[7.375]
5309-129
5158-21AM thru 5158-22AM 5.5 [7.5] 1
1251
[49.25]
89
[3.5]
149
[5.875]
483
[19]
1435
[56.5]
51
[2]
1321
[52]
11
[.438]
187
[7.375]
5309-130
5158-23AM thru 5158-24AM
5158-21CE thru 5158-24CE
5158-31AM
7.5 [10] 1
1251
[49.25]
89
[3.5]
149
[5.875]
483
[19]
1435
[56.5]
76
[3]
1372
[54]
11
[.438]
187
[7.375]
5309-130
5158-25AM thru 5158-27AM 7.5 [10]
1
1299
[51.125]
114
[4.5]
165
[6.5]
508
[20]
1689
[66.5]
76
[3]
1600
[63]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5309-131
5158-32AM thru 5158-36AM
5158-25CE thru 5158-35CE
11 [15]
5158-36CE 15 [20]
5158-37AM 11 [15]
1
1505
[59.25]
114
[4.5]
219
[8.625]
508
[20]
1689
[66.5]
76
[3]
1600
[63]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5309-132
5158-38AM thru 5158-42AM
5158-37CE thru 5158-42CE
15 [20]
5158-43AM thru 5158-45AM
5158-43CE thru 5158-44CE
15 [20] 1
1403
[55.25]
114
[4.5]
219
[8.625]
508
[20]
1689
[66.5]
102
[4]
1600
[63]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5309-132
5158-46AM thru 5158-51AM
5158-45CE thru 5158-47CE
8.5 [25]
2
1499
[59]
141
[5.563]
406
[16]
-
1689
[66.5]
102
[4]
2267
[89.25]
14
[.563]
241
[95]
-
5158-48CE thru 5158-51CE 22 [30]
1321
[52]
22
[.875]
(3) H DIA HOLES AT 120
ON A J DBC ANCHOR
483
[19]
610
[24]
206 [8.125]
C
G
1264
[49.75]
E B OD
279
[11]
940 14 [.563] DIA HOLES
FOR ANCHORING
1276
[50.25]
A
533 [21]
533 [21]
F OD
327
[12.875]
(3) H DIA HOLES
AT 120 ON A J DBC
D
508 [20] SQ
254
[10]
C
G
127 [5]
610
[24]
C
L
C
L
E
279
[11]
B OD (TYP)
F OD
A
457
[18]
457 [18] SQ
(4) 14 [.563] DIA
ANCHOR MTG HOLES
C
L
Series 2400 Blower Sound Enclosure
Dimensions mm [in]
Blower Packages
2
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
PART NO. A B C
5309-128
76
[3]
95
[3.75]
79
[3.125]
5309-129
76
[3]
121
[4.75]
49
[1.938]
5309-130
102
[4]
121
[4.75]
49
[1.938]
5309-131
127
[5]
146
[5.75]
21
[.813]
5309-132
203
[8]
146
[5.75]
10
[.375]
1057
[41.625]
914
[36]
305
[12]
1016
[40]
A DIA
(6) 11 DIA HOLES
[.438]
1
1
6
2
[
4
5
.
7
5
]
B DIA
279
[11]
C
6 [.25] Coupling for
Vacuum Gauge
c
C
L
305
[12]
C
L
C
L
2400 Silencer Enclosure Selection,
Line Size Identication, Motor Size
Blower Packages
3
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
Base
Part No.
Motor Sufx
Air Only
Line Size
mm [in]
Silencers
Enclosure
Part No.
AM
kW [HP]
CE
kW [HP]
Horizontal
Vertical
w/stand
5158-1 2.2 [3] 2.2 [3] 50 [2] 5309-74 5309-122 5309-128
5158-2 2.2 [3] 2.2 [3] 50 [2] 5309-74 5309-122 5309-128
5158-3 2.2 [3] 2.2 [3] 50 [2] 5309-74 5309-122 5309-128
5158-4 2.2 [3] 3.7 [5] 50 [2] 5309-74 5309-122 5309-128
5158-5 2.2 [3] 3.7 [5] 50 [2] 5309-74 5309-122 5309-128
5158-6 3.7 [5] 3.7 [5] 50 [2] 5309-74 5309-122 5309-128
5158-7 3.7 [5] 3.7 [5] 50 [2] 5309-74 5309-122 5309-128
5158-8 3.7 [5] 3.7 [5] 50 [2] 5309-74 5309-122 5309-128
5158-9 3.7 [5] 3.7 [5] 50 [2] 5309-74 5309-122 5309-128
5158-10 3.7 [5] 3.7 [5] 50 [2] 5309-74 5309-122 5309-128
5158-11 3.7 [5] 5.5 [7.5] 50 [2] 5309-74 5309-122 5309-128
5158-12 3.7 [5] 5.5 [7.5] 50 [2] 5309-74 5309-122 5309-128
5158-13 3.7 [5] 5.5 [7.5] 50 [2] 5309-74 5309-122 5309-128
5158-14 3.7 [5] 5.5 [7.5] 50 [2] 5309-74 5309-122 5309-128
5158-15 5.5 [7.5] 5.5 [7.5] 50 [2] 5309-75 5309-120 5309-129
5158-16 5.5 [7.5] 5.5 [7.5] 50 [2] 5309-75 5309-120 5309-129
5158-17 5.5 [7.5] 5.5 [7.5] 50 [2] 5309-75 5309-120 5309-129
5158-18 5.5 [7.5] 5.5 [7.5] 50 [2] 5309-75 5309-120 5309-129
5158-19 5.5 [7.5] 5.5 [7.5] 50 [2] 5309-75 5309-120 5309-129
5158-20 5.5 [7.5] 5.5 [7.5] 50 [2] 5309-75 5309-120 5309-129
5158-21 5.5 [7.5] 7.5 [10] 76 [3] 5309-75 5309-120 5309-130
5158-22 5.5 [7.5] 7.5 [10] 76 [3] 5309-75 5309-120 5309-130
5158-23 7.5 [10] 7.5 [10] 76 [3] 5309-75 5309-120 5309-130
5158-24 7.5 [10] 7.5 [10] 76 [3] 5309-75 5309-120 5309-130
5158-25 7.5 [10] 11 [15] 76 [3] 5309-76 5309-121 5309-131
5158-26 7.5 [10] 11 [15] 76 [3] 5309-76 5309-121 5309-131
5158-27 7.5 [10] 11 [15] 76 [3] 5309-76 5309-121 5309-131
5158-28 11 [15] 11 [15] 76 [3] 5309-76 5309-121 5309-131
5158-29 11 [15] 11 [15] 76 [3] 5309-76 5309-121 5309-131
5158-30 11 [15] 11 [15] 76 [3] 5309-76 5309-121 5309-131
5158-31 7.5 [10] - 76 [3] 5309-75 5309-120 5309-130
5158-32 11 [15] 11 [15] 76 [3] 5309-76 5309-121 5309-131
5158-33 11 [15] 11 [15] 76 [3] 5309-76 5309-121 5309-131
5158-34 11 [15] 11 [15] 76 [3] 5309-76 5309-121 5309-131
5158-35 11 [15] 11 [15] 76 [3] 5309-76 5309-121 5309-131
5158-36 11 [15] 15 [20] 76 [3] 5309-76 5309-121 5309-131
5158-37 11 [15] 15 [20] 76 [3] 5309-76 5309-121 5309-132
5158-38 15 [20] 15 [20] 76 [3] 5309-76 5309-121 5309-132
5158-39 15 [20] 15 [20] 76 [3] 5309-76 5309-121 5309-132
5158-40 15 [20] 15 [20] 76 [3] 5309-76 5309-121 5309-132
5158-41 15 [20] 15 [20] 76 [3] 5309-76 5309-121 5309-132
5158-42 15 [20] 15 [20] 76 [3] 5309-76 5309-121 5309-132
5158-43 15 [20] 15 [20] 100 [4] 5309-76 5309-121 5309-132
5158-44 15 [20] 15 [20] 100 [4] 5309-76 5309-121 5309-132
5158-45 15 [20] - 100 [4] 5309-76 5309-121 5309-132
5158-45 - 8.5 [25] 100 [4] 5309-77 5309-125 -
5158-46 8.5 [25] 8.5 [25] 100 [4] 5309-77 5309-125 -
5158-47 8.5 [25] 8.5 [25] 100 [4] 5309-77 5309-125 -
5158-48 8.5 [25] 22 [30] 100 [4] 5309-77 5309-125 -
5158-49 8.5 [25] 22 [30] 100 [4] 5309-77 5309-125 -
5158-50 8.5 [25] 22 [30] 100 [4] 5309-77 5309-125 -
5158-51 8.5 [25] 22 [30] 100 [4] 5309-77 5309-125 -
Vacuum Blowers
Dimensions mm [in]
Style 1 Base
Blower Packages
4
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
STANDARD
TEFC
PART NO.
EXPLOSION
PROOF
PART NO.
A *B C D F G H J K L M N P Q
5182-1 5183-1
187
[7.375]
102
[4]
1079
[42.5]
89
[3.5]
327
[12.875]
587
[23.125]
483
[19]
1194
[47]
1422
[56]
1473
[58]
1321
[52]
2261
[89]
11
[.438]
187
[7.375]
5182-2 5183-2
187
[7.375]
102
[4]
1079
[42.5]
89
[3.5]
327
[12.875]
587
[23.125]
483
[19]
1194
[47]
1422
[56]
1473
[58]
1321
[52]
2261
[89]
11
[.438]
187
[7.375]
5182-3 5183-3
187
[7.375]
102
[4]
1079
[42.5]
89
[3.5]
327
[12.875]
587
[23.125]
483
[19]
1194
[47]
1422
[56]
1473
[58]
1321
[52]
2261
[89]
11
[.438]
187
[7.375]
5182-4 5183-4
187
[7.375]
102
[4]
1079
[42.5]
89
[3.5]
327
[12.875]
587
[23.125]
483
[19]
1194
[47]
1422
[56]
1473
[58]
1321
[52]
2261
[89]
11
[.438]
187
[7.375]
5182-6 5183-6
171
[6.75]
102
[4]
1206
[47.5]
114
[4.5]
527
[20.75]
610
[24]
508
[20]
1448
[57]
1651
[65]
1727
[68]
1473
[58]
2616
[103]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5182-7 5183-7
171
[6.75]
102
[4]
1206
[47.5]
114
[4.5]
527
[20.75]
610
[24]
508
[20]
1448
[57]
1651
[65]
1727
[68]
1473
[58]
2616
[103]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5182-8 5183-8
171
[6.75]
102
[4]
1206
[47.5]
114
[4.5]
527
[20.75]
610
[24]
508
[20]
1448
[57]
1651
[65]
1727
[68]
1473
[58]
2616
[103]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5182-9 5183-9
171
[6.75]
102
[4]
1206
[47.5]
114
[4.5]
527
[20.75]
610
[24]
508
[20]
1448
[57]
1651
[65]
1727
[68]
1473
[58]
2616
[103]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5182-12 5183-12
171
[6.75]
102
[4]
1206
[47.5]
114
[4.5]
527
[20.75]
610
[24]
508
[20]
1448
[57]
1651
[65]
1727
[68]
1473
[58]
2616
[103]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5182-13 5183-13
171
[6.75]
102
[4]
1206
[47.5]
114
[4.5]
527
[20.75]
610
[24]
508
[20]
1448
[57]
1651
[65]
1727
[68]
1473
[58]
2616
[103]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5182-14 5183-14
171
[6.75]
102
[4]
1206
[47.5]
114
[4.5]
527
[20.75]
610
[24]
508
[20]
1448
[57]
1651
[65]
1727
[68]
1473
[58]
2616
[103]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5182-19 5183-19
238
[9.375]
102
[4]
1295
[51]
141
[5.563]
540
[21.25]
610
[24]
533
[21]
1426
[56.125]
1600
[63]
1705
[67.125]
1575
[62]
2642
[104]
14
[.563]
243
[9.563]
5182-20 5183-20
238
[9.375]
102
[4]
1295
[51]
141
[5.563]
540
[21.25]
610
[24]
533
[21]
1426
[56.125]
1600
[63]
1705
[67.125]
1575
[62]
2642
[104]
14
[.563]
243
[9.563]
5182-27 5183-27
273
[10.75]
102
[4]
1338
[52.688]
169
[6.625]
527
[20.75]
610
[24]
559
[22]
1426
[56.125]
1803
[71]
1705
[67.125]
1575
[65]
2896
[114]
14
[.563]
243
[9.563]
508 [20] SQ
A
*B
H
127 [5]
G
254 [10]
(TYP)
120
L
279 [11]
K
457 [18] SQ
457
[18]
C
M
14 [.563] DIA HOLES (4)
N
J
F
(3) P DIA HOLES
ON A Q DBC
D OD
(TYP)
* Add 89 mm [3.5 in] for explosion proof enclosure.
Vacuum Blowers
Dimensions mm [in]
Style 2 Base
Blower Packages
5
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
STANDARD
TEFC
PART NO.
EXPLOSION
PROOF
PART NO.
A *B C D F G H J K L M
5182-15 5183-15
171
[6.75]
102
[4]
1372
[54]
114
[4.5]
527
[20.75]
2337
[92]
1448
[57]
1270
[50]
1727
[68]
1651
[65]
2718
[107]
5182-21 5183-21
238
[9.375]
102
[4]
1372
[54]
141
[5.563]
540
[21.25]
2337
[92]
1426
[56.125]
1270
[50]
1705
[67.125]
1651
[65]
2718
[107]
5182-22 5183-22
238
[9.375]
102
[4]
1372
[54]
141
[5.563]
540
[21.25]
2337
[92]
1426
[56.125]
1270
[50]
1705
[67.125]
1651
[65]
2718
[107]
5182-23 5183-23
238
[9.375]
102
[4]
1372
[54]
141
[5.563]
540
[21.25]
2337
[92]
1426
[56.125]
1270
[50]
1705
[67.125]
1651
[65]
2718
[107]
5182-24 5183-24
238
[9.375]
102
[4]
1372
[54]
141
[5.563]
540
[21.25]
2337
[92]
1426
[56.125]
1270
[50]
1705
[67.125]
1651
[65]
2718
[107]
5182-28 5183-28
273
[10.75]
102
[4]
1414
[55.688]
169
[6.625]
527
[20.75]
2540
[100]
1426
[65.125]
1295
[51]
1934
[76.125]
1727
[68]
2972
[117]
5182-29 5183-29
273
[10.75]
102
[4]
1414
[55.688]
169
[6.625]
527
[20.75]
2540
[100]
1426
[65.125]
1295
[51]
1934
[76.125]
1727
[68]
2972
[117]
5182-30 5183-30
273
[10.75]
102
[4]
1414
[55.688]
169
[6.625]
527
[20.75]
2540
[100]
1426
[65.125]
1295
[51]
1934
[76.125]
1727
[68]
2972
[117]
5182-31 5183-31
273
[10.75]
102
[4]
1414
[55.688]
169
[6.625]
527
[20.75]
2540
[100]
1426
[65.125]
1295
[51]
1934
[76.125]
1727
[68]
2972
[117]
3048 [50.25]
A
1219 [48]
279
[11]
1092 [43]
G
C
M
483
[19]
610 [24]
J
203 [8]
K
533
[21]
*B
298
[11.75]
L
H
F
533
[21]
(4) 14 [.563] DIA HOLES
(3) 14 [.563] DIA HOLES
ON A 243 [9.563] DBC
120
(TYP)
D OD
(TYP)
Vacuum Blowers
Dimensions mm [in]
Style 3 Base
Blower Packages
6
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
STANDARD
TEFC
PART NO.
EXPLOSION
PROOF
PART NO.
A *B C D F G H J K L M N
5182-35 5183-35
340
[13.375]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
584
[23]
1422
[56]
2045
[80.5]
2819
[111]
2337
[92]
1930
[76]
3429
[135]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
5182-36 5183-36
340
[13.375]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
584
[23]
1422
[56]
2045
[80.5]
2819
[111]
2337
[92]
1930
[76]
3429
[135]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
5182-37 5183-37
340
[13.375]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
584
[23]
1422
[56]
2045
[80.5]
2819
[111]
2337
[92]
1930
[76]
3429
[135]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
5182-38 5183-38
340
[13.375]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
584
[23]
1422
[56]
2045
[80.5]
2819
[111]
2337
[92]
1930
[76]
3429
[135]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
5182-41 5183-41
378
[14.875]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
584
[23]
1422
[56]
2045
[80.5]
2819
[111]
2337
[92]
1930
[76]
3429
[135]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
5182-42 5183-42
378
[14.875]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
584
[23]
1422
[56]
2045
[80.5]
2819
[111]
2337
[92]
1930
[76]
3429
[135]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
5182-43 5183-43
378
[14.875]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
584
[23]
1422
[56]
2045
[80.5]
2819
[111]
2337
[92]
1930
[76]
3429
[135]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
5182-44 5183-44
378
[14.875]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
584
[23]
1422
[56]
2045
[80.5]
2819
[111]
2337
[92]
1930
[76]
3429
[135]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
5182-45 5183-45
378
[14.875]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
584
[23]
1422
[56]
2045
[80.5]
2819
[111]
2337
[92]
1930
[76]
3429
[135]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
5182-49 5183-49
416
[16.375]
102
[4]
273
[10.75]
610
[24]
1473
[58]
2400
[94.5]
3124
[123]
2692
[106]
1981
[78]
3734
[147]
21
[.813]
375
[14.75]
5182-50 5183-50
416
[16.375]
102
[4]
273
[10.75]
610
[24]
1473
[58]
2400
[94.5]
3124
[123]
2692
[106]
1981
[78]
3734
[147]
21
[.813]
375
[14.75]
5182-51 5183-51
416
[16.375]
102
[4]
273
[10.75]
610
[24]
1473
[58]
2400
[94.5]
3124
[123]
2692
[106]
1981
[78]
3734
[147]
21
[.813]
375
[14.75]
5182-52 5183-52
416
[16.375]
102
[4]
273
[10.75]
610
[24]
1473
[58]
2400
[94.5]
3124
[123]
2692
[106]
1981
[78]
3734
[147]
21
[.813]
375
[14.75]
A
1346 [53]
279
[11]
1118 [44]
H
K
635
[25]
762
[30]
F
203 [8]
J
1524
[60]
*B
352 [13.875]
L
G
D
533
[21]
702
[27.625]
972
[38.25]
533
[21]
702
[27.625]
(6) [.563]14 DIA HOLES
(3) M DIA HOLES
ON A N DBC
120
(TYP)
C OD (TYP)
Pressure Blowers
Dimensions mm [in]
Style 1 Base
A
*B
G
127 [5]
F
254
[10]
J
279
[11]
H
457
[18]
C
K
D O.D.
(TYP)
(3) L DIA HOLES
ON A M D.B.C.
120
(TYP)
(4) 14 [.563] DIA HOLES
457 [18] SQ
508 [20] SQ
Blower Packages
7
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
STANDARD
TEFC
PART NO.
EXPLOSION
PROOF
PART NO.
A *B C D F G H J K L M
5180-1 5181-1
187
[7.375]
102
[4]
902
[35.5]
89
[3.5]
587
[23.125]
483
[19]
1422
[56]
1473
[58]
1524
[60]
11
[.438]
187
[7.375]
5180-2 5181-2
187
[7.375]
102
[4]
902
[35.5]
89
[3.5]
587
[23.125]
483
[19]
1422
[56]
1473
[58]
1524
[60]
11
[.438]
187
[7.375]
5180-3 5181-3
187
[7.375]
102
[4]
902
[35.5]
89
[3.5]
587
[23.125]
483
[19]
1422
[56]
1473
[58]
1524
[60]
11
[.438]
187
[7.375]
5180-4 5181-4
187
[7.375]
102
[4]
902
[35.5]
89
[3.5]
587
[23.125]
483
[19]
1422
[56]
1473
[58]
1524
[60]
11
[.438]
187
[7.375]
5180-5 5181-5
187
[7.375]
102
[4]
902
[35.5]
89
[3.5]
587
[23.125]
483
[19]
1422
[56]
1473
[58]
1524
[60]
11
[.438]
187
[7.375]
5180-6 5181-6
171
[6.75]
102
[4]
1067
[42]
114
[4.5]
610
[24]
508
[20]
1651
[65]
1727
[68]
1702
[67]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5180-7 5181-7
171
[6.75]
102
[4]
1067
[42]
114
[4.5]
610
[24]
508
[20]
1651
[65]
1727
[68]
1702
[67]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5180-8 5181-8
171
[6.75]
102
[4]
1067
[42]
114
[4.5]
610
[24]
508
[20]
1651
[65]
1727
[68]
1702
[67]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5180-9 5181-9
171
[6.75]
102
[4]
1067
[42]
114
[4.5]
610
[24]
508
[20]
1651
[65]
1727
[68]
1702
[67]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5180-12 5181-12
197
[7.75]
102
[4]
991
[39]
114
[4.5]
610
[24]
508
[20]
1651
[65]
1727
[68]
1702
[67]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5180-13 5181-13
197
[7.75]
102
[4]
991
[39]
114
[4.5]
610
[24]
508
[20]
1651
[65]
1727
[68]
1702
[67]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5180-14 5181-14
197
[7.75]
102
[4]
991
[39]
114
[4.5]
610
[24]
508
[20]
1651
[65]
1727
[68]
1702
[67]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5180-19 5181-19
238
[9.375]
102
[4]
1016
[40]
141
[5.563]
610
[24]
533
[21]
1600
[63]
1705
[67.125]
1880
[74]
14
[.563]
243
[9.563]
5180-20 5181-20
238
[9.375]
102
[4]
1016
[40]
141
[5.563]
610
[24]
533
[21]
1600
[63]
1705
[67.125]
1880
[74]
14
[.563]
243
[9.563]
5180-27 5181-27
273
[10.75]
102
[4]
1016
[39]
169
[6.625]
610
[24]
559
[22]
1803
[71]
1705
[67.125]
1854
[73]
14
[.563]
243
[9.563]
Pressure Blowers
Dimensions mm [in]
Style 2 Base
Blower Packages
8
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
STANDARD
TEFC
PART NO.
EXPLOSION
PROOF
PART NO.
A * B C D F G H J K L
5180-10 5181-10
197
[7.75]
102
[4]
1067
[42]
114
[4.5]
1245
[49]
2388
[94]
1702
[67]
1727
[68]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5180-11 5181-11
197
[7.75]
102
[4]
1067
[42]
114
[4.5]
1245
[49]
2388
[94]
1702
[67]
1727
[68]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5180-15 5181-15
197
[7.75]
102
[4]
1067
[42]
114
[4.5]
1245
[49]
2388
[94]
1702
[67]
1727
[68]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5180-16 5181-16
197
[7.75]
102
[4]
1067
[42]
114
[4.5]
1245
[49]
2388
[94]
1702
[67]
1727
[68]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5180-17 5181-17
197
[7.75]
102
[4]
1067
[42]
114
[4.5]
1245
[49]
2388
[94]
1702
[67]
1727
[68]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5180-18 5181-18
197
[7.75]
102
[4]
1067
[42]
114
[4.5]
1245
[49]
2388
[94]
1702
[67]
1727
[68]
14
[.563]
191
[7.5]
5180-21 5181-21
238
[9.375]
102
[4]
1092
[43]
141
[5.563]
1270
[50]
2337
[92]
1981
[78]
1705
[67.125]
14
[.563]
243
[9.563]
5180-22 5181-22
238
[9.375]
102
[4]
1092
[43]
141
[5.563]
1270
[50]
2337
[92]
1981
[78]
1705
[67.125]
14
[.563]
243
[9.563]
5180-23 5181-23
238
[9.375]
102
[4]
1092
[43]
141
[5.563]
1270
[50]
2337
[92]
1981
[78]
1705
[67.125]
14
[.563]
243
[9.563]
5180-24 5181-24
238
[9.375]
102
[4]
1092
[43]
141
[5.563]
1270
[50]
2337
[92]
1981
[78]
1705
[67.125]
14
[.563]
243
[9.563]
5180-25 5181-25
238
[9.375]
102
[4]
1092
[43]
141
[5.563]
1270
[50]
2337
[92]
1981
[78]
1705
[67.125]
14
[.563]
243
[9.563]
5180-26 5181-26
238
[9.375]
102
[4]
1092
[43]
141
[5.563]
1270
[50]
2337
[92]
1981
[78]
1705
[67.125]
14
[.563]
243
[9.563]
5180-28 5181-28
273
[10.75]
102
[4]
1067
[42]
169
[6.625]
1295
[51]
2540
[100]
1956
[77]
1934
[76.125]
14
[.563]
243
[9.563]
5180-29 5181-29
273
[10.75]
102
[4]
1067
[42]
169
[6.625]
1295
[51]
2540
[100]
1956
[77]
1934
[76.125]
14
[.563]
243
[9.563]
5180-30 5181-30
273
[10.75]
102
[4]
1067
[42]
169
[6.625]
1295
[51]
2540
[100]
1956
[77]
1934
[76.125]
14
[.563]
243
[9.563]
5180-31 5181-31
273
[10.75]
102
[4]
1067
[42]
169
[6.625]
1295
[51]
2540
[100]
1956
[77]
1934
[76.125]
14
[.563]
243
[9.563]
5180-32 5181-32
273
[10.75]
102
[4]
1067
[42]
169
[6.625]
1295
[51]
2540
[100]
1956
[77]
1934
[76.125]
14
[.563]
243
[9.563]
5180-33 5181-33
273
[10.75]
102
[4]
1067
[42]
169
[6.625]
1295
[51]
2540
[100]
1956
[77]
1934
[76.125]
14
[.563]
243
[9.563]
5180-34 5181-34
273
[10.75]
102
[4]
1067
[42]
169
[6.625]
1295
[51]
2540
[100]
1956
[77]
1934
[76.125]
14
[.563]
243
[9.563]
3048 [50.25]
A
102 [48]
120
(TYP)
D OD (TYP)
279
[11]
1092
[43]
G
533
[21]
C
H
483
[19]
610
[24]
F
203 [8]
J
*B
298
[11]
(4) 14 [.563] DIA HOLES
533
[21]
(3) K DIA HOLES
ON A L D.B.C.
Pressure Blowers
Dimensions mm [in]
Style 3 Base
Blower Packages
9
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
STANDARD
TEFC
PART NO.
EXPLOSION
PROOF
PART NO.
A *B C D E F G H J P Q R S T U
5180-35 5181-35
340
[13.375]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
1346
[53]
533
[21]
1118
[44]
352
[13.875]
702
[27.625]
702
[27.625]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
1422
[56]
2921
[115]
2337
[92]
2324
[91.5]
5180-36 5181-36
340
[13.375]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
1346
[53]
533
[21]
1118
[44]
352
[13.875]
702
[27.625]
702
[27.625]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
1422
[56]
2921
[115]
2337
[92]
2324
[91.5]
5180-37 5181-37
340
[13.375]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
1346
[53]
533
[21]
1118
[44]
352
[13.875]
702
[27.625]
702
[27.625]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
1422
[56]
2921
[115]
2337
[92]
2324
[91.5]
5180-38 5181-38
340
[13.375]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
1346
[53]
533
[21]
1118
[44]
352
[13.875]
702
[27.625]
702
[27.625]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
1422
[56]
2921
[115]
2337
[92]
2324
[91.5]
5180-39 5181-39
340
[13.375]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
1346
[53]
533
[21]
1118
[44]
352
[13.875]
702
[27.625]
702
[27.625]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
1422
[56]
2921
[115]
2337
[92]
2324
[91.5]
5180-40 5181-40
340
[13.375]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
1524
[60]
610
[24]
1270
[50]
378
[14.875]
791
[31.125]
791
[31.125]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
1575
[62]
3072
[121]
2337
[92]
2324
[91.5]
5180-41 5181-41
378
[14.875]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
1346
[53]
533
[21]
1118
[44]
352
[13.875]
702
[27.625]
702
[27.625]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
1422
[56]
2921
[115]
2337
[92]
2324
[91.5]
5180-42 5181-42
378
[14.875]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
1346
[53]
533
[21]
1118
[44]
352
[13.875]
702
[27.625]
702
[27.625]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
1422
[56]
2921
[115]
2337
[92]
2324
[91.5]
5180-43 5181-43
378
[14.875]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
1346
[53]
533
[21]
1118
[44]
352
[13.875]
702
[27.625]
702
[27.625]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
1422
[56]
2921
[115]
2337
[92]
2324
[91.5]
5180-44 5181-44
378
[14.875]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
1346
[53]
533
[21]
1118
[44]
352
[13.875]
702
[27.625]
702
[27.625]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
1422
[56]
2921
[115]
2337
[92]
2324
[91.5]
5180-45 5181-45
378
[14.875]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
1346
[53]
533
[21]
1118
[44]
352
[13.875]
702
[27.625]
702
[27.625]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
1422
[56]
2921
[115]
2337
[92]
2324
[91.5]
5180-46 5181-46
378
[14.875]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
1524
[60]
610
[24]
1270
[50]
378
[14.875]
791
[31.125]
791
[31.125]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
1575
[62]
3072
[121]
2337
[92]
2324
[91.5]
5180-47 5181-47
378
[14.875]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
1524
[60]
610
[24]
1270
[50]
378
[14.875]
791
[31.125]
791
[31.125]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
1575
[62]
3072
[121]
2337
[92]
2324
[91.5]
5180-48 5181-48
378
[14.875]
102
[4]
169
[8.625]
1524
[60]
610
[24]
1270
[50]
378
[14.875]
791
[31.125]
791
[31.125]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
1575
[62]
3072
[121]
2337
[92]
2324
[91.5]
5180-49 5181-49
416
[16.375]
102
[4]
273
[10.75]
1346
[53]
533
[21]
1118
[44]
352
[13.875]
702
[27.625]
702
[27.625]
21
[.813]
324
[12.75]
1473
[58]
3226
[127]
2692
[106]
2667
[105]
5180-50 5181-50
416
[16.375]
102
[4]
273
[10.75]
1346
[53]
533
[21]
1118
[44]
352
[13.875]
702
[27.625]
702
[27.625]
21
[.813]
375
[14.75]
1473
[58]
3226
[127]
2692
[106]
2667
[105]
5180-51 5181-51
416
[16.375]
102
[4]
273
[10.75]
1346
[53]
533
[21]
1118
[44]
352
[13.875]
702
[27.625]
702
[27.625]
21
[.813]
375
[14.75]
1473
[58]
3226
[127]
2692
[106]
2667
[105]
5180-52 5181-52
416
[16.375]
102
[4]
273
[10.75]
1346
[53]
533
[21]
1118
[44]
352
[13.875]
702
[27.625]
702
[27.625]
21
[.813]
375
[14.75]
1473
[58]
3226
[127]
2692
[106]
2667
[105]
5180-53 5181-53
416
[16.375]
102
[4]
273
[10.75]
1346
[53]
533
[21]
1118
[44]
352
[13.875]
791
[31.125]
791
[31.125]
21
[.813]
375
[14.75]
1473
[58]
3226
[127]
2692
[106]
2667
[105]
5180-54 5181-54
416
[16.375]
102
[4]
273
[10.75]
1346
[53]
533
[21]
1118
[44]
352
[13.875]
791
[31.125]
791
[31.125]
21
[.813]
375
[14.75]
1473
[58]
3226
[127]
2692
[106]
2667
[105]
5180-55 5181-55
416
[16.375]
102
[4]
273
[10.75]
1346
[53]
533
[21]
1118
[44]
352
[13.875]
791
[31.125]
791
[31.125]
21
[.813]
375
[14.75]
1473
[58]
3226
[127]
2692
[106]
2667
[105]
5180-56 5181-56
416
[16.375]
102
[4]
269
[8.625]
1346
[53]
533
[21]
1118
[44]
352
[13.875]
791
[31.125]
791
[31.125]
21
[.813]
375
[14.75]
1473
[58]
3226
[127]
2337
[92]
2667
[105]
(6) 14 [.563] DIA HOLES
A
*B
C OD
(TYP)
D
E
F G
H
R
S
U
T
J
(3) P DIA HOLES
ON A Q DBC
635
[25]
762
[30]
203 [8]
120
(TYP)
972
[38.25]
533
[21] 279
[11]
Rain Caps
Silencer Accessories
Dimensions mm [in]
Standard Features
Pipe size rain caps
Counter balanced for automatic operation
Heavy duty construction
50 mm [2 in] to 152 mm [6 in] with zinc plated
203 mm [8 in] and larger with satin black fnish
Blower Packages
10
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
38 mm [1.5 in] to 152 mm [6 in]
203 mm [8 in] or larger
Silencer
Pipe OD
Silencer
Pipe OD
Part No. Exhaust Pipe OD
2315-829 60 [2.375]
2315-830 88 [3.5]
2315-831 114 [4.5]
2315-832 139 [5.5]
2315-833 168 [6.625]
2315-834 219 [8.625]
2315-835 273 [10.75]
2315-836 323 [12.75]
Aluminum Vacuum Breaker Valve
Dimensions mm [in]
Blower Packages
11
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
101.6 [4]
620.5 [24.428]
441.4 [17.377]
76.2 [3]
50.8 [2]
418.8 [16.487]
2
5
4

[
1
0
]
2
5
4

[
1
0
]
2
5
4

[
1
0
]
Line Connection Size Part Number
2 O.D. 5309-138
3 O.D. 5309-139
4 O.D. 5309-140
Stainless SteelVacuum Breaker Valve
Dimensions mm [in]
Blower Packages
12
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
Line Connection Size Part Number
2 O.D. 5309-142
3 O.D. 5309-143
441.4 [17.377]
76.2 [3]
2
5
4

[
1
0
]
418.8 [16.487]
50.8 [2]
2
5
4

[
1
0
]

5
www.ktron.com
Introduction
Use these instructions to size blowers for system and compo-
nent applications. They are designed to be used in conjunction
with worksheet no. D-6.

Calculations
The blower inlet vacuum, blower outlet pressure and sys-
tem inlet air flow are the results of the system design calcula-
tions from either worksheet no. D-3 or D-4. Fill in the spaces
on lines a, b and c of the worksheet.

The equivalent pressure rise can either be read from the
graph on page 5-301 or calculated using the formula below.
Write the result in the space on line d of the worksheet.

EQUIVALENT PRESSURE RISE
[(14.7 +LINE b) (14.7 LINE a) 1] X 14.7 =EPR

Maximum Equivalent Pressure Rise
The standard Premier blower packages in this selection of the
catalog are limited to operation at less than the maximum
equivalent pressure rise as listed at the top of the next column.
The actual pressure rise is the sum of the blower inlet vacuum,
line a, and the blower outlet pressure, line b. Write the actual pres-
sure rise in the space on line e of the worksheet.

Find the temperature altitude correction factor in the table be-
low based on the highest prevailing ambient air temperature and
the altitude above sea level at the installation location. Write the
temperature altitude correction factor in the space on line f of the
worksheet.
Blowers
BLOWER SIZING
Page 5-101
BLOWER SELECTION
Altitude Above Sea Level
Of the Installation Location
0-2,500 ft. 12.0
2,501-3,000 ft. 11.0
3,001-4,000 ft. 10.5
4,001-5,000 ft. 10.0
5,001-6,000 ft. 9.5
Maximum Equivalent
Pressure Rise
TEMPERATURE ALTITUDE CORRECTION FACTOR
Altitude
Feet Above
Sea Level
40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
0 .94 .96 .98 1.00 1.02 1.04 1.05 1.07 1.09
500 .96 .98 1.00 1.02 1.04 1.06 1.07 1.09 1.11
1000 .98 1.00 1.02 1.04 1.06 1.08 1.09 1.11 1.13
1500 1.00 1.02 1.04 1.06 1.08 1.10 1.12 1.14 1.16
2000 1.01 1.03 1.06 1.08 1.10 1.12 1.14 1.16 1.18
2500 1.03 1.05 1.08 1.10 1.12 1.14 1.16 1.18 1.20
3000 1.05 1.07 1.10 1.12 1.14 1.16 1.18 1.20 1.22
3500 1.07 1.09 1.12 1.14 1.16 1.18 1.20 1.22 1.25
4000 1.09 1.12 1.14 1.16 1.18 1.20 1.23 1.25 1.27
4500 1.11 1.14 1.16 1.18 1.20 1.23 1.25 1.27 1.29
5000 1.14 1.16 1.18 1.20 1.23 1.25 1.27 1.29 1.32
5500 1.16 1.18 1.20 1.23 1.25 1.27 1.30 1.32 1.34
6000 1.18 1.20 1.23 1.25 1.27 1.30 1.32 1.34 1.37
Temperature of the Air

5
www.ktron.com
Blowers
BLOWER SIZING
Page 5-102
Find the inlet vacuum factor in the table below based on the
blower inlet vacuum, line a of the worksheet. Write the inlet
vacuum factor in the space on line g of the worksheet.

The air volume at blower inlet is found by multiplying the
system inlet air flow, line c, times the temperature altitude cor-
rection factor, line f, times the inlet vacuum factor, line g. Write
the result in the space on line h of the worksheet.

To find the Premier blower chart number, turn to the inside
of page 5-301. In the chart on that page, find the air volume at
the blower inlet, line h of the worksheet, in the scale along the
bottom of the chart. Locate the equivalent pressure rise, line d
of the worksheet, in the scale along the left hand side of the
chart. Find the intersection point of these two values. If the
intersection point is not on one of the dark, black diagonal
lines, locate the first diagonal line that is above and to the right
of the intersection point. It is not necessary to identify a spe-
cific point along that line, but simply to identify the diagonal line
that either crosses the intersection point or is above and to the
right of the intersection point.

Without losing track of the diagonal black line that has been
identified, find the actual pressure rise, line e, in the scale at
the left hand side of the chart. Find the point at which the actual
pressure rise intersects the diagonal black line which was iden-
tified in the previous paragraph. The number in the shaded
area directly to the left of that point is the blower chart number.
Write the blower chart number in the space on line i of the
worksheet.

If the application is for a pressure blower, turn to page 5-305. If
the application is for a vacuum blower, turn to page 5-309. In
the left hand column of the table on that page, the blower chart
numbers are listed. Find the blower chart number that was en-
tered on line i of the worksheet. The blower part number ap-
pears in the next column of the same row. Write the blower part
number in the space on line j of the worksheet.

The inlet and outlet line size, blower horsepower, outlet
silencer, and inlet silencer-filter/silencer can be found by
reading across the same row in which the blower part number
appears. Fill in the spaces on lines k, l, m, and n of the work-
sheet.

Quotation Writeup
Use the Premier quotation writeup forms to describe and price
the blower as a part of a system or as a single component.
INLET VACUUM FACTOR
Vacuum
PSIG
Factor Vacuum
PSIG
Factor Vacuum
PSIG
.1 1.01 2.4 1.20 4.7 1.47
.2 1.01 2.5 1.20 4.8 1.48
.3 1.02 2.6 1.21 4.9 1.50
.4 1.03 2.7 1.23 5.0 1.52
.5 1.04 2.8 1.24 5.1 1.53
.6 1.04 2.9 1.25 5.2 1.55
.7 1.05 3.0 1.26 5.3 1.56
.8 1.06 3.1 1.27 5.4 1.58
.9 1.07 3.2 1.28 5.5 1.60
1.0 1.07 3.3 1.29 5.6 1.62
1.1 1.08 3.4 1.30 5.7 1.63
1.2 1.09 3.5 1.31 5.8 1.65
1.3 1.10 3.6 1.32 5.9 1.67
1.4 1.11 3.7 1.34 6.0 1.69
1.5 1.11 3.8 1.35 6.1 1.71
1.6 1.12 3.9 1.36 6.2 1.73
1.7 1.13 4.0 1.37 6.3 1.75
1.8 1.14 4.1 1.39 6.4 1.77
1.9 1.15 4.2 1.40 6.5 1.79
2.0 1.16 4.3 1.41 6.6 1.81
2.1 1.17 4.4 1.43 6.7 1.84
2.2 1.18 4.5 1.44 6.8 1.86
2.3 1.19 4.6 1.46 6.9 1.88
7.0 1.91
Factor

5
www.ktron.com
Blowers-Chart
PRESSURE BLOWER SELECTION
Page 5-303
Rev. 2010-03 Supersedes: 07-15-05
PRESSURE BLOWERS
STANDARD ENCLOSUREStandard enclosure blower packages include a TEFC motor and a NEMA 12 junction box.

EXPLOSION PROOF ENCLOSUREExplosion proof blower packages include a 1-D/2 F & G Class motor and a NEMA
9 junction box.

PART NUMBER AND SELECTION NUMBERWhen ordering a blower, it is necessary to list the selection number and
part number.
Base
Style
Part No.
TEFC
Part No.
EXPL.
S-No. kW [HP] Pump
Model
Blower
RPM
Discharge Silencer Inlet Filter Silencer
Vertical Horizontal Inlet
(Indoor)
Inlet
(Outdoor)
10 1 5180-1 5181-1 0104 2.2 [3] 3006 2625
11 1 5180-2 5181-2 0104 3.7 [5] 3006 2625
12 1 5180-3 5181-3 0104 5.5 [7.5] 3006 2625
13 1 5180-1 5181-1 0105 2.2 [3] 3006 2975
14 1 5180-2 5181-2 0105 3.7 [5] 3006 2975 5309-120 5309-75 5309-99 5309-90
15 1 5180-3 5181-3 0105 5.5 [7.5] 3006 2975
16 1 5180-4 5181-4 0105 7.5 [10] 3006 2975
17 1 5180-5 5181-5 0105 11.2 [15] 3006 2975
18 1 5180-2 5181-2 0106 3.7 [5] 3006 3325
19 1 5180-3 5181-3 0106 5.5 [7.5] 3006 3325
20 1 5180-4 5181-4 0106 7.5 [10] 3006 3325
21 1 5180-5 5181-5 0106 11.2 [15] 3006 3325
22 1 5180-6 5181-6 0101 3.7 [5] 4504 2450
23 1 5180-7 5181-7 0101 5.5 [7.5] 4504 2450
24 1 5180-8 5181-8 0101 7.5 [10] 4504 2450
25 1 5180-9 5181-9 0101 11.2 [15] 4504 2450
26 2 5180-10 5181-10 0101 15 [20] 4504 2450
27 1 5180-6 5181-6 0102 3.7 [5] 4504 2625
28 1 5180-7 5181-7 0102 5.5 [7.5] 4504 2625
29 1 5180-8 5181-8 0102 7.5 [10] 4504 2625
30 1 5180-9 5181-9 0102 11.2 [15] 4504 2625
31 2 5180-10 5181-10 0102 15 [20] 4504 2625
32 1 5180-6 5181-6 0103 3.7 [5] 4504 2800
33 1 5180-7 5181-7 0103 5.5 [7.5] 4504 2800
34 1 5180-8 5181-8 0103 7.5 [10] 4504 2800
35 1 5180-9 5181-9 0103 11.2 [15] 4504 2800 5309-121 5309-76 5309-100 5309-91
36 2 5180-10 5181-10 0103 15 [20] 4504 2800
37 1 5180-7 5181-7 0104 5.5 [7.5] 4504 2975
38 1 5180-8 5181-8 0104 7.5 [10] 4504 2975
39 1 5180-9 5181-9 0104 11.2 [15] 4504 2975
40 2 5180-10 5181-10 0104 15 [20] 4504 2975
41 2 5180-11 5181-11 0104 18.5 [25] 4504 2975
42 1 5180-7 5181-7 0105 5.5 [7.5] 4504 3150
43 1 5180-8 5181-8 0105 7.5 [10] 4504 3150
44 1 5180-9 5181-9 0105 11.2 [15] 4504 3150
45 2 5180-10 5181-10 0105 15 [20] 4504 3150
46 2 5180-11 5181-11 0105 18.5 [25] 4504 3150
47 1 5180-7 5181-7 0106 5.5 [7.5] 4504 3325
48 1 5180-8 5181-8 0106 7.5 [10] 4504 3325
49 1 5180-9 5181-9 0106 11.2 [15] 4504 3325
Size
Chart
No.
50 2 5180-10 5181-10 0106 15 [20] 4504 3325
(Continued on Next Page)

5
www.ktron.com
Blowers-Chart
Page 5-304
Rev. 2010-03 Supersedes: 07-15-05
Size
Chart
No.
Base
Style
Part No.
TEFC
Part No.
EXPL.
S-No. kW [HP] Pump
Model
(Indoor)
Inlet
(Outdoor))
51 2 5180-11 5181-11 0106 18.5 [25] 4504 3325
52 1 5180-12 5181-12 0101 5.5 [7.5] 4506 2625
53 1 5180-13 5181-13 0101 7.5 [10] 4506 2625
54 1 5180-14 5181-14 0101 11.2 [15] 4506 2625
55 2 5180-15 5181-15 0101 15 [20] 4506 2625
56 2 5180-16 5181-16 0101 18.5 [25] 4506 2625
57 2 5180-17 5181-17 0101 22 [30] 4506 2625
58 1 5180-12 5181-12 0102 5.5 [7.5] 4506 2800
59 1 5180-13 5181-13 0102 7.5 [10] 4506 2800
60 1 5180-14 5181-14 0102 11.2 [15] 4506 2800
61 2 5180-15 5181-15 0102 15 [20] 4506 2800
62 2 5180-16 5181-16 0102 18.5 [25] 4506 2800
63 2 5180-17 5181-17 0102 22 [30] 4506 2800
64 1 5180-12 5181-12 0103 5.5 [7.5] 4506 2975
65 1 5180-13 5181-13 0103 7.5 [10] 4506 2975 5309-121 5309-76 5309-100 5309-91
66 1 5180-14 5181-14 0103 11.2 [15] 4506 2975
67 2 5180-15 5181-15 0103 15 [20] 4506 2975
68 2 5180-16 5181-16 0103 18.5 [25] 4506 2975
69 2 5180-17 5181-17 0103 22 [30] 4506 2975
70 1 5180-13 5181-13 0104 7.5 [10] 4506 3150
71 1 5180-14 5181-14 0104 11.2 [15] 4506 3150
72 2 5180-15 5181-15 0104 15 [20] 4506 3150
73 2 5180-16 5181-16 0104 18.5 [25] 4506 3150
74 2 5180-17 5181-17 0104 22 [30] 4506 3150
75 2 5180-18 5181-18 0104 29.8 [40] 4506 3150
76 1 5180-13 5181-13 0105 7.5 [10] 4506 3325
77 1 5180-14 5181-14 0105 11.2 [15] 4506 3325
78 2 5180-15 5181-15 0105 15 [20] 4506 3325
79 2 5180-16 5181-16 0105 18.5 [25] 4506 3325
80 2 5180-17 5181-17 0105 22 [30] 4506 3325
81 2 5180-18 5181-18 0105 29.8 [40] 4506 3325
82 1 5180-19 5181-19 0101 7.5 [10] 4509 2625
83 1 5180-20 5181-20 0101 11.2 [15] 4509 2625
84 2 5180-21 5181-21 0101 15 [20] 4509 2625
85 2 5180-22 5181-22 0101 18.5 [25] 4509 2625
86 2 5180-23 5181-23 0101 22 [30] 4509 2625
87 2 5180-24 5181-24 0101 29.8 [40] 4509 2625
88 2 5180-25 5181-25 0101 37.3 [50] 4509 2625
89 1 5180-19 5181-19 0102 7.5 [10] 4509 2800
90 1 5180-20 5181-20 0102 11.2 [15] 4509 2800 5309-125 5309-77 5309-101 5309-92
91 2 5180-21 5181-21 0102 15 [20] 4509 2800
92 2 5180-22 5181-22 0102 18.5 [25] 4509 2800
93 2 5180-23 5181-23 0102 22.4 [30] 4509 2800
94 2 5180-24 5181-24 0102 29.8 [40] 4509 2800
95 2 5180-25 5181-25 0102 37.3 [50] 4509 2800
96 1 5180-20 5181-20 0103 11.2 [15] 4509 2975
97 2 5180-21 5181-21 0103 15 [20] 4509 2975
Blower
RPM
(Continued on Next Page)

5
www.ktron.com
Blowers-Chart
Page 5-305
Rev. 2010-03 Supersedes: 07-15-05
Size
Chart
No.
Base
Style
Part No.
TEFC
Part No.
EXPL.
S-No. kW [HP] Pump
Model
(Indoor)
Inlet
(Outdoor)
98 2 5180-22 5181-22 0103 18.5 [25] 4509 2975
99 2 5180-23 5181-23 0103 22 [30] 4509 2975
100 2 5180-24 5181-24 0103 29.8 [40] 4509 2975
101 2 5180-25 5181-25 0103 37.3 [50] 4509 2975
102 1 5180-20 5181-20 0104 11.2 [15] 4509 3150 5309-125 5309-77 5309-101 5309-92
103 2 5180-21 5181-21 0104 15 [20] 4509 3150
104 2 5180-22 5181-22 0104 18.5 [25] 4509 3150
105 2 5180-23 5181-23 0104 22 [30] 4509 3150
106 2 5180-24 5181-24 0104 29.8 [40] 4509 3150
107 2 5180-25 5181-25 0104 37.3 [50] 4509 3150
108 1 5180-20 5181-20 0105 11.2 [15] 4509 3325
109 2 5180-21 5181-21 0105 15 [20] 4509 3325
110 2 5180-22 5181-22 0105 18.5 [25] 4509 3325
111 2 5180-23 5181-23 0105 22 [30] 4509 3325
112 2 5180-24 5181-24 0105 29.8 [40] 4509 3325
113 2 5180-25 5181-25 0105 37.3 [50] 4509 3325
114 2 5180-26 5181-26 0105 44.8 [60] 4509 3325
115 1 5180-27 5181-27 0101 11.2 [15] 4512 2800
116 2 5180-28 5181-28 0101 15 [20] 4512 2800
117 2 5180-29 5181-29 0101 18.5 [25] 4512 2800
118 2 5180-30 5181-30 0101 22 [30] 4512 2800
119 2 5180-31 5181-31 0101 29.8 [40] 4512 2800
120 2 5180-32 5181-32 0101 37.3 [50] 4512 2800
121 2 5180-33 5181-33 0101 44.8 [60] 4512 2800
122 1 5180-27 5181-27 0102 11.2 [15] 4512 2975 5309-126 5309-78 5309-102 5309-93
123 2 5180-28 5181-28 0102 15 [20] 4512 2975
124 2 5180-29 5181-29 0102 18.5 [25] 4512 2975
125 2 5180-30 5181-30 0102 22 [30] 4512 2975
126 2 5180-31 5181-31 0102 29.8 [40] 4512 2975
127 2 5180-32 5181-32 0102 37.3 [50] 4512 2975
128 2 5180-33 5181-33 0102 44.8 [60] 4512 2975
129 2 5180-34 5181-34 0102 55.9 [75] 4512 2975
130 2 5180-28 5181-28 0103 15 [20] 4512 3150
131 2 5180-29 5181-29 0103 18.5 [25] 4512 3150
132 2 5180-30 5181-30 0103 22 [30] 4512 3150
133 2 5180-31 5181-31 0103 29.8 [40] 4512 3150
134 2 5180-32 5181-32 0103 37.3 [50] 4512 3150
135 2 5180-33 5181-33 0103 44.8 [60] 4512 3150
136 2 5180-34 5181-34 0103 55.9 [75] 4512 3150
137 2 5180-28 5181-28 0104 15 [20] 4512 3325
138 2 5180-29 5181-29 0104 18.5 [25] 4512 3325
139 2 5180-30 5181-30 0104 22 [30] 4512 3325
140 2 5180-31 5181-31 0104 29.8 [40] 4512 3325
141 2 5180-32 5181-32 0104 37.3 [50] 4512 3325
142 2 5180-33 5181-33 0104 44.8 [60] 4512 3325
143 2 5180-34 5181-34 0104 55.9 [75] 4512 3325
144 3 5180-35 5181-35 0101 22 [30] 7012 1750 5309-127 5309-114 NA 5309-123
Blower
RPM

5
www.ktron.com
Blowers-Chart
Page 5-306
Rev. 2010-03 Supersedes: 07-15-05
Size
Chart
No.
Base
Style
Part No.
TEFC
Part No.
EXPL.
S-No. kW [HP] Pump
Model
(Indoor)
Inlet
(Outdoor)
145 3 5180-36 5181-36 0101 29.8 [40] 7012 1750
146 3 5180-37 5181-37 0101 37.3 [50] 7012 1750
147 3 5180-38 5181-38 0101 44.8 [60] 7012 1750
148 3 5180-35 5181-35 0102 22 [30] 7012 1840
149 3 5180-36 5181-36 0102 29.8 [40] 7012 1840
150 3 5180-37 5181-37 0102 37.3 [50] 7012 1840
151 3 5180-38 5181-38 0102 44.8 [60] 7012 1840
152 3 5180-39 5181-39 0102 55.9 [75] 7012 1840
153 3 5180-40 5181-40 0102 74.6 [100] 7012 1840
154 3 5180-35 5181-35 0103 22 [30] 7012 1925
155 3 5180-36 5181-36 0103 29.8 [40] 7012 1925
156 3 5180-37 5181-37 0103 37.3 [50] 7012 1925
157 3 5180-38 5181-38 0103 44.8 [60] 7012 1925
158 3 5180-39 5181-39 0103 55.9 [75] 7012 1925
159 3 5180-40 5181-40 0103 74.6 [100] 7012 1925
160 3 5180-35 5181-35 0104 22 [30] 7012 2012
161 3 5180-36 5181-36 0104 29.8 [40] 7012 2012
162 3 5180-37 5181-37 0104 37.3 [50] 7012 2012
163 3 5180-38 5181-38 0104 44.8 [60] 7012 2012
164 3 5180-39 5181-39 0104 55.9 [75] 7012 2012
165 3 5180-40 5181-40 0104 74.6 [100] 7012 2012 5309-127 5309-114 NA 5309-123
166 3 5180-56 5181-56 0104 93.3 [125] 7012 2012
167 3 5180-35 5181-35 0105 22 [30] 7012 2100
168 3 5180-36 5181-36 0105 29.8 [40] 7012 2100
169 3 5180-37 5181-37 0105 37.3 [50] 7012 2100
170 3 5180-38 5181-38 0105 44.8 [60] 7012 2100
171 3 5180-39 5181-39 0105 55.9 [75] 7012 2100
172 3 5180-40 5181-40 0105 74.6 [100] 7012 2100
173 3 5180-56 5181-56 0105 93.3 [125] 7012 2100
174 3 5180-35 5181-35 0106 22 [30] 7012 2170
175 3 5180-36 5181-36 0106 29.8 [40] 7012 2170
176 3 5180-37 5181-37 0106 37.3 [50] 7012 2170
177 3 5180-38 5181-38 0106 44.8 [60] 7012 2170
178 3 5180-39 5181-39 0106 55.9 [75] 7012 2170
179 3 5180-40 5181-40 0106 74.6 [100] 7012 2170
180 3 5180-56 5181-56 0106 93.3 [125] 7012 2170
181 3 5180-41 5181-41 0103 22 [30] 7015 1925
182 3 5180-42 5181-42 0103 29.8 [40] 7015 1925
183 3 5180-43 5181-43 0103 37.3 [50] 7015 1925
184 3 5180-44 5181-44 0103 44.8 [60] 7015 1925
185 3 5180-45 5181-45 0103 55.9 [75] 7015 1925
186 3 5180-46 5181-46 0103 74.6 [100] 7015 1925
187 3 5180-47 5181-47 0103 93.3 [125] 7015 1925
188 3 5180-41 5181-41 0104 22 [30] 7015 2012
189 3 5180-42 5181-42 0104 29.8 [40] 7015 2012
190 3 5180-43 5181-43 0104 37.3 [50] 7015 2012
191 3 5180-44 5181-44 0104 44.8 [60] 7015 2012
Blower
RPM

5
www.ktron.com
Blowers-Chart
Page 5-307
Rev. 2010-03 Supersedes: 07-15-05
Size
Chart
No.
Base
Style
Part No.
TEFC
Part No.
EXPL.
S-No. kW [HP] Pump
Model
(Indoor)
Inlet
(Outdoor)
192 3 5180-45 5181-45 0104 55.9 [75] 7015 2012
193 3 5180-46 5181-46 0104 74.6 [100] 7015 2012
194 3 5180-47 5181-47 0104 93.3 [125] 7015 2012
195 3 5180-41 5181-41 0105 22 [30] 7015 2100
196 3 5180-42 5181-42 0105 29.8 [40] 7015 2100
197 3 5180-43 5181-43 0105 37.3 [50] 7015 2100
198 3 5180-44 5181-44 0105 44.8 [60] 7015 2100
199 3 5180-45 5181-45 0105 55.9 [75] 7015 2100
200 3 5180-46 5181-46 0105 74.6 [100] 7015 2100 5309-127 5309-114 NA 5309-123
201 3 5180-47 5181-47 0105 93.3 [125] 7015 2100
202 3 5180-48 5181-48 0105 111.9 [150] 7015 2100
203 3 5180-41 5181-41 0106 22 [30] 7015 2170
204 3 5180-42 5181-42 0106 29.8 [40] 7015 2170
205 3 5180-43 5181-43 0106 37.3 [50] 7015 2170
206 3 5180-44 5181-44 0106 44.8 [60] 7015 2170
207 3 5180-45 5181-45 0106 55.9 [75] 7015 2170
208 3 5180-46 5181-46 0106 74.6 [100] 7015 2170
209 3 5180-47 5181-47 0106 93.3 [125] 7015 2170
210 3 5180-48 5181-48 0106 111.9 [150] 7015 2170
211 3 5180-49 5181-49 0102 29.8 [40] 7018 1925
212 3 5180-50 5181-50 0102 37.3 [50] 7018 1925
213 3 5180-51 5181-51 0102 44.8 [60] 7018 1925
214 3 5180-52 5181-52 0102 55.9 [75] 7018 1925
215 3 5180-53 5181-53 0102 74.6 [100] 7018 1925
216 3 5180-54 5181-54 0102 93.3 [125] 7018 1925
217 3 5180-55 5181-55 0102 111.9 [150] 7018 1925
218 3 5180-49 5181-49 0103 29.8 [40] 7018 2012
219 3 5180-50 5181-50 0103 37.3 [50] 7018 2012
220 3 5180-51 5181-51 0103 44.8 [60] 7018 2012
221 3 5180-52 5181-52 0103 55.9 [75] 7018 2012
222 3 5180-53 5181-53 0103 74.6 [100] 7018 2012
223 3 5180-54 5181-54 0103 93.3 [125] 7018 2012
224 3 5180-55 5181-55 0103 111.9 [150] 7018 2012 5309-119 5309-117 NA 5309-124
225 3 5180-49 5181-49 0104 29.8 [40] 7018 2100
226 3 5180-50 5181-50 0104 37.3 [50] 7018 2100
227 3 5180-51 5181-51 0104 44.8 [60] 7018 2100
228 3 5180-52 5181-52 0104 55.9 [75] 7018 2100
229 3 5180-53 5181-53 0104 74.6 [100] 7018 2100
230 3 5180-54 5181-54 0104 93.3 [125] 7018 2100
231 3 5180-55 5181-55 0104 111.9 [150] 7018 2100
232 3 5180-49 5181-49 0105 29.8 [40] 7018 2170
233 3 5180-50 5181-50 0105 37.3 [50] 7018 2170
234 3 5180-51 5181-51 0105 44.8 [60] 7018 2170
235 3 5180-52 5181-52 0105 55.9 [75] 7018 2170
236 3 5180-53 5181-53 0105 74.6 [100] 7018 2170
237 3 5180-54 5181-54 0105 93.3 [125] 7018 2170
238 3 5180-55 5181-55 0105 111.9[150] 7018 2170
Blower
RPM

5
www.ktron.com
VACUUM BLOWERS
STANDARD ENCLOSUREStandard enclosure blower packages include a TEFC motor and a NEMA 12 junction box
for the differential pressure and high temperature switches, and the vacuum breaker solenoid.

EXPLOSION PROOF ENCLOSUREExplosion proof blower packages include a 1-D/2 F & G Class motor and a NEMA
9 junction box for the differential pressure and temperatures switches, and the vacuum breaker solenoid. For applica-
tions requiring a NEMA 7 enclosure, consult the factory.

PART NUMBER AND SELECTION NUMBERWhen ordering a blower package it is necessary to list the selection
Blowers-Chart
VACUUM BLOWER SELECTION
Page 5-308
Rev. 2010-03 Supersedes: 09-01-06
Size
Chart
No.
Base
Style
Part No.
TEFC
Part No.
EXPL.
S-No. kW [HP] Pump
Model
Blower
RPM
Discharge Silencer Inlet Silencer
Vertical Horizontal Vertical Horizontal
10 1 5182-1 5183-1 0104 2.2 [3] 3006 2625
11 1 5182-2 5183-2 0104 3.7 [5] 3006 2625
12 1 5182-3 5183-3 0104 5.5 [7.5] 3006 2625
13 1 5182-1 5183-1 0105 2.2 [3] 3006 2975 5309-120 5309-75 5309-75 5309-95
14 1 5182-2 5183-2 0105 3.7 [5] 3006 2975
15 1 5182-3 5183-3 0105 5.5 [7.5] 3006 2975
18 1 5182-2 5183-2 0106 3.7 [5] 3006 3325
19 1 5182-3 5183-3 0106 5.5 [7.5] 3006 3325
22 1 5182-6 5183-6 0101 3.7 [5] 4504 2450
23 1 5182-7 5183-7 0101 5.5 [7.5] 4504 2450
24 1 5182-8 5183-8 0101 7.5 [10] 4504 2450
27 1 5182-6 5183-6 0102 3.7 [5] 4504 2625
28 1 5182-7 5183-7 0102 5.5 [7.5] 4504 2625
29 1 5182-8 5183-8 0102 7.5 [10] 4504 2625
32 1 5182-6 5183-6 0103 3.7 [5] 4504 2800
33 1 5182-7 5183-7 0103 5.5 [7.5] 4504 2800
34 1 5182-8 5183-8 0103 7.5 [10] 4504 2800
35 1 5182-9 5183-9 0103 11.2 [15] 4504 2800
37 1 5182-7 5183-7 0104 5.5 [7.5] 4504 2975
38 1 5182-8 5183-8 0104 7.5 [10] 4504 2975
39 1 5182-9 5183-9 0104 11.2 [15] 4504 2975
42 1 5182-7 5183-7 0105 5.5 [7.5] 4504 3150
43 1 5182-8 5183-8 0105 7.5 [10] 4504 3150
44 1 5182-9 5183-9 0105 11.2 [15] 4504 3150 5309-121 5309-76 5309-76 5309-96
47 1 5182-7 5183-7 0106 5.5 [7.5] 4504 3325
48 1 5182-8 5183-8 0106 7.5 [10] 4504 3325
49 1 5182-9 5183-9 0106 11.2 [15] 4504 3325
52 1 5182-12 5183-12 0101 5.5 [7.5] 4506 2625
53 1 5182-13 5183-13 0101 7.5 [10] 4506 2625
54 1 5182-14 5183-14 0101 11.2 [15] 4506 2625
58 1 5182-12 5183-12 0102 5.5 [7.5] 4506 2800
59 1 5182-13 5183-13 0102 7.5 [10] 4506 2800
60 1 5182-14 5183-14 0102 11.2 [15] 4506 2800
61 2 5182-15 5183-15 0102 14.9 [20] 4506 2800
64 1 5182-12 5183-12 0103 5.5 [7.5] 4506 2975
65 1 5182-13 5183-13 0103 7.5 [10] 4506 2975
66 1 5182-14 5183-14 0103 11.2 [15] 4506 2975
67 2 5182-15 5183-15 0103 15 [20] 4506 2975
70 1 5182-13 5183-13 0104 7.5 [10] 4506 3150
71 1 5182-14 5183-14 0104 11.2 [15] 4506 3150

5
www.ktron.com
Blowers-Chart
Page 5-309
Rev. 2010-03 Supersedes: 09-01-06
Size
Chart
No.
Base
Style
Part No.
TEFC
Part No.
EXPL.
S-No. kW [HP] Pump
Model
72 2 5182-15 5183-15 0104 15 [20] 4506 3150
76 1 5182-13 5183-13 0105 7.5 [10] 4506 3325 5309-121 5309-76 5309-76 5309-96
77 1 5182-14 5183-14 0105 11.2 [15] 4506 3325
78 2 5182-15 5183-15 0105 15 [20] 4506 3325
82 1 5182-19 5183-19 0101 7.5 [10] 4509 2625
83 1 5182-20 5183-20 0101 11.2 [15] 4509 2625
84 2 5182-21 5183-21 0101 15 [20] 4509 2625
85 2 5182-22 5183-22 0101 18.5 [25] 4509 2625
89 1 5182-19 5183-19 0102 7.5 [10] 4509 2800
90 1 5182-20 5183-20 0102 11.2 [15] 4509 2800
91 2 5182-21 5183-21 0102 15 [20] 4509 2800
92 2 5182-22 5183-22 0102 18.5 [25] 4509 2800
96 1 5182-20 5183-20 0103 11.2 [15] 4509 2975
97 2 5182-21 5183-21 0103 15 [20] 4509 2975 5309-125 5309-77 5309-77 5309-97
98 2 5182-22 5183-22 0103 18.5 [25] 4509 2975
102 1 5182-20 5183-20 0104 11.2 [15] 4509 3150
103 2 5182-21 5183-21 0104 15 [20] 4509 3150
104 2 5182-22 5183-22 0104 18.5 [25] 4509 3150
105 2 5182-23 5183-23 0104 22 [30] 4509 3150
108 1 5182-20 5183-20 0105 11.2 [15] 4509 3325
109 2 5182-21 5183-21 0105 15 [20] 4509 3325
110 2 5182-22 5183-22 0105 18.5 [25] 4509 3325
111 2 5182-23 5183-23 0105 22 [30] 4509 3325
115 1 5182-27 5183-27 0101 11.2 [15] 4512 2800
116 2 5182-28 5183-28 0101 15 [20] 4512 2800
117 2 5182-29 5183-29 0101 18.5 [25] 4512 2800
118 2 5182-30 5183-30 0101 22 [30] 4512 2800
119 2 5182-31 5183-31 0101 29.8 [40] 4512 2800
122 1 5182-27 5183-27 0102 11.2 [15] 4512 2975
123 2 5182-28 5183-28 0102 15 [20] 4512 2975
124 2 5182-29 5183-29 0102 18.5 [25] 4512 2975
125 2 5182-30 5183-30 0102 22 [30] 4512 2975 5309-126 5309-78 5309-78 5309-98
126 2 5182-31 5183-31 0102 29.8 [40] 4512 2975
130 2 5182-28 5183-28 0103 15 [20] 4512 3150
131 2 5182-29 5183-29 0103 18.5 [25] 4512 3150
132 2 5182-30 5183-30 0103 22 [30] 4512 3150
133 2 5182-31 5183-31 0103 29.8 [40] 4512 3150
137 2 5182-28 5183-28 0104 15 [20] 4512 3325
138 2 5182-29 5183-29 0104 18.5 [25] 4512 3325
139 2 5182-30 5183-30 0104 22 [30] 4512 3325
140 2 5182-31 5183-31 0104 29.8 [40] 4512 3325
144 3 5182-35 5183-35 0101 22 [30] 7012 1750
145 3 5182-36 5183-36 0101 29.8 [40] 7012 1750
146 3 5182-37 5183-37 0101 37.3 [50] 7012 1750 5309-127 5309-114 5309-114 5309-115
148 3 5182-35 5183-35 0102 22 [30] 7012 1840
149 3 5182-36 5183-36 0102 29.8 [40] 7012 1840
150 3 5182-37 5183-37 0102 37.3 [50] 7012 1840
Blower
RPM

5
www.ktron.com
Blowers-Chart
Page 5-310
Rev. 2010-03 Supersedes: 09-10-06
Size
Chart
No.
Base
Style
Part No.
TEFC
Part No.
EXPL.
S-No. kW [HP] Pump
Model
154 3 5182-35 5183-35 0103 22 [30] 7012 1925
155 3 5182-36 5183-36 0103 29.8 [40] 7012 1925
156 3 5182-37 5183-37 0103 37.3 [50] 7012 1925
160 3 5182-35 5183-35 0104 22 [30] 7012 2012
161 3 5182-36 5183-36 0104 29.8 [40] 7012 2012
162 3 5182-37 5183-37 0104 37.3 [50] 7012 2012
163 3 5182-38 5183-38 0104 44.8 [60] 7012 2012
167 3 5182-35 5183-35 0105 22 [30] 7012 2100
168 3 5182-36 5183-36 0105 29.8 [40] 7012 2100
169 3 5182-37 5183-37 0105 37.3 [50] 7012 2100
170 3 5182-38 5183-38 0105 44.8 [60] 7012 2100
174 3 5182-35 5183-35 0106 22 [30] 7012 2170
175 3 5182-36 5183-36 0106 29.8 [40] 7012 2170 5309-127 5309-114 5309-114 5309-115
176 3 5182-37 5183-37 0106 37.3 [50] 7012 2170
177 3 5182-38 5183-38 0106 44.8 [60] 7012 2170
181 3 5182-41 5183-41 0103 22 [30] 7015 1925
182 3 5182-42 5183-42 0103 29.8 [40] 7015 1925
183 3 5182-43 5183-43 0103 37.3 [50] 7015 1925
184 3 5182-44 5183-44 0103 44.8 [60] 7015 1925
185 3 5182-45 5183-45 0103 55.9 [75] 7015 1925
188 3 5182-41 5183-41 0104 22 [30] 7015 2012
189 3 5182-42 5183-42 0104 29.8 [40] 7015 2012
190 3 5182-43 5183-43 0104 37.3 [50] 7015 2012
191 3 5182-44 5183-44 0104 44.8 [60] 7015 2012
192 3 5182-45 5183-45 0104 55.9 [75] 7015 2012
195 3 5182-41 5183-41 0105 22 [30] 7015 2100
196 3 5182-42 5183-42 0105 29.8 [40] 7015 2100
197 3 5182-43 5183-43 0105 37.3 [50] 7015 2100
198 3 5182-44 5183-44 0105 44.8 [60] 7015 2100
199 3 5182-45 5183-45 0105 55.9 [75] 7015 2100
203 3 5182-41 5183-41 0106 22 [30] 7015 2170
204 3 5182-42 5183-42 0106 29.8 [40] 7015 2170
205 3 5182-43 5183-43 0106 37.3 [50] 7015 2170
206 3 5182-44 5183-44 0106 44.8 [60] 7015 2170
207 3 5182-45 5183-45 0106 55.9 [75] 7015 2170
211 3 5182-49 5183-49 0102 29.8 [40] 7018 1925
212 3 5182-50 5183-50 0102 37.3 [50] 7018 1925
213 3 5182-51 5183-51 0102 44.8 [60] 7018 1925
214 3 5182-52 5183-52 0102 55.9 [75] 7018 1925
218 3 5182-49 5183-49 0103 29.8 [40] 7018 2012
219 3 5182-50 5183-50 0103 37.3 [50] 7018 2012
220 3 5182-51 5183-51 0103 44.8 [60] 7018 2012
221 3 5182-52 5183-52 0103 55.9 [75] 7018 2012 5309-119 5309-117 5309-117 5309-118
225 3 5182-49 5183-49 0104 29.8 [40] 7018 2100
226 3 5182-50 5183-50 0104 37.3 [50] 7018 2100
227 3 5182-51 5183-51 0104 44.8 [60] 7018 2100
228 3 5182-52 5183-52 0104 55.9 [75] 7018 2100
Blower
RPM

5
www.ktron.com
Blowers-Chart
Page 5-311
Rev. 2010-03 Supersedes: 09-01-06
Size
Chart
No.
Base
Style
Part No.
TEFC
Part No.
EXPL.
S-No. kW [HP] Pump
Model
232 3 5182-49 5183-49 0105 29.8 [40] 7018 2170
233 3 5182-50 5183-50 0105 37.3 [50] 7018 2170
234 3 5182-51 5183-51 0105 44.8 [60] 7018 2170
235 3 5182-52 5183-52 0105 55.9 [75] 7018 2170 5309-119 5309-117 5309-117 5309-118

Blower
RPM
6
www.ktron.com
Material: 1212 Willstretch Nylon
These transitions are made with Premiers standard bolt
pattern; the same as our Aerolocks and A-Valves. To select
the correct transition for an Aerolock, match the transition
size to the second half of the Aerolock size designation.
For example, use a size 10 transition for an 1110 Aerolock.
FLEX SOCKS
FLANGED ADAPTERS ROUND FLANGE TO SQUARE FLANGE
(12) C DIA HLS
ON A D DBC
(12) F DIA HLS
PART NO. A B
2313-244 102 [4] 203 [8]
2313-161 152 [6] 203 [8]
2313-162 203 [8] 203 [8]
2313-163 254 [10] 203 [8]
2313-164 305 [12] 254 [10]
2313-165 356 [14] 254 [10]
2313-166 406 [16] 254 [10]
PART NO.
A B C D E F G H J K L M N
P Q
SIZE
CARBON
STEEL
ALUM.
304
S.S.
CARBON
STEEL
ALUM.
304
S.S.
CARBON
STEEL
ALUM.
304
S.S.
6 5312-4 5312-5 5312-6
216
[8.5]
152
[6]
11
[.438]
191
[7.5]
76
[3]
11
[.438]
152
[6]
38
[1.5]
229
[9]
16
[.625]
67
[2.625]
64
[2.5]
67
[2.625]
5
[.188]
6
[.25]
5
[.188]
6
[.25]
6
[.25]
5
[.188]
8 5312-7 5312-8 5312-9
267
[10.5]
203
[8]
11
[.438]
241
[9.5]
76
[3]
11
[.438]
203
[8]
38
[1.5]
279
[11]
16
[.625]
83
[3.25]
83
[3.25]
83
[3.25]
5
[.188]
6
[.25]
5
[.188]
6
[.25]
6
[.25]
5
[.188]
10 5312-10 5312-11 5312-12
330
[13]
254
[10]
11
[.438]
305
[12]
76
[3]
11
[.438]
254
[10]
38
[1.5]
330
[13]
16
[.625]
98
[3.875]
102
[4]
98
[3.875]
5
[.188]
6
[.25]
5
[.188]
6
[.25]
6
[.25]
5
[.188]
12 5312-13 5312-14 5312-15
394
[15.5]
305
[12]
14
[.563]
362
[14.25]
102
[4]
14
[.563]
305
[12]
51
[2]
406
[16]
22
[.875]
121
[4.75]
121
[4.75]
121
[4.75]
5
[.188]
6
[.25]
5
[.188]
6
[.25]
6
[.25]
5
[.188]
14 5312-16 5312-17 5312-18
444
[17.5]
356
[14]
14
[.563]
413
[16.25]
102
[4]
14
[.563]
356
[14]
51
[2]
457
[18]
22
[.875]
130
[5.125]
152
[6]
130
[5.125]
6
[.25]
6
[.25]
6
[.25]
6
[.25]
6
[.25]
6
[.25]
16 5312-19 5312-20 5312-21
508
[20]
406
[16]
14
[.563]
470
[18.5]
102
[4]
14
[.563]
406
[16]
51
[2]
508
[20]
22
[.875]
152
[6]
159
[6.25]
152
[6]
6
[.25]
6
[.25]
6
[.25]
6
[.25]
6
[.25]
6
[.25]
Adapters
FLEX SOCKS and FLANGED ADAPTERS
Page 6-201
Dimensions mm [in]
Dimensions mm [in]
6
www.ktron.com
(D)
DIA E CIRCLE ON
DIA C BOLT CIRCLE
ROLL BEAD
A B
F
G
SIZE
PART NO.
A B C D E * F G
CARBON
STEEL
ALUMINUM
304 STAINLESS
STEEL
100 DIN
5311-93 5311-94 5311-95
100 220 180 8 18 6.4 101.6
4" ANSI [4] [9] [7.5] 8 [0.75] [0.25] [4]
150 DIN
5311-7 5311-13 5311-19
150 285 240 8 22 6.4 101.6
6" ANSI [6] [11] [9.5] 8 [0.75] [0.25] [4]
200 DIN
5311-8 5311-14 5311-20
200 340 295 8 22 6.4 101.6
8" ANSI [8] [13.5] [11.75] 8 [0.75] [0.25] [4]
250 DIN
5311-9 5311-15 5311-21
250 395 350 12 22 14.3 101.6
10" ANSI [10] [16] [14.25] 12 [1] [0.5625] [4]
300 DIN
5311-10 5311-16 5311-22
300 445 400 12 22 14.3 127
12" ANSI [12] [19] [17] 12 [1] [0.5625] [5]
350 DIN
5311-11 5311-17 5311-23
350 505 460 16 22 14.3 127
14" ANSI [14] [21] [18.75] 12 [1.125] [0.5625] [5]
400 DIN
5311-12 5311-18 5311-24
400 565 515 16 26 15.9 127
16" ANSI [16] [23.5] [21.25] 16 [1.125] [0.625] [5]
* NOTE: DIM "F" is 4.76 mm [0.1875 in] for all stainless steel part numbers.
FLANGED ADAPTERS - DIN/ANSI FLANGE TO FLEX SOCK
Adapters
FLANGED ADAPTERS
Page 6-202
Dimensions mm [in]
6
www.ktron.com
*NOTE: DIM "G" IS 9.525 mm [0.375 in] FOR ALUM. SIZES 6 THRU 12.
FLANGED ADAPTERS - DIN/ANSI TO O.D. PIPE
(D)
DIA E HOLES ON A
DIA C BOLT CIRCLE
A
ID
B
OD
G
H
F
OD
SIZE
PART NO.
A B C D E F *G H
ALUMINUM
CARBON
STEEL
STAINLESS
STEEL
50 DIN
5311-59 5311-67 5311-119
61.9 165 125 4 18 60.3 6.4 152.4
2" ANSI [2.437] [6] [4.75] 4 [0.75] [2.375] [0.25] [6]
80 DIN
5311-60 5311-68 5311-120
90.5 200 160 8 18 88.9 6.4 152.4
3" ANSI [3.563] [7.5] [6] 4 [0.75] [3.5] [0.25] [6]
100 DIN
5311-61 5311-69 5311-121
115.9 220 180 8 18 114.3 6.4 152.4
4" ANSI [4.562] [9] [7.5] 8 [0.75] [4.5] [0.25] [6]
125 DIN
5311-62 5311-70 5311-122
142.9 250 210 8 18 141.3 6.4 152.4
5" ANSI [5.626] [10] [8.5] 8 [0.875] [5.563] [0.25] [6]
150 DIN
5311-63 5311-71
5311-123
169.9 285 240 8 22 168.3 6.4 203.2
6" ANSI [6.687] [11] [9.5] 8 [0.875] [6.625] [0.25] [8]
200 DIN
5311-64 5311-72
5311-124
220.7 340 295 8 22 219.1 6.4 203.2
8" ANSI [8.687] [13.5] [11.75] 8 [0.875] [8.625] [0.25] [8]
250 DIN
5311-65 5311-73 5311-125
274.6 395 350 12 22 273.1 6.4 203.2
10" ANSI [10.812] [16 [14.25] 12 [1] [10.75] [0.25] [8]
300 DIN
5311-66 5311-74 5311-126
325.4 445 400 12 22 323.9 6.4 203.2
12" ANSI [12.812] [19] [17] 12 [1] [12.75] [0.25] [8]
Adapters
FLANGED ADAPTERS
Page 6-203
Dimensions mm [in]
6
www.ktron.com
FLANGED ADAPTERS - DIN/ANSI TO O.D. TUBE
(D)
DIA E HOLES ON A
DIA C BOLT CIRCLE
A
ID
B
OD
G
F
A
OD
SIZE
PART NO.
A B C D E F G
CARBON
STEEL
ALUMINUM
STAINLESS
STEEL
50 DIN
5311-43 5311-51 5311-111
50 DIN 165 125 4 18 152.4 6.35
2" ANSI [2] [6] [4.75] 4 [0.75] [6] [0.25]
80 DIN
5311-44 5311-52 5311-112
80 DIN 200 160 8 18 152.4 6.35
3" ANSI [3] [7.5] [6] 4 [0.75] [6] [0.25]
100 DIN
5311-45 5311-53 5311-113
100 DIN 220 180 8 18 152.4 6.35
4" ANSI [4] [9] [7.5] 8 [0.75] [6] [0.25]
125 DIN
5311-46 5311-54 5311-114
125 DIN 250 210 8 18 152.4 6.35
5" ANSI [5] [10] [8.5] 8 [0.75] [6] [0.25]
150 DIN
5311-47 5311-55 5311-115
150 DIN 285 240 8 22 203.2 6.35
6" ANSI [6] [11] [9.5] 8 [0.875] [8] [0.25]
200 DIN
5311-48 5311-56 5311-116
200 DIN 340 295 8 22 203.2 6.35
8" ANSI [8] [13.5] [11.75] 8 [0.875] [8] [0.25]
250 DIN
5311-49 5311-57 5311-117
250 DIN 395 350 12 22 203.2 6.35
10" ANSI [10] [16] [14.25] 12 [1] [8] [0.25]
300 DIN
5311-50 5311-58 5311-118
300 DIN 445 400 12 22 203.2 6.35
12" ANSI [12] [19] [17] 12 [1] [8] [0.25]
Adapters
FLANGED ADAPTERS
Page 6-204
Dimensions mm [in]
6
www.ktron.com
(12)
DIA K HOLES ON A
DIA L BOLT CIRCLE
I
ID
J
OD
H
F
G
(D)
DIA E HOLES ON A
DIA C BOLT CIRCLE
A
ID
B
OD
FLANGED ADAPTERS - ROUND AEROLOCK FLANGE TO DIN/ANSI FLANGE
SIZE
PART NO.
A B *C D **E F G H I J K L
CARBON
STEEL
ALUM. 304 S.S.
150 DIN
5311-75 5311-81 5311-87
150 285 240 8 22 6.4 101.6 6.4 152.4 215.9 11.1 190.5
6" ANSI [6] [11] [9.5] 8 [0.75] [0.25] [4] [0.25] [6] [8.5] [0.4375] [7.5]
200 DIN
5311-76 5311-82 5311-88
200 340 295 8 22 6.4 101.6 6.4 203.2 266.7 11.1 241.3
8" ANSI [8] [13.5] [11.75] 8 [0.75] [0.25] [4] [0.25] [8] [10.5] [0.4375] [9.5]
250 DIN
5311-77 5311-83 5311-89
250 395 350 12 22 6.4 101.6 6.4 254 330.2 11.1 304.8
10" ANSI [10] [16] [14.25] 12 [1] [0.25] [4] [0.25] [10] [13] [0.4375] [12]
300 DIN
5311-78 5311-84 5311-90
300 445 400 12 22 6.4 127 6.4 304.8 393.7 14.3 362
12" ANSI [12] [19] [17] 12 [1] [0.25] [5] [0.25] [12] [15.5] [0.5625] [14.25]
350 DIN
5311-79 5311-85 5311-91
350 505 460 16 22 6.4 127 6.4 355.6 444.5 14.3 412.8
14" ANSI [14] [21] [18.75] 12 [1.125] [0.25] [5] [0.25] [14] [17.5] [0.5625] [16.25]
400 DIN
5311-80 5311-86 5311-92
400 565 515 16 26 6.4 127 6.4 406.4 508 14.3 469.9
16" ANSI [16] [23.5] [21.25] 16 [1.125] [0.25] [5] [0.25] [16] [20] [0.5625] [18.5]
*NOTE: DIM "C" IS 4.76mm (.1875") FOR STEEL SIZES 6 THRU 12.
**NOTE: DIM "E" IS 4.76mm (.1875") FOR S.S. SIZES 6 THRU 12.
Adapters
FLANGED ADAPTERS
Page 6-205
Dimensions mm [in]
6
www.ktron.com
TRANSITION FOR MOUNTING SHEAR PROTECTOR WITH FLOW REGULATOR
TO 12" TANK OUTLET
PART NO.
A B C D E F G H J K
AEROLOCK
SIZE
CARBON
STEEL
304 S.S.
76 5312-22 5312-28
203
[8]
152
[6]
133
[5.25]
102
[4]
64
[2.5]
114
[4.5]
67
[2.625]
10
[.375]
10
[.375]
152
[6]
98 5312-23 5312-29
203
[8]
216
[8.5]
165
[6.5]
140
[5.5]
89
[3.5]
67
[2.625]
92
[3.625]
16
[.625]
16
[.625]
203
[8]
1110 5312-24 5312-30
203
[8]
254
[10]
191
[7.5]
178
[7]
114
[4.5]
83
[3.25]
76
[3]
13
[.5]
13
[.5]
254
[10]
1312 5312-25 5312-31
152
[6]
324
[12.75]
222
[8.75]
229
[9]
127
[5]
92
[3.625]
95
[3.75]
19
[.75]
19
[.75]
254
[10]
1514 5312-26 5312-32
152
[6]
362
[14.25]
238
[9.375]
279
[11]
152
[6]
67
[2.625]
81
[3.188]
19
[.75]
19
[.75]
356
[14]
1716 5312-27 5312-33
152
[6]
416
[16.375]
264
[10.375]
330
[13]
178
[7]
56
[2.188]
76
[3]
21
[.813]
17
[.688]
457
[18]
419 [16.5] SQ.
(16) 11 [0.4375]
DIA HOLES
89
[3.5]
102
[4]
102
[4]
89
[3.5]
19 [.75] (TYP)
C
L
C
L
6 [.25]
A
5 [.188]
H
J
G (TYP)
(K)11 [0.438] DIA HOLES
E
C
B D
F
(TYP)
TYPICAL
BOLT
PATTERN
Adapters
TRANSITIONS
Page 6-206
Dimensions mm [in]
305 [12] SQ.
6
www.ktron.com
TRANSITIONS FROM 12" TANK TO ROUND AEROLOCKS
TRANSITIONS FROM 12" TANK TO SQUARE AEROLOCK
PART NO.
AEROLOCK
SIZE
A B C D E F
5301-59 76
191
[7.5]
216
[8.5]
152
[6]
11
[.438]
191
[7.5]
5
[.188]
5301-60 98
254
[10]
267
[10.5]
203
[8]
11
[.438]
241
[9.5]
5
[.188]
5301-61 1110
178
[7]
330
[13]
254
[10]
11
[.438]
305
[12]
5
[.188]
5301-62 1312
152
[6]
394
[15.5]
305
[12]
14
[.563]
362
[14.25]
5
[.188]
5301-63 1514
102
[4]
445
[17.5]
356
[14]
14
[.563]
413
[16.25]
6
[.25]
5301-64 1716
102
[4]
508
[20]
406
[16]
14
[.563]
470
[18.5]
6
[.25]
PART NO.
AEROLOCK
SIZE
A B C D E F G H
5301-65 76
191
[7.5]
152
[6]
229
[9]
67
[2.625]
64
[2.5]
67
[2.625]
11
[.438]
16
[.625]
5301-66 98
254
[10]
203
[8]
279
[11]
83
[3.25]
83
[3.25]
83
[3.25]
11
[.438]
16
[.625]
5301-67 1110
178
[7]
254
[10]
330
[13]
98
[3.875]
102
[4]
98
[3.875]
11
[.438]
16
[.625]
5301-68 1312
152
[6]
305
[12]
406
[16]
121
[4.75]
121
[4.75]
121
[4.75]
14
[.563]
22
[.875]
5301-69 1514
102
[4]
356
[14]
457
[18]
130
[5.125]
152
[6]
130
[5.125]
14
[.563]
22
[.875]
5301-70 1716
102
[4]
406
[16]
508
[20]
152
[6]
159
[6.25]
152
[6]
14
[.563]
22
[.875]
Adapters
TRANSITIONS
Page 6-207
Dimensions mm [in]
Dimensions mm [in]
19 [0.75] (TYP)
419 [16.5] SQ. 305 [12] SQ.
(16) 11 [0.4375] DIA HOLES
6 [0.25]
C
L
B OD C ID
(12) D DIA HOLES
ON A E DBC
A
89
[3.5]
89
[3.5]
102
[4]
102
[4]
C
L
F
B SQ. C SQ.
(12) G DIA HOLES
H (TYP)
D
E
F
C
L
19 [0.75] (TYP)
419 [16.5] SQ. 305 [12] SQ.
(16) 11 [0.4375] DIA HOLES
6 [0.25]
A
C
L
89
[3.5]
89
[3.5]
102
[4]
102
[4]
C
L
6 [0.25]
6
www.ktron.com
TRANSITIONS FROM 1716 ROUND AEROLOCK TO OTHER ROUND AEROLOCKS
PART NO.
AEROLOCK
SIZE
A B C D E
5312-34 1514
445
[17.5]
356
[14]
14
[.563]
413
[16.25]
76
[3]
5312-35 1312
394
[15.5]
305
[12]
14
[.563]
362
[14.25]
102
[4]
5312-36 1110
330
[13]
254
[10]
11
[.438]
305
[12]
146
[5.75]
5312-37 98
267
[10.5]
203
[8]
11
[.438]
241
[9.5]
191
[7.5]
5312-38 76
216
[8.5]
152
[6]
11
[.438]
191
[7.5]
235
[9.25]
Adapters
AEROLOCK TRANSITIONS
Page 6-208
508 [20] OD 406 [16] ID
E
B ID A OD
(12) 14 [0.5625] DIA HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED
ON A 470 [18.5] DBC
(12) C DIA HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED
ON A D DBC
C
L
C
L
C
L
Dimensions mm [in]
7
www.ktron.com
Loaders & Unloaders Dimensions
RAILCAR UNLOADING ACCESSORIES
Page 7-201
Part No. 5306-20
Part No. 2812-1
6
3
/
4
" R
1" R
(TYP)
22"
1
1
/
8
"
7"
32"
4
5
/
8
"
REF.
RAILROAD
TRACK
MODEL 900 UNLOADING NOZZLE FILTER
6
3
/
8
"
ID
RAILCAR
12" OD
27"
4"
AIR IN
REPLACEABLE
DRY-TYPE
FILTER
17"
ALUMINUM CON-
STRUCTION
RAILCAR UNLOADING SPILL CONTAINMENT PAN
The spill containment pan is designed for use by all industries that receive and unload bulk solids
from hopper railcars. The pan helps prevent the loss of material during unloading and subsequent
contamination of storm water runoff as mandated by the United States Environmental Protection
Agency's Clean Water Act of 1991. The polyurethane pan "locks" onto the railroad track under the
hopper car's outlet for positive positioning and stabilization.
(TYP)
7
www.ktron.com
Page 7-202
RAILCAR
4-, 5- AND 6-INCH ASSEMBLIES
RAILCAR ADAPTER KITS
2- AND 3-INCH ASSEMBLIES
2" Field Assembly F15306-57
Size Part No.
Size Part No.
RAILCAR
FILTER
ELEMENT
FILTER
UNLOADING NOZZLE
WITH AIR FLOW CONTROL
FILTER
ELEMENT
FILTER
UNLOADING NOZZLE
CLAMP KIT FOR DEV-MARK RAILCAR HATCH VENT
The clamp kit enables the railcar hatch vent lter group (Part No. F15306-64) to be used with
Dev-Mark and other railcar models. See catalog page 23-202 for hatch vent lter detail.
REF.:
HATCH VENT COVER
MOUNTING RING
REF.:
DEV-MARK HATCH
VENT ON RAILCAR
MALLEABLE BALL HANDLE
THREADED "J" BOLT
7
www.ktron.com
Page 7-203
6-Inch Field Assembly
Part No. F15306-56
2-Inch through 5-Inch Field Assemblies
Part No. F15306-44
3
/
8
"-16 UNC THUMB
SCREW x 1
1
/
2
" LG
VACUUM PICK-UP WITH AIR FLOW ADJUSTMENT
2"
6
5
/
8
"
OD
B
C
D
E
5"
A
F OD
C
L
C
L
5306-59 4 18
5
/
8
5 3
13
/
16
4
1
/
4
8
1
/
2
4
5306-60 5 20
1
/
2
5 4
3
/
16
4
13
/
16
9
9
/
16
5
5306-61 6 20
1
/
2
7 4
1
/
2
5
5
/
16
10
5
/
8
6
6
5
/
8
"
OD
B
C
A
D OD
C
L
C
L
C
L
5
1
/
4
"
(2) AIR SLOTS
FOR ADJUSTING
AIR FLOW
Part No. Size A B C D
5306-57 2 31
7
/
16
17
15
/
16
3
3
/
8
2
5306-65 3 32
11
/
16
20
1
/
16
3
5
/
8
3
FAR SIDE FILTER ASSEMBLIES
6"
C
L
C
L
13"
REF: FILTER ELEMENT
2313-49
(1 REQ'D)
REMOVE SCREW
WHEN INSERTING
OR REMOVING
THE FILTER.
9
1
/
8
"
x
6
1
/
8
"
INSIDE
6
1
/
8
"
INSIDE
(TYP)
C
L
6"
13"
9
1
/
8
"
INSIDE
REF: FILTER ELEMENT
2313-49
(2 REQ'D)
FILTER HOLDING BRACKET
(REMOVE WHEN INSERTING
OR REMOVING FILTERS)
6" OD 6" OD
7
www.ktron.com
LOADING NOZZLE
Page 7-204
AIRSLIDE RAILCAR LOADING NOZZLE
5110-21 3 26
15
/
16
4
11
/
16
16
7
/
8
15 6 2 x 2
5110-22 4 28
7
/
16
5
3
/
16
17
1
/
8
16 6

2
1
/
2
x 2
1
/
2
5110-23 5 29
9
/
16
5
5
/
16
18 17 5

3
1
/
4
x 3
1
/
4

5110-24 6 30
5
/
8
5
3
/
8
18
1
/
4
18 5

3
13
/
16
x 3
13
/
16
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 0790023301
Aeration Pads
Aeration Pads
I-500801-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
Simultaneously aerating and vibrating bulk material, the
low profile Premier Pneumatics aeration pads provide
an effective flow aid for use when discharging all types
of granular or powdered materials.
Overcoming bridging and rat-holing, the special design
of the device causes a vibration as fluidizing air flows
between the rim of the diffuser and the bin wall.
The aeration pads are generally only activated during
discharge, resulting in very low air consumption. De-
pending on teh bulk material and application, blower air
is generally between 5 to 20 psig (0.3 to 1.3 Bar).
Design
Stainless steel (316L) shaft with food grade silicone
rubber diffuser
Vibrating action promotes material flow
Compatible with any type of silo or bin
Low profile improves material flow
Captive diffuser eliminates risk of detachment during
operation
Uses pressured air 5 to 20 psig (0.3 to 1.3 Bar)
Safe for use in hazardous areas
Rated for temperature up to 205C [401F]
Features
Retrofitted in minutes
Suitable for granular or powdered materials
Suitable for abrasive materials
Durable construction
Totally maintenance free
Self-cleaning and hygienic
Air on
Air is introduced into the silo or bin through the
aeration pad to aerate and fluidize the material. As
air flows under the rim of the diffuser, it causes it to
vibrate, helping move material that has a tendency
to bridge.
Air off
When the air supply is switched off, the pressure of
the material forces the specially designed diffuser
against the side of the bin, preventing material
from escaping under the diffuser and into the air
supply line.
Aeration Pads
1 2 3
4 5 6
Rev.
2010-12
Copyright by K-TRON. Covered by patents in USA and other countries. Specications subject to change without notice.
Aeration Pads
I-500801-en
Page 2 of 2
Construction of an Internal Access Aeration Pad
NOTE: THE FITTING TOOL IS DESIGNED SO THAT THE AERATION PAD CANNOT BE DROPPED INTO THE SILO.
Squeeze the rubber section through the
hole in the bin.
Pass the centralizing bar through the
bin wall ensuring it is vertically mounted
(see step 4) and the spigot is located
within the hole.
Maintain a backwards pull on the T-Bar
to ensure the centralizing bar remains
located and vertical. Slide the seal-
ing washer inwards and pass over the
threaded boss.
When the sealing washer is in position
with the threaded boss protruding, screw
on the retaining nut.
Tighten the retaining nut and remove
the T-Bar, connect the air supply and the
aeration pad is ready to use.
Cut a 46 mm (1.81 in) diameter hole in the
bin wall, remove sharp edges. Fit T-Bar
into the threaded adaptor on the aeration
pad with all washers, etc., as shown.
Installation Instructions for External Access Aeration Pads
100 mm (4 in) O.D.
20 mm (0.8 in)
1
/4 B.S.P. / N.P.T (UK, US)
R
1
/4 " (Europe)
Female Thread Air Supply
Patented Stainless
Steel Center Shaft
Food Grade
Rubber Diffuser
Built in
Check Valve
Silo or Bin
Wall
Hexagonal
Nut
14mm (0.55 in)
Diameter Hole in
Bin Wall
Compression
Washer
Rubber Sealing
Washer
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 0890034313
Zone Blender
ProBlend
TM
Zone Blender
S-500802-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The ProBlend Zone Blender provides blending action in a silo or
hopper, by allowing different zones of material to discharge at different
rates. The material is thus blended as it leaves the vessel.
Design
With its special geometry in the silo hopper, the Zone Blender provides
multiple ow zones in which the material passes through the silo at
different velocities and residence times. As a result, the discharged
material contains a blend of material from throughout the silo or
hopper. The Zone Blender uses a combination of mass ow (rst
in rst out) with funnel ow (last in rst out) to help homogenize
the blend and reduce the effects of segregation, even with dissimilar
materials.
Technical Data
Available in carbon steel or stainless steel
Welded design
60
o
cone with upper mounting ange
Standard bottom discharge is 305 mm [12 in] dia. tank ange
Features
Can be retrotted to convert existing silos into blend silos
Robust design with no moving parts to break or maintain
No dead zones or points for material to hang up
Adaptation to particular material requirements is achieved through
modication of the blender geometry
Suitable for 1.2 m [4 ft] to 3.6 m [12 ft] dia. silo or hopper
Cost effective
Performance
The Zone Blender is intended for any free-owing material. It will easily
handle any material that ows out of a 60
o
hopper. The internal bafes
of the Zone Blender tend to reduce consolidation pressure and thus
reduce the likelihood of bridging or rat-holing with many materials.
Even dissimilar materials will blend well. This includes materials with
different ow properties, such as mixing ake with pellets, or nes with
coarse material. If one material ows easily, while another materials
shape or particle friction makes it ow poorly, then blending takes a
little longer. The material may need to be recirculated, or turned-over,
1.5 to 2.5 times. If the Zone Blender is used to blend materials with
similar ow properties, then the blending performance is even better.
Turning the material over 1 to 1.5 times is common.
Blend the material as the vessel is being lled, by recirculating
material from bottom back to the top.
Blend the material as the vessel is being emptied, by recirculating
material from bottom back to the top.
If the blended material is transferred to another hopper at the use
point, the segregation could occur in the second hopper. Depending
on the material characteristics, its tendency to segregate, and the
degree of blending required, another Zone Blender may be desired
at the destination hopper.
Industrial Benets
May be used in a once-through or recirculating system design,
to blend material from throughout the silo.
Appropriate for batch or continuous systems.
Allows re-use of off-spec or recycled material by blending it into
the major component.
Suitable for mixtures of many ingredients.
When installed above the process or packager, it reduces segrega-
tion at the use point to reduce any variability in the end product.
Continuous concept with no time delay required between material
feed and blending.
For the compounder, the resulting homogeneity provides uniformity
of color and uniformity of other desired material properties.
In the plastics industry, suitable for compounders, recyclers, and
anyone who blends materials.
In the food and chemical industries, suitable for blending or
preventing segregation of any free owing materials. Examples
include coffee, cereals, pet and animal food, spices, fertilizer, and
detergent.

Zone Blender
Other sizes upon request.
Blenders are identied by feet size in column A.
DISCHARGE FLANGE
(16) 11 [.44]
HOLES
305 [12] ID
4
1
9

[
1
6
.
5
]

S
Q
.
19 [0.75] TYP.
89 [3.5] TYP.
191 [7.5] TYP.
292 [11.5] TYP.
381 [15] TYP.
B
FLANGE OD
D
14 [.56] DIA HOLES
EQ. SPA
E
DBC
C
FLANGE ID
305 [12]
F
60
O
A
Material of Construction A
Silo/Hopper
Diameter
m [ft]
B C
D
Number
of Holes
E F
Weight
Kgs
[lbs]
Carbon
Steel
Stainless
Steel
5195-1 5195-11
1.2
[4]
1067
[42]
914
[36]
32
990
[39]
551
[21.69]
115
[254]
5195-2 5195-12
1.5
[5]
1168
[46]
1016
[40]
36
1092
[43]
635
[25]
151
[332]
5195-3 5195-13
1.8
[6]
1372
[54]
1219
[48]
40
1295
[51]
811
[31.94]
197
[435]
5195-4 5195-14
2.1
[7]
1575
[62]
1422
[56]
48
1499
[59]
983
[38.69]
279
[615]
5195-5 5195-15
2.4
[8]
1778
[70]
1626
[64]
52
1702
[67]
1162
[45.75]
432
[952]
5195-6 5195-16
3
[10]
2184
[86]
2032
[80]
64
2108
[83]
1513
[59.56]
800
[1764]
5195-7 5195-17
3.6
[12]
2591
[102]
2438
[96]
76
2515
[99]
1868
[73.55]
978
[2157]
ASSEMBLY TO SILO/HOPPER
Dimensions of ProBlend
TM
Zone Blender mm [in]
ProBlend
TM
Zone Blender
S-500802-en
Page 2 of 2
8
www.ktron.com
Dischargers Application
BIN UNLOADER
Page 8-201
The bin unloader forms a transition from a round inlet
ange to an agitated discharge at the base. The bin
unloader is designed to bolt on to a 3-foot diameter
hopper ange.
Features include: shaft bearings and seals on each
end of the shaft; a
1
/
2
h.p. TEFC 230/460 volt, 3-phase,
60-cycle, right-angle gear motor with roller chain;
sprocket drive; and, a totally-enclosed drive guard that
complies with OSHA requirements. A threaded nipple
in the side allows easy installation of a level indicator.
An 18-inch diameter access door on the side of the unit
provides a clear opening to the interior. For operator
safety, a safety switch is included to automatically
shut off the unloader's motor when the access door is
opened.
Bin unloader outlets match round or square Premier
Aerolocks
TM
and screw feeders. To select the correct
unit, match the discharge size to the second half of
the Aerolock
TM
size designation. For example, use a
12-inch discharge for a 1312 Aerolock
TM
.
The standard unloaders are constructed of carbon
steel, with an epoxy-coated interior and a prime
painted exterior. Alternate materials of construction are
available upon request.
BIN UNLOADER
8
www.ktron.com
DischargersDimensions
BIN UNLOADER
Page 8-202
FLANGE
39" OD X 36" ID
8"
7
/
16
" DIA HOLES
(24) PLCS ON A
37
3
/
4
" DBC
(HOLES ON CENTERLINE)
26"
44" 24"
1
1
/
4
" PIPE
CPLG FOR
OPTIONAL
LEVEL
INDICATOR
31"
7"
38
1
/
2
"
2
2
"
18" ACCESS
DOOR
C DIA HOLES
(12) PLCS ON A
D DBC
A ID
B OD
G
G
H
J
E SQ
F
SQ
K DIA HOLES
(12) PLCS
SQUARE OR ROUND DISCHARGE FLANGE DETAIL
TYPICAL
BOLT PAT-
TERN
Square Round
Discharge Discharge Discharge
Size Part No. Part No. A B C D E F G H J K
6 5130-5 5130-1 6 8
1
/
2

7
/
16
7
1
/
2
9 6 2
5
/
8
2
1
/
2
3
7
/
8
7
/
16
8 5130-6 5130-2 8 10
1
/
2

7
/
16
9
1
/
2
11 8 3
1
/
4
3
1
/
4
4
7
/
8
7
/
16
10 5130-7 5130-3 10 13
7
/
16
12 13 10 3
7
/
8
4

5
7
/
8
7
/
16
12 5130-8 5130-4 12 15
1
/
2

9
/
16
14
1
/
4
16 12 4
3
/
4
4
3
/
4
7
1
/
8
9
/
16
www.ktron.com
DischargersApplication
FLUIDIZER BEDS
Page 8-203
8
Fluidizer beds are designed for applications on
tank hoppers having 5-foot diameter discharge
openings. Fluidization of dry, nely ground,
aeratable bulk materials such as our, starch,
cement, and hydrated lime is promoted by intro-
ducing low pressure air into the stored material.
Air is diffused by forcing it through fabric before
reaching the material. Fluidizer beds are at-
tached to tank hoppers with offset clamps that
are included with each unit.
The uidizer bed outlets match Premier Aerolock
bolt patterns. To select the correct unit, match
the discharge size to the second half of the
Aerolock size designation. For example, use a
10-inch diameter discharge for an 1110 Aero-
lock. Refer to section 6, Flanged Adapters
& Related Accessories, to nd transitions for
square Aerolocks.
The standard units are constructed of carbon
steel with a nish enamel painted exterior. Alter-
nate materials of construction are available upon
request.
FLUIDIZER BEDS
www.ktron.com
DischargersDimensions
FLUIDIZER BEDS
Page 8-204
8
INSTALLATION
REF.:
TANK HOPPER
AND FLANGE
**SEE NOTE
ANGLE CLIPS,
BOLTS, & NUTS
SUPPLIED WITH
FLUIDIZER BED
WHITE POLYESTER AIR
DIFFUSING FABRIC
GASKET
OR BEAD
SEALANT
9
www.ktron.com
Gates Application
BUTTERFLY GATES (NOT CE COMPLIANT)
Page 9-201
MANUAL OPERATOR AIR OPERATOR
Premiers production standard buttery gates are con-
structed of the following materials:
Valve Body - cast iron, epoxy coated
Disc & Stem - ductile iron, phosphate coated
Stem Bushing - bronze
Seat - Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer
(EPDM)
The one-piece seat provides the seal between the disc
and the body, and forms the ange gaskets between the
body and ANSI drilled anges used to mount the gate. The
standard gate is suitable for applications with pressure dif-
ferentials up to 1.7 Bar [25 PSI] and a temperature range
of -23 to 82 C [-10 to 180 F].
Various parts of Premier buttery valves can be ordered
in alternate materials of construction. Please check with
the Customer Service Department for availability, price,
and delivery.
ACTUATORS
Premier buttery gates are available in either hand-operated
or air-actuated assemblies.
The hand operator is a lever-type unit with 90 degrees
of travel. Intermediate positions between fully open and
closed can be selected in 10-degree increments.
The air actuator assembly requires a 6.2 Bar [90 PSI], clean,
dry compressed air supply. The operator is air powered in
both directions. Control of the air operator is accomplished
via gate-mounted solenoids, as described below. The
standard air operator does not provide for intermediate
positioning between fully open and closed.
SOLENOIDS
Solenoid valves are used to control the air actuator on
gates which are so equipped. The solenoids require 125
VAC control power. They are available in either standard
enclosure or explosion-proof enclosure, and are shipped
assembled to the gate.
A single solenoid powers the gate in one direction. When
the current to the solenoid is interrupted, the gate returns
to the original position. The standard buttery gate is closed
in the absence of power to the solenoid and open when
power is applied. The opposite conguration (power to
close and remove power to open) can be accomplished
by reversing the air line connections from the solenoid to
the actuator. The single solenoid should be selected in
applications where one position (either open or closed) is
temporary; or where the gate is required to close or open
automatically upon electrical failure.
A double solenoid is powered in both directions. In the
absence of power, the gate remains in the position to which
it was last actuated. A double solenoid should be used in
applications where the gate will remain in either position
for extended periods or when the gate is required to stay
in its last position upon electrical failure.
In applications requiring a gate in the material conveying
line, the buttery gate should not be used. When in the
fully-open position the buttery gates disc remains in the
control opening making it unsuitable for material line con-
veying applications. A Premier diverter valve or knife gate
is the correct choice for material conveying applications.
APPLICATION
Premier buttery gates are used to control gravity ow
discharge from storage bins and hoppers. In addition, they
are well suited to controlling the air-only lines in pneumatic
conveying systems.
The illustration at left shows a
manually operated buttery gate
being used to control the gravity
ow discharge from a hopper.
This illustration shows two air-operated
buttery gates used to select the destina-
tion lter receiver in a vacuum conveying
system. The buttery gates are located
in the air-only line, down stream from the
lter receivers.
9
www.ktron.com
GatesDimensions
Page 9-202
Premier buttery gate model numbers contain the following
sufxes to indicate solenoid selection:
VSS standard IP65 [NEMA 4] enclosure, single
solenoid
solenoid
VES explosion-proof NEMA 7/9 enclosure, single
solenoid
solenoid
PROOF SWITCHES
Premier buttery gates can be equipped with position proof
switches. The switches are mounted and adjusted prior to
shipment. They are available in either standard enclosure
or explosion-proof enclosure.
Single-pole double-throw (SPDT) switches provide one set
of contacts for each position. SPDT switches are adequate
for all position information required by the control panel,
and should be selected unless a special requirement for
DPDT switches exists.
Double-pole double-throw (DPDT) switches provide two
sets of contacts for each position. DPDT switches are
used when a second set of contacts are needed to control
another device or illuminate pilot lights (other than those
in the main panel) without going through the main control
panel. In this type of application, only one set of contacts
from each switch is wired to the main control panel.
Premier butterfly gate model numbers contain the
following sufxes to indicate proof switch selection:
switches
SSD standard IP65 [NEMA 4] enclosure, DPDT
switches
switches
SED explosion-proof NEMA 7/9 enclosure, DPDT
switches
E
L
D
C
C
L
K
A
C
L
M
B
SERIES 01
HANDLE
MATCHES ANSI
DRILLED FLANGE
(N) QTY P DIA
ON A Q DBC
AND R OD
FLANGE
MANUAL-OPERATED BUTTERFLY VALVE
WITH SERIES 01 HANDLE
AIR-OPERATED BUTTERFLY VALVE
WITH SOLENOID VALVE AND PROOF SWITCHES
F
G
E
C
J
2
9
/
16
C
L
D
A B
SOLENOID
VALVE
C
L
C
L
SWITCH
BOX
PNEUMATIC
ACTUATOR
(RACK &
PINION)
H
3
1
/
2
NPT
CONDUIT
ENTRY
(2 PLACES)
MATCHES ANSI
DRILLED FLANGE
(N) QTY P DIA
ON A Q DBC
AND R OD
FLANGE
SIZE A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R
2 3 11/16 2 1 5/8 2 7/32 5 1/2 8 1/4 3 5/32 5 1/4 2 13/16 6 3/4 3 9/16 10 5/8 4 3/4 4 3/4 6
2 1/2 4 3/16 2 1/2 1 3/4 2 17/32 6 8 1/4 3 5/32 5 1/4 2 13/16 7 1/4 3 9/16 10 5/8 4 3/4 5 1/2 7
3 4 7/8 3 1 3/4 2 13/16 6 1/4 8 1/4 3 5/32 5 1/4 2 13/16 7 1/2 3 9/16 10 5/8 4 3/4 6 7 1/2
4 6 1/16 4 2 3 13/32 7 9 3 15/16 6 7/8 3 8 1/4 3 9/16 10 5/8 8 3/4 7 1/2 9
5 7 1/8 5 2 1/8 4 1/32 7 1/2 9 3 15/16 6 7/8 3 8 3/4 3 9/16 10 5/8 8 7/8 8 1/2 10
6 8 1/8 5 3/4 2 1/8 4 17/32 8 9 3 15/16 6 7/8 3 9 1/4 3 9/16 10 5/8 8 7/8 9 1/2 11
8 10 1/2 7 3/4 2 1/2 5 3/4 9 1/2 11 5 19/32 10 7/8 4 10 3/4 5 7/8 11 3/4 8 7/8 11 3/4 13 1/2
10 12 3/4 9 3/4 2 1/2 7 1/8 10 3/4 11 5 19/32 10 7/8 4 12 3/4 5 7/8 11 3/4 12 1 14 1/4 16
12 14 7/8 11 3/4 3 8 1/8 12 1/4 11 5 19/32 10 7/8 4 14 1/4 5 7/8 11 3/4 12 1 17 19
9
www.ktron.com
Gates Application
BUTTERFLY GATES (CE COMPLIANT)
Page 9-203
Premiers production standard buttery gates are con-
structed of the following materials:
Valve Body - cast iron, epoxy coated
Disc & Stem - ductile iron, phosphate coated
Stem Bushing - bronze
Seat - Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer
(EPDM)
The one-piece seat provides the seal between the disc
and the body, and forms the ange gaskets between the
body and ANSI drilled anges used to mount the gate. The
standard gate is suitable for applications with pressure dif-
ferentials up to 1.7 Bar [25 PSI] and a temperature range
of -23 to 82 C [-10 to 180 F].
Various parts of Premier buttery valves can be ordered
in alternate materials of construction, voltages and enclo-
sures. Please check with the Customer Service Department
for availability, price, and delivery.
ACTUATORS
Premier buttery gates are available in either hand-operated
or air-actuated assemblies.
The hand operator is a lever-type unit with 90 of travel.
Intermediate positions between fully open and closed can
be selected in 10 increments.
The air actuator assembly requires a 6.2 Bar [90 PSI], clean,
dry compressed air supply. The operator is air powered in
both directions. Control of the air operator is accomplished
via gate-mounted solenoids, as described below. The
standard air operator does not provide for intermediate
positioning between fully open and closed.
SOLENOIDS
Solenoid valves are used to control the air actuator on
gates which are so equipped. The solenoids require 24 VDC
control power and are shipped assembled to the gate.
the current to the solenoid is interrupted, the gate returns
to the original position. The standard buttery gate is closed
in the absence of power to the solenoid and open when
close and remove power to open) can be accomplished by
rotating the solenoid 180. The single solenoid should be
selected in applications where one position (either open
or closed) is temporary; or where the gate is required to
close or open automatically upon electrical failure.
absence of power, the gate remains in the position to which
it was last actuated. A double solenoid should be used in
In applications requiring a gate in the material conveying
line, the buttery gate should not be used. When in the
fully-open position the buttery gates disc remains in the
control opening making it unsuitable for material line con-
veying applications. A Premier diverter valve or knife gate
is the correct choice for material conveying applications.
APPLICATION
Premier buttery gates are used to control gravity ow
discharge from storage bins and hoppers. In addition, they
are well suited to controlling the air-only lines in pneumatic
conveying systems.
The illustration at left shows a
manually operated buttery gate
being used to control the gravity
ow discharge from a hopper.
This illustration shows two air-operated
buttery gates used to select the destina-
tion lter receiver in a vacuum conveying
system. The buttery gates are located
in the air-only line, down stream from the
lter receivers.
9
www.ktron.com
GatesDimensions
Page 9-204
SIZE A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R
2 3
11
/
16
2 1
5
/
8
2
7
/
32
5
1
/
2
8
1
/
4
3
5
/
32
5
1
/
4
2
13
/
16
6
3
/
4
3
9
/
16
10
5
/
8
4
3
/
4
4
3
/
4
6
2
1
/
2
4
3
/
16
2
1
/
2
1
3
/
4
2
17
/
32
6 8
1
/
4
3
5
/
32
5
1
/
4
2
13
/
16
7
1
/
4
3
9
/
16
10
5
/
8
4
3
/
4
5
1
/
2
7
3 4
7
/
8
3 1
3
/
4
2
13
/
16
6
1
/
4
8
1
/
4
3
5
/
32
5
1
/
4
2
13
/
16
7
1
/
2
3
9
/
16
10
5
/
8
4
3
/
4
6 7
1
/
2
4 6
1
/
16
4 2 3
13
/
32
7 9 3
15
/
16
6
7
/
8
3 8
1
/
4
3
9
/
16
10
5
/
8
8
3
/
4
7
1
/
2
9
5 7
1
/
8
5 2
1
/
8
4
1
/
32
7
1
/
2
9 3
15
/
16
6
7
/
8
3 8
3
/
4
3
9
/
16
10
5
/
8
8
7
/
8
8
1
/
2
10
6 8
1
/
8
5
3
/
4
2
1
/
8
4
17
/
32
8 9 3
15
/
16
6
7
/
8
3 9
1
/
4
3
9
/
16
10
5
/
8
8
7
/
8
9
1
/
2
11
8 10
1
/
2
7
3
/
4
2
1
/
2
5
3
/
4
9
1
/
2
11 5
19
/
32
10
7
/
8
4 10
3
/
4
5
7
/
8
11
3
/
4
8
7
/
8
11
3
/
4
13
1
/
2
10 12
3
/
4
9
3
/
4
2
1
/
2
7
1
/
8
10
3
/
4
11 5
19
/
32
10
7
/
8
4 12
3
/
4
5
7
/
8
11
3
/
4
12 1 14
1
/
4
16
12 14
7
/
8
11
3
/
4
3 8
1
/
8
12
1
/
4
11 5
19
/
32
10
7
/
8
4 14
1
/
4
5
7
/
8
11
3
/
4
12 1 17 19
E
L
D
C
C
L
K
A
C
L
M
B
SERIES 01
HANDLE
MATCHES ANSI
DRILLED FLANGE
(N) QTY P DIA
ON A Q DBC
AND R OD
FLANGE
MANUAL-OPERATED BUTTERFLY VALVE
WITH SERIES 01 HANDLE
AIR-OPERATED BUTTERFLY VALVE
WITH SOLENOID VALVE AND PROOF SWITCHES
Premier buttery gate model numbers contain the following
sufxes to indicate solenoid selection:
solenoid
solenoid
PROOF SWITCHES
Premier buttery gates can be equipped with position proof
switches. The switches are mounted and adjusted prior to
shipment. They are available in either standard enclosure
or explosion-proof enclosure.
Single-pole double-throw (SPDT) switches provide one set
of contacts for each position. SPDT switches are adequate
for all position information required by the control panel,
and should be selected unless a special requirement for
DPDT switches exists.
Premier butterfly gate model numbers contain the
following sufxes to indicate proof switch selection:
switches
F
G
E
C
J
2
9
/
16
C
L
D
A B
SOLENOID
VALVE
C
L
C
L
SWITCH
BOX
PNEUMATIC
ACTUATOR
(RACK &
PINION)
H
3
1
/
2
NPT
CONDUIT
ENTRY
(2 PLACES)
MATCHES ANSI
DRILLED FLANGE
(N) QTY P DIA
ON A Q DBC
AND R OD
FLANGE
9
www.ktron.com
GRAVITY SLIDE GATES (NOT CE COMPLIANT)
Gates Application
Page 9-205
The standard gate is rated for differential pressure
applications up to 1.03 Bar [15 PSIG] and temperatures
through 121 C [250 F]. The stainless steel metal contact
points and hard polymer seals provide corrosion and wear
resistance. In severe service applications, the external
seals can be replaced without removing the gate from
service. The gate must be installed in a horizontal position
to assure maximum material clean-out. Equipment (above
or below the gate) weighing in excess of 90 kgs [200 lbs]
cannot be supported by the gate, and therefore requires
additional support.
ACTUATORS
Premier gravity slide gates are available in either hand-
operated or air-actuated assemblies. The manual hand
wheel allows selection of any gate position from open to
closed.
is accomplished through a gate-mounted solenoid. The
standard air actuator does not provide for intermediate
positioning between open and closed.
M hand wheel A air actuator
APPLICATION
Premier gravity slide gates are used for controlling a gravity-
fed material stream. When equipped with a special service
inlet, shutoff can be made against a head of material. In
the open position, the gate blade is completely removed
from the control opening, making a resistance-free passage
for the material stream. While closing, the gates blade
clears the material from all sealing surfaces.
Special stainless steel service inlets are designed to
minimize material shearing and material contact with
the seals. A special service inlet is recommended when
the gate is closing on a head of material; when handling
abrasive materials; or for applications that require the gate
to cut through pelletized or granular materials.
Premiers gravity slide gates are constructed of an aluminum
frame, 304 stainless steel gate blade, and nylon gate
seals.

This illustration shows a series of gravity slide gates at the bottom of a row of
storage tanks. The gravity slide gate was selected to help prevent air loss above
the idle Aerolock feeders.
This illustration shows the gravity slide gate being used
to select the material destination in a gravity discharge
chute. The gravity gate was selected, because the
chute is full and the gate must close against a head
of material.
Air-Actuated
Gravity Slide Gate
Air-Actuated
Gravity Slide Gate
9
www.ktron.com
A I.D. x G O.D. FLANGE
J QTY, K DIA HOLES EQUALLY
SPACED ON H D.B.C.
TYPICAL (2) PLACES
C
D E F
B
Gates Dimensions
Page 9-206
SOLENOIDS
Solenoids are used to control the air actuator. They
require 120V/60hz power, are available in standard or
explosion-proof enclosures, and are shipped assembled
to the gate.
A single solenoid powers the gate in one direction. Electrical
current shifts the valve and blade, and holds it in position.
When the current to the solenoid is interrupted, the valve
and blade return to the original position. The standard
gravity slide gate is congured to be closed in the absence
of power, and open when power is applied. The opposite
conguration (power to close and remove power to open)
can be accomplished by reversing the air line connections
from the solenoid to the actuator.
The single solenoid should be selected in applications
where one position (either open or closed) is temporary; or
where the gate is required to close or open automatically
upon electrical failure.
absence of power, the gate remains in the last actuated
position. The double solenoid should be used in applications
where the gate will remain in either position for extended
periods; or when the gate is required to stay in its last
position upon electrical failure.
solenoid selection:
solenoid
solenoid
solenoid
solenoid
PROOF SWITCHES
The slide gates can be equipped with single-pole, double-

switches
switches
SPECIAL OPTIONS
Premier gravity slide gates can be ordered with different
and delivery.
These gates are furnished
with Premier's standard
Aerolock bolt pattern.
To select the correct
gate, match the gate
size to the second half
of the Aerolock size
designation. For example,
use a size 12 gate with a
1312 Aerolock.
* Add
3
/16" when special service inlets are used. All dimensions are in inches.
AIRACTUATED GRAVITY SLIDE GATE GRAVITY SLIDE GATE WITH MANUAL OPERATOR
3 1/4" L
10" DIA
Size A B* C D E F G H J K L
6 5 7/8 5 1/2 9 3/4 4 7/8 15 12 8 1/2 7 1/2 12 7/16 6 1/4
8 7 7/8 5 1/2 11 3/4 5 7/8 16 14 10 1/2 9 1/2 12 7/16 8
10 9 7/8 6 13 3/4 6 7/8 19 16 13 12 12 7/16 10 1/4
12 11 7/8 6 1/2 15 3/4 7 7/8 22 18 1/2 15 1/2 14 1/4 12 9/16 12 1/4
14 13 7/8 7 17 3/4 8 7/8 25 21 17 1/2 16 1/4 12 9/16 14
16 15 7/8 7 1/2 19 3/4 9 7/8 28 23 20 18 1/2 12 9/16 16
9
www.ktron.com
GRAVITY SLIDE GATES (CE COMPLIANT)
Gates Application
Page 9-207
The standard gate is rated for differential pressure
applications up to 1.03 Bar [15 PSIG] and temperatures
through 121 C [250 F]. The stainless steel metal contact
points and hard polymer seals provide corrosion and wear
resistance. In severe service applications, the external
seals can be replaced without removing the gate from
service. The gate must be installed in a horizontal position
to assure maximum material clean-out. Equipment (above
or below the gate) weighing in excess of 90 kgs [200 lbs]
cannot be supported by the gate, and therefore requires
additional support.
ACTUATOR
Premier gravity slide gates are available with air-actuated
assemblies.
A air actuator
APPLICATION
Premier gravity slide gates are used for controlling a gravity-
fed material stream. When equipped with a special service
inlet, shutoff can be made against a head of material. In
the open position, the gate blade is completely removed
from the control opening, making a resistance-free passage
for the material stream. While closing, the gates blade
clears the material from all sealing surfaces.
Special stainless steel service inlets are designed to
minimize material shearing and material contact with
the seals. A special service inlet is recommended when
the gate is closing on a head of material; when handling
abrasive materials; or for applications that require the gate
to cut through pelletized or granular materials.
Premiers gravity slide gates are constructed of an
aluminum frame, 304 stainless steel gate blade, and
nylon gate seals.

This illustration shows a series of gravity slide gates at the bottom of a row of
storage tanks. The gravity slide gate was selected to help prevent air loss above
the idle Aerolock feeders.
This illustration shows the gravity slide gate being used
to select the material destination in a gravity discharge
chute. The gravity gate was selected, because the
chute is full and the gate must close against a head
of material.
Air-Actuated
Gravity Slide Gate
Air-Actuated
Gravity Slide Gate
9
www.ktron.com
Gates Dimensions
Page 9-208
SOLENOIDS
Solenoids are used to control the air actuator. They require
24 VDC power, are available in standard or ATEX rated
enclosures and are shipped assembled to the gate.
A single solenoid powers the gate in one direction. Electrical
current shifts the valve and blade, and holds it in position.
When the current to the solenoid is interrupted, the valve
and blade return to the original position. The standard
gravity slide gate is congured to be closed in the absence
of power, and open when power is applied. The opposite
conguration (power to close and remove power to open)
can be accomplished by reversing the air line connections
from the solenoid to the actuator.
Model numbers contain the following sufx to indicate
solenoid selection:
solenoid
PROOF SWITCHES
The slide gates can be equipped with single-pole, double-
standard or ATEX rated enclosures.

The following sufx indicates proof switch selection:
switches
SPECIAL OPTIONS
Premier gravity slide gates can be ordered with different
and delivery.
These gates are furnished
with Premier's standard
Aerolock bolt pattern.
To select the correct
gate, match the gate
size to the second half
of the Aerolock size
designation. For example,
use a size 12 gate with a
1312 Aerolock.
* Add
3
/16" when special service inlets are used. All dimensions are in inches.
AIRACTUATED GRAVITY SLIDE GATE
Size A B* C D E F G H J K
6 5 7/8 5 1/2 9 3/4 4 7/8 15 12 8 1/2 7 1/2 12 7/16
8 7 7/8 5 1/2 11 3/4 5 7/8 16 14 10 1/2 9 1/2 12 7/16
10 9 7/8 6 13 3/4 6 7/8 19 16 13 12 12 7/16
12 11 7/8 6 1/2 15 3/4 7 7/8 22 18 1/2 15 1/2 14 1/4 12 9/16
14 13 7/8 7 17 3/4 8 7/8 25 21 17 1/2 16 1/4 12 9/16
16 15 7/8 7 1/2 19 3/4 9 7/8 28 23 20 18 1/2 12 9/16
A I.D. x G O.D. FLANGE
J QTY, K DIA HOLES EQUALLY
SPACED ON H D.B.C.
TYPICAL (2) PLACES
C
D E F
B
9
www.ktron.com
ORIFICE SLIDE GATES (NOT CE COMPLIANT)
Gates Application
Page 9-209
APPLICATION
Orice slide gates are used to control gravity ow discharge
from storage bins and hoppers where the gate is not
closing against a head of material. In the open position,
the gates blade is completely removed from the control
opening, making a resistance-free passage for the material
stream. Orice gates are also well-suited for controlling
the material lines in vacuum and pressure, dilute-phase
conveying applications.
Special stainless steel service inlets are recommended for
seal protection when the gate is used on hard or abrasive
materials.
This illustration shows two air-actuated orice
slide gates being used to select between
material sources in a vacuum system.
This illustration shows
an air-actuated orice
slide gate being used
to control the gravity
discharge of a scale
hopper.
Air-Actuated
Orice Slide Gate
Air-Actuated
Orice Slide Gate
The orice slide gates are constructed of an aluminum
frame with stainless steel-lined orice and gate blade, and
nylon, pressure plate gate seals.

The lined orice provides additional protection for the gates
seals and is ideal for applications where metals in contact
with the material need to be stainless steel. In addition,
the gate is designed to prevent material from wedging at
the sides of the gate. The closing action clears material
away from the sealing areas. This provides positive air/
material shut off and reduces valve seizing and binding
caused by trapped material.
The standard gate construction will handle applications up
to 82 C [180 F]. Equipment (above or below the gate)
weighing in excess of 90 kgs [200 lbs]. cannot be supported
by the gate, and therefore requires additional support.
ACTUATORS
The gates are shipped with air-actuated assemblies. The
actuator requires 5.5 - 6.9 Bar [80-100 PSI] (maximum
13.8 Bar [200 PSI]) of air. Dry, ltered, and lubricated
compressed air is recommended. The actuator is air
powered in both directions. Control of the air actuator
SOLENOIDS
Solenoid valves are used to control the air actuator. They
require 120V/60hz power, are available in standard or
explosion-proof enclosures, and are shipped assembled
to the gate.
9
www.ktron.com
Gates Dimensions
Page 9-210
the current to the solenoid is interrupted, the valve and
blade return to the original position. The standard orice
gate is closed in the absence of power, and open when
by reversing the air line connections from the solenoid
to the actuator.
absence of power, the gate remains in the last actuated
position. The double solenoid should be used in
solenoid selection:
solenoid
solenoid
solenoid
solenoid
PROOF SWITCHES
The slide gates can be equipped with single-pole double-
Single-pole double-throw switches provide one set of

switches
switches
SPECIAL OPTIONS
Premier slide gates can be ordered with different materials
of construction, actuators, switches, and/or solenoids on
a special order basis. Please check with our Customer
Service Department for availability, price, and delivery.
* Add
3
/16" when special service inlets are used.
All dimensions are in inches. NOTE: Dim. A = Size minus
1
/8"
AIRACTUATED ORIFICE SLIDE GATE TUBE ADAPTERS PIPE ADAPTERS
A I.D.
F E D
K
M APPROX.
TO CLEAR
C
L
B
J QTY, 5/16-18 NC STUDS & NUTS
EQUALLY SPACED ON H D.B.C.
TYPICAL (2) PLACES
R
P N
Q
G
10 GA. FLANGE
J QTY, 7/16 DIA HOLES EQUALLY
SPACED ON H D.B.C.
(2" & 3" only)
Size / N B* C D E F G H J K L M P Q R
2 2 5 3/4 4 5/8 6 1/2 6 1/4 4 3 7/8 4 11/8 3 5/8 4 2 3/8 3 5
3 2 7 6 8 7 1/2 5 5 4 11/8 3 5/8 4 1/2 3 1/2 3 5
4 2 1/4 8 73/4 10 1/4 9 61/2 5 1/2 6 13/16 4 5 3/4 4 1/2 3 6
5 2 1/2 9 91/2 11 1/2 10 1/2 71/2 6 1/2 8 11/16 4 3/4 5 3/4 5 9/16 4 6
6 2 1/2 10 11 13 11 3/4 81/2 7 1/2 8 11/16 4 3/4 5 3/4 6 5/8 4 6
8 2 1/2 12 14 16 13 3/4 101/2 9 1/2 8 11/16 5 5 3/4 8 5/8 6 6
10 2 3/4 14 17 19 16 3/4 121/2 11 1/2 8 13/16 5 7 1/2 10 3/4 6 6
12 2 3/4 16 20 22 18 3/4 15 13 13/16 12 13/16 5 7 1/2 12 3/4 6 6
14 2 3/4 18 23 26 1/2 20 3/4 17 16 12 13/16 5 7 1/2 N/A 6 N/A
9
www.ktron.com
ORIFICE SLIDE GATES (CE COMPLIANT)
Gates Application
Page 9-211
APPLICATION
Orice slide gates are used to control gravity ow discharge
from storage bins and hoppers where the gate is not
closing against a head of material. In the open position,
the gates blade is completely removed from the control
opening, making a resistance-free passage for the material
stream. Orice gates are also well-suited for controlling
the material lines in vacuum and pressure, dilute-phase
conveying applications.
Special stainless steel service inlets are recommended for
seal protection when the gate is used on hard or abrasive
materials.
This illustration shows two air-actuated orice
slide gates being used to select between
material sources in a vacuum system.
This illustration shows
an air-actuated orice
slide gate being used
to control the gravity
discharge of a scale
hopper.
Air-Actuated
Orice Slide Gate
Air-Actuated
Orice Slide Gate
The orice slide gates are constructed of a stainless steel
frame with stainless steel-lined orice and gate blade, and
nylon, pressure plate gate seals.

The lined orice provides additional protection for the gates
seals and is ideal for applications where metals in contact
with the material need to be stainless steel. In addition,
the gate is designed to prevent material from wedging at
the sides of the gate. The closing action clears material
away from the sealing areas. This provides positive air/
material shut off and reduces valve seizing and binding
caused by trapped material.
The standard gate construction will handle applications up
to 82 C [180 F]. Equipment (above or below the gate)
weighing in excess of 90 kgs [200 lbs]. cannot be supported
by the gate, and therefore requires additional support.
ACTUATORS
The gates are shipped with air-actuated assemblies. The
actuator requires 5.5 - 6.9 Bar [80-100 PSI] (maximum
13.8 Bar [200 PSI]) of air. Dry, ltered, and lubricated
compressed air is recommended. The actuator is air
powered in both directions. Control of the air actuator
9
www.ktron.com
Gates Dimensions
Page 9-212
SOLENOIDS
Solenoid valves are used to control the air actuator.
They require 24 VDC power, are available in standard
or ATEX rated enclosures and are shipped assembled
to the gate.
the current to the solenoid is interrupted, the valve and
blade return to the original position. The standard orice
gate is closed in the absence of power, and open when
by reversing the air line connections from the solenoid
to the actuator.
solenoid selection:
solenoid
PROOF SWITCHES
The slide gates can be equipped with single-pole double-
standard or ATEX rated enclosures.
Single-pole double-throw switches provide one set of

switches
SPECIAL OPTIONS
Premier slide gates can be ordered with different materials
of construction, actuators, switches, and/or solenoids on
a special order basis. Please check with our Customer
Service Department for availability, price, and delivery.
* Add
3
/16" when special service inlets are used.
All dimensions are in inches. NOTE: Dim. A = Size minus
1
/8"
AIRACTUATED ORIFICE SLIDE GATE TUBE ADAPTERS PIPE ADAPTERS
A I.D.
F E D
K
M APPROX.
TO CLEAR
C
L
B
J QTY, 5/16-18 NC STUDS & NUTS
EQUALLY SPACED ON H D.B.C.
TYPICAL (2) PLACES
R
P N
Q
G
10 GA. FLANGE
J QTY, 7/16 DIA HOLES EQUALLY
SPACED ON H D.B.C.
(2" & 3" only)
Size / N B* C D E F G H J K L M P Q R
2 2 5 3/4 4 5/8 6 1/2 6 1/4 4 3 7/8 4 11/8 3 5/8 4 2 3/8 3 5
3 2 7 6 8 7 1/2 5 5 4 11/8 3 5/8 4 1/2 3 1/2 3 5
4 2 1/4 8 73/4 10 1/4 9 61/2 5 1/2 6 13/16 4 5 3/4 4 1/2 3 6
5 2 1/2 9 91/2 11 1/2 10 1/2 71/2 6 1/2 8 11/16 4 3/4 5 3/4 5 9/16 4 6
6 2 1/2 10 11 13 11 3/4 81/2 7 1/2 8 11/16 4 3/4 5 3/4 6 5/8 4 6
8 2 1/2 12 14 16 13 3/4 101/2 9 1/2 8 11/16 5 5 3/4 8 5/8 6 6
10 2 3/4 14 17 19 16 3/4 121/2 11 1/2 8 13/16 5 7 1/2 10 3/4 6 6
12 2 3/4 16 20 22 18 3/4 15 13 13/16 12 13/16 5 7 1/2 12 3/4 6 6
14 2 3/4 18 23 26 1/2 20 3/4 17 16 12 13/16 5 7 1/2 N/A 6 N/A
9
www.ktron.com
Gates Application & Dimensions
MAINTENANCE GATES
Page 9-213
MAINTENANCE GATES (CE COMPLIANT NOT REQUIRED)
APPLICATION
Maintenance gates are used to control gravity ow
discharge from storage bins or surge hoppers. The
maintenance gate provides a positive material and air
seal up to 1.03 Bar [15 PSIG] and is supplied with a hand-
crank actuator. Square and round inlet sizes are available.
Standard gate construction will handle applications up to
121 C [250 F].
The maintenance gate is constructed of an aluminum
channel frame with a clear polycarbonate cover. It consists
of a polymer liner, stainless steel metal and material contact
points. The packing seal consists of braided teon with
spring tension adjustments.
SQUARE MAINTENANCE GATES
A
B
(12) QTY. F DIA. HOLES
EQ. SPACED ON A G D.B.C.
A
B
7/16 DIA. HOLES
F PLACES
D
C SQ.
E
3
4 1/4
6 1/4
1
D O.D.
C
E I.D.
3
1 1/2
6 1/4
1
ROUND FLANGE
SAME AS BELOW
ROUND MAINTENANCE GATES
NOTE: Flanges match PPI standard Aerolock pattern.
FLANGE DETAIL (Typical Top & Bottom)
Part No. A B C D E F G
2315-691 10 1/2 19 4 8 1/2 6 7/16 7 1/2
2315-692 12 1/2 23 4 10 1/2 8 7/16 9 1/2
2315-693 14 1/2 27 4 13 10 7/16 12
2315-694 16 1/2 31 4 15 1/2 12 9/16 14 1/4
2315-695 18 1/2 35 6 17 1/2 14 9/16 16 1/4
2315-696 20 1/2 39 6 20 16 9/16 18 1/2
Part No. A B C D E F
2315-697 10 1/2 19 6 4 1/2 N/A 8
2315-698 12 1/2 23 8 5 1/2 N/A 8
2315-699 14 1/2 27 10 3 1/4 3 1/4 16
2315-700 16 1/2 31 12 4 3 1/2 16
2315-701 18 1/2 35 14 4 1/4 4 1/4 16
2315-702 20 1/2 39 16 4 3/4 4 3/4 16
4 1/4
www.ktron.com
ProRate
TM
Feeder
Designed for on-machine feeding, the ProRate
Feeder is
ideally suited for injection or extrusion feeding applications.
As the material enters
the processing machine,
the ProRate precisely
meters pelletized color
concentrates, modiers
or free-owing additives into
the raw material stream. Designed
for modular exibility, ProRates can be
added or removed to adapt to changing
requirements. If, for example,
an operator starts metering one
ingredient and wishes to add
a second, simply bolt on another
ProRate Feeder.
FEATURES
u Selection of ve interchangeable auger sizes
u Cast aluminum housing
u Modular carbon steel pedestal accommodating up to 4 feeders
u Easy calibration
u Quick material change with swing-away motor design
u Microprocessor-based controller
u Choice of 0.04 and 0.07 m
3
[1.75 and 2.5 ft
3
] hoppers
u Heavy-duty, DC motor drives
Gravity Mixer
The gravity tube mixer can be used
to mix materials without the need for
additional moving parts. Layered horizontal
bars inside the tube serve as bafes to agitate
the material as it cascades through. Up to two
ProRate II high-capacity feeders and two ProRate
Feeders can be used to meter material into
the gravity tube mixer.
Telephone (785) 825-1611
Fax (785) 825-8759
Feeders & Mixers
F-700026-en 2009-10
ProRate
TM
II Feeder
The ProRate II is equipped with larger augers and hopper
capacities to deliver the larger feed rates required for some
applications. It can be
mounted directly to the
molding machine, extruder
or to one of Premiers line of
mixers. Each ProRate II features
a precision-machined, stainless
steel housing and auger to
maintain exact tolerances for high
accuracy feeding.
FEATURES
u Stainless steel housing
u 6 in. square pedestal handles 2 ProRate II
feeders and 2 standard ProRate feeders
u Easy calibration
u Quick material change with sample port pedestal
u Choice of 0.07 and 0.14 m
3
[2.5 and 5.0 ft
3
] hoppers
ProBlend
TM
Mixer
Designed for use as an on-machine blender
or for central station blending, the ProBlend
precisely meters and mixes materials at various
blend ratios. Using a compact hopper with
an adjustable speed impeller, the ProBlends
continuous mixing action consistently delivers
homogeneous blending. Positions are provided
for up to four high-precision ProRate Feeders that
can simultaneously meter additives or colorants
into the blending hopper. ProRates can be added
or removed to accommodate future application
requirements.
FEATURES
u Modular exibility to add or remove feeders
u Machine mounted or central station blending
u Quick release clamps for no-tool cleaning
u Simultaneous feeder operation
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-05
Doc# 0690013304
B175
Volumetric Micro Additive Feeder
S-501001-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The K-Tron Premier micro additive feeder features a highly innova-
tive screwless feeding mechanism to accurately dose free owing
color, masterbatch or additives into the process screw of an injection
molding machine or extruder.
Design
Utilizing a simple induced ow rotating cone, the micro feeder is desi-
gned to dose down to a few granules at a time and up to 3 kg/hr [6.6
lb/hr] of normal masterbatch. The controller allows easy calibration of
the desired additive ratio which is either linked to the injection screw
back time or to the extruder speed tachometer.
Features
Swing open for fast material change
Lightweight aluminum construction
Dosing linked to screw back or extruder speed
Microprocessor control
Screwless rotating cone
Simple on machine calibration
Visual run check
Standard Conguration
Material storage hopper - 2 dm
3
[0.07 ft
3
]
Low level alarm
Controller tted to feeder
Prewired ready for use
Optional Items
Autoload rell device
Universal mounting kit
Extended storage hopper - 5 dm
3
[0.18 ft
3
]
Custom collars for machine mounting
Anti-pellet shake-off device
Feed Rates
B175 up to 3 kg/hr [6.6 lb/hr]
Technical Specications
Power 230 or 110 V; 50/60 Hz; 100 W
Optional Autorell loader:
Compressed air 17 m
3
/hr at 5.5 - 6.8 bar
[10 ft
3
/min at 80 100 psi]
Max. usage 0.17 m
3
/hr [1 ft
3
/min]
Dimensions mm [in]
B175 with standard hopper
343 [13.52]
3
4
7

[
1
3
.
6
6
]
1
1
4

[
4
.
4
9
]
4
0

[
1
.
5
7
]
40 [1.57]
75 [2.95]
2
0
0

[
7
.
8
7
]
Rev.
2009-05
B175
Copyright by K-TRON. Covered by patents in USA and other countries. Specifcations subject to change without notice.
Volumetric Micro Additive Feeder
S-501001-en
Page 2 of 2
5
5
6

[
2
1
.
8
8
]
2
0
0

[
7
.
8
7
]
359 [14.14]
230 [9.06]
1
1
4

[
4
.
4
9
]
3
0
7

[
1
2
.
0
9
]
3
3
0

[
1
2
.
9
9
]
200 [7.87]
190 [7.48]
4
9
2

[
1
9
.
3
7
]
132 [5.20]
344 [13.53]
2
0
0

[
7
.
8
7
]
200 [7.87]
Dimensions mm [in]
B175 with extended hopper
Dimensions mm [in]
B175 with autorell loader
38 [1.5]
4
3
2

[
1
6
.
9
9
]
230 [9.04]
504 [19.84]
SQ 160 [6.32"]
2
0
0

[
7
.
8
7
]
1
2
0

[
4
.
7
2
]
504 [19.84]
2
3
0
[9
.0
4
]
2
9
3

[
1
1
.
5
4
]
3
8
[1
.5
0
]
Dimensions mm [in]
B175 with C1K loader
Note: For more information on these products consult your K-Tron Premier Sales Representative
Caution: Measurements are for general reference only. Please consult dimensional drawing for exact measurements
-
5A
6A
7A
Part No. 5129-51
Part No. 5129-52
Part No. 5129-53
Part No. 5129-54
Part No. 5129-55
8A
9A
10A
11A
12A
13A
14A
15A
4/02
16A
www.ktron.com
ProRate
TM
/Gravimetric Blenders
9 to 13,607 kg./hr.
[20 to 30,000 lbs./hr.]
System Capacities
Premier ProRate/Gravimetric blenders
consist of one to eight ingredient
feeders and a microprocessor-based
controller. They are designed to
continuously meter raw materials
accurately into a central station hopper.
Each of the feeders operate in an
independent, continuous loss-in-weight
scaling mode to insure accuracy of each
ingredient. The desired feed rate for each
material can be entered in as pounds
(or kgs.) per hour, as a percent of the total
rate, or as a percent of the virgin material.
FEATURES
u One to eight ingredient feeders
u Individual scales per feeder
u Create, store and edit recipes
u Inventory and alarm history
u Cylindrically designed hoppers for fast material discharge
and complete clean-out
u Clear center station top allows view of feeding material
u ProRate I/Gravimetric feeder is designed with a selection of ve
interchangeable auger sizes, allowing for varying capacities of
9 to 907 kg./hr. [20 to 2,000 lbs./hr.] per ingredient
u ProRate II/Gravimetric feeder is designed with a 76 mm [3 in]
diameter auger providing high capacity feeding from 113 to 4,535 kg./hr.
[250 to 10,000 lbs./hr.] per ingredient
Gravimetric
Continuous Blenders
Telephone (785) 825-1611
Fax (785) 825-8759
F-700024-en 2009-10
Premier Batch Blenders
258 to 1,360 kg./hr.
[570 to 3,000 lbs./hr.]
System Capacities
Premier gravimetric batch blenders are
available in 2.5KG, 5KG and 12KG sizes.
Each of the materials are dispensed sequentially
into a common weighing hopper in the desired
proportions. The weighed materials are then released
into a separate mixing chamber which provides the
most consistent homogeneous blend of any batch type
blender. It includes a highly advanced metering and
weighing system that accurately controls every
ingredient of every batch to the desired amounts
and is not averaged over multiple batches as is
common in other batch blenders in the industry.
FEATURES
u Ingredient accuracy of +/-0.02% per batch at highest accuracy setting
u Integral loading platform for mounting vacuum receivers
u Clean-out system to facilitate quick and easy product changeovers
u Attached air hose and nozzle for cleaning
u Fast acting V-gate valve on each ingredient hopper
u Support for a wide variety of communications protocols
u Inventory of entire blender and each individual hopper
MODELS
u 2.5KG blender 4 element 372 kg./hr. [820 lbs./hr.]
u 2.5KG blender 6 element 259 kg./hr. [570 lbs./hr.]
u 5KG blender 4 element 907 kg./hr. [2,000 lbs./hr.]

u 12KG blender 4 element 1,360 kg./hr. [3,000 lbs./hr.]
Gravimetric
Batch Blenders
FeedersCapacities
PRORATE
Page 10-207
10
www.ktron.com
ProRate I / Volumetric-Gravimetric Feeder
Capacities
Auger Size Min. Rate (lbs./hr.) Max. Rate (lbs./hr.)
10 RPM 300 RPM
3/8 in. .57 17
1/2 in. 1.67 50
3/4 in. 4.67 140
1 in. 13.33 400
1 1/2 in. 41.67 1,250
ProRate II / Volumetric-Gravimetric Feeder
Capacities
Auger Size Min. Rate (lbs./hr.) Max. Rate (lbs./hr.)
10 RPM 300 RPM
3 in. 266.67 8,000
Notes:
1. Rates are based on plastic pellets, weighing 35 lbs./cu.ft., utilizing a 11:1 ratio gear-motor drive.
2. Estimated rates of different speeds may be arrived using the following formula:
_____ (chart rate in 300 RPM column) / 300 x _____ (new RPM) = _____ (rate estimated at
new speed)
3. Estimates of different bulk densities (such as regrind) may be arrived using the following
formula:
_____ (new bulk density) x _____ (chart rate) / 35 = __________ (new estimated rate)
4. Please note that the 11:1 ratio gear-motor will provide a nominal 10 RPM to 300 RPM and the
28:1 ratio gear-motor will provide a nominal 5 RPM to 120 RPM speed.
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-09
Doc# 0290023303
Feed Bins
50L / 150L
S-501101-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The K-Tron Premier feed bin or bag dump stations are used to pre-
condition the material for vacuum conveying before it enters the air
stream. Feed bins are mostly positioned underneath Big Bag unload-
ing stations or other process machinery, in order to buffer material
for Big Bag change-over or for other purposes. The 150 liter feed bin
body equipped with the dust hood and bag rest module is ideal for
emptying bags in a dust free manner.
Design
Stainless steel, easy cleaning or sanitary design
Modular structure which allows for:
- Upgrade feed bin to bag dump station
- Integration of fully uidized cone to eliminate ow problems
Bag dump station dust hood with:
- Vent for adaptation to central dust collection system
- Bag rest for 25 kg [55 lb] standard bags
- Easy opening hatch with split cover design to minimize height
- Stainless steel mesh to prevent ingress of pieces of bags or
oversize pieces
Pick up wand port with band clamp connection for all standard
wand sizes from 1.5 to 3.
Alternative bottom pick-up (sanitary design) which allows for wash-
ing and draining the feed bin.
Standard
316L [1.4404] stainless steel construction.
Gaskets, natural rubber white, food grade, FDA listed
Crack and crevice free welds, ground smooth, polished
Electropolish surface fnish
50 or 150 liter [1.8 or 5.3 ft
3
] working volume
Vent to central dust extraction [152.4 mm or 6 OD]
Options
Fully fuidized cones made of sintered PORVAIR, FDA listed
Aeration pads
Vibrator
Level probes
Solenoid valves 24 VDC
Casters
ATEX category 3D or 2 GD
or US NEC Standard Class I Div. 2 or Class II Div. 2
50 Liter feed bin with fully uidized cone and bottom pick-up .
150 Liter Feed Bin with bottom pick-up and fully uidized cone
150 Liter Bag Dump Station with pick up wand port, vibrator and
aeration pads
P-Series Feed Bins & Bag Dump Stations
Feed Bins
50L / 150L
30
30
707 [27.84] SQ FIX'G CRS
6
0
0

[
2
3
.
6
2
]
600 [23.64]
7
1
0

[
2
8
]
300 [11.81] 150 [5.91]
2
3
0

[
9
.
0
7
]
8
9
4

[
3
5
.
1
9
]
5
2
0

[
2
0
.
4
6
]
651 [25.64]
"X"
700 [27.56]
1
9
7

[
7
.
7
7
]
"X"
1
2
2
9

[
4
8
.
3
7
]
9
8
7

[
3
8
.
8
5
]
559 [21.99]
1
1
8
7

[
4
6
.
7
2
]
1
5
2

[
6
.
0
0
]
1
4
6
6

[
5
7
.
7
3
]
4
5
700 [26.56]
1
0
6
0

[
4
1
.
7
]
5
0
0
[ 1
9
. 6
8
]
Rev.
2009-09
P-Series Feed Bins & Bag Dump Stations
S-501101-en
Page 2 of 2
Dimensions mm [in]
Pick-up Wand Sizes
1.5, 2, 2.5, 3
Standard Inlet Sizes: mm [in]
OD X
100 [4]
150 [6]
200 [8]
250 [10]
300 [12]
Pick-up Wand Sizes
1.5, 2, 2.5, 3
Standard Inlet Sizes: mm [in]
OD X
200 [8]
250 [10]
300 [12]
350 [14]
150 Liter Feed Bin and Bag Dump Station:
50 Liter Feed Bin:
with removable take-off with standard take-off
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 0690023302
Batch Weigh
Receiver
1
2
3
5
6
8
7
4
Batch Weigh Vacuum Receiver
I-501102-en
Page 1 of 2
Multi Material Conveyor/Weigher
The Conveyor/Weigher package combines a vacuum
receiver with a reliable weighing system. The resulting
combination allows multiple ingredients to be conveyed
and weighed so that accurate batching of ingredients
can take place on either a cumulative or sequential
basis:
a) As a Multi Material Batch Weigher the unit accumu-
lates an exact amount by weight of several ingredients
(generally max. eight) to form a batch prior to loading
a mixer.
b) As a Totalizing Weigher the unit continuously moni-
tors the throughput of a single material in a process or
accurately lls a bulk container.
Discharge to
atmosphere
Bulk Silo
Client process
System Components Technical Specications
1 Vacuum receiver............................. Stainless steel construction 316L, standard volumes from 100 to
1000 dm
3
[3.5 to 35 ft
3
] with integral reverse jet lter and optional
discharge aids
2 Weighing System ........................... Suspension system with three load cells with ampliers
3 Discharge valve.............................. Pneumatically actuated buttery valve (fail safe)
4 Weighing frame.............................. Painted mild steel or stainless steel construction available. Weighing
frame includes stabilization bars
5 Control panel.................................. PLC-based controller with 10" touchscreen display, recipe storage
and stock control (inventory)
6 Vacuum power unit......................... Motor driven vacuum pump, sized according to application throughput
and distance
7 Material pick-up.............................. Material conveyed from silos, semi bulk or bag dump stations
8 Material selection valves................ Air operated stainless steel ball valves
Batch Weigh
Receiver
3
"
O
/D
C
O
N
V
E
Y
3
"
O
/D
V
A
C
U
U
M
B
C
A
E
D
F
3

O
/
D

V
A
C
U
U
M
3

O
/
D

C
O
N
V
E
Y
Volume dm
3
[ft
3
] A B C D E F
100 [3.5]
1750
[69]
900
[35]
200
[8]
450
[18]
500
[20]
1400
[55]
500 [17.7]
2500
[98]
1300
[51]
200
[8]
1000
[39]
900
[35]
2400
[94]
1000 [35]
2800
[110]
1400
[55]
200
[8]
1200
[47]
1300
[51]
2400
[94]
Batch Weigh Vacuum Receiver
I-501102-en
Page 2 of 2
Standard Design Specications
Batch accuracy................................... 0.5% of full scale capacity
Standard receiver volumes................. 100, 500, 1000 dm
3
[3.5, 17.7, 35 ft
3
]
Material of construction (receiver)...... 316L stainless steel
Surface nish (receiver)...................... Electropolish
Welds (receiver).................................. Dressed smooth
Weighing frame.................................. Mild steel, epoxy coated, welds as layed
Load cells........................................... To customer specication
Load cell amplier.............................. 4-20 mA output, suitable to interface with customer controls
Reverse jet lter.................................. Multi-cartridge, auto-clean, large area
Discharge valve.................................. Pneumatically operated buttery valve with stainless steel disk
Gaskets/seals..................................... FDA compliant food quality
Controls.............................................. PLC-based controls for up to 8 ingredients
Throughput ranges............................. Based on bulk density of 0.5 kg/dm
3
[31 lb/ft
3
]
receiver volume batch application totalizing application
dm
3
[ft
3
] kg/hr [lb/hr] kg/hr [lb/hr]
100 [3.5] < 1500 [3300] <2000 [4400]
500 [17.7] < 3000 [6600] n/a
1000 [35] < 4000 [8800] n/a
Options
Discharge aids .................................. Fluidizing pads, vibration or fully uidized cone
Weighing frame ................................. 316L stainless steel construction
Hazardous area version..................... ATEX category 3D, load cell amplier to be mounted remotely
Dimensions mm [in]
Rev.
2010-12
www.ktron.com
Bag Dump
Station
Rev. 2009-11
Doc# 0990034308
Bag Dump Station & Bag Dump Hopper
S-501103-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The Bag Dump Station with integral dust control and the Bag Dump
Hopper allow the introduction of dry bulk material to a vacuum system,
pressure system, or directly to a feeder or mixer.
Design
The Bag Dump Station with integral dust control is designed to ensure
a clean, dust-controlled environment while making it easy to unload
material received in bags. As the operator unloads material, the sta-
tions direct drive fan draws dust-laden air away from the operator.
The dust is routed to the continuous reverse cartridge lters. The Bag
Dump Station has a quick opening panel, requiring no hand tools for
easy access to the cartridge lters for removal or normal service.
The Bag Dump Hopper is designed to provide an economical means of
unloading bags. The hopper may be integrated with a central exhaust
system to provide dust control functionality.
Technical Data
Bag Dump Station with Integral Dust Control
Standard Features
w/ FDA epoxy-coated interior or 1.4301 (AISI 304) stainless steel
construction
Factory-wired control panel with main disconnect, operator push
buttons and motor starter
Supply power: 460 VAC, 3-phase, 4 amp, 50/60 Hz
Filtration area of 9 m
2
[100 ft
2
] of 100% spun bond polyester
1.1 kW [1.5 HP] exhaust fan with 18 m
3
/min [620 ft
3
/min] air ow
Heavy duty fabricated construction
Light weight access door with integrated gas spring
305 mm [12 in] square discharge for mounting a probe box
Rigid grate to prevent entry of unwanted pieces into the system
Vibrator mounting pads
Nominal 889 mm [35 in] dump height with a 330 mm [13 in] dis-
charge clearance
CE compliant
Bag Dump Hopper - No Filtration
Standard Features
w/ FDA epoxy-coated interior
76 mm [3 in] O.D. vertical vent stub for connection to central exhaust
system
Exhaust air blast gate
Heavy duty fabricated construction
Hinged access door
203 mm [8 in] round discharge fange
Rigid grate to prevent entry of unwanted pieces into the system
Nominal 1,219 mm [48 in] dump height with a 584 mm [23 in]
discharge clearance
CE compliant
Options
1.4301 (AISI 304) and 1.4404 (AISI 316) stainless steel and aluminum
construction
Epoxy-coated interior
Aeration pads
Vibrator
Level probes
Dust collection fan and flter
Custom discharge, support stand or clearance
Bag disposal station
NEC Hazardous Location: Class 1, Div. 1, Groups G & D
Bag Dump Station with
Integral Dust Control
Bag Dump Hopper
No Filtration Included
Bag Dump
Station
Rev.
2009-11
Bag Dump Station & Bag Dump Hopper
S-501103-en
Page 2 of 2
Bag Dump Station Dimensions mm [in]
Bag Dump Hopper Dimensions mm [in]
2
1
0
4
.
1

[
8
2
.
8
4
]
331.8 [13.06]
182.6 [7.19]
9
1
4
.
4

[
3
6
]

S
Q
.
19.1 [.75]
88.9 [3.5]
101.6 [4] 101.6 [4]
88.9 [3.5]
304.8 [12] SQ.
419.1 [16.5] SQ.
(16) 11.1 [0.44]
825.5 [32.5] SQ.
8
8
9

[
3
5
]
6.2-6.9 BAR [90-100 PSIG]
OF CLEAN, DRY
COMPRESSED AIR
SUPPLY POWER
460 VAC, 3-PHASE,
4 AMP, 50/60 Hz
508 [20]
762 [30]
5
9
0
.
6

[
2
3
.
2
5
]
1
2
3
8
.
3

[
4
8
.
7
5
]
1
9
8
1
.
2

[
7
8
]
76.2 [3] O.D.
6
7
9
.
5

[
2
6
.
7
5
]
962.2 [37.88]
1016 [40]
203.2 [8] I.D.
266.7 [10.5] O.D.
241.3 [9.5] D.B.C.
(12) 11.1 [0.44]
11
www.ktron.com
Hoppers Application
SCALE HOPPERS
Page 11-201
Scale hoppers are available in working capacities rang-
ing from 0.2 m
3
through 2.9 m
3
[7 through 104 ft
3
]

The inlet is equipped with a tangential entry bafe which
mates to an Aeropass valve. It provides better material-
air separation and more even lling of the hopper.

The hopper features three support lugs, evenly spaced
around the circumference which can be used to sus-
pend the hopper from load cells. Compatible load cells
and mounting hardware are shown on page 11-203
and 11-204.
Features of the scale hopper include an internally l-
tered vent with a check valve mounted to an 203 mm
[8 in] access plate, a coupling to accommodate a high/
low level control, and a discharge ange to match a
knife or buttery gate valve. The hopper is constructed
on a steep, 63 slope to encourage the discharge of
hard-to-handle materials.

The hoppers are fabricated in carbon steel with epoxy-
coated interiors and enamel nish-painted exteriors.
11
www.ktron.com
Hoppers Dimensions
SCALE HOPPERS
Page 11-202
* W dimension is +
1
/
4
"
** Weight includes material, hopper, and
necessary valving.
The part numbers, load weights, and
dimension W above refer to the load cell
packages shown on page 11-203 and 11-204.
J ID X H OD
FLANGE W/(K) QTY
L DIA HOLES
ON A M DBC
STRADDLING S
C
L
D
V
45
P
TYP
S
R
F ID X E OD
FLANGE W/(6)
7
/
16
DIA HOLES
ON A G DBC
U ID FOR SUP-
PORT RODS
1
1
/
4
PIPE
COUPLING
TYP (2)
PLACES
W
C
B
C
L
A
INTERNAL
VENT FILTER
N
T
11
1
/
2
Z WIDE SLOT
X
Y
Working
Volume
Part
No.
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R S T U V X Y Z
7 Cu. Ft. 5206-59 36 45
5
/
8
9
1
/
4
8 9 6 7
1
/
2
13
1
/
2
8 8
13
/
16
11
3
/
4
11
1
/
2
31
7
/
8
12 49
3
/
4
5
15
/
16
15 7
3
/
4
4
1
/
2
9
/
16
13 Cu. Ft. 5206-60 36 55
7
/
8
19
1
/
4
8 9 6 7
1
/
2
13
1
/
2
8 8
13
/
16
11
3
/
4
11
1
/
2
31
7
/
8
12 49
3
/
4
5
15
/
16
15 11 7
1
/
2
11
/
16
19 Cu. Ft. 5206-61 36 65
7
/
8
29
1
/
4
8 9 6 7
1
/
2
13
1
/
2
8 8
13
/
16
11
3
/
4
11
1
/
2
31
7
/
8
12 49
3
/
4
5
15
/
16
15 11 7
1
/
2
11
/
16
16 Cu. Ft. 5206-62 48 60
1
/
2
11
5
/
8
8
1
/
2
9 6 7
1
/
2
13
1
/
2
8 8
13
/
16
11
3
/
4
14
1
/
2
40
1
/
4
18 62
1
/
16
6
15
/
16
24 11 7
1
/
2
11
/
16
27 Cu. Ft. 5206-63 48 70
3
/
8
21
1
/
2
8
1
/
2
9 6 7
1
/
2
13
1
/
2
8 8
13
/
16
11
3
/
4
14
1
/
2
40
1
/
4
18 62
1
/
16
6
15
/
16
24 11 7
1
/
2
11
/
16
38 Cu. Ft. 5206-64 48 80
3
/
8
31
1
/
2
8
1
/
2
9 6 7
1
/
2
13
1
/
2
8 8
13
/
16
11
3
/
4
14
1
/
2
40
1
/
4
18 62
1
/
16
6
15
/
16
24 11 7
1
/
2
11
/
16
16 Cu. Ft. 5206-65 48 60
1
/
4
11
3
/
8
8
1
/
2
13 10 12 13
1
/
2
8 8
13
/
16
11
3
/
4
14
1
/
2
40
1
/
4
18 62
1
/
16
6
15
/
16
24 11 7
1
/
2
11
/
16
27 Cu. Ft. 5206-66 48 70
1
/
4
21
3
/
8
8
1
/
2
13 10 12 13
1
/
2
8 8
13
/
16
11
3
/
4
14
1
/
2
40
1
/
4
18 62
1
/
16
6
15
/
16
24 11 7
1
/
2
11
/
16
38 Cu. Ft. 5206-67 48 80
1
/
4
31
3
/
8
8
1
/
2
13 10 12 13
1
/
2
8 8
13
/
16
11
3
/
4
14
1
/
2
40
1
/
4
18 62
1
/
16
6
15
/
16
24 11 7
1
/
2
11
/
16
33 Cu. Ft. 5206-40 60 72
1
/
2
13
9
/
16
8
1
/
2
9 6 7
1
/
2
16 10 12
15
/
16
14
1
/
4
14
1
/
2
50
3
/
16
22 76
7
/
8
6 1
1
/
4
28 11 7
1
/
2
11
/
16
49 Cu. Ft. 5206-41 60 82
1
/
2
23
9
/
16
8
1
/
2
9 6 7
1
/
2
16 10 12
15
/
16
14
1
/
4
14
1
/
2
50
3
/
16
22 76
7
/
8
6 1
1
/
4
28 11 7
1
/
2
11
/
16
65 Cu. Ft. 5206-42 60 92
1
/
2
33
9
/
16
8
1
/
2
9 6 7
1
/
2
16 10 12
15
/
16
14
1
/
4
14
1
/
2
50
3
/
16
22 76
7
/
8
6 1
1
/
4
28 11 7
1
/
2
11
/
16
33 Cu. Ft. 5206-43 60 72
5
/
16
13
3
/
8
8
1
/
2
13 10 12 16 10 12
15
/
16
14
1
/
4
14
1
/
2
50
3
/
16
22 76
7
/
8
6 1
1
/
4
28 11 7
1
/
2
11
/
16
49 Cu. Ft. 5206-44 60 82
5
/
16
23
3
/
8
8
1
/
2
13 10 12 16 10 12
15
/
16
14
1
/
2
14
1
/
2
50
3
/
16
22 76
7
/
8
6 1
1
/
4
28 11 7
1
/
2
11
/
16
65 Cu. Ft. 5206-45 60 92
5
/
16
33
3
/
8
8
1
/
2
13 10 12 16 10 12
15
/
16
14
1
/
2
14
1
/
2
50
3
/
16
22 76
7
/
8
6 1
1
/
4
28 11 7
1
/
2
11
/
16
57 Cu. Ft. 5206-46 72 84
3
/
16
15
1
/
2
8
1
/
2
13 10 12 19 12 12 1 17 16
1
/
2
59
5
/
8
26 90
1
/
2
8 1
1
/
2
30 11 7
1
/
2
11
/
16
80 Cu. Ft. 5206-47 72 94
3
/
16
25
1
/
2
8
1
/
2
13 10 12 19 12 12 1 17 16
1
/
2
59
5
/
8
26 90
1
/
2
8 1
1
/
2
30 11 7
1
/
2
11
/
16
104 Cu. Ft. 5206-48 72 104
3
/
16
35
1
/
2
8
1
/
2
13 10 12 19 12 12 1 17 16
1
/
2
59
5
/
8
26 90
1
/
2
8 1
1
/
2
30 11 7
1
/
2
11
/
16
Load Cells
Part No.
Load
Weight**
(lbs.)
W*
Hopper
Diameter
36 & 48 60 & 72
5740-11 1500 7
1
/
4
5740-12 2250 7
1
/
4
5740-13 3000 7
1
/
4
5740-14 4500 7
1
/
2
5740-25 6000 9
7
/
8
5740-26 9000 9
5
/
8
11
www.ktron.com
LOAD CELLS
ELECTRONIC LOAD CELL PACKAGE
Each load cell package includes three S type stainless
steel tension load cells with shielded signal cable, a
hopper suspension hardware kit, and a junction box. The
hardware kit includes exible stainless steel tension links,
bolts, washers, and safety chains. The junction box is
housed in a NEMA 4X enclosure and provides terminal
strips to connect up to four load cells in parallel to a single
scale instrument. The packages have a total suspended
capacity of 680, 1021, 1361, 2041, 2722 or 4082 kgs
[1500, 2250, 3000, 4500, 6000 or 9000 lbs].
LOAD CELLS
Page 11-203
11
www.ktron.com
LOAD CELLS
Page 11-204
SCALE HOPPER MOUNTING RINGS
AND LOAD CELLS
The drawing (above) shows dimensions for mounting rings and load cells. These are used
to suspend a scale hopper, as shown on page 11-201 and 11-202. Any combination of
mounting ring from the rst table (below), and load cell package from the second table
(below), can be used.
* F dimension is +
1
/
4
"
** Weight includes material, hopper, and
necessary valving.
C
L
F
D
A
E
B
REF.
SCALE JUNCTION
BOX 5740-8
11
1
/
2
C ID FOR SUP-
PORT RODS
4
15
/
16
Mounting Rings
Part No.
For Scale
Hopper
Dia.
A B C D E
4217-13 36 46
1
/
4
49
3
/
4
15
/
16
31
7
/
8
5
4217-14 48 58
1
/
4
62
1
/
16
15
/
16
40
1
/
4
6
4217-25 60 73 76
7
/
8
1
1
/
4
50
3
/
16
6
4217-26 72 86 90
1
/
2
1
1
/
2
59
5
/
8
8
Load Cells
Part No.
Load
Weight**
(lbs.)
F*
Hopper
Diameter
36 & 48 60 & 72
5740-11 1500 7
1
/
4
5740-12 2250 7
1
/
4
5740-13 3000 7
1
/
4
5740-14 4500 7
1
/
2
5740-25 6000 9
7
/
8
5740-26 9000 9
5
/
8
11
www.ktron.com
ALUMINUM SURGE BINS
Hoppers Applications and Dimensions
ALUMINUM SURGE BINS
Page 11-205
Aluminum surge bins are available in working volumes
of 15, 30, 45, 60, and 75 cu. ft. The hopper section is
on a 60 degree slope to encourage material ow. They
are equipped with steel support legs, a sight glass in
the hopper section, and an opening in the top drilled
to match Series 2400 receivers. The top is equipped
with quick release hold-down straps and an internally
ltered vent.
Working
Volume
Part No. A B C D E F
15 Cu. Ft. 5203-4 36 67
3
/
16
22
3
/
16
24
1
/
4
40
7
/
32
32
7
/
32
15 Cu. Ft. 5203-5 36 103
3
/
16
22
3
/
16
60
1
/
4
40
7
/
32
32
7
/
32
30 Cu. Ft. 5203-6 36 87
3
/
16
42
3
/
16
24
1
/
4
40
7
/
32
32
7
/
32
30 Cu. Ft. 5203-7 36 123
3
/
16
42
3
/
16
60
1
/
4
40
7
/
32
32
7
/
32
45 Cu. Ft. 5203-8 48 91
15
/
16
36
3
/
16
24
1
/
2
52
7
/
32
44
7
/
32
45 Cu. Ft. 5203-9 48 127
11
/
16
36
3
/
16
60
1
/
4
52
7
/
32
44
7
/
32
60 Cu. Ft. 5203-10 48 103
15
/
16
48
3
/
16
24
1
/
2
52
7
/
32
44
7
/
32
60 Cu. Ft. 5203-11 48 139
11
/
16
48
3
/
16
60
1
/
4
52
7
/
32
44
7
/
32
75 Cu. Ft. 5203-12 48 115
15
/
16
60
3
/
16
24
1
/
2
52
7
/
32
44
7
/
32
75 Cu. Ft. 5203-13 48 151
11
/
16
60
3
/
16
60
1
/
4
52
7
/
32
44
7
/
32
11
www.ktron.com
Hoppers Application and Dimensions
AEROLOCK SURGE HOPPERS
Page 11-206
Aerolock surge hoppers are constructed of steel,
steel with an epoxy-coated interior, and stain-
less steel. They are anged to match round inlet
Aerolocks.
The clearance beneath the ange allows room for
the vented shear protector, the Aerolock, and a
standard outlet adapter. Features include a cloth
lter vent, a coupling in the sidewall to accom-
modate a level indicator, and a sight glass in the
hopper wall. The cover is shipped without an open-
ing and is bolted on making it easy to eld-modify
for the device feeding into the surge hopper.
Aerolock
Part No.
Steel
Part No.
Steel
w/Epoxy
Part No.
Stainless
Steel
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R
76 5204-8 5204-41 5204-53 46
3
/
4
26 14 3 18 21
1
/
2
5 20 17 6 8
1
/
2
7
/
16
7
1
/
2
7
3
/
4
6
98 5204-9 5204-42 5204-54 49
3
/
4
29 14 4 18 21
1
/
2
5 20 17 8 11
7
/
16
9
1
/
2
7
3
/
4
5
1110 5204-10 5204-43 5204-55 57
13
/
16
34
9
/
16
20 5 22 25
1
/
2
6 24 21 10 13
7
/
16
12 7
3
/
4
6
1312 5204-11 5204-44 5204-56 66 42
3
/
4
20 6 22 26 7
1
/
4
24
1
/
4
21
1
/
4
12 16
9
/
16
14
1
/
4
7
3
/
4
5
1514 5204-12 5204-45 5204-57 73
3
/
4
46 20 7 26 30 7
1
/
4
28
1
/
4
25
1
/
4
14 18
9
/
16
16
1
/
4
7
3
/
4
6
1716 5204-13 5204-46 5204-58 81 53
1
/
4
20 8 26 30 7
1
/
4
28
1
/
4
25
1
/
4
16 20
9
/
16
18
1
/
2
7
3
/
4
5
C A P A B I L I T I E S
BOLTED LI QUI D AND DRY BULK TANKS
DOMES
FACTORY WELDED TANKS

E N G I N E E R I N G
E R E C T I O N
F A B R I C A T I O N
A C C E S S O R I E S
Columbian TecTank combines more
than 100 years of tank building heritage
into one organization focused on
providing our customers with the
highest level of quality and customer
service. Our personnel, in three facilities
and five regional sales offices, are
committed to meeting all of our
customers needs.
Our product line consists of pre-engineered shop fabricated bolted and
welded tanks and silos. Recent innovations include the introduction
of an aluminum geodesic dome tank
cover and highly engineered next
generation powder coating technology.
These products further advance our
position as the industry leader in
low-maintenance tanks and silos.
For more than a century, our customers
have taken advantage of the quality,
timing and cost benefits provided by
our shop fabricated tanks and silos. Our
global sales force and representative
organizations are waiting to assist you
by offering the highest quality coatings,
fastest installation time and most
economical choice available.
EXPERIENCE QUALITY
Columbian TecTank has more than 100 years
of experience in manufacturing bolted and
factory-welded steel tanks and silos.
Columbian TecTanks tanks and silos are found
in more than 110 countries worldwide.
More than 100,000 tanks have been designed,
fabricated and installed.
Columbian TecTank uses only the highest
quality materials.
Trico-Bond EP is a highly engineered,
factory-applied thermally-cured, modified
epoxy powder coating.
All Columbian TecTank products are manufactured
in ISO 9000 Quality System Certified facilities.
2
SPEED OF ERECTION ECONOMY
Modular design allows fast and easy erection.
Costly delays due to inclement weather
are minimized.
Factory-welded tanks are delivered
on self-unloading trailers.
Tanks from Columbian TecTank cost less
to maintain than other tanks.
Durable coatings dramatically extend the
maintenance cycle.
Erection costs are lower due to elimination
of field welding and coating and the associated
time and quality control costs.
3
C A P A B I L I T I E S
PRODUCT LINE
Bolted Storage Tanks and Silos.
Welded Tanks and Silos.
Aluminum Geodesic Domes.
SealWeld Silos.
Gravity Blender Silos.
Tank Erection and Installation.
Ancillary Components and Appurtenances.
Flow Testing.
SERVICES OFFERED
Product EngineeringTank Design,
Calculations and Drawings.
Foundation Designs and Drawings.
Tank and Dome Erection by Columbian
TecTanks Certified Erection Crews.
MARKETS SERVED
LIQUID MARKETS
Municipal Water and Wastewater.
Industrial Wastewater Treatment and Storage.
Process Water.
Fire Protection Water.
Crude Oil and Drilling Fluid.
Leachate and Stormwater Run-off.
Power Industry Demineralized Water
and Wastewater.
DRY BULK MARKETS
Plastics Chemicals Petrochemicals
Minerals Foods Wood Products Grains
INTERNATIONAL
Installations in More Than 110 Countries
Worldwide.
Full Service from Budgets Through
Completed Projects.
4
PLANNING ASSISTANCE
Columbian TecTank begins adding value to your project from your first
contact with us. Whether it is liquid tanks, aluminum geodesic domes,
dry bulk tanks or silos, our experienced sales associates can provide
the information you need to get your project started.
Services include:
Value Analysis
Preliminary Tank Layout and Configuration
Product Flow Testing (Dry Bulk) for Determining Hopper Configuration
Product Specification and Design Criteria Assistance
Firm or Budget Pricing
Project Management/Scheduling
DESIGN & DRAFTING
Once you are ready to move forward with your project,
Columbian TecTanks project management team goes
to work! A member of our team will be responsible for
seeing your project through to completion from order
entry to final shipment.
Services include:
Designs that comply with internationally
recognized engineering standards, e.g. AWWA,
NFPA, FM, AISC, ASCE, ASTM, DIN, IBC, UBC, as
well as in-house standards that are derived from
these standards combined with our unequaled
practical experience.
All designs are executed with proprietary software
developed exclusively for our tank and geodesic
dome products. They account for all environmental
factors such as wind, seismic, snow loads and
product specific properties.
Professional Engineers (P.E.) with more than
50 years of tank design experience give our
customers a level of confidence in achieving
reliable storage and flow unmatched by any
other tank manufacturer.
Full structural calculations and in-house P.E.
stamps for 49 states and Canada; a flexible
approval process if your project requires rapid
turnaround time.
Columbian
TecTanks team
of Professional
Engineers,
draftsmen, and
sales staff will work
with you to design
a tank that meets
the specific needs
of your project
from simple to
sophisticated.
5
Columbian TecTanks unique combination of
experience, a commitment to quality and
customer satisfaction and the advantages
of bolted and shop welded tanks and silos
adds value to each stage of your project.
MANUFACTURING
Columbian TecTank can tailor your tank to exact requirements.
We use the latest AutoCAD
technology combined with in-house

programming to provide efficient drawing of complex projects. We draw upon our extensive
successful history in the liquid and dry bulk storage industries to provide value for years to come.
We provide:
Three ISO 2000/ 9000 Quality System Certified facilities with more than 400,000 ft
2
of manufacturing floor space.
Tank components produced with automated equipment ensuring consistency.
Long term, experienced workers.
Application of industry leading NSF and FDA approved coatings in environmentally controlled
conditions allow for consistent surface preparation, coating thickness and cure parameters.
AWS and ASME Certified welders fabricate shop-welded tanks.
Tanks are safely and economically shipped over-the-road or by ocean transport.
Protective racks, crates, trailers and containers are used to ensure prompt delivery
to domestic and international sites.
CONSTRUCTION & FIELD SERVICE
Columbian TecTank maintains a fully staffed construction
management and field service department.
We provide:
Contract review, coordination with project management
team, pre-job site review, and completion acceptance
procedures.
Certified erection contractors that are trained and
knowledgeable in our current erection practices.
Certified Erectors must maintain the highest level
of safety and professionalism.
Non-Union, prevailing wage or Union crews.
Erection supervisors to guide local labor in the erection
process on international jobs.
Testing and commissioning, including a hydrostatic leak
test or exterior spray test, as well as installation of
appurtenances and other components as required.
Post-job service to ensure a continued satisfied
experience with our products.
6
BOLTED
INTERIOR COATING OPTIONS
Trico-Bond EP
Modified epoxy powder coating system that gives excellent corrosion
resistance and immersion performance, as well as outstanding flow, impact
and abrasion resistance properties. System meets FDA and USDA for dry
bulk applications and conforms to NSF Standard 61 for potable water.
Copoxy
(Certain Dry Bulk
Applications)
Polyamide epoxy with good corrosion resistance properties.
EXTERIOR COATING OPTIONS
Factory-applied, thermally-cured initial coating of modified
epoxy powder that resists corrosion.
Trico-Bond EP
Primer
Top coat of our aliphatic acrylic polyurethane for long-term
gloss/color retention properties in any color.
Performance
Urethane
OR
AND
Clear
Coat
AND OPTIONAL
BOLTED COATING PROCESS
Clear aliphatic urethane coat with ultra-violet (UV) absorbers
to give a near automotive finish and greatly extend weatherability
propertiesespecially with deep-tone colors.
3. Powder Coating
Application of Trico-Bond EP; interior coated at
5.0 mils average DFT for liquid storage and 3.0
mils minimum DFT for dry bulk tanks. Exterior
coated to 3.0 mils minimum DFT. Higher build
rates are available.
2. Mechanical Blast
Controlled blast with a shot & grit mix providing
a minimum of SSPC-SP10 (SA 2.5) near-white
blast with 2.0-3.0 mil profile.
1. Chemical Wash
Chemical wash, rinse and oven dry steel.
5. Top Coat
Application of aliphatic polyurethane at 1.5 mils
average DFT to the exterior of the staves.
4. Initial Cure
Partial cure of coatings at 330F (165C).
6. Final Cure
Final cure of coating system at 400F (204C).
7
Columbian TecTanks exclusive coating process is completely enclosed within
state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities.
Factory-applied coating systems eliminate environmental problems associated
with field-applied paints.
Our coating systems provide the ultimate performance and protection.
FACTORY WELDED COATING PROCESS
WELDED
INTERIOR COATING OPTIONS
Copoxy Rust inhibitive polyamide epoxy with good corrosion resistance properties.
FDA Epoxy Amine-cured epoxy that is accepted for USDA and FDA applications.
OR
AR-Lon 6100
FDA epoxy with a urethane topcoat of Polytef to give a FDA and

USDA accepted finish with markedly improved abrasion resistance
and product flow characteristics.
TecThane 700
(for Liquid Storage)
Two-coat thermosetting epoxy system cured under carefully controlled
conditions into a single-fused layer. Conforms to NSF Standard 61 for
potable water contact surfaces.
EXTERIOR COATING OPTIONS
Polyamide epoxy basecoat that inhibits rust and provides
long-term protection from corrosion.
Copoxy Primer
Aliphatic acrylic polyurethane for long-term gloss/color retention
properties in any color.
Performance
Urethane
AND
Premium system consisting of zinc-rich base/epoxy intermediate/
performance urethane finish topcoat to provide maximum corrosion
protection and extended gloss/color retention properties.
System 3
OR
OR
OR
1. SURFACE PREPARATION
In a specially designed steel grit blasting
room with a dedicated air handling system,
the silo receives a steel grit metal blast
(SSPC-SP6 Commercial) to remove
contaminants and create the surface profile.
2. COATING APPLICATION
The cleaned silo is moved to a separate,
environmentally controlled coating room.
Interior and exterior coatings are applied
under optimum conditions.
3. BAKING
Finally, silos are moved into an oven to bake
the coating systems. Unique to the industry,
Columbian TecTanks baking ovens can
handle silos up to 15 (4.6 m) in diameter
by 85 (26 m) long.
8
Power Plant
Trico-Bond EP coating
can withstand the
corrosive properties
of demineralized water.
Other applications for
power plants include
storage of raw water,
wastewater and fire
protection water.
Petroleum
Columbian TecTank is the
only certified provider of API
12-B bolted tanks which are
used extensively in oil field
applications. Factory-applied
coatings resist corrosion and
are used to store sour crude,
brines, wastewater, petroleum,
drilling fluids and corrosive
oil field chemicals.
Chemicals
Trico-Bond EP is suitable for
immersion in a wide range
of chemical solutions.
Bridges/
Walkways
Columbian TecTank
offers a wide variety of
optional accessories,
including bridges,
walkways, ladders and
wrap-around stairways.
Wastewater Systems
Tanks are used as clarifiers, sludge storage,
equalization tanks, aeration tanks, trickling
filter tanks, anaerobic and aerobic digesters.
L I Q U I D
Water
Diameters are available from 9 (2.8 m)
to 148 (45 m).
Capacities range from 4,000 US gal.
to 3,000,000 US gal (15 m
3
to 11,000 m
3
).
Materials are factory coated carbon
steel, galvanized and
stainless steel.
9
Fire Protection
Tanks from Columbian
TecTank are designed
to conform to NFPA-22
and/or Factory Mutual (FM)
requirements. The design
of our tanks and coatings
ensure that the tank will
never be out of service for
extended periods of time.
Potable Water
Tanks can be designed
to conform to AWWA D-103
standards. Trico-Bond EP
is NSF Standard 61 approved.
Potable water tanks can
be designed to meet your
specific requirements.
A P P L I C A T I O N S
Source
Welded
Standpipes
Factory-welded
standpipes provide
cost-efficient and reliable
storage for municipal
and industrial water.
Bolted
Standpipes
Common uses include
storage of industrial
process water, rural
potable water and
fire protection water.
Bolted fabrication
allows for rapid
erection in
remote areas.
Hardware is hot-dipped galvanized with encapsulated
bolt heads and is available with encapsulated nuts.
Gaskets are typically EPDM with special gaskets
available for higher temperatures or special products.
Various bottoms (steel, concrete, flat,
sloped or Drop Bottom) and roofs
(1:12 sloped steel, aluminum
geodesic dome or
open top).
GENERAL APPLICATIONS
Factory-applied coating systems designed
for each tanks application conditions.
Exceptional design capabilities for factors of capacity,
seismic conditions, wind loadings, equipment loads;
mass or funnel flow material patterns; operating
pressure and vacuum; center and/ or off-center fill
and discharge patterns.
Available in carbon steel, stainless steel, and aluminum
construction.
ASTM certified yield strength steel is utilized for
certifiable design quality; AISC structural supports.
Typical hopper slopes are 45, 50, 55, 60, 65,
and 70 , but are available in any slope per customer
specification.
Designed for various loading and unloading systems
pneumatic, screw or chain conveyors, chutes,
elevators, airslides, bin activators, etc.
Flexible configurationsspecially engineered
combinations of heights and diameters are available.
Truck/ Rail
Drive-Thru Skirt
The skirt area can include
access/ work platforms,
as well as provide
weather protection for
equipment. Available in
diameters up to 47 (14 m),
these hopper-bottom
tanks are utilized for such
products as cement, lime,
calcium carbonate, and
many others.
Hopper Bottom
Silo Group
This pebbled lime storage
facility consists of three
silos that provide storage
for a desalination plant
that treats river water.
The connecting walkway
structures were fabricated
by Columbian TecTank.
Short-Skirt Tank on
Truck Drive-Thru
Structure
Columbian TecTank
bolted and welded silos
store products such as
wood chips, crushed rock
dust, various granules,
and a large variety of other
dry materials. This two silo,
dried sludge complex
includes facilities for
truck loadout.
With silos designed and supplied
by Columbian TecTank, the facility
shown receives, processes, stores
and ships quicklime and hydrated
lime. Several varieties of tanks are
utilizedtank on structural supports;
full skirt support; flat-bottom storage
bunkers; drive-thru skirt; factory
welded tanks on truck drive-thru
spread legs.
Bolted Silo
with Truck
Drive-Thru Skirts
Bolted Tank
on Structural
Steel Support
D R Y B U L K A P
10
11
Drive-Thru
Skirted Silos
This five silo, dried
sludge complex
includes facilities
for rail-car loadout.
Columbian TecTank
pioneered drive-thru
bolted steel silos for
trucks and trains.
Hopper
Bottom
Silos on
Structures
Prilled sulfur for
fertilizer products
is stored in three
silos on a common
structure. The
material is loaded
into the silos via
conveyors, then
unloaded onto truck or rail for shipment.
XL Flat
Bottom
Grain
Storage
A four tank
complex is
connected by
a conveyor
system. Bolted
XL silos can
store coal,
grain, minerals,
recycled plastic shards and other
products. Columbian TecTank can supply
a proprietary weak-seam roof-to-sidewall
explosion relief deck system.
Bolted Tank
on Structural
Steel Support
2 Bolted
Tank
Storage
Bunkers
Bolted Silo
Factory
Welded Silo
on Truck
Drive-Thru
Spread Legs
P L I C A T I O N S
DRY BULK
BOLTED
Standard sizes from 9 (2.7 m) diameter to 47 (14 m)
diameter with hopper bottoms.
Standard sizes from 9 (2.7 m) diameter to over 200
(60 m) diameter without hoppers.
Standard heights to more than 200 (60 m).
Drive-thru skirts for truck and rail-car loadout.
Hopper designs utilize structurally reinforced
hopper-to-sidewall connection.
Industrial process design for extended service life.
Smoothwall tank interior promotes flow and reduces
contamination.
Support styles include full-skirt, rail and truck drive-thru
applications and short-skirt for placement on structural
steel supports. Load cell applications can be easily
accommodated.
EPDM gasket material (FDA-approved), or Viton gasket
for high temperature applications; HDG hardware,
available with plastic-capped heads for FDA-applications.
12
W E L D E D
Plastics Storage
Polypropylene pellets are stored in
eight factory-welded silos. These are
an economical solution for storing a
truckload or railcar load of plastic
resins and are common applications
for plastic processors, compounders
and producers.
Aluminum Tank Battery
Skirt supported aluminum tanks are
often utilized when possible issues
of contamination cannot be tolerated.
These tanks are used to store such
products as plastics to make CDs
or medical supplies.
Silos For Foodstuffs
These silos are designed and
fabricated for the storage of flour
and sugar. They are cost-efficient,
factory-welded, and supplied with
our FDA-approved AR-Lon 6100
interior coating that promotes flow
and resists abrasion.
Skirted Hopper Bottom Silos
A battery of 24 welded silos stores
flour for producing tortillas. Columbian
TecTank offers bolted and welded silos
in aluminum, stainless steel or carbon
steel with coatings approved by the
FDA and USDA for direct food contact.
DRY BULK
WELDED
Standard sizes from 6 (1.8 m) diameter
to 15 (4.6 m) diameter.
Standard heights from 18 (5.5 m) to
85 (26 m) high in one-piece, with taller
tanks available.
Factory-applied baked-on coatings
provide reliable protection of product
stored, and include proprietary systems
for abrasion and corrosion protection,
and enhanced flow capabilities.
Welding procedures qualified to
ASME Section IX.
Support styles include full-skirt,
short-skirt (for placement on structural
steel), leg supports, lug supports.
The interiors and exteriors of aluminum
and stainless steel tanks are chemically
washed prior to shipment for
aesthetically pleasing appearance.
Leg Supports
Aluminum or stainless steel silos supported by
pipe legs provide an economical alternative to
skirt supports when equipment access
is needed. Pipe bracing can also be utilized
when clean designs are necessary in a
buildings interior.
13
Directed Flow Channel(DFC) Blending Silos
Columbian TecTank manufactures bolted and welded DFC gravity blenders in
aluminum, stainless steel or factory-coated carbon steel for the plastics market.
The DFC blender incorporates both continuous flow and top hole flow principles.
Our flow channels and LIFO (last in, first out) tubes result in quick, high-performance
blending with a high single pass blend index. The result is a smoother profile for
stored materials and a more homogenous blend. Silos are designed specifically
for the flow characteristics of your product which improves the quality of the blend
of raw plastic.
Component Installed Tanks(CIT)
Columbian TecTank will install components as designed and specified by our
customers in our welded tanks for chemical and mineral systems. These
components may include a slurry tank, bin activators, pumps, metering equipment
and related electrical and plumbing. The Component Installed Tank allows for one
shipment of a completed system, saving you valuable time and money in the field.
Seal Weld
Seal Weld silos from Columbian TecTank combine the wider size selection and site
erection advantages of a bolted tank with the smooth interior benefits of a welded
aluminum tank. The silos are assembled from panels with mechanical fasteners
and sealed by welding the internal seams. The welded interior of the product zone
is free of ledges. Seal Weld silos may be used to store polymers such as fluff,
flakes or pellets.
Flow Testing
Columbian TecTank can have your product tested through a proprietary consultant for
flow characteristics. We will analyze the consultants recommendations and incorporate
them into the design of your silo. Samples of your product will be tested on a state-of-
the-art shear tester to predict material flow properties. The results allow us to
determine the correct hopper slope and outlet size for functional, reliable mass flow.
OT H E R OF F E R I N G S
KANSAS CITY, KANSAS
(Sales and Manufacturing)
P.O. Box 2907
Kansas City, Kansas 66110-2907
Phone: (913) 621-3700
Fax: (913) 621-2145
E-Mail: sales@columbiantectank.com
Website: www.columbiantectank.com
PARSONS, KANSAS
2101 South 21st Street
P.O. Box 996
Parsons, Kansas 67357
Phone: (620) 421-0200
Fax: (620) 421-9122
E-Mail: sales@columbiantectank.com
Website: www.columbiantectank.com
INTERNATIONAL HEADQUARTERS
5400 Kansas Avenue
Kansas City, Kansas 66106
Phone: (913) 621-3700
Fax: (913) 621-2145
E-Mail: info@tanks.com
Website: www.tanks.com
L E A C H A T E
F O O D
P E T R O L E U M
G R A I N
WA S T E WA T E R
P OTA B L E WAT E R
F I R E P R OT E C T I O N
C H E MI C A L S
P L A S T I C S
WINCHESTER, TENNESSEE
(Manufacturing Only)
491 Baxter Lane
Winchester, Tennessee 37398
Phone: (931) 967-9135
Fax: (931) 967-9186

12
www.ktron.com
Bolted & Welded Storage Tanks
Capacities Chart
Page 12-101
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 07-15-05

12
www.ktron.com
Bolted & Welded Storage Tanks
Quotation Request Form
Page 12-102
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 07-15-05
13
www.ktron.com
Doors and Covers Dimensions
8" ACCESS DOOR
Page 13-201
Rev. 2009-08 Supersedes: 11-30-01
13
www.ktron.com
Doors and Covers Dimensions
20" ACCESS DOOR
Page 13-202
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 0790034312
Group No. Material of Construction Volts Paddle Type
F12104-154 CS Contact Areas 115 VAC Three-Blade
F12104-158 CS Contact Areas 24 VDC Three-Blade
F22104-154 SS Contact Areas 115 VAC Three-Blade
F22104-158 SS Contact Areas 24 VDC Three-Blade
Rotating Level Indicators
S-501401-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
Designed for level indication of dry bulk material in stor-
age tanks, surge bins, hoppers or receivers.
Top Mount Rotating High Level Control
Design
Rotating bin switch assembly
115 volt AC or 24 volt DC motor drive with one DPDT
proof switch
Stainless steel exible shaft coupler
Three-blade stainless steel paddle
Carbon steel or stainless steel mounting plate with
gasket, hex head bolts, washers and nuts
609 mm [24 in] aluminum or stainless steel shaft
extension and pipe shield with coupling
Fail-safe switch for high or low indication
IP66 [NEMA 4X , 5, 7, 9 and 12] rated enclosure
CE Compliant
Design
Rotating bin switch assembly
115 volt AC or 24 volt DC motor drive with one DPDT
proof switch
Single, three or bayonet-blade stainless steel paddle
31 mm [1.25 in] NPT mounting
IP66 [NEMA 4X , 5, 7, 9 and 12] rated enclosure
CE Compliant
Side Mount
Top Mount
Rotating Level
Indicators
Group No. Material of Construction Volts Paddle Type
F12104-160 CS Contact Areas 115 VAC Single-Blade
F12104-163 CS Contact Areas 24 VDC Single-Blade
F12104-161 CS Contact Areas 115 VAC Three-Blade
F12104-164 CS Contact Areas 24 VDC Three-Blade
F12104-162 CS Contact Areas 115 VAC Bayonet-Blade
F12104-165 CS Contact Areas 24 VDC Bayonet-Blade
F22104-160 SS Contact Areas 115 VAC Single-Blade
F22104-163 SS Contact Areas 24 VDC Single-Blade
F22104-161 SS Contact Areas 115 VAC Three-Blade
F22104-164 SS Contact Areas 24 VDC Three-Blade
F22104-162 SS Contact Areas 115 VAC Bayonet-Blade
F22104-165 SS Contact Areas 24 VDC Bayonet-Blade
Side Mount Rotating Level Control
Features
No bolts, triple thread screw-off cover
Removable terminals for easy wiring
Field-adjustable sensitivity
Dual conduit entrance for improved wiring access
Four-bearing design for greater shaft stability
Powder coat finish
203.2
[8] OD
133.35
[5.25]
MOUNTING PLATE 2104-10
W/ (6) 7.14 [.28125] DIA HLS
EQ. SPACED ON A 7 DBC
123.8
[4.875]
167.8
[6.607]
914.4
[36]
ROTATES
IN A 177.8 [7]
DIA CIRCLE
(3) VANE PADDLE 6.35 [.25] PIPE
COUPLING
6.35 [.25] SHAFT EXTENSION
608 [23.9375] LONG
31.75 [1.25] PIPE SHIELD
608 [23.9375] LONG
31.75 [1.25] THREADED HUB
19.05 [.75] RIGID
CONDUIT OPENING
139.7 [5.5] DIA
HOLE CUTOUT
IN BIN TOP
95.1 [3.744]
265.6 [10.456]
170.5 [6.712]
5
0
.
8

[
2
]
73
[2.875]
132.2 [5.206]
SINGLE-BLADE
PADDLE
THREE-BLADE
PADDLE
BAYONET-BLADE
PADDLE
5
5
.
9

[
2
.
2
]
8
8
.
9

[
3
.
5
]
102 [4.018]
216.2 [8.511]
7
6
.
2

[
3
]
Rev.
2010-12
Rotating Level Indicators
S-501401-en
Page 2 of 2
Dimensions of Top Mount Level Indicator
Dimensions of Side Mount Level Indicator
mm [in] mm [in]
Rotating Level
Indicators
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 0790034313
Level Indicators and Alarm
S-501402-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The Proximity Level Switch detects the presence of
material in a hopper or bin. It works on a capacitance
basis and is capable of detecting many free-owing
materials that are commonly handled pneumatically,
including many chemicals, plastics, and foods. The
sensitivity is adjustable using the screwdriver, which
is included. The correct sensitivity is easily determined
by viewing the status LED on the back of the unit. The
switch mounts in a M30 threaded boss or alternatively
can be mounted in a 31 mm [1.25 in] hole and secured
by two nuts which turn on the threaded housing. It is
available for AC or DC power.
Design
Part No. 2104-102
IP65 [NEMA 4]
CE Compliant
AC, 2 wire, NC (Form B) contact
Supply: 20-250 V; 45-65 Hz
Leakage Current: < 2.5 mA
Load Current: 0.5 A max.
Inrush Current: 2.2 A max. for 20 ms. at 0.5 Hz
Minimum Load: 5 mA
Voltage Drop: 4.5 V at max. load
Part No. 2104-109
Designed for use with ProRate Feeder and
ProBlend Mixer
IP65 [NEMA 4]
CE Compliant
DC, 3 wire, positive-switching NC (Form B) contact
Supply: 10-55 V
(combined supply and ripple must not exceed 55 V)
Supply Current: < 7 mA at 24 V
Load Current: Positive-switching: 400 mA max.
Negative-switching: 250 mA max.,
short circuit proof
Voltage Drop: Positive-switching: Typically 1 V
Teon
Mounting Well
Part No. 2104-141
Adapts a 30 mm [1.19] proximity switch to a 31 mm
[1.25 in] NPT coupler
Helps prevent static buildup
Promotes product release
Proximity Level Switch
Note: May require 2104-141 Teon
mounting well.
If 2104-141 Teon
mounting well is required, see

information below:
Level
Indicators
Rev.
2010-12
Level Indicators and Alarm
S-501402-en
Page 2 of 2
Application
The Vibrating Rod is a vibration type point level control
that detects the high and low material level in bins, silos
and hoppers.
Design
Part No. 2104-170
Stainless steel (304), 190 mm [7.5 in] insertion
length
20 - 250 V AC/DC range
SPDT proof switch
IP66 [NEMA 4 and 5] rated enclosure
CE Compliant
38 mm [1.5 in] NPT mounting
Application
The Low Level Alarm is intended to be mounted on the
machine hopper for indication of an emergency low level
condition.
Design
Part No. 5741-9
Capacitance-type proximity level switch
(part no. 2104-102)
Flashing strobe
Power cord with plug for 115 V / 60 hz power
IP65 [NEMA 4]
CE Compliant
Level
Indicators
129 [5.08]
HOUSING
MOUNTING SOCKET
PROBE
BLADE
1.5 - 11.5 NPT THREAD
WRENCH SIZE 50 [1.97]
PG 13.5 OR 1/2-14 NPT THREAD
114 [4.49]
1
0
0

[
3
.
9
4
]
1
8
7

[
7
.
3
6
]
8
0

[
3
.
1
5
]
6
5

[
2
.
5
6
]
42
[1.67]
Low Level Alarm
Dimensions of Vibrating Rod
mm [in]
14
www.ktron.com
Sensors Dimensions
INVENTORY LEVEL SENSORS
Page 14-203
INVENTORY LEVEL SENSORS
(Plumb Bob Type)
The model SBRX II on demand "plumb bob" type level sensors provide highly reliable digital readings of distance to
product, height of product, percentage full and weight. The microprocessor-based remote sensors make the level data
from the SBRX II consistently reliable. An optional gearbox heater is available for conditions where the temperature is
consistently below -6C [+20F].
The remote sensors can be operated manually or at set intervals from the Inventory Control Console (ICC) or with a PC
using specically-designed Inventory Management System (IMS) software. The remote sensor quickly lowers a bob at 0.6
m/sec. [2 ft./sec.] from the top of the storage vessel straight to the material inside. As the bob descends, the measuring
circuit in the head senses the amount of cable being unwound and transmits this information to the ICC or PC using the
Inventory Management System software. When the bob makes contact with the material surface, it instantly retracts to a
neutral position at the top of the vessel.
SBRX II
SBRX II Dimensions Threaded Mounting Flange
Part Number Specications Voltage
F12104-142 IP66 [NEMA 4, 9, 12], Class II E, F and G, CE Compliant 110 VAC
F12104-153 IP66 [NEMA 4, 9, 12], Class II E, F and G, CE Compliant 230 VAC
NOTE:
Recommended location of the level sensor is one sixth
of the silo diameter from the silo edge.
Flat mounting ange shown, angled ange
available for pitched decks
14.65
372
3 - 8 NPT
THREADS
5.20
132
15.75
400.1
7.88
200.1
5.83
148.1
7.59
192.7
3"-8 NPT THREAD
7"
177.8 mm
8"
203.2 mm
1.67"
42.4 mm
.105"
2.66 mm
(12 GAGE)
.344
7.14
THRU
(6) HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON
A 7" BOLT CIRCLE
14
www.ktron.com
Sensors Dimensions
INVENTORY CONTROL CONSOLE
Page 14-204
INVENTORY CONTROL CONSOLE (ICC)
The Inventory Control Console (ICC) can control from one (1) to one hundred twenty-
eight (128) SBRX II Remote Sensors. A measurement is initiated with the push of a
button or at intervals, giving accurate inventory readings in distance to product, height
of product, percentage full and weight (U.S. or metric units). The last measurement
on each remote is stored in the control panel until the next reading is taken. Optional
analog output expansion modules are available.
NOTE: One 16 VAC transformer included with purchase of an ICC.
Console Controlled System
RS-485
Cable
Inventory
Control
Console
SBRX II
Remote #1
UP TO 128 VESSELS
PER CONSOLE
SBRX II
Remote #2
System Equipment
Requirements
One SBRX II per vessel
One ICC console per
system, one transformer
included
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IMS) SOFTWARE
The Inventory Management System (IMS) Software can control one (1) to one hundred (100) SBRX II Remote Sensors
and provides real-time inventory data. The IMS software is compatible with Windows XP Pro and Vista Business. The
software provides a graphical representation of the measurement in height and percentage full, while numerically stating
the height, volume and weight of material in the silo (U.S. or metric units). A headroom checkbox allows the user to check
the available volume in the silo. The IMS software also provides current inventory, extended inventory, date/time, and ex-
tensive automatic measurement scheduling capabilities. Programmable alarms can be set for high/low levels or "time to
replenish". Email notications can be sent for alarms or to detail bin inventories at scheduled times.
PC Controlled System
RS-485
Cable
PC/IMS
Software
SBRX II
Remote #1
UP TO 100 VESSELS
PER CONSOLE
SBRX II
Remote #2
System Equipment
Requirements
One SBRX II per vessel
One IMS Software program
with USB to RS-485
converter per system, one
transformer included
(Additional transformers may be
required when using heaters)
USB to
RS-485
Converter
DATA CABLE
(For use with ICC or IMS)
Part Number Enclosure
F12104-157 NEMA 4X
Part Number
F12104-159
Part Number Specication
2109-72 RS-485 Data Cable (sold per ft.)
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IMS) SOFTWARE
6.30
6.53 2.98
3.29
R.10
R.19
1.20
4.41
R.11
.40
3.27
2.97
5.94
ICC Dimensions
www.ktron.com
Dehumidifying
Dryers
Premiers energy
efcient, dual tower
desiccant bed dryers
provide capacities of 22 to
1,800 kg./hr. [50 to
4,000 lb./hr.]. Process air
with a 4C [40F] dew
point is guaranteed.
A wide range of
hopper sizes
are available as
well as a
choice of
voltages and a
high heat option.
FEATURES
u High efciency centrifugal
blower
u Easy access cyclonic lters
u Fail-safe over temperature
alarm and shutdown
u Regeneration lter monitor
u Process CFM monitor
u Process and regeneration
heaters externally mounted for
easy access
u Electromechanical controller
with solid state temperature control
is standard
Telephone (785) 825-1611
Fax (785) 825-8759
Dryers
F-700025-en 2009-10
Hot Air Dryers
(No Desiccant Bed)
Premiers single pass hot air dryer is ideal
for drying non-hygroscopic resins. The
process air heater and all other components
are accessible from the units exterior.
FEATURES
u Floor stand
u High efciency blower and motor
u Process air lter
u Tubular incoloy sheath heaters
u NEMA 1 control enclosure
u Voltage: 208, 230, 460/3/60
u Solid state controls
u OD air outlet duct (sized by model)
OTHER OPTIONS AVAILABLE
u Over-temperature alarm
u High heat to 204C [400F]
u U.L. listed controls
Silo Dehumidication Dryers
Premiers silo dehumidication dryers are used to blanket
the inside of a bulk storage silo with warm, dry air to prevent moisture
contamination of the stored material. Condensation is prevented and
the material remains free owing and ready for processing. When
installed, a silo dehumidication dryer will maintain a slight positive
pressure within the silo, thereby eliminating the possibility of the
introduction of humid ambient air. These units are not intended to dry
the material, but rather to maintain the original dryness during the
storage period.
FEATURES
u Efcient operation, with low power consumption
u Average dew points below -6C [+20 F] with single pass air, guaranteed
u Single external regeneration heater is easily accessible
u Only the desiccant is located inside the towers
Dryers
15
www.ktron.com
Dryers and Components
DEHUMIDIFYING DRYERS & ACCESSORIES
Page 15-201
The Dehumidifying Dryer delivers fast, efcient drying for a wide range
of plastics, including hygroscopic materials. Automatic regeneration
with an alternating dual bed design creates precise drying conditions
within an adjustable range of 140
o
to 300
o
F. An optional booster heater
enables processing temperatures to 400
o
F. The dryer is controlled
by the Siemens S7-224 PLC, with touch panel for precise, accurate
control of the desiccant dryers.
A slip stream of dry process air is passed through the regenerating bed
to eliminate moisture inltration and desiccant contamination during
cool down. This self-contained design provides complete moisture
removal and consistent low dew points below -40
o
F.
With the alternating dual bed design, one desiccant bed is always on
line drying while the second is being fully regenerated. This provides
a continuous supply of low dew point air to ensure a constant supply of
dry material. Alter nate use of the two beds is automatically controlled by
a timer that shifts the process air to the newly regenerated desiccant.
Ambient air is drawn through the reactivation lter and heated by the
reactivation heater. The heated air purges the trapped moisture from
the desiccant and is released into the atmosphere.
When the regeneration cycle is complete, the regeneration heater and
blower are de-energized and the desiccant is allowed to cool statically
before the next absorption cycle begins. Static cooling prevents any
moisture build-up, completely eliminates dew point "bumps" during
changeover and results in long cycle times.
DEHUMIDIFYING DRYERS & ACCESSORIES
(Desiccant Bed)
Process
AirDuct
Part Airow Max Diameter Weight
Number (CFM) Temp A B Depth (inches) (lbs)
2328-36 50 300F 40 60 37 3
7
/8 340
2328-37 100 300F 58 62 41 3
7
/8 490
2328-38 150 300F 58 62 41 3
7
/8 515
2328-39 220 300F 58 62 47 3
7
/8 530
2328-40 300 300F 71 80 56 5
7
/8 725
2328-41 500 300F 71 80 56 5
7
/8 825
2328-42 750 300F 87 87 58 7
7
/8 1100
2328-43 1,000 300F 87 88 80 7
7
/8 1500
2328-44 1,250 300F 112 113 63 7
7
/8 3000
2328-45 1,500 300F 123 115 66 7
7
/8 3750
2328-46 1,750 300F 138 120 74 11
7
/8 upon request
2328-47 2,000 300F 150 127 125 11
7
/8 upon request
2328-48 2,500 300F 160 125 150 11
7
/8 upon request
2328-49 3,000 300F 202 135 128 11
7
/8 upon request
2328-50 4,000 300F 210 135 165 15
7
/8 upon request
A
B
PROCESS
AIRDUCT
DIAMETER
15
www.ktron.com
PLC CONTROLLER FOR DEHUMIDIFYING DRYER
Page 15-202
PLC CONTROLLER OVERVIEW
Benets include an easy-to-read, touch panel screen measuring 3.4 x 5.6 (87mm x 119mm). The PLC is fully programmed
at Premier Pneumatics and built-in prompts will guide even the novice machine operator through the simple set up process
to meet any resin-drying requirement.
Features:
Dew point monitor and dew point changeover
Real time clock
7-day start/stop function
Process setpoint display (in F or C)
Process deviation alarms
Process temperature alarms
Process temperature set point
Dew point alarms
Regeneration heating control
Switching and monitoring of bed shift value
position
Automatic system reset following cleared warning
Built-in PLC diagnostics
Time/date stamped alarm messages
View historical alarms
4-Shade blue touch panel - 5.7" diagonal screen
15
www.ktron.com
HOT AIR DRYER
Page 15-203
Premier Hot Air Dryers are designed to heat and remove
surface moisture from non-hygroscopic materials. This is
accomplished by passing the hot air stream over the resin
and venting the absorbed moisture to the atmosphere.
The Hot Air Dryers' eld-proven heaters, blower, lter
and controls make the unit a reliable, energy effcient
pre-heater and moisture dryer.
HOT AIR DRYERS
(No Desiccant Bed)
B
A
C
Nominal Dimensions
(inches)
Part Airow Max
Number (CFM) Temp A B Depth C
2328-51 80 300F 23 50
1
/2 23
1
/2 3
7
/8
2328-52 120 300F 23 50
1
/2 23
1
/2 3
7
/8
2328-53 180 300F 23 53 23
1
/2 3
7
/8
2328-54 250 300F 26 55 24 5
7
/8
2328-55 400 300F 33 58 28 5
7
/8
2328-56 600 300F 41 65
1
/2 31 5
7
/8
2328-57 750 300F 35 66
1
/2 31 5
7
/8
2328-58 1,000 300F 41 68 34 7
7
/8
2328-59 1,500 300F 41
1
/2 78 36
1
/2 7
7
/8
2328-60 2,000 300F 41 96
1
/2 41
1
/2 11
7
/8
2328-61 2,500 300F 81 82
1
/2 55
1
/2 11
7
/8
2328-62 3,000 300F TBD TBD TBD 11
7
/8
2328-63 4,000 300F TBD TBD TBD 11
7
/8
AIR OUTLET
15
www.ktron.com
SILO DEHUMIDIFICATION DRYER
Page 15-204
Nominal Dimensions
(inches)
Part Airow
Number (CFM) A B Depth
2328-64 150 59 62 32
2328-65 250 59 62 32
SILO DEHUMIDIFICATION DRYERS
A
PROCESS AIR OUTLET,
3
1
/2" O.D.
B
15
www.ktron.com
C
C
A
D
E
DRYING HOPPERS & HOSES
Page 15-205
Premier Drying Hoppers are designed to ensure uniform
drying of the material in residence. Each hopper
features: a cylindrical design; a difuser cone to produce
frst-in frst-out material fow; a large, hinged clean-out door
for easy cleaning; and can be machine or foor mounted. The
standard material of construction is stainless steel.
Note: The discharge adapter is not pre-drilled at the factory.
DRYING HOPPERS
(Round Insulated Stainless Steel Hoppers)
NEOPRENE DRYER HOSE AND CLAMPS
Notes:
1. One (1) 12-foot length is required for Hot Air Dryer Applications
2. Two

(2) 12-foot lengths are required for Desiccant Dryer Applications
3. If a hopper and a dryer are purchased together, the necessary hose is already included.
4. Hose is rated to 250F
Part No. Size Length
2310-515 4" 12'
2310-516 6" 12'
2310-517 8" 12'
2310-518 12" 12'
Hopper Door
Part Capacity A B C D E Opening
Number (lbs.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
2328-66 60 16 40
5
/8 4 6 2
1
/8 10 x 10
2328-67 100 16 48
5
/8 4 6 2
1
/8 10 x 10
2328-68 150 16 56
5
/8 4 6 2
1
/8 10 x 10
2328-69 200 24
1
/4 50
1
/8 4 7
1
/2 4
1
/8 14 x 14
2328-70 300 24
1
/4 58
1
/8 4 7
1
/2 4
1
/8 14 x 14
2328-71 400 24
1
/4 66
1
/8 4 7
1
/2 4
1
/8 14 x 14
2328-72 600 32
1
/4 70
1
/8 4 7
1
/2 4
1
/8 18 x 18
2328-73 800 32
1
/4 78
1
/8 4 7
1
/2 4
1
/8 18 x 18
2328-74 1,000 32
1
/4 81
1
/8 4 7
1
/2 4
1
/8 18 x 18
B
15
www.ktron.com
LARGE DRYING HOPPERS
Page 15-206
Premier Large Drying Hoppers are designed, as follows:
Material hopper for drying and/or preheating plastic pellets
Working capacity from 1,500 to 20,000 lbs.
Round (carbon steel, stainless steel) construction; interior is free of coatings, exterior is primed and fnish painted
enamel
Steep hopper and perforated metal inner cone promote good air distribution and mass fow of material
Assembly includes an air inlet and drain stub
Top cover has opening and bolt pattern for mounting a receiver, level switch connection, and air outlet
Floor support stand
Sidewall and hopper insulation to maintain a higher temperature throughout the material, reduce energy
consumption, and improve safety
Hinged access door with sight glass
LARGE DRYING HOPPERS
(Round Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel Hoppers)
Hopper
Capacity Diameter A B
(lbs.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
1,500 36 71 27
2,000 40 75 30
3,000 54 61 40
4,000 54 86 40
5,000 54 106 40
6,000 66 86 48
7,500 66 106 48
10,000 84 78 62
13,000 84 106 62
16,000 96 96 72
3
/4
20,000 96 124 72
3
/4
DIA
A
B
OPTIONAL
GUARDRAIL
& LADDER
TANGENTIAL
AIR ENTRY
15
www.ktron.com
Proper sizing of your drying system assures the necessary residence time for a continuous supply of dry material.
Dryer sizing
The proper dryer is selected by matching the CFM of the
unit to the desired throughput using (as a general rule)
1 CFM per pound of material per hour for dehumidifying
dryers and
1
/2 CFM per pound of material per hour for
hot air dryers.
Hot Air Drying System:
If your process requires 500 lbs. per hour of Polyethylene
and the proper residence time for Polyethylene is 2 hours,
you would select an 1000 lb. capacity hopper.
(2 hours X 500 lbs./hr. = 1000 lb. hopper capacity).
Utilizing
1
/2 CFM per pound of material per hour, you would
require a hot air dryer with 250 CFM.
(
1
/2 CFM X 500 lbs./hr. = 250 CFM dryer)
Hopper sizing
Hopper selection is determined by multiplying the required
drying time by the desired throughput. The hopper you
select must have a capacity equal to or greater than this
gure to ensure sufcient residence time.
Dehumidifying Drying System:
If your process requires 50 lbs. per hour of ABS and the
proper residence time for ABS is 4 hours, you would select
RH-200, a 200 lb. capacity hopper.
(4 hours X 50 lbs./hr. = 200 lb. hopper capacity).
Utilizing 1 CFM per pound of material per hour, you would
require a dryer with 50 CFM, the NPD-50.
(1 CFM X 50 lbs./hr. = 50 CFM dryer)
APPLICATION EXAMPLES
DRYER SYSTEM SIZING
DRYER SYSTEM SIZING
Page 15-207
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 0890034312
Series 4 MPC
Controller
Standard MPC
ATEX MPC
Series 4 Microprocessor Controller (MPC)
S-501803-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The Premier Pneumatics Series 4 MPC Controller controls up to 24
vacuum receivers on one blower with one back-up blower. The Series
4 MPC Controller is designed to be used with both P-Series and 2400
Series Receivers. It can control traditional keep full receivers that
ll and dump until a vessel below is full and/or Premiers line of rell
receivers that ll and hold material until a dump request is received.
A low-voltage cable system with quick-connect plugs* allows the receiv-
ers to be connected to the central controller without tools. In addition,
low-voltage wiring generally does not require an electrician, allowing
for a less expensive electrical installation.
* Quick-connect plugs not available for ATEX version.
Design
The controller consists of a microprocessor central control unit which
features an easy-to-use, touch-sensitive keypad. The operator con-
trols the whole system, including turning receivers on and off, setting
draw times from one central location and starting the systems blower
package.
The Series 4 MPC Controller can be integrated into the K-Tron Smart-
Connex feeder controls, providing one simple control solution for both
feeders and vacuum sequencing receivers. It can operate as a slave
to the K-Vision Line Controller or K-Tron Smart Commander process
visualization software. The unit is shipped pre-programmed, eliminating
complex logic programming.
Technical Data
305 x 254 x 127 mm [12 x 10 x 5 in] enclosure
LED visual indicators inform operator of receiver's status
Easy on-screen system setup
Back-up blower capability
Blower shutdown feature to allow in-line flters to pulse-clean
3 levels of password protection to restrict access
Rated for -10 to 60 C [ 14 to 140 F]
Network capability and computer interface for data acquisition
Standard RS-485 Modbus 4-wire host communication serial channel
Quick-connect cabling for fast and trouble-free installation (not
available on ATEX version)
IP65 [NEMA 12] control panel and receiver panel
CE compliant
Power supply data 88-264 VAC input / 24 VDC 150 Watt output
300 Watts max
5 languages available: English, German, French, Spanish, Italian
Standard Programmable Features
Program receivers to fll to level switch or by time
4 programmable receiver modes
4 programmable pulse-clean modes
Access protection
Blower shutdown
Blower select
Hazardous Location Options:
NEC Class II, Div. 2, Group F & G
ATEX

II 3D EX tD A22 IP66 T60C
Communication
Receivers:
Series 4 MPC
Controller
Blower Motor
Starter Panel
Series 2400
Blower
T
ESC
MENU
ENTER
STOP
HOME ALARM
RUN
1
4
7
2
5
8
0
3
6
9
C
! 115/230 VAC, 50/60 HZ, 200 Watts (Max) CAUTION - Disconnect power before opening.
MAIN BLOWER BACKUP BLOWER
Series 4 Controller
WITHIN THIS ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURE. IS RECOMMENDED FOR ALL ADJUSTMENTS THE USE OF A NON-CONDUCTIVE TOOL
FIRST DISCONNECTING POWER SUPPLY. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE WITHOUT
CAUTION: HIGH VOLTAGE
Copyright 2000 Phoenix Mecano Inc
IN COMMUNICATION
FILL VALVE
OUT COMMUNICATION
INHIBIT PULSE CLEAN
DUMP REQUEST FILL AUX
RECEIVER LEVEL RATIO/PURGE
CALL REQUEST DUMP GATE
Series 4 2400 Control
IN COMMUNICATION
FILL VALVE
OUT COMMUNICATION
INHIBIT PULSE CLEAN
IN COMMUNICATION
FILL VALVE
OUT COMMUNICATION
INHIBIT PULSE CLEAN
IN COMMUNICATION
FILL VALVE
OUT COMMUNICATION
INHIBIT PULSE CLEAN
2...(22) 23 1 24
Series 4 MPC
Controller
203
[8]
254
[10]
324
[12.75]
305
[12]
127
[5]
(4) 8 [.31] DIA
MOUNTING HOLES
41
[1.63]
19 [0.75]
79
[3.13]
40
[1.56]
41
[1.63]
83 [3.25]
350.93 [13.816]
306.08 [12.05]
1
8
4
.
6

[
7
.
2
6
8
]
3
0
6
.
0
8

[
1
2
.
0
5
]
Standard MPC
ATEX MPC
Rev.
2010-12
Series 4 Microprocessor Controller (MPC)
S-501803-en
Page 2 of 2
Part No. # of Receivers # of Blowers Supply Voltage Receiver Voltage
5741-94 1 to 24 1 + spare 88-264 VAC 24 VDC
5741-99
(ATEX VERSION)
1 to 24 1 + spare 88-264 VAC 24 VDC
Dimensions mm [in]
Part No. 5741-81
Optional Inhibit Panel is used for local ON/OFF control of receivers. Use the quick-
connect 3 m [10 ft] cable (supplied with panel) to connect the panel to the I/O block.
When the selector switch is placed in the INHIBIT position, the receiver will be disabled.
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 0890034317
Series 4 PLC
Controller
T
IN COMMUNICATION
FILL VALVE
OUT COMMUNICATION
INHIBIT PULSE CLEAN
IN COMMUNICATION
FILL VALVE
OUT COMMUNICATION
INHIBIT PULSE CLEAN
IN COMMUNICATION
FILL VALVE
OUT COMMUNICATION
INHIBIT PULSE CLEAN
IN COMMUNICATION
FILL VALVE
OUT COMMUNICATION
INHIBIT PULSE CLEAN
2...(22)
9...(16)
23
17...(24)
1
1...(8)
24
25...(32)
Displays
Communication
Series 4 Programmable Logic Central Controller (PLC)
S-501806-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The Series 4 PLC Central Controller consists of two models: one
controls up to 24 vacuum receivers any combination on 2 blowers.
The other controls up to 32 vacuum receivers on 4 blowers with up
to 8 receivers per blower. The Series 4 PLC Controller is designed
to be used with both P-Series and 2400 Series Receivers. It can
control traditional keep full receivers that ll and dump until a ves-
sel below is full and/or Premiers line of rell receivers that ll and
hold material until a dump request is received. A low-voltage cable
system with quick-connect plugs allows the receivers to be connected
to the central controller without tools. In addition, low-voltage wiring
generally does not require an electrician or conduit, allowing for a
less expensive electrical installation.
Design
The Series 4 PLC controller features a user-friendly touchscreen
for system status and control with an alarm message screen. From
one central location, the operator can turn receivers on and off, set
ll times and control and view all system functions. The Series 4
PLC controller is pre-programmed for a full system of receivers. No
changes are needed to add receivers at a later date. Detailed help
screens are provided with system installation, programming and
troubleshooting information. A dry contact alarm output is provided
for customer connection to a horn or beacon.
Technical Data
425 x 362 x 159 mm [16.75 x 14.25 x 6.25 in] enclosure
145 mm [5.7 in] color touchscreen with screensaver
Allen-Bradley Micrologix 1500 programmable logic controller
or Siemens S7 Series programmable logic controller
Rated for 0 to 55 C [ 32 to 131 F]
IP65 [NEMA 12] enclosure
CE compliant
1200 Watts maximum
Standard Programmable Features
Program receivers to ll to level switch or by time
4 programmable receiver modes
4 programmable pulse-clean modes
Access protection
Blower shutdown
Blower select
Options
EEProm memory backup available
Telephone modem for remote access by Premier for support and
troubleshooting
Inhibit panel available for local Run/Inhibit control
The Alarm Screen displays
which receiver or blower is not
working properly.
The Blower Setup Screen can
be set for shutdowns, delays,
and pulses.
Each Receiver Setup Screen
has ve congurable settings
for ll times and pulses.
The Overview Screen displays
each receiver and blower with
its own toggle.
Up to 24 Receivers:
Up to 32 Receivers:
Series 4 PLC
Controller
Blower Motor
Starter Panel
Series 2400
Blower
425
[16.75]
362
[14.25]
(4) 8 [.31] DIA
MOUNTING HOLES
305
[12]
76
[3]
445
[17.5]
157
[6.17]
Series 4 PLC
Controller
41
[1.63]
19 [0.75]
79
[3.13]
40
[1.56]
41
[1.63]
83 [3.25]
Rev.
2010-12
Dimensions mm [in]
Series 4 Programmable Logic Central Controller (PLC)
S-501806-en
Page 2 of 2
Part No. Protocol # of Receivers # of Blowers Supply Voltage Receiver Voltage
5741-95 Allen Bradley 24 2 + spare 85-265 VAC 24 VDC
5741-96 Siemens 24 2 + spare 85-265 VAC 24 VDC
5741-114 Allen Bradley 32 4 + spare 85-265 VAC 24 VDC
Optional Inhibit Panel is used for local ON/OFF control of receivers. Use the quick-
connect 3 m [10 ft] cable (supplied with panel) to connect the panel to the I/O block.
When the selector switch is placed in the INHIBIT position, the receiver will be disabled.
Part No. 5741-81
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 1090034304
LSR
Controller
LSR Controller
S-501807-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The LSR (Loader, Single Receiver) Controller consolidates several
applications into one system, allowing the LSR to control a K-Tron
Premier vacuum conveyor for pneumatically conveying a wide variety
of bulk materials. The LSR operates with either a self contained loader
or single central receiver with separate blower. This economical
controller provides precise, reliable control for a variety of applica-
tions lling by time or level and various discharge congurations,
including gravity or powered gate.
Features
Simple operation
Robust
Cost effective
Design
The controller is locally mounted with all 24 VDC sensors and actua-
tors pre-wired. An auto-switching power supply accepts either 115 or
230 VAC. The front panel of the controller includes an on/off switch,
a potentiometer to set draw times and multicolored LEDs to indicate:
power/alarm, loading status and dump status. The standard enclosure
is made of durable polycarbonate. ATEX stainless steel version is
available for use in pharmaceutical applications or hazardous loca-
tions. Multicolored LEDs not available for ATEX version.
The LSR Controller allows for nine different operating modes select-
able with internal rotary switch. In addition, a simple to congure
10-position DIP switch programs the units operation such as: pulse
cleaning, purge valve operation (line clearing), ratio loading, alarm-
ing options, etc.
In feeder rell applications, the LSR can also be networked to the
K-Tron Control Module (KCM). This allows monitoring and control of
the LSR via all K-Tron Human-Machine Interfaces, such as the KSU-II
(K-Tron Single Unit Display) or K-Vision Line Controller.
Modes of Operation
1 Self Contained Loader, Gravity Gate Discharge, Fill by Time: A
call for material is established when the gravity gate swings closed.
The LSR powers the self-contained vacuum motor and the loader
lls by time. An alarm is generated if material reaches an optional
high level sensor. After lling the loader dumps immediately via
gravity discharge gate.
2 Self Contained Loader, Gravity Gate Discharge, Fill to Level: A
call for material is established when the gravity gate swings closed.
The LSR powers the self-contained vacuum motor and the loader
lls to the high level sensor. An alarm is generated if material does
not reach the high level sensor within the maximum ll time. After
lling the loader dumps immediately via gravity discharge gate.
3 Single Central Receiver, Gravity Gate Discharge, Fill by Time:
A call for material is established when the gravity gate swings
closed. The LSR controls the ll valve, vacuum breaker valve, and
vacuum pump motor starter; the receiver lls by time. An alarm is
generated if material reaches an optional high level sensor. After
lling the receiver dumps immediately via gravity discharge gate.
4 Single Central Receiver, Gravity Gate Discharge, Fill to Level:
A call for material is established when the gravity gate swings
closed. The LSR controls the ll valve, vacuum breaker valve,
and vacuum pump motor starter; the loader lls to the high level
sensor. An alarm is generated if material does not reach the high
level sensor within the maximum ll time. After lling the receiver
dumps immediately via gravity discharge gate.
5 Self Contained Loader, Powered Gate Discharge, Fill by Time:
A call for material is established when the power gate closes. The
LSR powers the self-contained vacuum motor and the loader lls
by time. An alarm is generated if material reaches an optional
high level sensor. After lling, the loader holds material until a rell
request is received from equipment below (e.g. KCM).
6 Self Contained Loader, Powered Gate Discharge, Fill to Level:
LSR powers the self-contained vacuum motor and the loader lls
to the high level sensor. An alarm is generated if material does not
reach the high level sensor within the maximum ll time. After ll-
ing, the loader holds material until a rell request is received from
equipment below (e.g. KCM).
7 Single Central Receiver, Powered Gate Discharge, Fill by Time:
LSR controls the ll valve, vacuum breaker valve, and vacuum
pump motor starter; the receiver lls by time. An alarm is gener-
ated if material reaches an optional high level sensor. After lling,
the receiver holds material until a rell request is received from
equipment below (e.g. KCM).
8 Single Central Receiver, Powered Gate Discharge, Fill to Level:
LSR controls the ll valve, vacuum breaker valve, and vacuum pump
motor starter and the receiver lls to the high level sensor. An alarm
is generated if material does not reach the high level sensor within
the maximum ll time. After lling, the receiver holds material until
a rell request is received from equipment below (e.g. KCM).
9 UnLoader (Self Contained or Single Central): Switches the self-
contained vacuum motor or vacuum pump motor starter on and off
for predetermined times between 3 and 360 seconds.
Standard LSR
ATEX LSR
LSR
Controller
Rev.
2010-12
KCM
CAUTION - Disconnect power before opening. 115/230 VAC 50/60 HZ, 2000 Watts (Max)
LSR Controller
POWER
FILL TIME
DUMP STATUS
LOAD STATUS
CAUTION - DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE OPENING. 115/230 VAC , 50/60 HZ, 1000 WATTS (MAX)
LSR Controller
POWER
FILL TIME
DUMP STATUS
LOAD STATUS
CAUTION - DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE OPENING. 115/230 VAC , 50/60 HZ, 1000 WATTS (MAX)
LSR Controller
POWER
FILL TIME
DUMP
STATUS
LOAD
STATUS
CAUTION - DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE OPENING.
115/230 VAC , 50/60 HZ, 1000 WATTS (MAX)
200 [7.87] 77 [3.03]
1
5
0

[
5
.
9
]
OFF ON
0
1 0 0
50
0 00
Loader Single Receiver
II 3D Ex IP66 T65C
K-Tron 0990034905 A T =-10...+50C Amb o
o
K-Tron (Schweiz) AG
Lenzhardweg 43/45
CH-5702 Niederlenz
Art.No: 5741-13 Year: 2010
Panel SS (LSR)
298.1 [11.736]
260 [10.236]
2
6
0

[
1
0
.
2
3
6
]
1
5
6
.
8

[
6
.
1
7
4
]
LSR Controller
S-501807-en
Page 2 of 2
Dimensions mm[in]
Application Examples Technical Data
Environmental Requirements
Area Classication: General Purpose
Operating Ambient Temperature: -10C to 50C [14 to 122F]
Storage Ambient Temperature: -25C to 70C [-13 to 158F]
Operating Altitude: < 2000m [6560 ft]
Maximum Humidity: 95% at 25C [77F] without condensation
(DIN 400040 Class F)
CE compliant
Electrical Power Specications
Supply Voltage: 85 - 265 VAC (100 240 VAC, +10%, -15%)
Supply Frequency: 47 - 63 Hz
Supply Phasing: Single Phase
Maximum Power Consumption: 1200W
(Including AC driven motors and valves)
EMC Requirements
Designed to comply with:
Generic Electrical Emissions: Industrial EN50081-2
Generic Electrical Immunity: Industrial EN50082-2
Electrical Safety Requirements
Designed to comply with:
Electrical Equipment Safety: EN61010-1/UL/CSA
Hazardous Location Options
NEC Class II, Div. 2, Group F & G
ATEX II 3D EX tD A22 IP66 T60C
Alarms
Process
No material detected
Overll
Receiver proximity sensor high after discharge
Close proof failure (powered gate feedback)
Hardware
Solenoid driver fault
Timer 1 & 2 read failure
The LSR controlling a
single central receiver
with gravity gate.
The LSR controlling a single
central receiver with powered
gate for LIW feeder rell.
Standard LSR ATEX LSR
18
www.ktron.com
Control panels must be designed to meet the specic
needs of the customer and the systems they will be
controlling. The following instructions will allow you
to arrive at a price for panels with a limited number of
inputs and outputs. Systems requiring more inputs
and outputs than these instructions allow, systems
that require a specic brand of PLC, and all controls
involving scaling systems, must be priced and quoted
by Premier.
Pricing for each panel is based on the required number
of inputs and outputs. Specically, small panels (referred
to as Group A panels) can have up to 16 inputs and up
to 10 outputs. Larger panels (referred to as Group B
panels) can have up to 24 inputs and up to 18 outputs.
CONTROL PANEL
Each Group A and Group B control panel includes:
standard Allen-Bradley programmable logic controller
(120 volt, single phase, 60 cycle)
IP65 [NEMA 4] or IP55 [NEMA 12] enclosure
a color touchscreen display for system status
A modem is included to aid in start-up and trouble-
shooting from Premiers ofce. Panel components
are rated for 0 to 55C (32F to 131F) operating
temperatures.
INPUTS/OUTPUTS
Use the following steps to arrive at the number of inputs
and outputs for your system (gure the number of inputs
and outputs separately):
1. Locate the input/output listing on the Control Sizing
Worksheet, page 18-105. The number of inputs and
outputs that each component requires is listed.
Controls
CONTROL PANEL SELECTION
Page 18-101
CONTROL PANEL SELECTION
2. Reference your system fow drawing and identify
the working components that require inputs and
outputs. Write the quantity of each component in
the Quantity Required columns (both inputs and
outputs). Multiply the quantity by the number of
inputs, placing the product in the input total column.
Repeat the multiplication step for the outputs.
3. Total the input column, placing the sum on the
appropriate line.
4. Total the output column, placing the sum on the
appropriate line.
5. If the total number of inputs is less than or equal to
16, and the total number of outputs is less than or
equal to 10, use the price for the Group A Panel.
6. If the total number of inputs is less than or equal to
24, and the total number of outputs is less than or
equal to 18, use the price for the Group B Panel.
NOTE: If either the total number of inputs is greater than
24 or the total number of outputs is greater than 18, the
panel must be sized and priced by Premiers Electrical
Engineering Department.
MOTOR STARTERS
The input/output listing also shows each component
that has a motor and requires a motor starter. Find the
price for the motor starters, on Page 18-401, which ft
the horsepower for each component and the voltage
available. Write the prices in the spaces provided on
the worksheet. Multiply the price each by the quantity,
and enter the total. Add up these totals to arrive at the
overall total price for the motor starters.
CONTROL TOTAL
Add up the total price for the control panel and the
motor starters. The result is the total cost of the control
panel.
18
www.ktron.com
EXAMPLE 1
System Inputs/Outputs
Motor Starters Required
Controls
CONTROL EXAMPLES
Page 18-102
Quan. Description Part No.
1 37.3 kW [50 HP] Blower (460 Volt) 5711-15
1 0.5 kW [
3
/
4
HP] Aerolock (460 Volt) 5711-2
1 0.5 kW [
3
/
4
Quan. Item Inputs Outputs Motor Starter Req'd?
1 Vacuum Blower (Not Series 2400) 2 2 Yes
1 Filter Receiver 0 1 No
1 Aerolock
TM
With Drive 1 1 Yes
1 Aerolock
TM
With Drive 1 1 Yes
3 Level Controls (High and Low) 3 0 No
1 Vacuum Breaker Auto/Open Selector Switch 1 0
Totals 9 5
STANDARD GROUP A PANEL PRICE SHOULD BE SELECTED
0.5 kW
[
3
/
4
HP]
37.3 kW [50 HP] 0.5 kW [
3
/
4
HP]
NOTE: Since the total number of inputs is less than or
equal to 16, and the total number of outputs is less than
or equal to 10, the Group A panel price should be used.
18
www.ktron.com
EXAMPLE 2
Controls
CONTROL EXAMPLES
Page 18-103
1 44.8 kW [60 HP] Blower (230 Volt) 5711-19
1 0.74 kW [1 HP] Aerolock (230 Volt) 5711-5
1 Alarm Horn 0 1 No
1 Alarm Silence Button 1 0 No
1 Pressure Blower 2 1 Yes
1 Aerolock
TM
With Drive 1 1 Yes
8 Level Controls (High and Low) 8 0 No
2 Diverter Valve, Double-Solenoid (VSD) 4 4 No
1 Destination Selector 3 0 No
1 Purge Button 1 0 No
Totals 21 7
STANDARD GROUP B PANEL PRICE SHOULD BE SELECTED
44.8 kW [60 HP] 0.74 kW [1 HP]
NOTE: Since the total number of inputs is
less than or equal to 24, and the total number
of outputs is less than or equal to 18, the
Group B panel price should be used.
2 POSITION
DIVERTER
VALVE
18
www.ktron.com
EXAMPLE 3
Controls
CONTROL EXAMPLES
Page 18-104
1 22.4 kW [30 HP] Blower (460 Volt) 5711-13
1 0.37 kW [
1
/
2
1 0.37 kW [
1
/
2
HP] Fan (460 Volt) 5711-1
1 0.37 kW [
1
/
2
HP] Bin Discharg. (460 Volt) 5711-1
1 Pressure Blower 2 1 Yes
1 Aerolock
TM
With Drive 1 1 Yes
1 Bin Vent Filter 0 1 No
1 Exhaust Fan 1 1 Yes
6 High Level Controls 6 0 No
6 Low Level Controls 6 0 No
4 Aeropass Fill Valve, Single-Solenoid (VSS) 8 4 No
4 Knife, Vortex, and Butterfy Gates (VSS) 8 4 No
1 Purge Button 1 0 No
1 Bin Discharger 1 1 Yes
Totals 35 13
STANDARD GROUP PANEL PRICE: CALL FACTORY FOR PRICING
NOTE: Contact the factory for pricing if any of the following exist:
it is a scale system
the total number of inputs is
greater than 24
the total number of outputs is
greater than 18
0.37 kW
[
1
/
2
HP]
1.11 kW [1
1
/
2
HP]
0.37 kW
[
1
/
2
HP]
22.4 kW [30 HP]
AEROPASS
FILL
VALVES
18
www.ktron.com
CONTROL ITEM INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING
Control Panel and Motor Starter(s) Total Price: $
NOTE:
Use the price for the Group A Panel if number of inputs is less than or equal to 16, and outputs are less than or equal to 10.
Use the price for the Group B Panel if number of inputs is less than or equal to 24, and outputs are less than or equal to 18.
If the input category exceeds 24, and/or the output category exceeds 18, call the factory for pricing and specifcations.
Complex systems, specifc brands of PLC's, and all scaling systems must be priced and quoted by Premier.
Start and Stop buttons are standard.
Control Panel Price: $
Motor Starter(s) Price: $
Controls
CONTROL SIZING WORKSHEET
Page 18-105
Item
Quan.
Req'd.
No. of
Inputs
Input
Total
No. of
Outputs
Output
Total
Motor
Starter?
Motor Starter Panels
HP Volt. Part No. Price Ea. Total
Pressure Blower 2 1 Yes
Vacuum Blower (Not
Series 2400)
2 2 Yes
Bin Unloader 1 1 Yes
1024 Car Unloader 1 1 Yes
Aerolock
TM
w/ Drive 1 1 Yes
Bin Discharger 1 1 Yes
Exhaust Fan 1 1 Yes
Alarm Horn 0 1 No
Silence Button 1 0 No
Other
Purge Button
(for pressure sys.)
1 0 No
Vacuum Breaker
Auto/Open
Selector Switch*
1 0 No
Diverter Valve-VSS
(Single-Solenoid)
2 1 No
Diverter Valve-VSD
(Double-Solenoid)
2 2 No
Aeropass Fill Valve
Single-Solenoid (VSS)
2 1 No
Knife, Slide, or Butterfy
Gate (VSS)
2 1 No
Knife, Slide, or Butterfy
Gate (VSD)
2 2 No
Level Controls (High
and Low)
1 0 No
Automatic Bin Vent
Filter
0 1 No
Filter Receiver 0 1 No
Gravity "A" Valve
Double-Solenoid (VSD)
2 2 No
Source Selector
Switch for Manual
Valve or Hose
Switch Station**
1 0 No
Source Selector with
Power Actuated
Valves
(1 Input per Source)
1 0 No
Destination Selector
Switch for Manual
Valve or Hose
Switch Station**
1 0 No
Destination Selector
with Power Actuated
Valves (1 Input per
Dest.)
1 0 No
Totals
*Used on Vacuum or Vacuum/Pressure Systems with manual hose switch stations.
**One switch will accommodate up to seven sources or destinations. Only one input is required for each switch.
18
www.ktron.com
Motor Control Center
Drawings Supplied
Testing
The enclosures conform to UL508 Type 12 NEMA
Standard 12. The panel body is 14-gauge and subpanels
are 12-gauge steel. All welds are ground smooth.
Doors are interchangeable and easily removed by
pulling captive hinge pins. Hinges are hidden for clean
aesthetic appearance. Seamless, foam-in-place, one-
piece gasket provides oil-tight and dust-tight seal against
contaminants.
All wiring is in accordance with JIC Standards and
is enclosed in plastic wireways. Wiring is #18MTW
Stranded Conductors (or larger), color-coded as
required, and labeled on both ends with wire markers.
The wiring on the back mounting plate is wrapped in one
or two trunk lines, and hinge-formed to allow opening
and closing of the door.
The exterior push-buttons and selector switches are
heavy duty and oil tight.
All push-buttons, selector switches, and interior devices
are labeled appropriately.
Enclosures
Logic Control Center
All wiring is in accordance with JIC Standards and
conforms to NEMA Class II, Type C construction.
Wiring is of sufcient size to handle rated full-load
motor current.
Starters are of magnetic line voltage type with overload
relays.
The enclosure layout, both interior and exterior,
showing graphic representation.
Schematic wiring diagrams drawn to JIC Standards.
Remote connection diagrams showing number and size
of conductors to be connected remote to the panel.
A one-line power diagram.
All wiring is tested by Premier prior to shipment.
A continuity test, as well as a complete system
simulation test, is performed.
CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS
Control Enclosures, Wiring, & Testing

CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS
Page 18-201
18
www.ktron.com
Truck Unload Alarm Panel
CONTROLS
Page 18-202
TRUCK UNLOAD ALARM PANEL
Part No. 5737-31
The Truck Unload Alarm Panel is designed to notify the truck operator when a
high level is reached during material loading of a storage tank. Upon detection
of a high level, an alarm horn is accompanied by a ashing red light.
The Panel is housed in a NEMA 4 enclosure with a rotary selector switch
for up to seven different destinations, an alarm silence button, and an on/
off switch for the 120 volt AC. The standard truck unload alarm panel also
includes provisions to operate the exhaust fan motor and the bin vent bag
pulse cleaning circuitry for the selected destination.
Part No. ..........................................................................................5737-31

18
www.ktron.com
NEMA RATINGS
Enclosures Non-Explosion Proof
NEMA I
General PurposeIt is intended primarily to prevent
accidental contact with the enclosed apparatus. It is suit
able for general purpose application indoors where it is
not exposed to unusual service conditions. (Will exclude
large rats and other rodents).

NEMA III
Weather Resistant (Weather Proof) It is intended to
provide suitable protection against specified weather
hazards. It is suitable for use outdoors on ship docks,
canal locks, and construction work and for application in
subways and tunnels. It is splash-proof, weather-proof,
sleet-proof, and moisture-resistant. Note: It is not water
or dust tight.

NEMA IV
Water TightIt is designed to meet the test of no leak-
age of water when subjected to a stream from a 1-inch
nozzle delivering at least 65 gallons of water per minute
and directed on the enclosure from a distance of not less
than 10 feet for a period of five minutes from any direc-
tion.

NEMA V
Dust TightIt is provided with gaskets or an equivalent
to exclude dust. The enclosure is suitable for application
in steel mills, cement mills, etc. (This enclosure is little
used since the advent of NEMA XII).

NEMA XII
Industrial UseThis enclosure is designed for use in
those industries where it is desirable to exclude such
materials as dust, lint, fibers and flyings, oil seepage, or
coolant seepage. (This is a common usage enclosure
and is our standard construction).
ELECTRICAL CONTROL TERMINOLOGY*
Enclosures- Explosion Proof
NEMA VII
Air BreakIn this type, the circuit interruption occurs in
air. It is for Class I locations or those in which flammable
gases or vapors are or may be present in the air in quan-
tities sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mix-
tures.

NEMA VIII
Oil ImmersedThe circuit interruption occurs in oil. It is
for Class I locations or those in which flammable gases
or vapors are or may be present in the air in quantities
sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures.

NEMA IX
E,F, or G(Letters following indicate the particular
group of hazardous locations). It is for Class II locations
or those where combustible dust is present.

NEMA X
Bureau of MinesIt meets the explosion proof require-
ments of the U.S. Bureau of Mines. It is suitable for use
in gassy coal mines.

NEMA XI
Oil ImmersedIt is suitable for application where the
equipment is subject to acid or other corrosive fumes.

Controls Terminology
BASIC CONTROLS
Page 18-301
*Terminology is for Control Panels Onl y and is not to be confused with switches, solenoids, and actuators.

18
www.ktron.com
Controls-Terminology
BASIC CONTROLS
Page 18-302
ELECTRICAL CONTROL TERMINOLOGY* (Continued)
ELECTRICAL TERMS
Disconnecting MeansA device whereby the conduc-
tors of a circuit and electrical equipment can be discon-
nected.
Electrical ControllerA device or group of devices that
serves to govern in some predeterminal manner, how
the electrical power is delivered to the apparatus to
which it is connected.
GroundA conducting connection, whether internal or
accidental, between an electrical circuit or equipment
and earth, or to some conducting body that serves in
place of the earth.
Increment StarterA starter that applies starting cur-
rent to a motor in a series of increments of predeter-
mined value at predetermined time intervals for the pur-
pose of minimizing line disturbance, such as part wind-
ing starters or auto transformer type starters.
Interconnection DiagramA special form of the con-
nection diagram that shows only the external connec-
tions between controllers and associated machinery,
equipment and extraneous components. Unlike a con-
duit layout drawing, it does not show physical relation-
ship.

InterlockA device that is actuated by the operation of
some other device with which it is directly
associated to govern succeeding operations of the same
or allied devices. Interlocks may be either electrical or
mechanical.
Interrupting CapacityThe highest current at rated
voltage that the device can interrupt.
Isolating SwitchA device that is intended for isolating
an electrical circuit from the source of power. It has no
interrupting rating and is intended to be operated only
after the circuit has been opened by some other means.
JoggingThe quickly repeated closure and opening of
the circuit to start a motor from the rest, for the purpose
of accomplishing small movements of the driven ma-
chine.
Limit SwitchA switch that is operated by some part or
motion of a power driven machine or equipment.
One Line DiagramA diagram showing electrical sizes,
switch, fuse, or circuit breakers, and magnetic starter.
This does not show physical size of the units or the
placement of the units within the circuit. Conductor and
conduit size are normally shown on this diagram.
Schematic DiagramA diagram showing the actual
electrical connections, of devices within a circuit.
*Terminology is for Control Panels Onl y and is not to be confused with switches, solenoids, and actuators.
IP Protection of Persons Protection of Equipment
0 No Protection No Protection
1 Protected against contact with large areas of the body (back of hand) Protected against objects over 50 mm in diameter
2 Protected against contact with fingers Protected against solid objects over 12 mm in diameter
3 Protected against tools and wires over 2.5 mm in diameter Protected against solid objects over 2.5 mm in diameter
4 Protected against tools and wires over 1 mm in diameter Protected against solid objects over 1 mm in diameter
5 Protected against tools and wires over 1 mm in diameter Protected against dust (limited ingress, no harmful deposit)
6 Protected against tools and wires over 1 mm in diameter Totally protected against dust
IP Protection of Equipment
0 No Protection
1 Protected against vertically falling drops of water, e.g. condensation
2 Protected against direct sprays of water up to 15 degrees from vertical
3 Protected against sprays to 60 degrees from vertical
4 Protected against water sprayed from all directions (limited ingress permitted)
5 Protected against low-pressure jets of water from all directions (limited ingress permitted)
6 Protected against strong jets of water
7 Protected against the effects of immersion between 15 cm and 1 m
8 Protected against long periods of immersion under pressure
IEC RATINGS
First Numeral (Solid objects and dust)
Second Numeral (Liquid)

20
www.ktron.com
Pressure Systems
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 20-101
PRESSURE SYSTEMS
Use worksheet no. D-1 with the following instructions.

Customer Information
Fill in the blanks with information about the customer and job
location. If any of the information is not pertinent to the quota-
tion being prepared, write Not Applicable in the space that is
provided.

Material Test Results
Premiers testing procedures are explained in Section 0. The
results from these tests will be used throughout the instructions
for accurate sizing of all of the components in the system.

Design of the system can be based on a test of the specific
material to be handled or past results from tests that Premier
has conducted. Past test results for a number of materials can
be found in Section 0. In addition, your Customer Service Co-
ordinator can search the computer database of all test results
for materials which may not be listed.

Fill in the material test portion of worksheet no. D-1 with results
for the material to be handled.

Flow Drawing
Draw a flow schematic of the system to be designed. The Pre-
mier template can be used as an aid in drawing the proper
symbols for each piece of equipment. Keep in mind that the
purpose of a flow drawing is to show how each piece of equip-
ment is interconnected. It does not necessarily show the
proper number of elbows or the amount of vertical and horizon-
tal run in a conveying line.
The flow drawing should show the air source, all sources of
material going into the conveying system, all destinations for
the material going out of the conveying system, material air
separation equipment at each destination, and conveying line
and valves to make the interconnections.

Plan View Drawing
Make a drawing of the equipment in position looking down on it
from overhead. Add dimensions to it showing distances be-
tween each of the pieces of equipment and make notes as to
where any vertical sections of conveying line are and their
lengths.

The plan view is just as important as the flow drawing because
looking at the two of them together, an observer can get an
exact picture of the system layout.
Use Worksheet No. D-3 with the following instructions.

Measuring the Route of the Conveying Line
It is necessary to do two different types of calculations for siz-
ing each conveying system because some sections of the con-
veying line have material in the air stream and some do not.
Material Line-The material line includes all of the conveying
line from the first source to the last destination. If there are dif-
ferent routes in the system, the material line calculation should
be based on the longest leg of the system.
Air Only Line-This includes all conveying line handling air only.
Air only line can be in the system before the first source and
after the last destination, as shown in the typical system pic-
tured below. In the second example, notice that the conveying
line after the second destination going back to the source tank
is considered air only, even though a small amount of material
may stay intrained in the air stream.
TYPICAL PRESSURE SYSTEM
________ Material Line
TYPICAL CLOSED-LOOP PRESSURE
- - - - - Air Only Line

20
www.ktron.com
Distance Factor
Add the total horizontal run, the total vertical rise, the total ver-
tical drop, and the hose distance as computed in the material
line calculations at the top of worksheet no. D-3.

Horizontal Run +Vertical Rise +Vertical Drop +Hose Distance
=Total Equivalent Feet

Write the total equivalent feet in the space next to the Fd clas-
sification on worksheet no. D-3.

In the table below, find the distance multiplier based on the Fd
classification for the material and write it in the space provided
on the worksheet. Multiply the total equivalent feet times the
distance multiplier and write the result in the space provided on
the worksheet labeled distance factor.
Fd Classification 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Distance Multiplier .8 .9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7
Elbow Factor
Divide the total length of hose in the material line, as computed
at the top of worksheet no. D-3, by 5. Add this figure to the
total number of 90 deg. turns in the material line as computed
at the top of worksheet no. D-3. Multiply that total times 90 and
write the result in the space on worksheet no. D-3 labeled
total equivalent degrees.
In the table below, find the elbow multiplier based on the Fe
on the worksheet. Multiply the total equivalent degrees times
the elbow multiplier and write the result in the space provided
on the worksheet labeled elbow factor.
Vertical Factor
Find the total vertical rise in the material line, as computed at
the top of worksheet no. D-3, and write it in the space next to
the Fv classification.

In the table below, find the vertical multiplier based on the Fv
on the worksheet. Multiply the total vertical rise times the verti-
cal multiplier and write the result in the space provided on the
worksheet labeled vertical factor.

Material Line No. of 90 Deg. Turns
Hose Distance + in Material Line
5
Fv Classification 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Vertical Multiplier .30 .54 .76 1.01 1.16 1.48 1.72 1.96 2.15 2.43

Total
X 90 Deg. =Equivalent
Degrees
Using the flow drawing and plan view drawing just completed,
add up all of the horizontal and vertical distances from the first
material source to the last material destination. The length of
each section can be entered into the appropriate column at the
top of worksheet no. D-3 and then the totals added up. Any
sections of the material line which will be hose rather than rigid
line should be entered twice; once in the horizontal or vertical
column, depending on what direction the hose will be running,
and once in the hose distance column.

A column is also provided to tally the number of 90 deg. turns
in the material line path. Both rigid elbows and hose turns
should be included in this total.

Add up the distances for the air only line in the same manner
as was done for the material line, using the columns at the top
of worksheet no. D-3. Notice that for the air only line no distinc-
tion is made between horizontal and vertical runs.

Conveying Rate
The quoted conveying rate is used in the design of the system
should be the instantaneous rate which will satisfy the delivery
rate requirement at the destination expressed in lbs./hr. If a
certain number of pounds of material has to be delivered to the
destination in a period of time which is not an even hourly in-
crement, use the following formula to arrive at the conveying
rate. Write the quoted conveying rate in the space on the work-
sheet.

Lbs. of material Minutes to convey x 60 =Conveying Rate

In systems using Aeropass valves to separate the material
from the air stream at the destination, a small amount of the
material may blow by the Aeropass valve, referred to as
carryover. The design conveying rate must be increased over
the conveying rate, which is quoted to the customer to com-
pensate for the material that does blow by the destination.

If the system uses Aeropass valves at the destination(s), select
the proper carryover factor from the following table and write it
in the space provided on the worksheet.
Particle Size Carryover Factor
Pelletized, large particle materials 1.0
Granular, medium sized particle materials 1.07
Powder, fine particle materials 1.15
Multiply the quoted conveying rate times the carryover factor
and write the result in the space provided on worksheet no. D-3.

System Sizing Classifications
Transfer the five system classifications from the material test
result to the spaces provided on worksheet no. D-3.

Acceleration Factor
In the table below, find the acceleration factor for the Fa classi-
fication of the material to be handled. Write the acceleration
factor in the space provided on worksheet no. D-3.
Fa Classification 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Acceleration Factor 37 42 46 51 56 61 66 70 75 80
Pressure Systems
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 20-102
Fe Classification 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Elbow Multiplier .111 .166 .222 .277 .338 .400 .455 .511 .572 .633
ELBOW MULTIPLIER
DISTANCE MULTIPLIER
ACCELERATION FACTOR
VERTICAL FACTOR

20
www.ktron.com
Pressure Systems
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 20-103
Factor Total
On worksheet no. D-3, add the acceleration factor, distance factor,
elbow factor, and vertical factor together to arrive at the factor total.
Write the factor total in the space provided on the worksheet.

Altitude Limitations
On worksheet no. D-1, find the altitude above sea level of the in-
stallation location. Based on the altitude, find the line pressure limi-
tation in the table below and write it in the space provided on work-
sheet no. D-3.

Temperature Limitation
In most systems, the material spends only a few seconds in the
conveying line. However, some materials cannot withstand even a
brief exposure to a higher than ambient temperature condition. If
the material to be conveyed is heat sensitive, find out from the cus-
tomer the highest air temperature that the material can withstand a
brief exposure to, and write it in the space labeled material sensi-
tivity temperature on worksheet no. D-3. Find the highest ambient
temperature at the installation location on worksheet no. D-1 and
write it in the space provided on worksheet no. D-3. Subtract the
highest ambient temperature from the material sensitivity tempera-
ture and divide by 13.5. Write the result in the space labeled PSI
under temperature limitation on worksheet no. D-3.
Reading the Pressure Graphs
The graphs that follow are for 2" through 6" conveying lines.
The conveying capabilities are listed in the vertical scale of
each graph. Find the graph for the smallest line size that has
the design conveying rate for the system within the range of its
vertical scale. From the point at which the design conveying
rate appears on the vertical scale, move horizontally to the right
until intersecting the inclined line labeled with the factor total for
the system as computed on worksheet no. D-3. If the factor
total lies between two of the plotted diagonal lines, approximate
the position. If the line representing the design conveying rate
and the factor total do not intersect, turn to the graph fro the
next largest line size and try again.

From the point of intersection, move vertically down the graph
and read the pressure off the horizontal scale. This pressure
must not exceed either the altitude limitation or the temperature
limitation as computed on worksheet no. D-3. If either of the
two are exceeded, turn to the next largest line size. Repeat this
procedure until a pressure is read from the graph which is less
than or equal to either the altitude limitation or the temperature
limitation, whichever is smaller. Write the pressure in the space
on worksheet no. D-3 labeled pressure read from graph. Cir-
cle the nominal line size on worksheet no. D-3 for the graph
from which the pressure was read.
Altitude Line Pressure
Limitations
1 2,500 ft. 11.0 PSI
2,501 3,000 ft. 10.0 PSI
3,001 4,000 ft. 9.5 PSI
4,001 5,000 ft. 9.0 PSI
5,001 6,000 ft. 8.5 PSI
6,001 and greater Consult the factory

20
www.ktron.com
Pressure Systems
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 20-104

20
www.ktron.com
Pressure Systems
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 20-105

20
www.ktron.com
Pressure Systems
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 20-106
Conveying Line Selection
To select between outside diameter tubing, Schedule
10 pipe or Schedule 40 pipe, consider the following
points:
O.D. tubing is less expensive than either Sch. 10
or Sch. 40 pipe.
Sch. 40 pipe has the thickest wall of the three,
hence better resistance against abrasive prod-
ucts.
In a given material of construction (i.e. stainless
steel) straight sections and elbows may not be
available in all sizes.
Customer preference.
When the conveying line type has been selected,
circle it on worksheet no. D-3.

Conveying Line Pressure
In the table at the top of the next column, line pres-
sure multipliers are listed for the three conveying line
types in all five sizes. Select the multiplier for the size
and type of conveying line and write it in the space
provided on worksheet no. D-3.
Nominal
Line Size
O.D.
Tube
Sch. 10
Pipe
2" 1.00 0.75 0.82
3" 1.00 0.78 0.88
4" 1.00 0.83 0.92
5" 1.00 0.84 0.93
6" 1.00 0.85 0.94
Sch. 40
Pipe
LINE PRESSURE MULTIPLIER
Multiply the pressure read from the graph times the line pressure multi-
plier to get the conveying line pressure. Write the conveying line pres-
sure in the space provided on worksheet no. D-3.

Standard Air Volume
In the table below, select the standard air volume based on the Fd
Classification for the material being handled and the line size that was
selected. Write the standard air volume in the space provided on work-
sheet no. D-3.
Fd Classification
Line Size Fd 1 Fd 2 Fd 3 Fd 4 Fd 5 Fd 6 Fd 7 Fd 8 Fd 9
2-inch O.D., 16-gauge 61 69 76 84 92 99 107 114 122 130
2-inch Pipe, Schedule 40 75 84 93 103 112 121 131 140 149 158
3-inch O.D., 16-gauge 144 162 180 198 216 234 252 270 288 305
4-inch O.D., 16-gauge 261 294 327 359 392 425 457 490 523 555
5-inch O.D., 16-gauge 414 466 517 569 621 673 725 776 828 880
6-inch O.D., 16-gauge 601 677 752 827 902 977 1052 1128 1203 1278
Fd 10
STANDARD AIR VOLUME

20
www.ktron.com
Pressure Systems
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 20-107
Conveying
Line
Pressure
(PSIG)

Multiplier

Conveying
Line
Pressure
(PSIG)

Multiplier
Conveying
Line
Pressure
(PSIG)

Multiplier
Conveying
Line
Pressure
(PSIG)

Multiplier
Conveying
Line
Pressure
(PSIG)
2.0 1.07 4.0 1.13 6.0 1.19 8.0 1.24 10.0 1.30
2.1 1.07 4.1 1.13 6.1 1.19 8.1 1.25 10.1 1.30
2.2 1.07 4.2 1.13 6.2 1.19 8.2 1.25 10.2 1.30
2.3 1.08 4.3 1.14 6.3 1.20 8.3 1.25 10.3 1.30
2.4 1.08 4.4 1.14 6.4 1.20 8.4 1.25 10.4 1.31
2.5 1.08 4.5 1.14 6.5 1.20 8.5 1.26 10.5 1.31
2.6 1.08 4.6 1.15 6.6 1.20 8.6 1.26 10.6 1.31
2.7 1.09 4.7 1.15 6.7 1.21 8.7 1.26 10.7 1.31
2.8 1.09 4.8 1.15 6.8 1.21 8.8 1.26 10.8 1.32
2.9 1.09 4.9 1.15 6.9 1.21 8.9 1.27 10.9 1.32
3.0 1.10 5.0 1.16 7.0 1.21 9.0 1.27 11.0 1.32
3.1 1.10 5.1 1.16 7.1 1.22 9.1 1.27 11.1 1.32
3.2 1.10 5.2 1.16 7.2 1.22 9.2 1.28 11.2 1.33
3.3 1.11 5.3 1.17 7.3 1.22 9.3 1.28 11.3 1.33
3.4 1.11 5.4 1.17 7.4 1.23 9.4 1.28 11.4 1.33
3.5 1.11 5.5 1.17 7.5 1.23 9.5 1.28 11.5 1.34
3.6 1.12 5.6 1.18 7.6 1.23 9.6 1.29 11.6 1.34
3.7 1.12 5.7 1.18 7.7 1.23 9.7 1.29 11.7 1.34
3.8 1.12 5.8 1.18 7.8 1.24 9.8 1.29 11.8 1.34
3.9 1.12 5.9 1.18 7.9 1.24 9.9 1.29 11.9 1.35
12.0 1.35

Multiplier
STANDARD AIR MULTIPLIER
Standard Air Multiplier
In the table below, find the standard air multiplier based on the
conveying line pressure as computed on worksheet no.
D-3. Write it in the space provided on the worksheet.

20
www.ktron.com
Air Onl y Line on the Outlet Side of the Blower
In the table below, find the equivalent length per 90 deg. elbow, based
on the nominal conveying line size and write it in the space at the top
of worksheet no. D-3.
Nominal Conveying
Line Size
2" 5'
3" 8'
4" 10'
5" 12'
6" 15'
Equi valent Length
Per 90 Deg. Elbow
Multiply the equivalent length per 90 deg. elbow times the number of
90 deg. elbows in the air only line on the outlet side of the blower and
write the result in the space on worksheet no. D-3 labeled equivalent
elbow distance.

At the top of worksheet no. D-3, find the total horizontal and vertical air
only line on the outlet side of the blower and add that figure to the
equivalent elbow distance as just computed. Write the result in the
space on worksheet no. D-3 labeled total air only distance.

Equivalent elbow distance +Horizontal & vertical air only line
=Total Air Only Distance

In the table below, find the pressure drop per foot based on the nomi-
nal conveying line size and the Fd classification for the material. Write
the pressure drop per foot in the space on worksheet no. D-3.

Nominal
Conveying
Fd Classification
1 2 3 4 5
2 .003 .004 .005 .006 .008
3 .002 .003 .004 .004 .005
4 .002 .002 .003 .003 .004
5 .001 .002 .002 .002 .003
6 .001 .001 .002 .002 .002

Nominal
Conveying
Line Size
6 7 8 9 10
2 .009 .010 .012 .013 .015
3 .006 .007 .008 .009 .010
4 .004 .005 .005 .006 .007
5 .003 .004 .004 .005 .005
6 .003 .003 .004 .004 .005

Fd Classification
Pressure Drop Per Foot for Air Onl y Conveying Line
Multiply the total air only distance times the pressure drop per foot and
enter the result in the space on the right hand side of the worksheet.

Pressure Drop For Components and Accessories
The resistance for the pressure blower has been built into the calcula-
tions on worksheet no. D-3.

If the system design includes an outlet silencer for the blower, put an
X in the box in front of outlet silencer and write the resistance in the
space on the right hand side of the worksheet.

If the blower will be equipped with an inlet filter silencer, put an X in
the box and write the resistance in the space on the right hand side of
the worksheet.

Pressure Systems
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 20-108
Nominal Conveying
Line Size
2" 5'
3" 8'
4" 10'
5" 12'
6" 15'
Equi valent Length
Per 90 Deg. Elbow
Multiply the equivalent length per 90 deg. elbow times the number of
90 deg. elbows in the air only line on the inlet side of the blower and
write the result in the space on worksheet no. D-3 labeled equivalent
elbow distance.

At the top of worksheet no. D-3, find the total horizontal and vertical air
only line on the inlet side of the blower and add that figure to the
equivalent elbow distance as just computed. Write the result in the
space on worksheet no. D-3 labeled total air only distance.


In the table below, find the pressure drop per foot based on the nomi-
nal conveying line size and the Fd classification for the material. Write
the pressure drop per foot in the space on worksheet no. D-3.

Nominal
Conveying
Fd Classification
1 2 3 4 5
2 .003 .004 .005 .006 .008
3 .002 .003 .004 .004 .005
4 .002 .002 .003 .003 .004
5 .001 .002 .002 .002 .003
6 .001 .001 .002 .002 .002
Fd Classification
6 7 8 9 10
2 .009 .010 .012 .013 .015
3 .006 .007 .008 .009 .010
4 .004 .005 .005 .006 .007
5 .003 .004 .004 .005 .005
6 .003 .003 .004 .004 .005

Nominal
Conveying
Pressure Drop Per Foot for Air Onl y Conveying Line
Conveying Air Volume
Multiply the standard air volume times the standard air multiplier and
enter the result in the space labeled conveying air volume on the
worksheet.

Air Onl y Line on the Inlet Side of the Blower
If there is no air only conveying line on the inlet side of the blower, as
is the case with most pressure systems, put a zero in the space on the
right hand side of the worksheet in the inlet pressure drop column
and proceed to the next step; Air Only Line on the Outlet Side of the
Blower.

If there is air only conveying line on the inlet side of the blower, con-
tinue as follows: In the table below, find the equivalent length per 90
deg. elbow, based on the nominal conveying line size, and write it in
the space at the top of worksheet no. D-3.

Multiply the total air only distance times the pressure drop per foot and
enter the result in the space on the right hand side of the worksheet.

20
www.ktron.com
Put an X in front of butterfly valves if the system design
calls for their use in the air only line. Butterfly valves can
only be used in the air only line, and not in the material
line. Determine the maximum number of butterfly valves
that the air will pass through in series and write it in the
space provided on the worksheet. Multiply the maximum
number of valves in series times the resistance for each
valve and write the result in the space provided on the
right hand side of the worksheet.

Diverter valves can be used in both the material line
and air only line. If diverter valves are to be used in the
system, put an X in the box in front of diverter valves and
count the maximum number of valves the air and mate-
rial will pass through in series. Write this number in the
space provided on the worksheet and multiply it times
the resistance per diverter valve. Write the result in the

If a cyclone will be used as a material-air separator in
the system design, put an X in the box and write the re-
sistance in the space on the right hand side of the work-
sheet.

If a Filtair bin vent or receiver is used as a material-air
separator, determine whether it will have a fan on it. If it
will not have a fan, put an X in the box that notes this
and write the resistance in the space on the right hand
side of the worksheet. If the Filtair will have a fan, there
is no additional resistance added to the system design
for the Filtair. Put an X in the box if this is the case.

A static bag filter is one that has no automatic filter
cleaning mechanism. This type of filter can only be used
with materials that have a very low fine particle content,
for example, some virgin plastic pellets. If a static bag
filter is used in the system, put an X in the box and write
the resistance in the space on the right hand side of the
worksheet.

In closed loop systems using Aeropass valves, only the
valve that is actuated during the delivery cycle causes
resistance in the system. Therefore, regardless of how
many Aeropass valves are in the system, only the resis-
tance for one needs to be included in the system design.
If the system design includes Aeropass valves, put an X
in the box and write the resistance in the space on the

If the system design calls for a 1024 car unloader, put
an X in the box and write the resistance in the space on
the right hand side of the worksheet.
Most manufacturers of inline pressure sifters specify in
their literature that the pressure drop through the sifter is
something less than 1 PSI. This does not concur with
Premiers experience, and therefore the worksheet lists
a considerably higher resistance. If an inline pressure
sifter is used in the system, put an X in the box and write
worksheet.

Aftercoolers are used to cool the temperature of the
discharge air from the blower when a material is heat
sensitive. The smaller the after cooler is, the higher the
resistance is through the after cooler, and the lower the
cost of the unit. Normally, a good compromise point be-
tween resistance and cost is to have the after cooler
sized so that it causes about 1.0 PSI pressure drop. Put
an X in the box and write the resistance on the right
hand side of the worksheet if an after cooler is used in
the system design.

If any other accessories are used in the system design,
but are not listed, write them in on the spaces provided.

Air Leakage Through Aerolocks
In a pressure system, the Aerolock performs much the
same function that a revolving door does on a building; it
regulates the flow of the material into the conveying line
without allowing all of the conveying air to escape. How-
ever, a certain amount of air does escape through the
clearances between the rotor and the housing, and in
each pocket of the rotor as it turns. Additional air must
be added to the system design to insure that an ade-
quate amount of air is left in the system after the leakage
through the Aerolocks. To determine how much will leak
through the Aerolocks, turn to Section 1 of this catalog
and follow the instructions to size all of the Aerolocks in
the system. If the system includes a 1024 car unloader,
turn to Section 7 to find the amount of air that will leak
through its two integral Aerlocks. When you have fin-
ished, return to these instructions.
Turn to Section 1 for Aerolocks.
Turn to Section 7 for 1024 Car Unloader.
Now that the Aerolocks have been sized, look at the flow
drawing of the system and determine which Aerolock(s)
the material will be entering the system through. Aero-
locks that are used to meter the material out of the desti-
nation, or for any purpose other than introducing material
into the system, will not have an effect on the system air
volume requirements. Write the model and size of each
Aerolock that the material will enter the system through
in the spaces provided on worksheet no. D-3. Write the
air leakage for each of those Aerolocks, as computed in
Pressure Systems
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 20-109

20
www.ktron.com
Pressure Systems
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 20-110
Section 1, in the spaces provided on the right hand side
of the worksheet. The worksheet has room for four Aero-
locks to be used as material entry points. If the system
design calls for more than four, special considerations
may have to be taken in the design; consult the factory.

If a 1024 car unloader is being used, put an X in the box
provided on worksheet no. D-3 and write the air leakage
in the space provided on the right hand side of the work-
sheet, as computed in Section 7.

Column Totals
Add up the totals in each of the three columns on the
right hand side of worksheet no. D-3 and write them in
the spaces provided.

Component Selection and Sizing
Worksheet no. D-3 is now complete, providing the infor-
mation that is necessary to size the material air separa-
tor(s) and the pressure blower. Turn to Section 4, Sepa-
rators, and complete the instructions in that section.
Turn to Section 5, Blowers, and complete the instruc-
tions in that section. When you have finished, return to
these instructions.
Turn to Section 4 for Separators.
Turn to Section 5 for Blowers.
Now that the separator(s) and the blower have been
sized, the pricing/quotation write-up can begin. The rest
of the components and accessories in the system will be
sized as they are priced up.

Pricing and Quotation Write-up
At this point, if it hasnt already been done, assign item
numbers to each component in the system. Do not use
the same item number for like components, for example
two Aerolocks that are the same size and running at the
same speed. Assign a separate item number for each
and every component.

The item number breakdown should be as detailed as
the standard quotation write-up format. For example, if
there is a stack up underneath the discharge of a tank
that includes an Aerolock with drive, vented shear pro-
tector, maintenance slide gate, and a hopper adapter,
do not assign one item number to the entire group, but
rather a separate item number for each piece. Let the
quotation write-up forms be the guide to determining the
details which item numbers are assigned to.

Use the Premier quotation write-up forms with the
following instructions.

Describe and price each piece in the system in the order
that the item numbers have been assigned using the
quotation write-up forms. When all of the components
have been priced, remember to add in the charge for
factory start-up as specified in Section 0.
Quotation Review
Premier encourages you to call your Customer Service
Coordinator to review the design and pricing of each sys-
tem quotation before it is presented to the customer. We
do recognize that the quotation turn-around time on
some small systems utilizing completely standard com-
ponents may not allow for this review. However, we do
require a review of all system quotations that include
buyouts and/or total more than $50,000.00.

Typing and Flow Drawing
The quotation should be typed on the multiple copy Pre-
mier Quotation Form. Send the Engineering copy, File
copy, and Sales Manager copy to Premier along with
copies of your worksheet and quotation write-up/pricing
forms.

If you prefer, Premier will do the typing and prepare an
engineered flow drawing for presentation to the cus-
tomer. Simply send in your worksheets and quotation
write-up and Premier will do the rest.

21
www.ktron.com
Vacuum Systems
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 21-101
VACUUM SYSTEM DESIGN

Fill in the blanks with information about the customer and job
location. If any of the information is not pertinent to the quota-
tion being prepared, write Not Applicable in the space that is
provided.

Premiers testing procedures are explained in Section 0. The
results from these tests will be used throughout the instructions
for accurate sizing of all of the components in the system.

Design of the system can be based on a test of the specific
material to be handled or past results from tests that Premier
has conducted. Past test results for a number of materials can
be found in Section 0. In addition, your Customer Service Co-
ordinator can search the computer file of all test results for
materials which may not be listed.

Fill in the material test portion of worksheet no. D-1 with results
for the material to be handled.

Flow Drawing
Draw a flow schematic of the system to be designed. The Pre-
mier template can be used as an aid in drawing the proper
symbols for each piece of equipment. Keep in mind that the
purpose of a flow drawing is to show how each piece of equip-
ment is interconnected. It does not necessarily show the
proper number of elbows or the amount of vertical and horizon-
tal run in a conveying line.
The flow drawing should show the air source, all sources
of material going into the conveying system, all destina-
tions for the material going out of the conveying system,
material air separation equipment at each destination, and
conveying line and valves to make the interconnections.

Plan View Drawing
Make a drawing of the equipment in position looking down
on it from overhead. Add dimensions to it showing dis-
tances between each of the pieces of equipment and
make notes as to where any vertical sections of conveying
line are located and their length.

The plan view is just as important as the flow drawing be-
cause looking at the two of them together, an observer
can get an exact picture of the system layout.


Measuring the Route of the Conveying Line
It is necessary to do two different types of calculations for
sizing each conveying system because some sections of
the conveying line have material in the air stream and
some do not.
Material Line-The material line includes all of the convey-
ing line from the first source to the last destination. If there
are different routes in the system, the material line calcula-
tions should be based on the longest leg of the system.
Air Only Line This includes all conveying line handling
air only. Air only line can be in the system before the first
source and after the last destination, as shown in the typi-
cal system pictured below.

TYPICAL VACUUM SYSTEM
Aerolock
Pick-Up
Probe
Pick-Up
____ Material Line - - - - - Air Only Line

21
www.ktron.com
Vacuum Systems
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 21-102
Using the flow drawing and plan view drawing just completed, add
up all of the horizontal and vertical distances from the first material
source to the last material destination. The length of each section
can be entered into the appropriate column at the top of worksheet
no. D-4 and then the totals added up. Any sections of the material
line that will be hose rather than rigid line should be entered twice;
once in the horizontal or vertical column, depending on what direc-
tion the hose will be running, and once in the hose distance col-
umn.

A column is also provided to tally the number of 90 deg. turns in
the material line path. Both rigid elbows and hose turns should be
included in this total.

Add up the distances for the air only line in the same manner as
was done for the material line using the columns at the top of work-
sheet no. D-4. Notice that for the air only line, no distinction is made
between horizontal and vertical runs.

Conveying Rate
The quoted conveying rate should be the instantaneous rate which
will satisfy the delivery rate requirement at the destination ex-
pressed in lbs./hr. If a certain number of pounds of material has to
be delivered to the destination in a period of time that is not an
even hourly increment, use the following formula to arrive at the
conveying rate. Write the quoted conveying rate in the space on the
worksheet.

Lbs. of material Minutes to convey x 60 =Conveying Rate

In most vacuum systems, no allowance needs to be made for carry-
over and therefore the design conveying rate is the same as the
quoted conveying rate. Carryover refers to a small amount of mate-
rial that may stay entrained in the air stream and bypass the sepa-
rator at the destination. Because any material that does carryover
will eventually plug up the inline secondary filter, vacuum systems
designed to handle powders or materials with some fine particles
should be designed with a filter receiver at the destination(s), elimi-
nating carryover. There is one exception to this rule; if a cyclone is
being used as a primary separator for the material at the destina-
tion, and then a filter-receiver will be used as a secondary separa-
tor down stream from the cyclone, the system will function properly,
but depending on the particle size of the material being conveyed,
there may be some carryover past the destination.
In systems using a cyclone as the primary separator at the destina-
tion, select the proper carryover factor from the following table and
write it in the space provided on the worksheet.
Particle Size Carryover Factor
Pelletized, large particle materials 1.0
Granular, medium sized particle materials 1.07
Powder, fine particle materials 1.15
Multiply the quoted conveying rate times the carryover factor
and write the result in space provided on worksheet no. D-4.

Transfer the five system sizing classifications from the material
test results to the spaces provided on worksheet no. D-4.

Flow Factor
The flow factor compensates for the increased resistance in a
system where the material is picked-up at the source through a
tank probe or box probe. If the system being designed uses an
Aerolock to meter the material into the conveying line, there is
no increased resistance; put a 0 (zero) in the space labeled
flow factor on worksheet no. D-4 and proceed to the next
step.

If the material will enter the system through a probe, look in the
table below and find the flow factor based on the Ff classifica-
tion of the material to be handled. Write the flow factor in the
space provided on worksheet no. D-4. Do not design probe
pick-up systems for materials with Ff 9 or 10 classifications.
Flow Factor 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 * *
FLOW FACTOR
No probe pick-up applications for material in these
classifications.

Acceleration Factor
Fa Classifica- 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Acceleration 37 42 46 51 56 61 66 70 75 80
ACCELERATION FACTOR
Distance Factor
Add the total horizontal run, the total vertical rise, the total verti-
cal drop, and the hose distance as computed in the material



In the table on the next page, find the distance multiplier based
on the Fd classification for the material and write it in the space
provided on the worksheet. Multiply the total equivalent feet
times the distance multiplier and write the result in the space
provided on the worksheet labeled distance factor.
TYPICAL VACUUM SYSTEM WITH
PRIMARY & SECONDARY SEPARATION

21
www.ktron.com
Vacuum Systems
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 21-103
On worksheet no. D-1, find the altitude above sea level of the
installation location. Based on that altitude, find the line vac-
uum limitation in the table below and write it in the space pro-
vided on worksheet no. D-4.
Altitude Line Vacuum Limitations
1 - 2,500 ft. 5.4 PSI
2,501 - 3,000 ft. 5.1 PSI
3,001 - 5,000 ft. 4.9 PSI
4,001 - 5,000 ft. 4.7 PSI
5,001 - 6,000 ft. 4.5 PSI
6,001 - and greater Consult the factory
Reading the Vacuum Graphs
rate appears on the vertical scale, move horizontally to the right
until intersecting the inclined line labeled with the factor total for
the system as computed on worksheet no. D-4. If the factor
total lies between two of the plotted diagonal lines, approximate
the position. If the lines representing the design conveying rate
and the factor total do not intersect, turn to the graph for the
next largest line size and try again.

and read the vacuum off the horizontal scale. This vacuum
must not exceed the altitude limitation on worksheet no. D-4; if
it does, turn to the next largest line size. Repeat this procedure
until a vacuum is read from the graph that is less than or equal
to the altitude limitation. Write the vacuum in the space on
worksheet no. D-4 labeled vacuum read from graph. Circle
the nominal line size on worksheet no. D-4 for the graph from
which the vacuum was read.
DISTANCE MULTIPLIER
Elbow Factor
write the result in the space on worksheet no. D-4 labeled total
equivalent degrees.
Vertical Factor

VERTICAL FACTOR
Factor Total
On worksheet no. D-4, add the flow factor, acceleration factor,
distance factor, elbow factor and vertical factor together to arrive
at the factor total. Write the factor total in the space provided on
the worksheet.
Fe Classifica- 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Total
X 90 Deg. = Equivalent
Degrees

5
ELBOW MULTIPLIER

21
www.ktron.com
Vacuum Systems
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 21-104

21
www.ktron.com
Vacuum Systems
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 21-105

21
www.ktron.com
Vacuum Systems
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 21-106
To select between outside diameter tubing, Schedule 10 pipe
or Schedule 40 pipe, consider the following points:
O.D. tubing is less expensive than either Sch. 10 or Sch.
40 pipe.
Sch. 40 pipe has the thickest wall of the three, hence
better resistance against abrasive products.
In a given material of construction (i.e. stainless steel)
straight sections and elbows may not be available in all
sizes.
When the conveying line type has been selected, circle it on
worksheet no. D-4.

Conveying Line Vacuum
In the following table, line vacuum multipliers are listed for
the three conveying line types in all five sizes. Select the
multiplier for the size and type of conveying line and write it
in the space provided on worksheet no. D-4.
Multiply the vacuum read from the graph times the line vacuum
multiplier to get the conveying line vacuum in the space pro-

Nominal
Line Size
O.D.
Tube
Sch. 10
Pipe

2" 1.00 0.75 0.82
3" 1.00 0.78 0.88
4" 1.00 0.83 0.92
5" 1.00 0.84 0.93
6" 1.00 0.85 0.94
Sch. 40
Pipe
LINE VACUUM MULTIPLIER

21
www.ktron.com
Vacuum Systems
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 21-107
In the table at the bottom of this page, select the conveying air
volume based on the Fd Classification for the material being
handled and the line size that was selected. Write the convey-
ing air volume in the space provided on worksheet no. D-4.

Air Only Line on the Inlet Side of the Blower
In the table below, find the equivalent length per 90 deg. elbow
based on the nominal conveying line size and write it in the
space at the top of worksheet no. D-4.
Nominal Conveying
Line Size
2" 5'
3" 8'
4" 10'
5" 12'
6" 15'
Equivalent Length
Per 90 Deg. Elbow
Multiply the equivalent length per 90 deg. elbow times the
number of 90 deg. elbows in the air only line on the inlet side of
the blower and write the result in the space on worksheet no.
D-4 labeled equivalent elbow distance.

At the top of worksheet no. D-4, find the total horizontal and
vertical air only line on the inlet side of the blower and add that
figure to the equivalent elbow distance as just computed. Write
the result in the space on worksheet no. D-4 labeled total air
only distance.
In the table below, find the pressure drop per foot based on the
nominal conveying line size and the Fd classification for the
material. Write the pressure drop per foot in the space on
worksheet no. D-4.
Pressure Drop Per Foot for Air Only Conveying Line
Nominal
Conveying
Line Size

Fd Classification
1 2 3 4 5
2 .003 .004 .005 .006 .008
3 .002 .003 .004 .004 .005
4 .002 .002 .003 .003 .004
5 .001 .002 .002 .002 .003
6 .001 .001 .002 .002 .002
Nominal
Conveying
Line Size
6 7 8 9 10
2 .009 .010 .012 .013 .015
3 .005 .007 .008 .009 .010
4 .004 .005 .005 .006 .007
5 .003 .004 .004 .005 .005
6 .003 .003 .004 .004 .005

Fd Classification
Multiply the total air only distance times the pressure drop per
foot and enter the result in the space on the right hand side of
the worksheet.
Fd Classification
Fd 1 Fd 2 Fd 3 Fd 4 Fd 5 Fd 6 Fd 7 Fd 8 Fd 9 Fd 10
2-inch O.D., 16-gauge 61 69 76 84 92 99 107 114 122 130
3-inch O.D., 16-guage 144 162 180 198 216 234 252 270 288 305
4-inch O.D., 16-guage 261 294 327 359 392 425 457 490 523 555
5-inch O.D., 16-guage 414 466 517 569 621 673 725 776 828 880
6-inch O.D., 16-guage 601 677 752 827 902 977 1052 1128 1203 1278

Line Size
CONVEYING AIR VOLUME

21
www.ktron.com
Vacuum Systems
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 21-108
Air Only Line on the Outlet Side of the Blower
If there is no air only conveying line on the outlet side of the
blower, as is the case with most vacuum systems, put a zero in
the space on the right hand side of the worksheet in the outlet
pressure drop column and proceed to the next step; Pressure
Drop for Components and Accessories.

If there is air only conveying line on the outlet side of the
blower, continue as follows: In the table below, find the equiva-
lent length per 90 deg. elbow, based on the nominal conveying
line size and write it in the space at the top of worksheet no.
D-4.
Nominal Conveying
Line Size
2" 5'
3" 8'
4" 10'
5" 12'
6" 15'
Equivalent Length
Per 90 Deg. Elbow
Multiply the equivalent length per 90 deg. elbow times the num-
ber of 90 deg. elbows in the air only line on the outlet side of
the blower and write the result in the space on worksheet no.
D-4 labeled equivalent elbow distance.

vertical air only line on the outlet side of the blower and add
that figure to the equivalent elbow distance as just computed.
Write the result in the space on worksheet no. D-4 labeled
total air only distance.


material. Write the pressure drop per foot in the space on work-
sheet no. D-4.
Nominal
Conveying
Line Size

Fd Classification
1 2 3 4 5
2 .003 .004 .005 .006 .008
3 .002 .003 .004 .004 .005
4 .002 .002 .003 .003 .004
5 .001 .002 .002 .002 .003
6 .001 .001 .002 .002 .002

Fd Classification
6 7 8 9 10
2 .009 .010 .012 .013 .015
3 .006 .007 .008 .009 .010
4 .004 .005 .005 .006 .007
5 .003 .004 .004 .005 .005
6 .003 .003 .004 .004 .005
Nominal
Conveying
Line Size
the worksheet.

If the blower will be equipped with an inlet silencer, put an X
in the box and write the resistance in the space on the right
hand side of the worksheet.

If the system includes an outlet silencer for the blower, put an
X in the box in front of outlet silencer and write the resistance
in the space on the right hand side of the worksheet.

An inline secondary filter is included in all vacuum systems
to protect the blower from any material that might get past the
material air separation equipment at the destination. It is an
inexpensive piece of insurance against destroying the blower if
a bag in the destination filter receiver ruptures of some unan-
ticipated fine materials get past a cyclone separator.

Put an X in front of butterfly val ves if the system design calls
for their use in the air only line. Butterfly valves can only be
used in the air only line, and not in the material line. Determine
the maximum number of butterfly valves that the air will pass
through in series and write it in the space provided on the
worksheet. Multiply the maximum number of valves in series
times the resistance for each valve and write the result in the
space provided on the right hand side of the worksheet.

Premier flapper style di verter val ves are designed to be used
in pressure systems only; do not attempt to use them in a vac-
uum system. Knife gates or plug style diverter val ves are
used to select the route of the conveying line rather than flap-
per style diverter valves in a vacuum system. If knife gates or
plug diverters will be used in the system design, put an X in the
space provided on the worksheet. Note that there is no in-
creased resistance.

If a cyclone will be used as a material-air separator in the sys-
tem design, put an X in the box and write the resistance in the

If a Filtair recei ver is used as either a primary or secondary
material-air separator, put an X in the box and write the resis-
tance in the space on the right hand side of the worksheet.

If any other accessories are used in the system design, but
are not listed, write them in the spaces provided.

In a vacuum system, the Aerolock performs much the same
function that a revolving door does on a building; it allows the
material to drop out at the destination of the conveying system
without allowing outside air to leak in. However, a certain
amount of air does leak through the clearances between the
rotor and the housing, and in each pocket of the rotor as it
turns. Additional air must be added to the system design to
insure that an adequate amount of air is being drawn through
the system after the leakage through the Aerolocks. To deter-
mine how much will leak through the Aerolocks, turn to Section
1 of this catalog and follow the instructions in that section to
size all of the Aerolocks in the system. When you are finished,
return to these instructions.
Turn to Section 1 for Aerolocks

21
www.ktron.com
Vacuum Systems
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 21-109
Now that the Aerolocks have been sized, look at the flow draw-
ing of the system and determine which Aerolock(s) the material
will be exiting the system through. Aerolocks which are used to
meter the material into the system, or for any purpose other
than at the exit point(s), will not have an effect on the system
air volume requirements. If there is more than one material exit
Aerolock, select the one that has the largest air leakage and
write the model and size of that Aerolock in the space provided
on worksheet no. D-4 labeled Primary. Write the air leakage
for that Aerolock, as computed in Section 1, in the space pro-
vided on the right hand side of the worksheet.

If the system utilizes primary and secondary separation, and
both separators will have Aerolocks on them, write the model
and size of the secondary Aerolock in the space provided on
the worksheet. Write the air leakage, as computed in Section
1, in the space provided on the right hand side of the work-
sheet.

Multiple Sources and Destinations
The drawing below depicts a system which has multiple
sources in series, and multiple destinations.
The following rules govern the design of systems which have
multiple material sources in line and/or multiple destinations:
If the system design calls for two material sources in line,
more than 20 ft. apart, each source point must have a
knife gate to seal it off when the material is entering the
system at the other point. The knife gate should be the
same diameter as the Aerolock and it should be posi-
tioned on the bottom side of the Aerolock.
If the system design calls for three or more material
source points in line, no matter what the distance between
then, each point must have a knife gate as described
above.
If the system design calls for more than one material des-
tination point, each destination must have a knife gate on
the material side and a butterfly valve on the air only side
to seal it off when it is not receiving material.

Column Totals
Add up the total in each of the three columns on the right hand
side of worksheet no. D-4 and write then in the spaces pro-
vided.
Worksheet no. D-4 is now complete, providing the information
that is necessary to size the material air separator(s) and the
vacuum blower. Turn to Section 4, Separators, and complete
the instructions in that section. Turn to Section 5, Blowers, and
complete the instructions in that section. When you have fin-
ished, return to these instructions.
Now that the separator(s) and the blower have been sized, the
pricing/quotation write-up can begin. The rest of the compo-
nents and accessories in the system will be sized as they are
priced up.

At this point, if it hasnt already been done, assign item num-
bers to each component in the system. Do not use the same
item number for like components, for example two Aerolocks
that are the same size and running at the same speed: assign
a separate item number for each and every component.

The item number breakdown should be as detailed as the
standard quotation write-up format. For example, if there is a
stack up underneath the discharge of a tank that includes an
Aerolock with drive, vented shear protector, maintenance slide
gate, and a hopper adapter; dont assign one item number to
the entire group, but rather a separate item number for each
piece. Let the quotation write-up forms be the guide to deter-
mining the details which item numbers are assigned to.
Use the Premier quotation write-up forms with the follow-
ing instructions.
Describe and price each piece in the system in the order that
the item numbers have been assigned using the quotation
write-up forms. When all of components have been priced,
remember to add in the charge for factory start-up as specified
in Section 0.

Quotation Review
Premier encourages you to call your Customer Service Coordi-
nator to review the design and pricing of each system quota-
tion before it is presented to the customer. We do recognize
that the quotation turn-around time on some small systems
utilizing completely standard components may not allow for
this review. However, we do require a review of all system
quotations that include buyouts and/or total more than
$50,000.00.

The quotation should be typed on the multiple copy Premier
Quotation Form. Send the Engineering copy, File copy, and
Sales Manager copy to Premier along with copies of your
worksheets and quotation write-up/pricing forms.

If you prefer, Premier will do the typing and prepare an engi-
neered flow drawing for presentation to the customer. Simply
send in your worksheets and quotation write-up and Premier
will do the rest.
TYPICAL VACUUM SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE
SOURCES AND DESTINATIONS

22
www.ktron.com
Vacuum/Pressure Systems
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 22-101
VACUUM/PRESSURE SYSTEMS
Use worksheet no. D-1 with the following instruc-
tions.

Fill in the blanks with information about the customer and
job location. If any of the information is not pertinent to the
quotation being prepared, write Not Applicable in the
space that is provided.

Premiers testing procedures are explained in Section 0.
The results from these tests will be used throughout the
instructions fro accurate sizing of all of the components in
the system.

Design of the system can be based on a test of the spe-
cific material to be handled or past results from tests that
Premier has conducted. Past test results for a number of
materials can be found in Section 0. In addition, your Cus-
tomer Service Coordinator can search the computer file of
all test results for materials which may not be listed.

Fill in the material test portion of worksheet no. D-1 with
results for the material to be handled.

Use Worksheet No. D-2 with the following instruc-
tions.

Flow Drawing
Draw a flow schematic of the system to be designed. The
Premier template can be used as an aid in drawing the
proper symbols for each piece of equipment. Keep in mind
that the purpose of a flow drawing is to show how each
piece of equipment is interconnected. It does not neces-
sarily show the proper number of elbows or the amount of
vertical and horizontal run in conveying line.
The flow drawing should show the air sources for both the
vacuum and the pressure sides, all sources of material going
into the system, the filter or cyclone receiver group, all desti-
nations for the material going out of the system, material air
separation equipment at each destination, and conveying
line and valves to make the interconnections.

Plan View Drawing
On worksheet no. D-2, make a drawing of the equipment in
position looking down on it from overhead. Add dimensions
to it showing distances between each of the pieces of equip-
ment and make notes as to where any vertical sections of
conveying line are located and their length.

The plan view is just as important as the flow drawing be-
cause looking at the two of them together, an observer can
get an exact picture of the system layout.

Separate Calculations for Vacuum and Pressure
The vacuum side of the system will be sized first. The in-
structions will dictate when to switch over to the pressure
side and size it.
Use Worksheet No. D-4 with the following instructions.

Measure the Route of the Conveying Line-Vacuum Side
It is necessary to do two different types of calculations for
sizing each conveying system because some sections of the
conveying line have material in the air stream and some do
not.
Material Line The material line includes all of the convey-
ing line from the first source to the transfer point where the
material goes into the pressure side. If there are different
routes in the system, the material line calculations should be
based on the longest leg of the system.
TYPICAL
VACUUM/PRESSURE SYSTEM
- - - - Pressure Side _____ Vacuum Side

22
www.ktron.com
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 22-102
Air Only LineThis includes all conveying line handling
air only. Air only line is normally confined to the line used
to connect the vacuum blower to the receiver (cyclone of
filter) at the transfer point.

Using the flow drawing and plan view drawing just com-
pleted, add up all of the horizontal and vertical distances
from the first material source to the receiver. The length of
each section can be entered into the appropriate column
at the top of worksheet no. D-4 and then the totals added
up. Any sections of the material line which will be hose
rather than rigid line should be entered twice; once in the
horizontal or vertical column, depending on what direction
the hose will be running, and once in the hose distance
column.

A column is also provided to tally the number of 90 deg.
turns in the material line path. Both rigid elbows and hose
turns should be included in this total.

Add up the distances for the air only line in the same man-
ner as was done for the material line using the columns at
the top of worksheet no. D-4. Notice that for the air only
line, no distinction is made between horizontal and vertical
runs.

Conveying Rate
The quoted conveying rate should be the instantaneous
rate which will satisfy the delivery rate requirement at the
destination expressed in lbs./hr. If a certain number of
pounds of material has to be delivered to the destination in
a period of time which is not an even hourly increment,
use the following formula to arrive at the conveying rate.

Lbs. of material Minutes to convey x 60=Conveying Rate

In most vacuum/pressure systems, no allowance needs to
be made for carryover and therefore the design conveying
rate is the same as the quoted conveying rate. Carryover
refers to a small amount of material which may stay en-
trained in the air stream and bypass the separator at the
transfer point. Because any material that does carryover
will eventually plug up the inline secondary filter, vacuum/
pressure systems designed to handle powders or materi-
als with some fine particles should be designed with a filter
receiver at the transfer point, eliminating carryover.

Write the conveying rate in the space provided on the
worksheet labeled Quoted Conveying Rate. Draw a line
through the space labeled Carry-Over Factor. In the
space labeled Design Conveying Rate write same to
indicate that the design conveying rate is the same as the
quoted conveying rate.

Transfer the five system classifications from the material
test results to the space provide on worksheet no. D-4.

Flow Factor
The flow factor compensates for the increased resistance
in a system where the material is picked-up at the source
through a tank probe, box probe, or pneumatic railcar out-
let. If the system being designed uses an Aerolock to me-
ter the material into the vacuum line, there is no increased
resistance. Put an 0 in the space labeled flow factor on
worksheet no. D-4, if this is the case, and proceed to the
next step.

If the material will enter the system through a probe or pneu-
matic railcar outlet, refer to the chart below and find the flow
factor based on the Ff classification of the material to be
handled. Write the flow factor in the space provided on work-
sheet no. D-4. Do not design probe pick-up systems for ma-
terials with Ff 9 or 10 classifications.
Ff Classification 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Flow Factor 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 * *
FLOW FACTOR
No probe pick-up applications for material in these clas-
sifications.

Acceleration Factor
In the table below, find the acceleration factor for the Fa
classification of the material to be handled. Write the accel-
eration factor in the space provided on worksheet no. D-4.
ACCELERATION FACTOR
Distance Factor
Add up the sum of the total horizontal run, the total vertical
rise, the total vertical drop, and the hose distance as com-
puted in the material line calculations at the top of worksheet
no. D-4.


Write the total equivalent feet in the space next to the Fd
classification on worksheet no. D-4.

In the table below, find the distance multiplier based on the
Fd classification for the material and write it in the space
provided on the worksheet. Multiply the total equivalent feet
times the distance multiplier and write the result in the space
provided on the worksheet labeled distance factor.
DISTANCE MULTIPLIER
Elbow Factor
Divide the total length of hose in the material line, as com-
puted at the top of worksheet no. D-4, by 5. Add this figure to
the total number of 90 deg. turns in the material line, as com-
puted at the top of worksheet no. D-4. Multiply that total
times 90 and write the result in the space on worksheet no.
D-4 labeled total equivalent degrees.

5

X 90 Deg. =Total
Equivalent
Degrees

22
www.ktron.com
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 22-103
In the table below, find the elbow multiplier based on the Fe classifi-
cation for the material and write it in the space provided on the
worksheet. Multiply the total equivalent degrees times the elbow
multiplier and write the result in the space provided on the work-
sheet labeled elbow factor.

ELBOW MULTIPLIER
Vertical Factor
Find the total vertical rise in the material line, as computed at the
top of worksheet no. D-4, and write it in the space next to the Fv
classification.

In the table below, find the vertical multiplier based on the Fv classi-
fication for the material and write it in the space provided on the
worksheet. Multiply the total vertical rise times the vertical multiplier
and write the result in the space provided on the worksheet labeled
vertical factor.
VERTICAL FACTOR
Factor Total
On worksheet no. D-4, add the flow factor, acceleration factor, dis-
tance factor, elbow factor, and vertical factor together to arrive at
the factor total. Write the factor in the space provided on the work-
sheet.

On worksheet no. D-1, find the altitude above sea level of the in-
stallation location. Based on that altitude, find the line vacuum limi-
tation in the following table and write it in the space provided on
worksheet no. D-4.
Altitude Line Vacuum Limitations
0 2,500 ft. 5.4 PSI
2,501 3,000 ft. 5.1 PSI
3,001 4,000 ft. 4.9 PSI
4,001 5,000 ft. 4.7 PSI
5,001 6,000 ft. 4.5 PSI
Reading the Vacuum Graphs
rate appears on the vertical scale, move horizontally to the
right until intersecting the inclined line labeled with the factor
total for the system, as computed on worksheet no. D-4. If the
factor total lies between two of the plotted diagonal lines, ap-
proximate the position. If the lines representing the design
conveying rate and the factor total do not intersect, turn to the
graph for the next largest line size and try again.

and read the vacuum off the horizontal scale. This vacuum
must not exceed the altitude limitation on worksheet no. D-4; if
it does, turn to the next largest line size. Repeat the procedure
until a vacuum is read from the graph that is less than or equal
to the altitude limitation. Write the vacuum in the space on
worksheet no. D-4 labeled vacuum read from graph. Circle
the nominal line size on worksheet no. D-4 for the graph from
which the vacuum was read.

22
www.ktron.com
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 22-104

22
www.ktron.com
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 22-105

22
www.ktron.com
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 22-106
To select between outside diameter tubing, Schedule 10 pipe or
Schedule 40 pipe, consider the following points:
O.D. tubing is less expensive than either Sch.10 or Sch.
40 pipe.
Sch.40 pipe has the thickest wall of the three, hence bet-
ter resistance against abrasive products.
sizes.
worksheet no. D-4.

Conveying Line Vacuum
In the table in the next column, line vacuum multipliers are listed
for the three conveying line types in all five sizes. Select the
multiplier for the size and type of conveying line and write it in
the space provided on worksheet no. D-4.
Multiply the vacuum read from the graph times the line vacuum
multiplier to get the conveying line vacuum. Write the convey-
ing line vacuum in the space provided on worksheet no. D-4.

In the table on the next page, select the conveying air volume
based on the Fd Classification for the material being handled
and the line size that was selected. Write the conveying air
volume in the space provided on worksheet no. D-4.
Nominal
Line Size
O.D.
Tube
Sch. 10
Pipe
2" 1.00 0.75 0.82
3" 1.00 0.78 0.88
4" 1.00 0.83 0.92
5" 1.00 0.84 0.93
6" 1.00 0.85 0.94
Sch. 40
Pipe
LINE VACUUM MULTIPLIER

22
www.ktron.com
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 22-107
CONVEYING AIR VOLUME

Line Size
Fd Classification
2-inch O.D., 16-gauge 61 69 76 84 92 99 107 114 122 130
3-inch O.D., 16-gauge 144 162 180 198 216 234 252 270 288 305
4-inch O.D., 16-gauge 261 294 327 359 392 425 457 490 523 555
5-inch O.D., 16-guage 414 466 517 569 621 673 725 776 828 880
6-inch O.D., 16-guage 601 677 752 827 902 977 1052 1128 1203 1278
6-inch Pipe Schedule 10 706 794 883 971 1059 1148 1236 1324 1412 1501
In the table below, find the equivalent length per 90
deg. elbow based on the nominal conveying line
size and write it in the space at the top of worksheet
no. D-4.
Nominal Conveying
Line Size
2" 5'
3" 8'
4" 10'
5" 12'
6" 15'
Equivalent Length
Per 90 Deg. Elbow
Multiply the equivalent length per 90 deg. elbow times
the number of 90 deg. elbows in the air only line on the
inlet side of the blower and write the result in the space
on worksheet no. D-4 labeled Equivalent Elbow Dis-
tance.

At the top of worksheet no. D-4, find the total horizontal
and vertical air only line on the inlet side of the blower
and add that figure to the equivalent elbow distance as
just computed. Write the result in the space on work-
sheet no. D-4 labeled Total Air Only Distance.

Equivalent Elbow Distance +Horizontal & Vertical Air
Only Line =Total Air Only Distance

22
www.ktron.com
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 22-108
nominal conveying line size and the Fd classification for the ma-
terial. Write the pressure drop per foot in the space on work-
sheet no. D-4.
Nominal
Conveying
Line Size
Fd Classification
1 2 3 4 5
2 .003 .004 .005 .006 .008
3 .002 .003 .004 .004 .005
4 .002 .002 .003 .003 .004
5 .001 .002 .002 .002 .003
6 .001 .001 .002 .002 .002
Nominal
Conveying
Line Size
Fd Classification
6 7 8 9 10
2 .009 .010 .012 .013 .015
3 .005 .007 .008 .009 .010
4 .004 .005 .005 .006 .007
5 .003 .004 .004 .005 .005
6 .003 .003 .004 .004 .005
Multiply the total air only distance times the pressure drop per foot
and enter the result in the space on the right hand side of the
worksheet.
If there is no air only conveying line on the outlet side of the
blower, as is the case with the vacuum side of the most vacuum/
pressure systems, put a zero in the space on the right hand side
of the worksheet in the outlet pressure drop column and proceed
to the next step; Pressure Drop for Components and Accessories.

If there is air only conveying line on the outlet side of the blower,
continue as follows: In the table below, find the equivalent length
per 90 deg. elbow, based on the nominal conveying line size, and
write it in the space at the top of worksheet no. D-4.
Nominal Conveying
2" 5'
3" 8'
4" 10'
5" 12'
6" 15'
Equivalent Length
Multiply the equivalent length per 90 deg. elbow times the number
of 90 deg. elbows in the air only line on the outlet side of the
blower and write the result in the space on worksheet no. D-4 la-
beled Equivalent Elbow Distance.
At the top of worksheet no. D-4, find the total horizontal and verti-
cal air only line on the outlet side of the blower and add that figure
to the equivalent elbow distance as just computed. Write the result
in the space on worksheet no.D-4 labeled Total Air Only Dis-
tance.

Equivalent Elbow Distance +Horizontal & Vertical Air Only Line
nominal conveying line size and the Fd classification for the mate-
rial. Write the pressure drop per foot in the space on worksheet no.
D-4.
Nominal
Conveying
Line Size
Fd Classification
1 2 3 4 5
2 .003 .004 .005 .006 .008
3 .002 .003 .004 .004 .005
4 .002 .002 .003 .003 .004
5 .001 .002 .002 .002 .003
6 .001 .001 .002 .002 .002
Nominal
Conveying
Line Size
Fd Classification
6 7 8 9 10
2 .009 .010 .012 .013 .015
3 .005 .007 .008 .009 .010
4 .004 .005 .005 .006 .007
5 .003 .004 .004 .005 .005
6 .003 .003 .004 .004 .005
Multiply the total air only distance times the pressure drop per foot
and enter the result in the space on the right hand side of work-
sheet no. D-4.

If the blower will be equipped with an inlet silencer, put an X in the
box and write the resistance in the space on the right hand side of
the worksheet.

If the system design includes an outlet silencer, put an X in the
box in front of outlet silencer and write the resistance in the space
on the right hand side of the worksheet.

An inline secondary filter is included in the vacuum side of all
vacuum/pressure systems to protect the blower from any material
that might get past the receiver at the transfer point. It is an inex-
pensive piece of insurance against destroying the blower if a bag in
the filter receiver ruptures of some unanticipated fine materials get
past a cyclone separator.

Put an X in front of butterfly val ves if the system design calls for
their use in the air only line. Butterfly valves can only be used in the
air only line, and not in the material line. Determine the maximum
number of butterfly valves that the air will pass through in series
and write it in the space provided on the worksheet. Multiply the
maximum number of valves in series times the resistance for each
valve and write the result in the space provided on the right hand
side of the worksheet.

Premier flapper style di verter val ves are designed to be used in
pressure systems only; do not attempt to use them in the vacuum
side of a vacuum/pressure system. Knife gates or plug style di-
verter val ves are used to select the route of the conveying line
rather than flapper style diverter valves. If knife gates or plug divert-
ers will be used in the system design, put an X in the space pro-
vided on the worksheet. Note that there is no increased resistance.

22
www.ktron.com
If a cyclone will be used as the receiver at the transfer point,
put an X in the box and write the resistance in the space on the

If a Filtair recei ver is used as the receiver at the transfer point,
put an X in the box and write the resistance in the space on the

If any other accessories are used on the vacuum side, but
are not listed, write them in the spaces provided.

Leave worksheet no. D-4 unfinished and continue as fol-
lows:
Use worksheet no. D-3 with these instructions.

Measuring the Route of the Conveying Line-Pressure Side
Like the vacuum side, the pressure side is divided into two
types of calculations:
Material Line-The material line includes all of the conveying
line from the receiver at the transfer point to the last destina-
tion. If there are different routes in the system, the material line
calculations should be based on the longest leg of the system.
Air Only Line-This includes all conveying line handling air
only. Air only line can be in the pressure side before the re-
ceiver and after the last destination.

Using the flow drawing and plan view drawing, add up all of the
horizontal and vertical distances from the receiver at the trans-
fer point to the last material destination. The length of each
section can be entered into the appropriate column at the top
of worksheet no. D-3 and then the totals added up. Any sec-
tions of the material line that will be hose rather than rigid line
should be entered twice; once in the horizontal or vertical col-
umn, depending on what direction the hose will be running,
and once in the hose distance column.
A column is also provided to tally the number of 90 deg. turns
in the material line path. Both rigid elbows and hose turns
should be included in this total.

Add up the distances for the air only line in the same manner
as was done for the material line, using the columns at the top
of worksheet no. D-3. Notice that for the air only line, no dis-
tinction is made between horizontal and vertical runs.

Conveying Rate
The conveying rate used in the design of the pressure side of
the system should be the same rate as was used to design the
vacuum side. Write the conveying rate in the space labeled
Quoted Conveying Rate on worksheet no. D-3. Put a line
through the space labeled Carryover Factor, and write same
in the space labeled Design Conveying Rate.

Transfer the five system sizing classifications from the material
test results to the spaces provided on worksheet no. D-3.

Acceleration Factor
factor in the space provided on worksheet no. D-3.
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 22-109
TYPICAL
VACUUM/PRESSURE SYSTEM
ACCELERATION FACTOR
- - - - Pressure Side
_____ Vacuum Side

22
www.ktron.com

5
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 22-110
Distance Factor
Add the total horizontal run, the total vertical rise, the total ver-
tical drop, and the hose distance as computed in the material

Horizontal Run +Vertical Rise +Vertical Drop +Hose Dis-
tance =Total Equivalent Feet


In the table below, find the distance multiplier based on the Fd
on the worksheet. Multiply the total equivalent feet times the
distance multiplier and write the result in the space provided on
the worksheet labeled distance factor.

Elbow Factor
write the result in the space on worksheet no. D-3 labeled
total equivalent degrees.

X 90 Deg. =Total
Equivalent
Degrees
VERTICAL MULTIPLIER
ELBOW MULTIPLIER
Vertical Factor

On worksheet no. D-1, find the altitude above sea level of the
installation location. Based on that altitude, find the line pres-
sure limitation in the table below and write it in the space pro-
Altitude Line Pressure Limitations
0 2,500 ft. 11.0 PSI
2,501 3,000 ft. 10.0 PSI
3,001 4,000 ft. 9.5 PSI
4,001 5,000 ft. 9.0 PSI
5,001 6,000 ft. 8.5 PSI
Temperature Limitation
In most systems, the material spends only a few seconds in
the conveying line. However, some materials cannot withstand
even a brief exposure to a higher than ambient temperature
condition. If the material to be conveyed is heat sensitive, find
out from the customer the highest air temperature that the ma-
terial can withstand a brief exposure to and write it in the space
labeled material sensitivity temperature on worksheet no. D-
3. Find the highest ambient temperature at the installation loca-
tion on worksheet no. D-1 and write it in the space provided on
worksheet no. D-3. Subtract the highest ambient temperature
from the material sensitivity temperature and divide by 13.5.
Write the result in the space labeled PSI under temperature
limitation on worksheet no. D-3.

Reading the Pressure Graphs
The graphs that follows are for 2" through 6" conveying lines.
rate appears on the vertical scale, move horizontally to the
right until intersecting the inclined line labeled with the factor
total for the pressure side of the system as computed on work-
sheet no. D-3. If the factor total lies between two of the repre-
senting the design conveying rate and the factor total do not
intersect, turn to the graph for the next largest line size and try
again.

and read the pressure off the horizontal scale. This pressure
must not exceed either the altitude limitation or the tempera-
ture limitation as computed on worksheet no. D-3. If either of
the two are exceeded, turn to the next largest line size. Repeat
this procedure until a pressure is read from the graph which is
less than or equal to either the altitude limitation or the tem-
perature limitation, whichever is smaller. Write the pressure in
the space on worksheet no. D-3 labeled pressure read from
graph. Circle the nominal line size on worksheet no. D-3 for
the graph from which the pressure was read.
Factor Total
On worksheet no. D-3, add the acceleration factor, distance
factor, elbow factor, and vertical factor together to arrive at the
factor total. Write the factor total in the space provided on the
worksheet.
DISTANCE MULTIPLIER

22
www.ktron.com
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 22-111

22
www.ktron.com
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 22-112

22
www.ktron.com
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 22-113

22
www.ktron.com
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 22-114
To select between outside diameter tubing, Schedule 10 pipe
or Schedule 40 pipe, consider the following points:
O.D. tubing is less expensive than either Sch. 10 or Sch.
40 pipe.
Sch. 40 pipe has the thickest wall of the three, hence
better resistance against abrasive products.
sizes.
worksheet no. D-3.

Conveying Line Pressure
In the table in the next column, line pressure multipliers are
listed for the three conveying line types in all five sizes. Select
the multiplier for the size and type of conveying line and write it
in the space provided on worksheet no. D-3.
Multiply the pressure read from the graph times the line pressure
multiplier to get the conveying line pressure. Write the conveying line
pressure in the space provided on worksheet no. D-3.

Standard Air Volume
In the table below, select the standard air volume based on the Fd
Classification for the material being handled and the line size that
was selected. Write the standard air volume in the space provided
on worksheet no. D-3.

Nominal
Line Size
O.D.
Tube
Sch. 10
Pipe
2" 1.00 0.75 0.82
3" 1.00 0.78 0.88
4" 1.00 0.83 0.92
5" 1.00 0.84 0.93
6" 1.00 0.85 0.94
Sch. 40
Pipe

Line Size
2-inch O.D., 16-guage 61 69 76 84 92 99 107 114 122 130
3-inch O.D., 16-guage 144 162 180 198 216 234 252 270 288 305
4-inch O.D., 16-guage 261 294 327 359 392 425 457 490 523 555
5-inch O.D., 16-guage 414 466 517 569 621 673 725 776 828 880
6-inch O.D., 16-guage 601 677 752 827 902 977 1052 1128 1203 1278
Fd Classification
LINE PRESSURE MULTIPLIER
STANDARD AIR VOLUME

22
www.ktron.com
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 22-115
Standard Air Multiplier
In the table below, find the standard air multiplier based on
the conveying line pressure as computed on worksheet no.
D-3. Write it in the space provided on the worksheet.
Conveying
Line
Pressure
(PSIG)

Multiplier
Conveying
Line
Pressure
(PSIG)

Multiplier
Conveying
Line
Pressure
(PSIG)

Multiplier
Conveying
Line
Pressure
(PSIG)

Multiplier
Conveying
Line
Pressure
(PSIG)
2.0 1.07 4.0 1.13 6.0 1.19 8.0 1.24 10.0 1.30
2.1 1.07 4.1 1.13 6.1 1.19 8.1 1.25 10.1 1.30
2.2 1.07 4.2 1.13 6.2 1.19 8.2 1.25 10.2 1.30
2.3 1.08 4.3 1.14 6.3 1.20 8.3 1.25 10.3 1.30
2.4 1.08 4.4 1.14 6.4 1.20 8.4 1.25 10.4 1.31
2.5 1.08 4.5 1.14 6.5 1.20 8.5 1.26 10.5 1.31
2.6 1.08 4.6 1.15 6.6 1.20 8.6 1.26 10.6 1.31
2.7 1.09 4.7 1.15 6.7 1.21 8.7 1.26 10.7 1.31
2.8 1.09 4.8 1.15 6.8 1.21 8.8 1.26 10.8 1.32
2.9 1.09 4.9 1.15 6.9 1.21 8.9 1.27 10.9 1.32
3.0 1.10 5.0 1.16 7.0 1.21 9.0 1.27 11.0 1.32
3.1 1.10 5.1 1.16 7.1 1.22 9.1 1.27 11.1 1.32
3.2 1.10 5.2 1.16 7.2 1.22 9.2 1.28 11.2 1.33
3.3 1.11 5.3 1.17 7.3 1.22 9.3 1.28 11.3 1.33
3.4 1.11 5.4 1.17 7.4 1.23 9.4 1.28 11.4 1.33
3.5 1.11 5.5 1.17 7.5 1.23 9.5 1.28 11.5 1.34
3.6 1.12 5.6 1.18 7.6 1.23 9.6 1.29 11.6 1.34
3.7 1.12 5.7 1.18 7.7 1.23 9.7 1.29 11.7 1.34
3.8 1.12 5.8 1.18 7.8 1.24 9.8 1.29 11.8 1.34
3.9 1.12 5.9 1.18 7.9 1.24 9.9 1.29 11.9 1.35
12.0 1.35

Multiplier

STANDARD AIR MULTIPLIER

22
www.ktron.com
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 22-116
the worksheet.

In the table below, find the equivalent length per 90 deg. elbow,
based on the nominal conveying line size, and write it in the
space at the top of worksheet no. D-3.
Nominal Conveying
Line Size
Equivalent Length
Per 90 Deg. Elbow
2" 5'
3" 8'
4" 10'
5" 12'
6" 15'
Multiply the equivalent length per 90 deg. elbow times the
number of 90 deg. elbows in the air only line on the outlet side
of the blower and write the result in the space on worksheet
no. D-3 labeled equivalent elbow distance.

vertical air only line on the outlet side of the blower and add
that figure to the equivalent elbow distance as just computed.
Write the result in the space on worksheet no. D-3 labeled
total air only distance.


material. Write the pressure drop per foot in the space on
worksheet no. D-3.
Nominal
Conveying
Fd Classification
1 2 3 4 5
2 .003 .004 .005 .006 .008
3 .002 .003 .004 .004 .005
4 .002 .002 .003 .003 .004
5 .001 .002 .002 .002 .003
6 .001 .001 .002 .002 .002
Nominal
Conveying
6 7 8 9 10
2 .009 .010 .012 .013 .015
3 .005 .007 .008 .009 .010
4 .004 .005 .005 .006 .007
5 .003 .004 .004 .005 .005
6 .003 .003 .004 .004 .005
Fd Classification
the worksheet.

The resistance for the pressure blower has been built into the
calculations on worksheet no D-3.
Multiply the standard air volume times the standard air multi-
plier and enter the result in the space labeled conveying air
volume on the worksheet.

If there is no air only conveying line on the inlet side of the
blower, as is the case most of the time on the pressure side of
the system, put a zero in the space on the right hand side of
the worksheet in the inlet pressure drop column and proceed
to the next step; Air Only Line on the Outlet Side of the
Blower.

If there is air only conveying line on the inlet side of the
blower, continue as follows: In the table below, find the equiva-
lent length per 90 deg. Elbow, based on the nominal convey-
ing line size, and write it in the space at the top of worksheet
no. D-3.
Nominal Conveying
2" 5'
3" 8'
4" 10'
5" 12'
6" 15'
Equivalent Length
Multiply the equivalent length per 90 deg. elbow times the num-
ber of 90 deg. elbows in the air only line on the inlet side of the
blower and write the result in the space on worksheet no. D-3
labeled equivalent elbow distance.

vertical air only line on the inlet side of the blower and add that
figure to the equivalent elbow distance as just computed. Write
the result in the space on worksheet no. D-3 labeled total air
only distance.

Equivalent elbow distance +Horizontal & Vertical air only line

material. Write the pressure drop per foot in the space on work-
sheet no. D-3.
Nominal
Conveying
Fd Classification
1 2 3 4 5
2 .003 .004 .005 .006 .008
3 .002 .003 .004 .004 .005
4 .002 .002 .003 .003 .004
5 .001 .002 .002 .002 .003
6 .001 .001 .002 .002 .002
Nominal
Conveying
Fd Classification
6 7 8 9 10
2 .009 .010 .012 .013 .015
3 .005 .007 .008 .009 .010
4 .004 .005 .005 .006 .007
5 .003 .004 .004 .005 .005
6 .003 .003 .004 .004 .005

22
www.ktron.com
If the system design includes an outlet silencer for the
blower, put an X in the box in front of outlet silencer and
write the resistance in the space on the right hand side
of the worksheet.

If the blower will be equipped with an inlet filter si-
lencer, put an X in the box and write the resistance in
the space on the right hand side of the worksheet.

Put an X in front of butterfly valves if the system design
calls for their use in the air only line. Butterfly valves can
only be used in the air only line, and not in the material
line. Determine the maximum number of butterfly valves
that the air will pass through in series and write it in the
space provided on the worksheet. Multiply the maximum
number of valves in series times the resistance for each
valve and write the result in the space provided on the

Diverter valves can be used in both the material line
and air only line. If diverter valves are to be used in the
system, put an X in the box in front of diverter valves and
count the maximum number of valves the air and mate-
rial will pass through in series. Write this number in the
space provided on the worksheet and multiply it times
the resistance per diverter valve. Write the result in the

If a cyclone will be used as a material-air separator at
the destination(s), put an X in the box and write the re-
sistance in the space on the right hand side of the work-
sheet.

If a Filtair bin vent or receiver is used as a material-air
separator at the destination(s), determine whether it will
have a fan on it. If it will not have a fan, put an X in the
box that notes this and write the resistance in the space
on the right hand side of the worksheet. If the Filtair will
have a fan, there is no additional resistance added to the
system design for the Filtair. Put an X in the box if this is
the case.

A static bag filter is one which has no automatic filter
cleaning mechanism. This type of filter can only be used
with materials that have a very low fine particle content,
for example, some virgin plastic pellets. If a static bag
filter is used in the system, put an X in the box and write
worksheet.

Aeropass valves are not used in vacuum/pressure sys-
tems because there is no place to return the material
and air when the line is purged.

Because the material is being drawn into the system by
vacuum, there is no application for a 1024 Car Unloader
in a vacuum/pressure system.

Most manufactures of inline pressure sifters specify in
their literature that the pressure drop through the sifter is
something less than 1 PSI. This does not concur with
Premiers experience, and therefore the worksheet lists
a considerably higher resistance. If an inline pressure
sifter is used in the system, put an X in the box and write
worksheet.

Aftercoolers are used to cool the temperature of the
discharge air from the blower when a material is heat
sensitive. The smaller the after cooler, the higher the
resistance is through the after cooler, and the lower the
cost of the unit. Normally, a good compromise point be-
tween resistance and cost is to have the after cooler
sized so that it causes about 1.0 PSI pressure drop. Put
an X in the box and write the resistance on the right
hand side of the worksheet if an after cooler is used in
the system design.

If any other accessories are used in the system design,
but are not listed, write them in the spaces provided.

In a vacuum pressure system, the pressure differential
across the Aerolock at the transfer point is determined
by the conveying line vacuum of the vacuum side and
the conveying line pressure of the pressure side. The
material inlet side of the Aerolock sees the conveying
line vacuum and the material outlet side sees the con-
veying line pressure. Because of this pressure differen-
tial, a certain amount of air escapes from the pressure
side into the vacuum side through the Aerolock. This
escaping air, called air leakage, takes away from the
performance of both sides. Therefore additional air must
be added to the system design for both sides to insure
that an adequate amount of air is available to do the
conveying. To determine how much air will leak through
the Aerolock at the transfer point, turn to Section 1 of
this catalog and follow the instructions in that section.
When you have finished, return to these instructions.
Turn to Section 1 for Aerolocks.
Now that the Aerolock has been sized, write the model
and size in the spaces provided on worksheets no. D-3
and D-4. Write the air leakage for the Aerolock as com-
puted in Section 1 in the spaces provided on the right
hand side of worksheets no. D-3 and D-4.

Column Totals
Add up the total in each of the three columns on the right
hand side of worksheet no. D-3 and write them in the
spaces provided. Do the same on worksheet no. D-4.
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 22-117

22
www.ktron.com
SYSTEM SIZING
Page 22-118
Worksheets no. D-3 and D-4 are now complete, provid-
ing the information that is necessary to size the material
air separator(s) and the blowers. Turn to Section 4,
Separators, and complete the instructions in that sec-
tion. Turn to Section 5, Blowers, and complete the in-
structions in that section. When you have finished, return
to these instructions.
Now that the separator(s) and the blower have been
sized, the pricing/quotation write-up can begin. The rest
of the components and accessories in the system will be
sized as they are priced up.

At this point, if it hasnt already been done, assign item
numbers to each component in the system. Do not use
the same item number for like components, for example
two Aerolocks that are the same size and running at the
same speed. Assign a separate item number for each
and every component.

The item number breakdown should be as detailed as
the standard quotation write-up format. For example, if
there is a stack up underneath the discharge of the re-
ceiver at the transfer point that includes an Aerolock with
drive, vented shear protector, maintenance slide gate,
and a hopper adapter, dont assign one item number to
the entire group, but rather a separate item number for
each piece. Let the quotation write-up forms be the
guide to determining the details which item numbers are
assigned to.

Use the Premier quotation write-up forms with the
following instructions.

Describe and price each piece in the system in the order
that the item numbers have been assigned using the
quotation write-up forms. When all of the components
have been priced, remember to add in the charge for
factory start-up as specified in Section 0.

Quotation Review
Premier encourages you to call your Customer Service
Coordinator to review the design and pricing of each
system quotation before it is presented to the customer.
We do recognize that the quotation turn-around time on
some small systems utilizing completely standard com-
ponents may not allow for this review. However, we do
require a review of all system quotations that include
buyouts and/or total more than $50,000.00.

The quotation should be typed on the multiple copy, Pre-
mier Quotation Form. Send the Engineering copy, File
copy, and Sales Manager copy to Premier along with
copies of your worksheets and quotation write-up/pricing
forms.

If you prefer, Premier will do the typing and prepare an
engineered flow drawing for presentation to the cus-
tomer. Simply send in your worksheets and quotation
write-up and Premier will do the rest.

23
www.ktron.com
System - Application
VACUUM PRESSURE RAIL UNLOAD
Page 23-101
To Calculate the Equivalent Distance:
1. Take the overall length in feet of conveying
line (piping used for containing solids being
conveyed between source and destination)
including horizontal and vertical conveying
line, flexible hose and elbows, and add to it
the following:
2. One times the number of feet of flexible hose
(usually 45 feet).
3. One times the number of feet of vertical rise.
4. Twenty times the quantity of 90 elbows.
5. 90 (derived by multiplying 30 times 3-90
bends in the flexible hose).
Example

(150 ft. of horizontal
and vertical tubing =195
plus 45 ft. of hose)

(1 x 45 ft. hose) =45

(1 x 50 ft. vertical rise) =50

(20 x 3-90 elbows) =60

(90) =90
___________
Equivalent Distance =440
PERFORMANCE CURVES FOR VACUUM-PRESSURE
RAIL UNLOAD SYSTEMS
These curves are based upon systems handling free
flowing pelletized type materials weighing approxi-
mately 45 lbs./cu. ft. with 90 percent of the material
retained on a U.S. No. 20 sieve and a negligible
amount passing a U.S. No. 100 sieve, and without
any hazardous air conveying characteristics.
23
www.ktron.com
Systems Application
VACUUM PRESSURE RAIL UNLOAD
Page 23-201
These systems are designed to convey virgin plastic
pellets,
1
/
16-
to
3
/
16
-inch size (weighing approximately
45 lbs./cu. ft.) from railcars to storage tanks.
Each system includes the following items for loading
one tank, as illustrated:
1. Railcar hatch vent lter 7. Aerolock group
2. Railcar adapter kit 8. Inline lter group
3. 15' hose group 9. Blower package
4. 20' hose group 10. 10' hose station
5. Line coupling group 11. Control panel
6. Cyclone group 12. Motor starter panel
VACUUM-PRESSURE RAIL UNLOAD SYSTEMS
Detailed descriptions on following pages
23
www.ktron.com
SystemsDimensions
RAILCAR HATCH VENT
Page 23-202
The railcar hatch lter consists of a cast aluminum 20 in.
mounting cover with lugs, a pleated dacron felt lter ele-
ment and a rain hood. If you are using the hatch vent lter
ITEM 1: RAILCAR HATCH VENT FILTER GROUP
on a Dev-Mark railcar, you must order the optional clamp
kit for Dev-Mark railroad car hatches (Part No. 5504-19).
See catalog page 7-202 for detail.
MVPC-2500-30-A-RT
230V-3PH-60HZ
MVPC-2500-30-A-RT
460V-3PH-60HZ
MVPC-3000-30P-A-RT
230V-3PH-60CYC
MVPC-3000-30P-A-RT
460V-3PH-60CYC
MVPC-4000-40-A-RT
230V-3PH-60HZ
MVPC-4000-40-A-RT
460V-3PH-60HZ
MVPC-4000-40P-A-RT
230V-3PH-60CYC
MVPC-4000-40P-A-RT
460V-3PH-60CYC
MVPC-5000-50-A-RT
230V-3PH-60CYC
MVPC-5000-50-A-RT
460V-3PH-60CYC
F15306-64 F15306-65 F12310-147 F12310-154 F12311-19 F15208-34 F15315-32 F15215-30 F15184-1 F12310-318 5737-35 2121-117
F15306-64 F15306-65 F12310-147 F12310-154 F12311-19 F15208-34 F15315-32 F15215-30 F15184-1 F12310-318 5737-35 2121-116
F15306-64 F15306-65 F12310-147 F12310-154 F22311-19 F25208-34 F15315-888 F15215-30 F15184-2 F12310-319 5737-35 2121-117
F15306-64 F15306-65 F12310-147 F12310-154 F22311-19 F25208-34 F15315-888 F15215-30 F15184-2 F12310-319 5737-35 2121-117
F15306-64 F15306-59 F12310-148 F12310-155 F12311-20 F15208-36 F15315-47 F15215-31 F15184-3 F12310-320 5737-35 2121-118
F15306-64 F15306-59 F12310-148 F12310-155 F12311-20 F15208-36 F15315-47 F15215-31 F15184-3 F12310-320 5737-35 2121-117
F15306-64 F15306-59 F12310-148 F12310-155 F22311-20 F25208-36 F15315-898 F15215-31 F15184-4 F12310-321 5737-35 2121-118
F15306-64 F15306-59 F12310-148 F12310-155 F22311-20 F25208-36 F15315-898 F15215-31 F15184-4 F12310-321 5737-35 2121-117
F15306-64 F15306-60 F12310-149 F12310-156 F12311-21 F25208-38 F15315-63 F15215-32 F15184-5 F12310-322 5737-35 2121-118
F15306-64 F15306-60 F12310-149 F12310-156 F12311-21 F25208-38 F15315-63 F15215-32 F15184-5 F12310-322 5737-35 2121-117
MODEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
23
www.ktron.com
SystemsDimensions
RAILCAR ADAPTER KIT, HOSE &
LINE COUPLING GROUPS
Page 23-203
MVPC - 2500 & MVPC - 3000 Models
3-Inch Assemblies
RAILCAR
FILTER
ELEMENT
FILTER
UNLOADING NOZZLE
15 FT.
HOSE GROUP
ASSEMBLY
20 FT.
HOSE GROUP
ASSEMBLY
MVPC - 4000 & MVPC - 5000 Models
4- and 5-Inch Assemblies
RAILCAR
FILTER
ELEMENT
FILTER
UNLOADING NOZZLE
15 FT.
HOSE GROUP
ASSEMBLY
20 FT.
HOSE GROUP
ASSEMBLY
The railcar adapter kit, Item 2, is designed to t most rail-
cars equipped with pneumatic tube outlets. Each system
includes a kit sized to match the system conveying line,
and is equipped with a female quick coupling (Part D) to at-
tach the hose. The material of construction is aluminum. A
vacuum pickup with air ow adjustment is also included.
ITEMS 2, 3 & 4: RAILCAR ADAPTER KIT AND HOSE GROUPS
The conveying hose groups for the vacuum side of the
system, Items 3 and 4, are KUGT stainless steel hose.
They are designed specically for pneumatic conveying,
with a smooth interior and of gas-tight construction. Each
hose, one 15 ft. long and one 20 ft. long, is equipped with
one male and one female quick coupler to connect to the
railcar kit and the conveying line.
Item 5 is the line coupling group, which includes an MA
threaded adapter, Part A quick tting, Part V dust cap, and
a security chain.
ITEM 5: LINE COUPLING GROUP
PART A
QUICK FITTING
MA THREADED
ADAPTER
PART V
DUST CAP
SECURITY
CHAIN
23
www.ktron.com
SystemsDimensions
CYCLONE and
AEROLOCK GROUPS
Page 23-204
The cyclone group, item 6, consists of a high efciency
cyclone, an inlet adapter, an exhaust hood, a surge cham-
ber with sight glass, a level indicator and the necessary
assembly hardware and gaskets. The material of construc-
tion is aluminum.
ITEMS 6 and 7: CYCLONE AND AEROLOCK GROUPS
The Aerolock group, Item 7, includes a Heavy Duty
Aerolock, shipped with a factory installed right-angle gear
motor drive and drive guard. Also included are a at-style
non-vented shear protector, an outlet adapter, a support
stand and the necessary assembly hardware and gas-
kets. All parts are steel except the outlet adapter, which is
constructed of aluminum.
Note: In each column of the table above,
the cyclone group part number is listed rst,
followed by the Aerolock group part number.
23
www.ktron.com
Systems Dimensions
INLINE FILTER GROUP
Page 23-205
ITEM 8: INLINE FILTER GROUP
The inline lter group consists of an aluminum
modular housing with inlet/outlet connections
for exible hose, a manual clean-out cap, a
replaceable cartridge lter, 20 feet of exible
rubber hose, a carbon steel support stand and
assembly hardware.
PART NO. A B C D E
F15215-30 1100 86 61
1
/
2
3 3 5
3
/
4
F15215-31 1100 86
1
/
2
60
1
/
2
4 4 5
1
/
4
F15215-32 1100 87 60
1
/
2
5 5 4
3
/
4
MAX. CFM
RATING
23
www.ktron.com
SystemsDimensions
BLOWER PACKAGE
Page 23-206
ITEM 9: BLOWER PACKAGE
The vacuum-pressure blower package consists of
a positive displacement blower on a steel base with
a vacuum relief valve, a pressure relief valve, a ow
check valve, high temperature and differential
pressure switches and vacuum and pressure gauges.
The motor is a horizontal shaft, 1800 RPM, T-frame,
energy-efcient, TEFC unit with an enclosed V-belt
drive. A horizontal discharge silencer, line size
adapter and coupling are also included.
PART NO. A B C D E
F15184-1 7
5
/
8
99 52 3 3
F15184-2 9
1
/
8
103 52 3
1
/
2
3
F15184-3 10
5
/
8
109 56 4 4
F15184-4 10
5
/
8
109 56 4
1
/
2
4

F15184-5 10
5
/
8
105 62 5 5
23
www.ktron.com
Systems Dimensions
HOSE STATION and CONTROL PANEL
Page 23-207
ITEM 10: HOSE STATION
The hose station includes a 10 ft. long section
of KUGT stainless steel hose with quick ttings
for the outlet end of the hose to include a Part D
coupler and a Part W dust plug. The end of the
conveying line is supplied with an MA threaded
adapter, a Part A female adapter and a Part V
dust cap.
ITEM 11: PLC CONTROL PANEL
The PLC system control panel provides manual
start-stop operation with automatic shutdown on
a full level signal. A selector is included for up to
7 destinations. The enclosure is NEMA 4 with
textured gray polyester powder nish. The panel
exterior provides selector switches and pushbut-
ton operators for selection and control of system
functions. The panel includes a 120 volt, single
phase, 60 cycle programmable logic
controller.
PART A
QUICK FITTING
MA THREADED
ADAPTER
PART V
DUST CAP
PART D
COUPLER
PART W
DUST PLUG
REF.:
CONVEYING LINE AND
COMPRESSION COUPLING
KUGT STAINLESS
STEEL HOSE
23
www.ktron.com
Systems Dimensions
MOTOR STARTER PANEL
Page 23-208
ITEM 12: MOTOR STARTER PANEL
The combination motor starter/disconnect panel includes
all necessary motor starters for your Section 23 system.
Also provided is a main disconnect for 3-phase power. The
unit is housed in a NEMA 3R rain-tight electrical enclosure.
PART NO. A B C D E
2121-116 32
5
/
8
14
7
/
8
31
3
/
8
11
1
/
2
8
3
/
8
2121-117 39
7
/
8
19 38 15 8
3
/
8
2121-118 49
7
/
8
21 48 19 8
3
/
8
2121-119 60
3
/
4
25
1
/
4
59 16
3
/
4
10
3
/
8
The panel interior includes a fused control transformer,
240/480 volt primary, 120 volt secondary and 250 VA for
control circuit power to the PLC system control panel.
for bulk material handling
K-Tron Premier
Vacuum Sequencing Systems
Vacuum
Conveying
2
BIG-BAG
1
11
11
2
12
12
3
13
4
5
6
7
7
7 8
9
10
Vacuum Sequencing Systems
Who is
K-Tron Premier
Our Goals
w to supply a single source system by giving full system performance
guarantee for both granules and powder applications
w to extend K-Trons and Premiers scope of supply through cooperation
with partners
Complete
Systems
Premier Pneumatics, Inc. of
Salina, Kansas, USA, has offered
a complete range of pneumatic
conveying and bulk material
handling systems and compo-
nents for 60 years.
With the addition of Premier
Pneumatics to the K-Tron Process
Group in October 2006, all
K-Tron vacuum conveying
systems are now branded K-Tron
Premier. For information on
the full range of K-Tron Premier
products, go to
www.premierpneumatics.com.
This brochure covers the K-Tron
Premier range of loaders and
receivers used for vacuum se-
quencing systems.
Series 2400 Equipment
The Series 2400 line offers
filtered vacuum loaders and
receivers for conveying materials
for the plastics, chemical and
food industries.
P-Series Equipment
The P-Series filtered receivers are
specially designed for use with
powders and friable materials
industries.
Auxiliary Equipment
To complement the collection of
vacuum conveyors Premier also
offers a range of auxiliary equip-
ment, such as controls, vacuum
pumps, collection boxes, bag
dump stations, valves, piping
and much more.
3
BIG-BAG
1
11
11
2
12
12
3
13
4
5
6
7
7
7 8
9
10
Our Services
w World wide spare part and start-up capabilities via the K-Tron
Process Group network
w Fully equipped conveying and feeding test labs at our facilities in
North America, Europe and China
w Local sales force to discuss your application
Vacuum Sequencing Applications
w Dilute phase, continuous and batch conveying applications
w Conveyors specialized for direct loss-in-weight feeder refill
w Integrated volumetric feeding and conveying units
w Low velocity vacuum dense phase conveying for fragile and pre-
mixed materials
w Optimal solutions for most industries
The list continues to grow as we consider the challenges presented by
your material handling requirements.
Elements of a
VacuumConveying System
From pick-up spike to piping to receivers and vacuum pumps,
Premier offers a wide range of equipment for pneumatic convey-
ing needs, whether for automated refill of feeding systems or as
stand-alone conveying applications.
The list below features the varied elements available from Premier
for building a complete conveying system for loss-in-weight feeder
refill as pictured in the diagram below left.
Material Pick-up
From simple suction wands for free flowing materials to fully
fluidized feed bins (1), silo pick-up pots (2) or bag dump stations
(3) with pre-feeders for powders, Premier offers a wide variety of
equipment to ensure reliable material pick-up into the conveying
air.
Conveying Line
Connecting one or multiple material pick up stations to a vacuum
receiver. To ensure blockage-free conveying, diverter valves (4)
and line clearance valves (5) are available in addition to the pip-
ing (6).
Vacuum Receivers
Various models of central (7) and self-contained receivers are
available to separate the material from the conveying air stream,
alternating between suction and discharge modes of operation.
Sequence & Vent Valves
Sequence & vent valves (8) allow the air stream to bypass and
vent the vacuum receiver during the discharge cycle.
Pump Packages
Vacuum pump packages include the pump -- regenerative blower
(9), positive displacement blower (10) -- to produce the air
stream as well a bypass valve (11) to allow the pump to run while
no receiver is conveying and a secondary filter (12) to protect the
vacuum pump from entrance of foreign bodies.
Controls
Controllers and operator interfaces are available for single central
or self-contained units. To control the sequence of a multi-com-
ponent system, Microprocessor and PLC controls (13) are avail-
able which are programmed to suit the clients process. Siemens,
Mitsubishi and Allen Bradley PLC controls are available.
4
K-Tron Premier Series 2400
The most
versatile line
for a variety of
materials
Series 2400 Powder and Pellet
receivers provide a high capacity
sequencing system designed to
handle powder, pellet, regrind
and granular materials. Each
receiver has a stainless check
valve to allow multiple receivers
to draw material from a common
conveying line.
Applications include railcar
unloading, silo to daybin transfer,
in-plant transfer or feeder refill.
Various models available in
carbon steel (painted), stainless
steel or aluminum.
All models feature quick connect
clamps for easy cleaning and
filter maintenance.
The self-contained 2410 loader
features an integrated power
head.
Applications
Series 2400
In-Plant Transfer
System
Plastics
w Railcar unloading
w Silo-to-daybin or in-plant transfer
w Loss-in-weight feeder refill
w Loading extruders or molding
machines
Conveying rates
Up to 6,800 kg/hr
[15,000 lbs/hr] on a batch basis.
Hazardous Area Applications
NEC and ATEX compliant models
available as a custom option.
System Controls
PLC - Programmable Logic
Central Controller
MPC - Microprocessor Central
Controller
Chemicals, Food
w Bag discharge to final
destination
w Silo-to-daybin or in-plant transfer
w Weighing and batching
2406 Pellet Receiver
for small applications
2410 Pellet Loader
with self-contained
power head
2420 PVC Compound Receiver
compact design with highly
efficient material separation
5
Series 2400 Overview

Type Receiving Volume Conveying Rate*
Pellet Receivers (with standard gravity discharge gate)
2406 1 dm
3
[0.039 ft
3
] 327 kg/hr [720 lb/hr]
2410 10 dm
3
[0.36 ft
3
] 1,180 kg/hr [2,600 lb/hr]
2415 26 dm
3
[0.92 ft
3
] 2,722 kg/hr [6,000 lb/hr]
2423 44 dm
3
[1.55 ft
3
] 3,402 kg/hr [7,500 lb/hr]
2424 134 dm
3
[4.74 ft
3
] 6,804 kg/hr [15,000 lb/hr]
Powder Receivers (with standard gravity discharge gate)
2410 10 dm
3
[0.36 ft
3
] 408 kg/hr [900 lb/hr]
2415 26 dm
3
[0.92 ft
3
] 1,000 kg/hr [2,200 lb/hr]
2420 33 dm
3
[1.16 ft
3
] 1225 kg/hr [2700 lb/hr]
2423 44 dm
3
[1.55 ft
3
] 1,406 kg/hr [3,100 lb/hr]
2424 134 dm
3
[4.74 ft
3
] 3,175 kg/hr [7,000 lb/hr]
Powder Receivers (with discharge flange for refilling feeders)
2410 10 dm
3
[0.36 ft
3
] 408 kg/hr [900 lb/hr]
2415 30 dm
3
[1.06 ft
3
] 1,000 kg/hr [2,200 lb/hr]
2420 30 dm
3
[1.06 ft
3
] 1225 kg/hr [2700 lb/hr]
2423 50 dm
3
[1.77 ft
3
] 1,406 kg/hr [3,100 lb/hr]
2424 130 dm
3
[4.6 ft
3
] 3,175 kg/hr [7,000 lb/hr]
Note: Rates are based on a system profile of 15.2 m [50 ft] hori-
zontal, 4.6 m [15 ft] vertical, 3 m [10 ft] hose, 2 x 90 bends
* Convey rates may vary pending on product characteristics and
conveying distance.
Series 2400
In-Plant Transfer
System
2410/2415 Powder or Pellet Receiver
available in a variety of materials and
configurations
2424/2423 Powder or Pellet Receiver
for high capacity applications
6
K-Tron Premier P-Series
For sanitary
material handling
solutions
Chemicals
w Vessel loading
w Reactor loading
Applications
Food
w Fragile product handling
w Mixer loading
Pharmaceutical
w Tablet conveying
w Tablet press and blender
loading
Poor flowing powder?
Fragile products?
The P-Series provides a custom
solution for difficult convey-
ing applications. The sanitary
design is perfect for applications
industries. Other design features
include steep cone angles to
ensure excellent discharge and
band clamps for quick disas-
sembly. The polyester cartridge
filter is equipped with automatic
reverse jet pulsing for thorough
cleaning.
With the P-Series we will always
work out a receiver configuration
optimally suited to the appli-
cation and product requirements,
for simple up and in systems or
for continuous conveying.
Conveying rates
Up to 4,000 kg/hr [9,000 lbs/hr]
on a batch basis.
Materials handled
free and poor flowing powders as
well as friable materials.
Certification
w Hazardous area models avail-
able for NEC North American
standards
w ATEX versions available
Cat. 3GD (Zone 22/2)
Cat. 2GD (Zone 21/1)
w Validation available
P10 receiver with flap valve
mounted on a T35 volumetric
twin screw feeder
7
P-Series Overview
Receiving Volume /
Model Discharge Valve Conveying Rate*
P10-FP-150 9.5 dm
3
[0.34 ft
3
] 600 kg/hr [1320 lb/hr]
Flap valve, pneumatic, 150 mm [6 in]
P10-BV-100 7.3 dm
3
[0.26 ft
3
] 400 kg/hr [880 lb/hr]
Butterfly valve, 100 mm [4 in]
P10-BV-150 7.3 dm
3
[0.26 ft
3
] 400 kg/hr [880 lb/hr]
P30-FP-150 27.6 dm
3
[0.97 ft
3
] 1000 kg/hr [2200 lb/hr]
P30-FP-300 27.6 dm
3
[0.97 ft
3
] 1800 kg/hr [4000 lb/hr]
P30-BV-150 26.4 dm
3
[0.93 ft
3
] 1000 kg/hr [2200 lb/hr]
P100-FP-300 96.2 dm
3
[3.4 ft
3
] 4000 kg/hr [8800 lb/hr]
P100-BV-200 90.2 dm
3
[3.2 ft
3
] 3600 kg/hr [7920 lb/hr]

* Convey rates may vary pending on product characteristics and
conveying distance
With flap valve for simple
conveying applications
With full bore discharge
for sticky powder
applications
With butterfly valve for
loss-in-weight refill
applications
Headquarters: K-Tron International, Inc., Pitman, NJ 08071-0888 USA
www.ktron.com
Routes 55 & 553
P.O. Box 888
Tel +1 856 589 0500
Fax +1 856 589 8113
Pxremier Pneumatics, Inc.
Tel +1 785 825 1611
Fax +1 785 825 8759
Lenzhardweg 43/45
CH-5702 Niederlenz
Tel +41 62 885 71 71
Fax +41 62 885 71 80
Asia Pacific
K-Tron Asia Pte Ltd
#04-05 The Spire
Singapore 658079
Tel +65 6899 7255
Fax +65 6569 7600
Belgium
BE-2630 Aartselaar
Tel +32 3 870 96 40
Fax +32 3 870 96 41
British Isles
Heaton Lane
Stockport SK4 1AS
United Kingdom
Tel +44 161 209 4810
Fax +44 161 474 0292
China
K-Tron China Ltd.
Shanghai Representative Office
No.188 Fujian Road
CN-200001 Shanghai
Tel +86 21 6375 7925
Fax +86 21 6375 7930
France
Tel +33 1 64 80 16 00
Fax +33 1 64 80 15 99
Germany
DE-63571 Gelnhausen
Tel +49 6051 9626 0
Fax +49 6051 9626 44
Japan
K-Tron Japan *
No. 2 Kosei Bldg
Tel +81 45 478 4360
Fax +81 45 478 4361
Netherlands
Postbus 1
NL-3450 AA Vleuten
Utrechtseweg 4 A
NL-3451 GG Vleuten
Tel +31 30 677 9260
Fax +31 30 677 9269
Premier Pneumatics receivers refilling K-Tron loss-in-weight feeders
Smart Solutions for Material Handling
One source engineering of your
entire material handling project.
Our system engineer will work
with you from concept to
commissioning.
Worldwide Service Support
Trained, certified service
engineers located around the
world to provide twenty-four hour
technical support and solve your
problem any time, any day.
Custom Service Programs
Start-up and preventive main-
tenance programs designed for
your specific installation.
Spare Parts
Quick delivery so you can safely
limit your inventory to the most
critical parts.
Professional Training
The K-Tron Institute provides
hands-on maintenance, mechan-
ical and operator training for all
of your K-Tron equipment, either
on-site or at a K-Tron facility.
Since its creation in 1964,
K-Tron has defined the leading
edge of technology for mate-
rial handling applications in
the process industries. K-Tron
designs, produces, sells and
supports its equipment under the
brand names K-Tron Feeders and
K-Tron Premier.
K-Tron Feeders
Volumetric and gravimetric feed-
ing systems for plastics, foods,
chemicals, detergents
and pharmaceuticals.
K-Tron Premier
Vacuum and pressure systems
for conveying bulk materials
as well as auxilliary and blending
equipment.
K-Tron Test Labs
Fully equipped testing facilities
help in making the optimal
equipment selection.
P10
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-11
Doc# 0290023316
P10 Vacuum Sequencing Central Receiver
S-502401-en
Page 1 of 2
P10 receiver
with 100 mm [4 in]
buttery valve
P10 receiver
with powered ap valve
Application
The K-Tron Premier P10 is designed to convey powders and meets
the rigid 3A Dairy sanitary requirements. With the choice of various
discharge valve types (powered ap and active driven buttery valves)
the P10 can be used for conveying only applications such as hopper
loading, as well as loss-in-weight feeder rell applications, where the
receiver is not always emptied completely.
Design
The P10 receiver is available in two outlet congurations: powered
ap valve (FP) or buttery valve (BV). The receiver body is made of
stainless steel (DIN 1.4404, AISI 316L), with internal and external
electropolished surface passivation. The modular and non hollow
design allows for easy disassembly and cleaning as well as simple
expansion with volume extensions. Tri-Clover quick release ttings
ensure quick disconnection from conveying and vacuum piping. All
units have reverse jet lter cleaning.
Mechanical Features
Sanitary design for easy cleaning
Rugged modular design
Steep cone angles ensure excellent discharge
Large area reverse jet flter for effcient powder conveying
Controls
For single receiver applications, we offer the LSR Controller. In loss-
in-weight feeder rell applications, the LSR Controller can also be
interfaced with K-Tron SmartConnex
TM
feeder controls.
For systems with multiple receivers, K-Tron Premier microprocesser
controls or a variety of PLC control solutions are available, which can
also be integrated into K-Tron feeder control systems.
NEC Class I, Div. 2, Group C & D
ATEX 2GD/1D (outside/inside)
Note: the receiver is designed for handling bulk materials with a
Minimum Ignition Energy (MIE) above 10 mJ.
Conveying Rates
P10-FP-150 ap valve versions 150 mm [6 in]
up to 600 kg/h [1320 lb/h]
P10-BV-100/150 buttery valve versions 100 or 150 mm [4 or 6 in]
up to 400 kg/h [880 lb/h]
Based on a distance of 15 m [50 ft] and bulk density of 0.5 kg/dm
3

[31 lb/ft
3
]. Rates vary with material characteristics, conveying distance
and plant layout.
Technical Data
Stainless steel 316L [1.4404] for material contact parts
Surface fnish electropolished
Welds continuous as laid
Holding capacity: P10-FP-150 9.5 dm
3
[0.34 ft
3
],
P10-BV-100/150 7.3 dm
3
[0.26 ft
3
]
Stainless steel band clamps
Sealing and gaskets, FDA listed food grade materials:
Clamp ring: silicone, translucent
Tri-clamp: white silicone, FDA approved
Flap valve: ap bonded silicone sheet, translucent
Buttery valve rubber sleeve: EPDM, black
Convey line connection; spigots with Tri-clamps, 38.1 mm [1.5 in],
50.8 mm [2 in]
Vacuum line connection; spigots with Tri-clamps, 50.8 mm [2 in]
Butterfy valve discharge , DN 100 or 150 [4 or 6 in] diameter
Power fap discharge, 150 mm [6 in] diameter
Polyester pleated cartridge flters with stainless steel end caps
1 lter, total 0.25 m
2
[2.7 ft
2
]; length 200 mm [7.9 in]
Automatic reverse jet flter
2 dm
3
[0.07 ft
3
] SS air reservoir; 4 bar max [60 psi]
Material certifcate EN 10204-2.1
Standard Electrical Specications
Signal voltage 24 VDC
Weights
15-20 kg [33-44 lb] depending on discharge confguration
Operating Temperature
-10
o
C to +50
o
C [14
o
F to 122
o
F]
for indoor use only - not suitable for outdoor use
P10
8
8
1

[
3
4
.
7
]
8
4
4

[
3
3
.
2
]
5
4
4

[
2
1
.
4
]
56 [2.2]
45 [1.8]
3
0
5

[
1
2
]
5
0
.
8

[
2
]
5
1

[
2
]
3
8
.
1

[
1
.
5
]
287 [11.3]
X (Bellows) Butterfly valve
114 [4.5] (4 in) DN 100 (4 in)
104 [4.1] (DN 100) DN 100 (4 in)
168 [6.6] (6 in) DN 150 (6 in)
155 [6.1] (DN 150) DN 150 (6 in)
X
100 [3.9]
100 [3.9]
3
6
0

[
1
4
.
2
]
4
2
1

[
1
6
.
6
]
1
8
0

[
7
.
1
]
3
0
.
5
200 [7.9]
245 [9.6]
5
0
.
8

[
2
]
5
0
.
8

[
2
]
3
8
.
1

[
1
.
5
]
1
0
3
7

[
4
0
.
8
]
1
0
0
0

[
3
9
.
4
]
7
0
0

[
2
7
.
6
]
400 [15.7]
300 [11.8]
245 [9.6]
287 [11.3]
297
350
11 (4x)
4
5
65
200 [7.9]
Rev.
2009-11
P10 with powered ap valve
S-502401-en
Page 2 of 2
Dimensions mm [in]
P10 with buttery valve - shown with DN100 [4 in] valve
Options
Mechanical
6 dm
3
[0.2 ft
3
] extension module
Slide gate valves as alternative for butterfy type
PTFE coated flter media
Open pleated flter type for PTFE execution
Filter basket with GORE-TEX
cloth
EPDM white rubber sleeve for butterfy valve
Vibrator as discharge aid
Aeration pads as discharge aid
Venturi vacuum pump
P-Series sequence and vent valve, loose
Stainless steel enclosure for solenoids and pressure
regulators supplied loose
Material certifcates type EN10204- 2.2 and EN
10204-3.1
Electrical
Level probes (capacitive or tuning fork type)
Terminal box mounted, painted aluminum or stainless
steel nish
LSR Controller
Central microprocessor or PLC controls
Available with DN100 [4"] or
DN150 [6"] buttery valve and
choice of four outlet adapters:
P30
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-11
Doc.# 0290023317
S-502402-en
Page 1 of 2
P30 Receiver
with 150 mm (6 in)
buttery valve
P30 Receiver
with 150 mm (6 in)
powered ap valve
Application
Design
Mechanical Features
Large area reverse jet flter for effcient powder conveying
Controls
TM
feeder controls.

Conveying Rates
up to 1000 kg/h [2200 lb/h]
up to 1800 kg/h [4000 lb/h]
P30-BV-150 buttery valve version 150 mm [6 in]
up to 1000 kg/h [2200 lb/h]
3

[31 lb/ft
3
and plant layout.
Technical Data
Surface fnish electropolished
3
[0.97 ft
3
]
P30-FP-300 27.6 dm
3
[0.97 ft
3
]
P30-BV-150 26.4 dm
3
[0.93 ft
3
]
Convey line connection; spigots with Tri-clamps, 38.1 mm [1.5 in],
50.8 mm [2 in], 63.5 mm [2.5 in]
Vacuum line connection; spigots with Tri-clamps, 76.2 mm [3 in]
P30-BV-150 Butterfy valve discharge , 150 mm [6 in]
P30-FP-300 Power fap discharge, 300 mm [12 in]
P30-FP-150 Power fap discharge, 150 mm [6 in]
Polyester pleated cartridge flters with stainless steel end caps
P30-FP-150 & P30-BV-150:
3 lters, total 0.75 m
2
[8.07 ft
2
]; length 200 mm [7.9]
P30-FP-300:
3 lters, total 1.5 m
2
[16.15 ft
2
]; length 400 mm [15.7]
Automatic reverse jet flter
3 dm
3
[0.1 ft
3
Material certifcate EN 10204-2.1
Weights
P30-FP-150, without options: 32 kg [70 lb]
P30-FP-300 & P30-BV-150, without options: 40 kg [88 lb]
-10
o
C to +50
o
C [14
o
F to 122
o
F]
P30
7
8
9

[
3
1
]
1
3
0
1

[
5
1
.
2
]
1
3
6
6

[
5
3
.
8
]
60 [2.4]
45 [1.8]
5
5
0

[
2
1
.
6
]

7
6
.
2

[
3
]
3
8
.
1

[
1
.
5
]
335 [13.2]
296 [11.6]
530 [20.9]

155 [6.1] for 6 in bellows
168 [6.6] for DN150 bellows
300 [11.8]
100 [3.9]
100 [3.9]
6
3
.
5

[
2
.
5
]
5
0
.
8

[
2
]
1
4
4
1

[
5
6
.
7
]
8
6
4

[
3
4
]
1
3
7
6

[
5
4
.
2
]
400 [15.7]
300 [11.8]

7
6
.
2

[
3
]
335 [13.2]
296 [11.6]
300 [11.8]
3
8
.
1

[
1
.
5
]
6
3
.
5

[
2
.
5
]
5
0
.
8

[
2
]
550 [21.6]
450 [17.7]
7
8
0

[
3
0
.
7
]
1
2
9
2

[
5
0
.
9
]
1
3
5
7

[
5
3
.
4
]

7
6
.
2

[
3
]
335 [13.2]
296 [11.6]
300 [11.8]
3
8
.
1

[
1
.
5
]
6
3
.
5

[
2
.
5
]
5
0
.
8

[
2
]
Rev.
2009-11
P30 with 150 mm [6 in] ap valve
Dimensions mm [in]
S-502402-en
Page 2 of 2
P30 with 150 mm [6 in] buttery valve
Options
Mechanical
12.5 dm
3
[0.44 ft
3
] extension module
cloth
Stainless steel enclosure for solenoids and pressure regulators
supplied loose
Material certifcates type EN10204- 2.2 and EN 10204-3.1
Electrical
Terminal box mounted, painted aluminum or stainless steel fnish
LSR Controller
P100
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2010-02
Doc# 0290023318
Application
Design
Mechanical Features
Large area reverse jet lter for efcient powder conveying
Controls
TM
feeder controls.
Standard receiver is 3D/3D
Conveying Rates
P100-FP-300 ap valve version 300 mm [12 in]
up to 4000 kg/h [8800 lb/h]
P100-BV-200 buttery valve version 200 mm [8 in]
up to 3600 kg/h [7920 lb/h]
3

[31 lb/ft
3
and plant layout.
Technical Data
Surface nish electropolished
3
[3.4 ft
3
]
P100-BV-200 90.2 dm
3
[3.2 ft
3
]
S-502403-en
Page 1 of 2
P100 receiver,
with 200 mm [8 in]
buttery valve P100 receiver,
with 300 mm [12 in]
powered discharge valve
Convey line connection; spigots with Tri-clamps, 50.8 mm [2 in],
63.5 mm [2.5 in], 76.2 mm [3 in]
Vacuum line connection; spigots with Tri-clamps, 76.2 [3 in]
P100-BV-200 buttery valve discharge, 200 mm [8 in]
P100-FP-300 power ap valve discharge, 300 mm [12 in]
Polyester pleated cartridge lters with stainless steel end caps
6 lters total 3 m
2
[32.3 ft
2
]; length 400 mm [15.7 in]
Automatic reverse jet lter
4 dm
3
[0.14 ft
3
Material certicate EN 10204-2.1
Weights
P100, without options: 75 kg [165 lb]
-10
o
C to +50
o
C [14
o
F to 122
o
F]
P100
6
0
7
6
.
2

[
3
]
6
3
.
5

[
2
.
5
]
5
0
.
8

[
2
]
7
6
.
2

[
3
]
375 [14.8]
412 [16.2]
110
[4.3]
1
8
3
3

[
7
2
.
2
]
9
0
5

[
3
5
.
6
]
1
2
2
6

[
4
8
.
3
]
1
7
5
8

[
6
9
.
2
]
64 [2.6]
45 [1.8]
325 [12.8]
650 [25.6]
700 [27.6]
25 [1]
1
2
[0
.5
] (4
x
)
219 [8.6] for 8 in bellows
208 [8.2] for DN200 bellows
450 [17.7]
100 [3.9]
450 [17.7]
550 [21.6]
1
3
7
6

[
5
4
.
2
]
1
9
0
8

[
7
5
.
1
]
1
9
8
3

[
7
8
.
1
]
7
6
.
2

[
3
]
6
3
.
5

[
2
.
5
]
5
0
.
8

[
2
]
7
6
.
2

[
3
]
375 [14.8]
412 [16.2]
450 [17.7]
Rev.
2010-02
S-502403-en
Page 2 of 2
Dimensions of P100 mm [in]
P100 with 200 mm [8 in] buttery valve
Options
Mechanical
60 dm
3
[2.12 ft
3
] extension module
cloth
Stainless steel enclosure for solenoids and pressure regulators
supplied loose
Material certicates type EN10204-2.1
Electrical
Terminal box mounted, painted aluminum or stainless steel
nish
LSR Controller
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-09
Doc# 0790013301
C100
Loader
Pneumatic Loader
S-502404-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The pneumatic loader provides an efcient solution for loading granu-
lar and regrind materials. A capacitive level sensor is located in the
lower cone of the hopper being loaded and initiates operation with
six alternative loading times.
Design
The loader is supplied with a unique design of venturi pick-up wand
that ensures economical use of compressed air and can be easily
dismantled for cleaning if required. Material is discharged into the
hopper through a powder coated, cast aluminum cyclone. A solenoid
valve, auto-drain lter and connection nozzle are tted to the control
unit for the air supply.
Mechanical Features
High reliability without motor
No moving parts
Compact and light weight
Ideal for small machine hoppers & additive feeders
Fail-safe alarm option
Quiet in operation
Conveying Rates
Throughput based on pelletized material of bulk density 0.5 kg/dm
3

[31 lb/ft
3
] and may change subject to application.
Up to 300 kg/hr over 3m [660 lb/hr over 10ft]
Technical Data
Aluminum construction
230 mm [9 in] diameter housing
38 mm [1.5 in] inlet
Paper cartridge flter
3 m [10 ft] of fexible hose
Venturi pick-up wand
17m
3
/hr @ 5.5-6.8 bar [10 cfm @ 80-100 psi] compressed air
Standard Electrial Specications
230 or 110 V; 50/60 Hz; 25 W
Weights
2.3 kgs [5 lbs]
-10
o
C to +50
o
C [14
o
F to 122
o
F]
Options
Mechanical
Deduct level sensor for basic on-off conveying
Universal Controller
120 pcd
[4.72]
65
[2.56]
115
[4.53]
230
[9.05]
230
[9.05]
38
[1.5]
CAUTION - Disconnect power before opening. 115/230 VAC, 50/60 HZ, 1000 Watts (Max) !
C100
Loader
Pneumatic Loader
S-502404-en
Page 2 of 2
NOTE: For more information on these products consult your K-Tron / Premier Sales Representative.
Dimensions mm [in]
C100
MATERIAL
STORAGE BIN
COMPRESSED
AIR SUPPLY
MAIN
SUPPLY
Dimensions mm [in]
C100 Loader
CAUTION - Disconnect power before opening.
115/230 VAC, 50/60 HZ, 1000 Watts (Max)
200 [7.873]
1
5
0

[
5
.
9
0
5
]
Rev.
2009-09
Typical Application
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-07
Doc# 0790013302
C1K & D1K
Loaders
C1K
D1K
Typical Pulsomax loader installation on injection machine
Application
The Pulsomax range of Sight Glass Loaders are designed to provide
a cost effective means of loading small quantities of material directly
to the process machine.
Design
Pulsomax loaders are designed to replace machine hoppers, facilitat-
ing the benet of quick or non-stop product change. Each loader is
supplied with a unique design of venuri pick-up wand that ensures
economical use of compressed air and can be easily dismantled for
cleaning if required. Material loads into the Pulsomax loader and is
separated from the airstream through a cast aluminum cyclone before
discharging into the sight-glass. The material level is maintained in
the sight-glass by a capacitance level sensor.
Mechanical Features C1K & D1K Loaders
High reliability without motor
No moving parts
Compact and light weight
Venturi pick-up
Throat mounted for easy access
Visual fow check
Non-stop material change
Quiet in operation
Level sensor control
Additional Features of D1K Loader
Twin variable fow valves to convey and blend two materials
2 Venturi pick-ups
Conveying Rates
3

[31 lb/ft
3
C1K up to 300 kg/hr over 3m [660 lb/hr over 10 ft]
D1K up to 400 kg/hr over 3m [880 lb/hr over 10 ft]
Technical Data
Aluminum construction
38 mm [1.5 in] inlet (D1K has two)
Paper cartridge
3 m [10 ft] of fexible hose (D1K has two)
Venturi pick-up wand (D1K has two)
C1K -17 m
3
/hr @ 5.5 - 6.8 bar [10 cfm @ 80-100 psi] compressed air
D1K - 34 m
3
/hr @ 5.5-6.8 bar [20 cfm @ 80-100 psi] compressed air
Standard Electrial Specications
C1K and D1K - 230 or 110 V; 50/60 Hz; 25 W
Weights
3.2 kgs [7 lbs]
-10
o
C to +50
o
C [14
o
F to 122
o
F]
Pulsomax Sight Glass Loaders
S-502405-en
Page 1 of 2
443. 5
[17.46]
73. 0
[2.87]
228. 0
[ 8. 98]
214. 5
[8.44]
160. 0
[6.30]
160. 0
[6.30]
Universal Controller Dimensions mm [in]
C1K & D1K
Loaders
115/230 VAC, 50/60 HZ, 1000 Watts (Max)
200 [7.873]
1
5
0

[
5
.
9
0
5
]
Rev.
2009-07
Pulsomax Sight Glass Loaders
S-502405-en
Page 2 of 2
C1K Loader Dimensions mm [in]
D1K Loader Dimensions mm [in]
372.2
[14.65]
228.0
[8.98]
443.3
[17.45]
160.0
[6.30]
214.3
[8.44]
160.0
[6.30]
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-07
Doc# 0790013303
C400
Loader
Electric Loader
S-502406-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The electric hopper loader provides an economic solution for loading
of granular materials.
Design
The lightweight motor pod unplugs from the control unit and lifts off
for easy access to the Polymax rigid plastic dust lter which can be
quickly removed for cleaning with an airline or water jet.
Mechanical Features
Flap valve discharge
Powerful quiet 2-stage air cooled vacuum motor
Lift off motor pod for easy cleaning access
Simple user-friendly control
Adjustable load time
Conveying Rates
3

[31 lb/ft
3
Up to 300 kg/hr over 3m [660 lb/hr over 10ft]
Stainless steel and aluminum construction
250 mm [9.85 in] diameter housing
38 mm [1.5 in] inlet
76 mm [3 in] gravity discharge
Polymax rigid flter
3 m [10 ft] of fexible hose
Pick-up wand
230 or 110 V; 50/60 Hz; 1 kW / 1.3HP
Weights
5.4 kgs [12 lbs]
-10
o
C to +50
o
C [14
o
F to 122
o
F]
C400 loader with
C400
1
0
0

[
3
.
9
4
]
350 [13.78]
380 [14.96]
3
6
0

[
1
4
.
1
7
]
8
3
0

[
3
2
.
6
8
]
38
250 [9.85]
C400
Loader
115/230 VAC, 50/60 HZ, 1000 Watts (Max)
200 [7.873]
1
5
0

[
5
.
9
0
5
]
Electric Loader
S-502406-en
Page 2 of 2
Dimensions mm [in]
C400 Loader
Dimensions mm [in]
MOBILE
STORAGE
BIN
Rev.
2009-07
Typical Application
www.ktron.com
2410
Loader
Rev. 2009-11
Doc# 0790034311
Standard Filtration Congurations
Open celled foam flter element for pellet receivers
16 oz polyester cloth flter bag with snap-ring seal for powder
receiver, total 0.37 m
2
[4 ft
2
] flter area
Weights
16 kg [35 lb] depending on discharge confguration
-10
o
C to +50
o
C [14
o
F to 122
o
F]
Options
Mechanical
Flange for discharge gate valve (volume capacity 7 dm
3
[0.25 ft
3
])
other volumes available upon request
PTFE membrane on flter elements
Custom material combinations
Reduced inlet tube size to meet smaller capacity applications
Air-actuated gate assemblies (butterfy valve & knife gates) for use
with feeder refll
Conversion kits modify the loader to a receiver for use in a Series
2400 central conveying system
Electrical
Limit switches on butterfy or slide gate valve
LSR Controller
2410 Vacuum Loaders
S-502407-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The 2410 loader is offered in two versions - pellet or powder. The 2410
pellet loader is a compact, economical vacuum loader that effciently
handles clean pelletized materials. It is used for machine loading and
other applications where material is moved a short distance to one
destination. It comes with a self-contained power head and control-
ler. The low profle design allows the loader to be installed in areas
where headroom is limited.
The 2410 powder loader is equipped with an automatically pulse-
cleaning flter assembly. The powder loader is designed for short
distance conveying and loading of free-fowing powder or granular
material to one destination. It is also ideal for conveying pellets in
applications where the units location restricts manual flter cleaning.
It comes with a self-contained power head and controller.
Design
2410 loaders are available in either aluminum (painted) or stainless
steel construction. Components of different construction are interchan-
geable allowing loaders to be specifed with stainless steel material
contact areas only.
Mechanical Features
Quick-connect clamps for easy cleaning and flter maintenance
Full support discharge fange for mounting
Controls
The 2410 loader is equipped with the LSR Controller. Front panel
controls include a potentiometer to set the draw time and an on/
off switch. The controls, on even the simplest loader are capable of
handling future add-on options, such as pulse-clean powder flters.
The control is provided by a 15 amp, 115/230 VAC, single-phase,
grounded panel.
Conveying Rates
3
[31
lb/ft
3
and plant layout.
Pellet Receiver
Up to 450 kg/hr [1000 lb/hr]
Powder Receiver
Technical Data
Available in painted RAL 7035 gray aluminum or 1.4301 (AISI 304)
Supply power: 115/230 VAC, 15 amp auto switching
115/230 VAC, single-phase, 50/60 cycle brush-type power unit with
integral centrifugal 2-stage blower
Volume capacity 7 dm
3
[0.25 ft
3
]
50 mm [2 in] tangential inlet
One-piece stainless steel 125 mm [5 in] discharge gate with white
Neoprene seal
Inductive proximity switch level-sensing system on discharge gate
24 VDC
2410
Loader
254
[10] DIA
70 [2.75]
197
[7.75]
933
[36.75]
679
[26.75]
51
[2] OD
314
[12.38]
254
[10]
298
[11.75]
330
[13] OD
127 [5] OD
C
L
C
L
C
L
C
L
19 [.75] MAX
25 [1] OFFSET
(6) 10 [ .38] DIA HLS
ON A 12 DBC
254 [10] DIA OPENING REQD
ON MOUNTING SURFACE OF
CUSTOMERS EQUIPMENT
LSR
Controller
254
[10] DIA
C
L
C
L
C
L
C
L
70
[2.75]
197
[7.75]
1308
[51.5]
1054
[41.5]
80-100 PSI
IN-PLANT AIR
REQD
51
[2] OD
314
[12.38]
254
[10]
298
[11.75]
19 [.75] MAX
330
[13] OD
CUSTOMERS EQUIPMENT
127 [5] OD
(6) 10 [.38] DIA HLS
ON A 12 DBC
25 [1] OFFSET
LSR
Controller
Rev.
2009-11
2410 Vacuum Loaders
S-502407-en
Page 2 of 2
Dimensions of 2410 Pellet Loader
mm [in]
Dimensions of 2410 Powder Loader
mm [in]
www.ktron.com
2410 Powder
Receiver
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 0990034310
2410 Vacuum Sequencing Central Powder Receiver
S-502408-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The 2410 powder receiver is designed to handle ne bulk materials.
The modular designed receiver allows exibility in the selection of
material construction, power, ltration, receiver inlet sections and
type of discharge to meet your current application requirements, as
well as any future needs.
The 2410 receiver is available in two versions for either general keep
full conveying or loss-in-weight (LIW) feeder rell applications, with a
selection of various discharge valve types (gravity, slide/orice and
buttery), depending on the application and material to be fed.
Receivers for keep-full applications are tted with a gravity gate
discharge valve. The receiver sequences draw cycles of material
as long as inductive proximity switch on the gravity discharge gate
is in the almost closed position or a signal from a secondary level
indicator in the hopper is detected, ensuring the hopper below the
receiver is kept full.
Receivers designed for loss-in-weight feeder rell applications are
tted with a level sensor in the housing and require a slide/orice or
buttery valve. The receiver draws material until it is full and waits
for a signal from the feeder below to open the discharge valve and
dispense the material. This cycle is then repeated.
Design
The 2410 receiver is available in either aluminum or stainless steel
construction. Components of different construction are interchange-
able allowing receivers to be specied with stainless steel material
contact areas only.
Central system units for the 2410 receivers utilize a common vacuum
blower package, and are primarily used on multiple-destination
applications where larger conveying rates or long distances are
required.
Mechanical Features
Quick-connect clamps for easy cleaning and lter maintenance
Full support discharge ange for mounting
Controls
The receiver is available with controls suitable for use with either a
solid state microprocessor controller (MPC) or a programmable logic
controller (PLC). Both control systems utilize 24 VDC low voltage and
are available with installation kits making installation easy and more
economical. The receiver controls include color coded quick connec-
tors and provide communication to the central controller.
in-weight feeder rell applications, the LSR Controller seamlessly
interfaces with K-Tron Feeder controls.
Conveying Rates
3
[31
lb/ft
3
and plant layout.
Powder Receiver
Technical Data
Holding capacity 10 dm
3
[0.36 ft
3
]
Up to 50.8 mm [2 in] tangential inlet with stainless steel check valve
Integral air control valve with backside vent, dual acting air cylinder
with solenoid control 24 VDC
One-piece stainless steel 127 mm [5 in] gravity discharge gate
with white Neoprene seal - keep full versions
Buttery or slide/orice gate valve - LIW feeder rell versions
Inductive proximity switch level-sensing system (24 VDC) on gravity
gate - keep full version only
Powered discharge gates with single coil solenoid (energize to
open valve, proof switch in closed position)
Automatic reverse jet cleaning
1.7 dm
3
[.06 ft
3
] air reservoir; 6.9 bar max [100 psig]
Standard Filtration Options
454g [16 oz] polyester cloth lter bag with snap-ring seal for powder,
total 0.37 m
2
[4 ft
2
] lter area
Powder Receiver Weights
Aluminum: 23 kg [50 lb] depending on discharge conguration
Stainless Steel: 45 kg [100 lb] depending on discharge conguration
-10
o
C to +50
o
C [14
o
F to 122
o
F]
2410 powder receiver
with buttery valve discharge
2410 Powder
Receiver
Rev.
2010-12
1
0
3
6

[
4
0
.
7
9
]
2
5
4

[
1
0
]
3
1
4
.
9

[
1
2
.
4
]
6
2
9

[
2
4
.
7
7
]
5
0
.
8

[
2
]

O
.
D
.
50.8 [2] O.D.
L
C
C
L
80-100 PSI
In-Plant Air Req'd.
C
L
6
9
.
8

[
2
.
7
5
]
196.8 [7.75]
2
5
4

[
1
0
]

D
I
A
.
(6) 9.53 [0.38] DIA HLS
ON A 309 [12] D.B.C
123.8 [4.88] OD
254 [10] DIA. OPENING REQ'D ON
MOUNTING SURFACE OF
CUSTOMER'S EQUIPMENT
3
3
0
.
2

[
1
3
]
26.9 [1.06] OFFSET
C
L
TOP VIEW
(TYPICAL FOR ALL VERSIONS)
BUTTERFLY GATE DISCHARGE
ORIFICE GATE DISCHARGE
SIDE MOUNTING PROFILE
(OPTIONAL MOUNTING BRACKET)
(4) 011.1 [0.437] 100 [3.937]
314.3 [12.38]
2
5
.
4

[
1
]
1
5
2
.
4

[
6
]
2
0
3
.
2

[
8
]
1
3
3
8
.
7

[
5
2
.
7
]
6
2
9

[
2
4
.
7
7
]
5
0
.
8

[
2
]

O
.
D
.
5
0
.
8

[
2
]

O
.
D
.
1
5
5
.
6

[
6
.
1
3
]
4
6
2

[
1
8
.
1
9
]
5
0
.
8

[
2
]

O
.
D
.
5
0
.
8

[
2
]

O
.
D
.
6
2
9

[
2
4
.
7
7
]
1
3
7
6
.
6

[
5
4
.
2
]
4
3
9
.
2

[
1
7
.
2
9
]
2
1
6
.
4

[
8
.
5
1
9
]
101.6 [4]
101.6 [4]
738.6 [29.08]
408 [16.06]
255.6 [10.06]
1
5
2
.
4

[
6
]
4
4
4
.
8

[
1
7
.
5
1
]
1
5
2
.
4

[
6
]
8
6
4
.
9

[
3
4
.
0
5
]
5
9
0
.
2

[
2
3
.
2
4
]
255.6 [10.06]
408 [16.06]
576.8 [22.71]
OPTIONAL
MOUNTING
BRACKET
OPTIONAL
MOUNTING
BRACKET
S-502408-en
Page 2 of 2
Dimensions of 2410 Powder Receiver mm [in]
for general keep full conveying for loss-in-weight feeder rell
Options
Mechanical
Mounting bracket for LIW feeder rell versions
Pipe mounting kit
Bead blast surface nish (1.8 micron Ra)
3
[0.36 ft
3
])
Foam lter
PTFE membrane on lter elements
Weatherhood for outdoor use
Enclosure for solenoids
Electrical
Mounting bracket for terminal box or controller
Limit switches on buttery or slide gate valve
LSR Controller
Central Microprocessor or PLC Control
Stainless steel options on solenoids, gauges as required
Solenoid boxes supplied loose in mild or stainless steel nish
Terminal box mounted in mild or stainless steel nish
For ATEX compliant versions contact factory
www.ktron.com
2415 Powder
Receiver
Rev. 2009-11
Doc# 0790034301
S-502409-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The 2415 powder receivers are designed to handle ne bulk materi-
als. The modular designed receivers allow exibility in the selection
of material construction, power, ltration and receiver inlet sections
to meet your current application requirements as well as your future
needs.
Design
2415 receivers are available in either aluminum or stainless steel
construction. Components of different construction are interchan-
geable allowing receivers to be specied with stainless steel material
contact areas only.
Central system units for the 2415 receivers utilize a common vacu-
um blower package, and are primarily used on multiple-destination
applications where larger conveying rates or long distances are re-
quired.
Mechanical Features
Controls
Conveying Rates
Based on a distance of 15 m [50 ft] and bulk density of 0.5 kg/
dm
3
[31 lb/ft
3
]. Rates vary with material characteristics, conveying
distance and plant layout.
Powder Receiver
Technical Data
3
[0.92 ft
3
] (general version)
3
[1.06 ft
3
] (LWF rell version)
assembly
Integral air control valve with backside vent, dual acting air cylin-
der with solenoid control 24 VDC
Butterfy or slide/orifce gate valve - LIW feeder refll versions
Inductive proximity switch level-sensing system (24 V DC) on gravity
gate - keep full version only
1.7 dm
3
[0.06 ft
3
454 g [16 oz] polyester cloth flter bag with snap-ring seal for
powder, total 0.84 m
2
[9 ft
2
] lter area
Weights
-10
o
C to +50
o
C [14
o
F to 122
o
F]
in stainless steel
with gravity discharge gate
in painted aluminum
with gravity discharge
gate
2415 Powder
Receiver
Rev.
2009-11
1
2
5
2
.
5

[
4
9
.
3
1
]
2
5
4

[
1
0
]
7
6
.
2

[
3
]

O
.
D
.
7
6
.
2

[
3
]

O
.
D
.
6
9
6
.
1

[
2
7
.
4
1
]
4
6
0
.
4

[
1
8
.
1
3
]
L
C
C
L
80-100 PSI
IN-PLANT AIR REQD
1
1
4
.
3

[
4
.
5
]
266.7 [10.5]
3
8
1

[
1
5
]

D
I
A
C
L
C
L
(6) 9.53 [.38] DIA HLS
ON A 309 [12] D.B.C
123.8 [4.88] OD
MOUNTING SURFACE OF
3
3
0
.
2

[
1
3
]
26.9 [1.06] OFFSET
TOP VIEW
331.8 [13.07]
1
5
2
.
4

[
6
]
484.2 [19.06]
653 [25.71]
7
6
.
2

[
3
]

O
.
D
.
7
6
.
2

[
3
]

O
.
D
.
6
9
4
.
8

[
2
7
.
3
6
]
1
5
3
4
.
8

[
6
0
.
4
3
]
2
0
6
.
4

[
8
.
1
3
]
5
3
7
.
6

[
2
1
.
1
6
]
152.4 [6]
152.4 [6]
1
4
6
7
.
4

[
5
7
.
7
7
]
6
9
4
.
8

[
2
7
.
3
6
]
7
6
.
2

[
3
]

O
.
D
.
7
6
.
2

[
3
]

O
.
D
.
1
6
5
.
6

[
6
.
5
2
]
5
0
9
.
7

[
2
0
.
0
6
]
1
5
2
.
4

[
6
]
9
7
2
.
9

[
3
8
.
3
]
6
6
0
.
2

[
2
6
]
331.8 [13.06]
100 [3.94]
314.3 [12.38]
2
5
.
4

[
1
]
1
5
2
.
4

[
6
]
2
0
3
.
2

[
8
]
(4) 011.1 [0.44]
738.6 [29.08]
484.2 [19.07]
4
5
6
.
1

[
1
7
.
9
6
]
OPTIONAL
MOUNTING
BRACKET
OPTIONAL
MOUNTING
BRACKET
S-502409-en
Page 2 of 2
Dimensions of 2415 Powder Receiver
for general keep full conveying mm [in]
for loss-in-weight feeder rell mm [in]
Options
Mechanical
Mounting bracket for LIW feeder refll versions
Pipe mounting kit
Bead blast surface fnish (1.8 micron Ra)
3
[1.06 ft
3
])
Foam flter
Air-actuated gate assemblies (butterfy valve & slide/orifce gate
valves)
Electrical
LSR Controller
Solenoid boxes supplied loose in mild or stainless steel fnish
Terminal box mounted in mild or stainless steel fnish
www.ktron.com
2420
Receiver
Rev. 2009-11
Doc# 0790034302
2420 Vacuum Sequencing Central Receiver
S-502410-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The 2420 receiver is designed to handle free-owing granular, powder,
regrind, pelletized materials and PVC compound. It features a large
lter area with automatic cleaning for ne powders and wear-resistant
carbon steel (or optional stainless steel) material contact areas for
conveying mildly abrasive materials.
Design
The receiver features a low overall height by incorporating a cy-
clonic primary separator coupled with an internal cartridge secondary
separator with automatic air pulse cleaning. Available in carbon steel
construction with epoxy coated interior and enamel painted exterior
or with 1.4301 (AISI 304) stainless steel material contact.
A tangential material inlet tube provides gentle material entry to red-
uce degradation of the conveyed product, which includes an internal
check-valve that allows the receiver to be used in vacuum sequencing
systems with multiple receivers.
Mechanical Features
Low overall height
Controls
Conveying Rates
3
[31
lb/ft
3
and plant layout.
Technical Data
Available in carbon steel with epoxy coated interior and painted RAL
7035 gray exterior or 1.4301 (AISI 304) stainless steel construction
3
[1.16 ft
3
]
76.2 mm [3 in] tangential inlet with stainless steel check valve
60 sloped hopper to promote material discharge
Integral air control valve with backside vent, dual acting air
cylinder with solenoid control 24 VDC
One-piece stainless steel 152 mm [6 in] gravity discharge gate with
white Neoprene seal - keep full versions
Polyester cartridge flters include black gaskets
1 lter, total 2.89 m
2
[31.1 ft
2
]; length 355 mm [14 in]
Automatic self cleaning cartridge assembly
gate - keep full versions only
9 dm
3
[0.30 ft
3
Weights
-10
o
C to +50
o
C [14
o
F to 122
o
F]
2420 receiver
in painted carbon steel
2420
Receiver
Rev.
2009-11
1
1
8
4
.
5

[
4
6
.
6
3
]
25.5 [1.01]
3
2
1
.
6

[
1
2
.
6
6
]
76.2 [3] OD
284.2 [11.19]
4
3
2
.
5

[
1
7
.
0
3
]
7
6
.
2

[
3
]
O
.
D
.
PLANT AIR IN
80-100 PSI
609.6 [24] DIA.
2
4
1
.
3

[
9
.
5
]
(12) 14.3 [0.56]
DIA. HOLES
EQ. SPACED ON A
361.9 [14.25] D.B.C.
38.1 [1.5]
OFFSET
393.7 [15.5] O.D.
317.5 [12.5] DIA. OPENING
REQ'D ON MOUNTING
SURFACE OF CUSTOMERS
EQUIPMENT
C
L
80-100 PSI
IN-PLANT AIR
REQD
TOP VIEW
C
L
1
4
8
9
.
7

[
5
8
.
6
5
]
5
2
3
.
5

[
2
0
.
6
1
]
2
0
6
.
4

[
8
.
1
3
]
7
6
.
2

[
3
]

O
.
D
.
284.5 [11.2]
76.2 [3] O.D.
PLANT AIR IN
80-100 PSI
152.4 [6]
738.6 [29.08]
484.2 [19.06]
331.8 [13.06]
1
5
2
.
4

[
6
]
4
5
6
.
1

[
1
7
.
9
6
]
2
5
.
4

[
1
]
1
7
7
.
8

[
7
]
2
2
8
.
6

[
9
]
314.3
[12.38]
(4) 011.1
[0.437]
100 [3.94]
653 [25.71]
484.2 [19.06]
331.8 [13.06]
9
7
2
.
9

[
3
8
.
3
]
6
6
0
.
2

[
2
6
]
1
5
2
.
4

[
6
]
152.4 [6]
76.2 [3] O.D.
284.3 [11.193]
PLANT AIR IN
80-100 PSI
7
6
.
2

[
3
]

O
.
D
.
1
6
5
.
6

[
6
.
5
2
]
4
9
5
.
6

[
1
9
.
5
1
]
1
4
2
1
.
1

[
5
5
.
9
5
]
OPTIONAL
MOUNTING
BRACKET
OPTIONAL
MOUNTING
BRACKET
2420 Vacuum Sequencing Central Receiver
S-502410-en
Page 2 of 2
Dimensions of 2420 Receiver mm [in]
Options
Mechanical
Pipe mounting kit
3
[1.06 ft
3
])
Various flter media - Including PTFE laminated cartridges with
stainless steel end caps
Air-actuated gate assemblies (butterfy valve, slide/orifce gate
and powered dump gate)
Electrical
LSR Controller
Solenoid boxes supplied loose in mild or stainless steel
Terminal box mounted in mild or stainless steel
www.ktron.com
2423 Powder
Receiver
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 0790034309
S-502411-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The 2423 vacuum receiver provides a high capacity sequencing sys-
tem designed to handle powder, pellet, regrind and granular materials.
Recommended uses are for loading feeders, silo-to-daybin transfer,
in-plant transfer or railcar unloading applications up to 1,406 kg/hr
[3,100 lb/hr].
Receivers for keep-full applications are tted with a gravity gate dis-
charge valve. When material level in the storage hopper drops below
the level indicator, the receiver is signaled to begin drawing material.
The ll sequence continues until the material level in the hopper is
above the level indicator.
tted with a level sensor and require a slide/orice or buttery valve.
The receiver draws material until it is full and waits for a signal from
the feeder below to open the discharge valve and dispense the mate-
rial. This cycle is then repeated.
Design
The 2423 receiver is available in either carbon steel (painted) or
stainless steel construction. Each receiver has a stainless steel check
valve to allow multiple receivers to draw material from a common
conveying line. The 2423 receiver utilizes a cartridge lter.
Central system units for the 2423 receiver utilize a common vacu-
quired.
Mechanical Features
Controls
Conveying Rates
dm
3
[31 lb/ft
3
Powder Receiver
Up to 1,406 kg/hr [3,100 lb/hr]
Technical Data
3
[1.55 ft
3
] (general version)
3
[1.77 ft
3
assembly
5.7 dm
3
[.2 ft
3
Spun-bond polyester cartridge flter for powder, total 4.6 or 9.3 m
2

[50 or 100 ft
2
] lter area
Weights
-10
o
C to +50
o
C [14
o
F to 122
o
F]
2423 Powder
Receiver
Rev.
2010-12
6
0
7

[
2
3
.
9
]
1
2
6
0
.
2

[
4
9
.
6
1
]
IN-PLANT AIR
293.6 [11.56]
76.2 [3] O.D.
2
2
3
.
8

[
8
.
8
1
]
7
6
.
2

[
3
]

O
.
D
.
C
L
(14) 14.3 [0.57] DIA. HOLES
EQ. SPC'D. ON A 558.8 [22]
DIA. BOLT CIRCLE
IMPORTANT NOTE
FOR GATE DISCHARGE
CLEARANCE, THE
MOUNTING DIAMETER
MUST BE 495.3 [19.5]
INSIDE DIAMETER.
C
L
5
8
4
.
2

[
2
3
]
2
1
4
.
3

[
8
.
4
4
]
558.8 [22] DIA
80-100 PSI
IN-PLANT AIR
REQD
TOP VIEW
(TYPICAL BOTH VERSIONS)
254 [10]
293.6 [11.56]
203.2 [8]
203.2 [8]
2
0
3
.
2

[
8
]
2
0
3
.
2

[
8
]
76.2 [3] O.D.
IN-PLANT AIR
76.2 [3] O.D.
293.6 [11.56]
IN-PLANT AIR
7
6
.
2

[
3
]

O
.
D
.
1
8
3
8
.
9

[
7
2
.
4
]
6
0
0
.
5

[
2
3
.
6
4
]
2
0
6
.
4

[
8
.
1
3
]
7
6
.
2

[
3
]

O
.
D
.
1
8
1
1
.
4

[
7
1
.
3
2
]
5
6
3

[
2
2
.
1
7
]
2
2
2
.
7

[
8
.
7
7
]
1
1
7
9
.
3

[
4
6
.
4
3
]
7
8
7
.
2

[
3
1
]
718.1 [28.27]
549.3 [21.63]
346.1 [13.63]
5
3
4
.
5

[
2
1
.
0
4
]
932 [36.69]
549.3 [21.63]
346.1 [13.63]
419.1 [16.5]
3
0
4
.
8

[
1
2
]
2
4
7
.
6

[
9
.
7
5
]
3
1
.
8

[
1
.
2
5
]
133.4 [5.25]
(4) 014.3
[0.56]
OPTIONAL
MOUNTING
BRACKET
OPTIONAL
MOUNTING
BRACKET
S-502411-en
Page 2 of 2
Options
Mechanical
Pipe mounting kit
3
[1.77 ft
3
])
Foam flter
Air-actuated gate assemblies (butterfly & slide/orifice gate
valves)
Electrical
LSR Controller
www.ktron.com
2424 Powder
Receiver
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 0790034308
S-502412-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The 2424 powder receiver provides a high capacity sequencing
system designed to handle ne bulk materials. Recommended uses
are for silo-to-daybin transfer, in-plant transfer or railcar unloading
applications up to 3,175 kg/hr [7,000 lb/hr].
tted with a level sensor and require a slide/orice or buttery valve.
The receiver draws material until it is full and waits for a signal from
the feeder below to open the discharge valve and dispense the mate-
rial. This cycle is then repeated.

Design
The 2424 receiver is available in either carbon steel (painted) or stain-
less steel construction. Each receiver has a stainless steel check valve
to allow multiple receivers to draw material from a common conveying
line. The 2424 powder receiver utilizes a cartridge lter.
required.
Mechanical Features
Controls
Conveying Rates
dm
3
[31 lb/ft
3
Powder Receiver
Up to 3,175 kg/hr [7,000 lb/hr]
Technical Data
3
[4.74 ft
3
]
Up to 102 mm [4 in] tangential inlet with stainless steel check valve
assembly
5.7 dm
3
[.2 ft
3
Spun-bond polyester cartridge flter for powder, total 4.6 or 9.3 m
2

[50 or 100 ft
2
] lter area
Powder Receiver Weights
-10
o
C to +50
o
C [14
o
F to 122
o
F]
2424 Powder
Receiver
Rev.
2010-12
6
4
4
.
5

[
2
5
.
3
7
]
1
6
8
4
.
9

[
6
6
.
3
4
]
IN-PLANT AIR
6
5
9
.
6

[
2
5
.
9
7
]
1
0
1
.
6

[
4
]

O
.
D
.
330.6 [13.01]
101.6 [4]
O.D.
(14) 14.3 [0.56] DIA. HLS.
EQ. SPC'D. ON A 558.8 [22]
DIA. BOLT CIRCLE
IMPORTANT NOTE
FOR GATE DISCHARGE
CLEARANCE, THE MOUNTING
DIAMETER MUST BE 19 1/2
INSIDE DIAMETER.
5
8
4
.
2

[
2
3
]
80-100 PSI
IN-PLANT
AIR REQD.
TOP VIEW
254 [10]
330.6 [13.01]
254 [10]
346.1 [13.63]
2
5
4

[
1
0
]
2
5
4

[
1
0
]
346.1 [13.63]
254 [10]
330.6 [13.01]
101.6 [4] O.D.
101.6 [4] O.D.
IN-PLANT AIR
IN-PLANT AIR
963.8 [37.94]
574.7 [22.63]
469.9 [18.5]
133.4 [5.25]
(4) 014.3 [0.56]
2
1
7
9
.
7

[
8
5
.
8
2
]
9
5
3
.
7

[
3
7
.
5
5
]
2
0
6
.
4

[
8
.
1
3
]
1
0
1
.
6

[
4
]

O
.
D
.
1
0
1
.
6

[
4
]

O
.
D
.
2
2
5
.
2

[
8
.
8
7
]
9
1
3
.
5

[
3
5
.
9
6
]
2
1
7
7

[
8
5
.
7
1
]
1
4
0
9
.
7

[
5
5
.
5
]
9
4
1
.
4

[
3
7
.
0
6
]
4
6
9
.
9

[
1
8
.
5
]
3
0
4
.
8

[
1
2
]
2
4
7
.
6

[
9
.
7
5
]
3
1
.
8

[
1
.
2
5
]
5
9
7
.
7

[
2
3
.
5
3
]
4
6
9
.
9

[
1
8
.
5
]
574.7 [22.63]
743.5 [29.27]
OPTIONAL
MOUNTING
BRACKET
OPTIONAL
MOUNTING
BRACKET
9.3 m
2
[100 ft
2
] FILTER ADDS
457.2 mm [18 in.] TO THE
HEIGHT OF THE RECEIVER
S-502412-en
Page 2 of 2
Options
Mechanical
Pipe mounting kit
3
[4.6 ft
3
])
Air-actuated gate assemblies (butterfy valve & knife gates)
Electrical
LSR controller
2406
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-11
Doc# 0790034314
S-502413-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The 2406 receiver is ideal for applications when space is a premium
and material volumes are minimal. Designed with the small part plas-
tic molder in mind, the 2406 is suited for applications when material
changes are frequent. The unit easily disassembles with removal of
one quick-release clamp for material changes and cleaning.
Design
The 2406 receiver standard material of construction is spun alumi-
num. A low-voltage cable system with quick-connect plugs allow the
receivers to be connected to the Microprocessor Controller, PLC
Central Controller or LSR Controller without tools. In additon, low-
voltage wiring generally does not require an electrician or conduit,
allowing for a less expensive electrical installation.
Model 2406A
Model 2406A has a proximity switch and a Pyrex sight glass with
an aluminum base that directly mounts to the throat of a machine.
Model 2406B
Model 2406B has a polypropylene check ball that maintains a vacuum
seal so the unit can be mounted on a hopper. A proximity or rotary-
type level control is required to maintain material level in the hopper.
Mechanical Features
Quick connect clamps for easy cleaning and flter maintenance
Perforated aluminum flter
Adjustable vacuum bleed off for precise draw time settings
Controls
in-weight feeder refll applications, the LSR Controller seamlessly
Conveying Rates
3

[31 lb/ft
3
1 Receiver
2 Receivers
3 Receivers
4 Receivers
Technical Data
Spun aluminum construction
Perforated aluminum flter
Air control valve w/ IP65 (NEMA 4) solenoid and dual acting air
cylinder
Tool-less clamp disassembly

Signal voltage 24 VDC, NEMA 4
Weights
2406A: 8 kg [18 lbs]
2406B: 7 kg [16 lbs]
Options
Stainless steel material contact surfaces
Custom select level switches
Different material types for check ball
2406A Pellet Receiver
2406B Pellet Receiver
2406
Rev.
2009-11
S-502413-en
Page 2 of 2
Dimensions of 2406 Pellet Receiver mm [in]
www.ktron.com
2410 Pellet
Receiver
Rev. 2009-11
Doc# 0990034301
2410 Vacuum Sequencing Central Pellet Receiver
S-502414-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The 2410 pellet receiver is designed to handle pellets as well as
regrind or granular materials. The modular designed receiver allows
exibility in the selection of material construction, power, ltration,
receiver inlet sections and type of discharge to meet your current
application requirements, as well as any future needs.
tted with a level sensor in the housing and require a slide or buttery
valve. The receiver draws material until it is full and waits for a signal
from the feeder below to open the discharge valve and dispense the
material. This cycle is then repeated.
Design
The 2410 receiver is available in either aluminum or stainless steel
construction. Components of different construction are interchange-
able allowing receivers to be specied with stainless steel material
contact areas only.
Central system units for the 2410 receivers utilize a common vacuum
blower package, and are primarily used on multiple-destination
required.
Mechanical Features
Controls
Conveying Rates
3
[31
lb/ft
3
and plant layout.
Pellet Receiver
Up to 1,180 kg/hr [2,600 lb/hr]
Technical Data
3
[0.36 ft
3
]
Butterfy or slide gate valve - LIW feeder refll versions
Perforated flter element for pellets
Pellet Receiver Weights
Aluminum: 15 kg [32 lb] depending on discharge confguration
Stainless Steel: 29 kg [64 lb] depending on discharge confguration
-10
o
C to +50
o
C [14
o
F to 122
o
F]
2410 pellet receiver
in painted aluminum
2410 Pellet
Receiver
Rev.
2009-11
2
5
4

[
1
0
]
L
C
C
L
6
9
.
8

[
2
.
7
5
]
196.8 [7.75]
254 [10] DIA.
(6) 9.53 [.38] DIA HLS
ON A 309 [12] D.B.C
123.8 [4.88] OD
MOUNTING SURFACE OF
3
3
0
.
2

[
1
3
]
26.9 [1.06] OFFSET
C
L
TOP VIEW
BUTTERFLY GATE DISCHARGE SLIDE GATE DISCHARGE
50.8 [2] O.D.
5
0
.
8

[
2
]

O
.
D
.
3
1
4
.
9

[
1
2
.
4
]
2
5
4

[
1
0
]
6
6
0
.
9

[
2
6
.
0
2
]
80-100 PSI
In-Plant Air Req'd.
C
L
738.6 [29.08]
408 [16.06]
255.6 [10.06]
1
5
2
.
4

[
6
]
4
4
4
.
8

[
1
7
.
5
1
]
(4) 011.1 [0.44] 100 [3.94]
314.3 [12.38]
2
5
.
4

[
1
]
1
5
2
.
4

[
6
]
2
0
3
.
2

[
8
]
898.6 [35.38]
408 [16.06]
255.6 [10.06]
1
5
2
.
4

[
6
]
4
4
4
.
8

[
1
7
.
5
1
]
101.6 [4]
9
4
4
.
3

[
3
7
.
1
8
]
2
5
4

[
1
0
]
1
9
0
.
6

[
7
.
5
1
]
4
0
7
.
6

[
1
6
.
0
5
]
5
0
.
8

[
2
]

O
.
D
.
5
0
.
8

[
2
]

O
.
D
.
5
0
.
8

[
2
]

O
.
D
.
5
0
.
8

[
2
]

O
.
D
.
1
5
5
.
6

[
6
.
1
2
5
]
4
6
2

[
1
8
.
1
8
9
]
9
6
3
.
6

[
3
7
.
9
3
8
]
2
5
4

[
1
0
]
80 - 100 PSI
PLANT AIR IN
80 - 100 PSI
PLANT AIR IN
OPTIONAL
MOUNTING
BRACKET
OPTIONAL
MOUNTING
BRACKET
S-502414-en
Page 2 of 2
Options
Mechanical
Pipe mounting kit
3
[0.36 ft
3
])
Foam flter
Electrical
LSR Controller
www.ktron.com
2415 Pellet
Receiver
Rev. 2009-11
Doc# 0990034302
S-502415-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The 2415 pellet receivers are designed to handle pellets as well as
regrind or granular materials. The modular designed receivers allow
exibility in the selection of material construction, power, ltration and
receiver inlet sections to meet your current application requirements
as well as your future needs.
Design
2415 receivers are available in either aluminum or stainless steel
construction. Components of different construction are interchan-
geable allowing receivers to be specied with stainless steel material
contact areas only.
quired.
Mechanical Features
Controls
Conveying Rates
dm
3
[31 lb/ft
3
Pellet Receiver
Up to 2,722 kg/hr [6,000 lb/hr]
Technical Data
3
[0.92 ft
3
] (general version)
3
[1.06 ft
3
assembly
One-piece stainless steel 127 mm [5 in] gravity discharge gate with
white Neoprene seal - keep full versions
Weights
-10
o
C to +50
o
C [14
o
F to 122
o
F]
in painted aluminum
2415 Pellet
Receiver
Rev.
2009-11
8
7
7
.
5

[
3
4
.
5
5
]
2
5
4

[
1
0
]
PLANT AIR IN
80-100 PSI
7
6
.
2

[
3
]
7
6
.
2

[
3
]

O
.
D
.
3
2
1
.
1

[
1
2
.
6
4
]
4
6
0
.
4

[
1
8
.
1
3
]
C
L
C
L
C
L
L
C
1
1
4
.
3

[
4
.
5
]
266.7
[10.5]
381 [15]
(6) 9.53 [0.38] DIA HLS
ON A 309 [12] D.B.C
123.8 [4.88] OD
MOUNTING SURFACE OF
3
3
0
.
2

[
1
3
]
26.9 [1.06]
OFFSET
TOP VIEW
BUTTERFLY GATE DISCHARGE SLIDE GATE DISCHARGE
152.4 [6]
3
2
1
.
1

[
1
2
.
6
4
]
7
6
.
2

[
3
]

O
.
D
.
2
0
6
.
4

[
8
.
1
3
]
7
6
.
2

[
3

]

O
.
D
.
152.4 [6]
3
2
1
.
1

[
1
2
.
6
4
]
7
6
.
2

[
3
]

O
.
D
.
1
5
2
.
4

[
6
]
331.8 [13.06]
1
5
2
.
4

[
6
]
738.6 [29.08]
484.2 [19.06]
331.8 [13.06]
4
5
6
.
1

[
1
7
.
9
6
]
2
5
.
4

[
1
]
1
5
2
.
4

[
6
]
2
0
3
.
2

[
8
]
314.3 [12.38]
(4) 011.1 [0.44] 100 [3.94]
1038.3 [40.88]
484.2 [19.06]
4
5
6
.
1

[
1
7
.
9
6
]
1
1
6
1

[
4
5
.
7
1
]
5
3
7
.
6

[
2
1
.
1
6
]
80-100 PSI
PLANT AIR IN
80-100 PSI
PLANT AIR IN
7
6
.
2

[
3

]

O
.
D
.
1
1
4
0
.
6

[
4
4
.
9
1
]
2
4
1
.
3

[
9
.
5
]
4
8
2
.
2

[
1
8
.
9
9
]
OPTIONAL
MOUNTING
BRACKET
OPTIONAL
MOUNTING
BRACKET
S-502415-en
Page 2 of 2
Dimensions of 2415 Pellet Receiver
for general keep full conveying mm [in]
for loss-in-weight feeder rell mm [in]
Options
Mechanical
Pipe mounting kit
3
[1.06 ft
3
])
Foam flter
Air-actuated gate assemblies (butterfly & slide/orifice gate
valves)
Electrical
LSR Controller
www.ktron.com
Static In-Line
Filter and
Group
Rev. 2009-11
Doc# 0890034314
Application
In addition to the material-from-air ltering that occurs within the
receivers, static in-line secondary lters are available to provide ad-
ditional blower protection from primary separator failure. In-line lters
are typically located downstream from the conveying equipment, in
front of the blower package.
Design
The static in-line lter is available in 254 and 381 mm [10 and 15 in]
diameter housings and is constructed of aluminum. The static in-line
lter contains a manually-cleaned cartridge and has a quick-access
cover for easy lter inspection and maintenance.
The static in-line lter group includes modular in-line lter with moun-
ting plate, 6 m [20 ft] of exible hose, carbon steel support stand and
assembly hardware. This assembly is available for 50, 76, 100 and
127 mm [2, 3, 4 and 5 in] line sizes.
Mechanical Features
No-tool material cleanout
Quick-connect clamps for easy cleaning and inspection
Wall mounting bracket
Technical Data
Aluminum construction, outside surfaces painted RAL 7035 gray
Air capacity 917 to 1,869 m
3
/hr [540 to 1100 CFM]
254 mm [10 in] and 381 mm [15 in] diameter housing
Up to 127 mm [5 in] tangential inlet and air exhaust
Tool-less stainless steel band clamps
Mounting bracket
127 mm [5 in] discharge cleanout with PVC line cap
CE compliant
Cartridge flter
In-Line Filter Weights
254 mm [10 in]: 17 kg [37 lb]
381 mm [15 in]: 29 kg [63 lb]
In-Line Filter Group Weights
254 mm [10 in]: 67 kg [147 lb]
381 mm [15 in]: 78 kg [173 lb]
-10
o
C to +50
o
C [14
o
F to 122
o
F]
Static In-Line Filter Options
Mechanical
Carbon steel construction support stand
Static In-Line Secondary Filter and Group
S-502416-en
Page 1 of 2
Static In-Line Secondary
Filter Group
(hoses not shown)
Static In-Line
Secondary Filter
Receiver
Static In-Line
Filter and
Group
660 [26]
359
[14.13]
508 [20]
(TYP)
F
(4) 11 [0.44]
DIA MOUNTING
HOLES
711
[28]
139 [5.5]
432
[17]
PLAN VIEW
1022
[40.25]
SIDE VIEW
C
L
C
L
H
D
ID HOSE
x 3048 [120] LG
C
L
C INLET
L
EXHAUST
K
L
C
ID HOSE
x 3048 [120] LG
320
[12.63]
19 [0.75]
1975
[77.75]
Static In-Line Secondary Filter Receiver and Group (group includes in-line lter, stand and hose)
Size
mm [in]
Max.
CFM
Rating
A B C D E F G H J K L
50 [2]
OD
540
977
[38.5]
390
[15.375]
50
[2]
50
[2]
196
[7.75]
69
[2.75]
114
[4.5]
254
[10]
523
[20.63]
2184
[86]
1593
[62.75]
76 [3]
OD
1100
1181
[46.5]
539
[21.25]
76
[3]
76
[3]
266
[10.5]
146
[5.75]
114
[4.5]
381
[15]
704
[27.75]
2184
[86]
1562
[61.5]
100 [4]
OD
1100
1200
[47.25]
539
[21.25]
101
[4]
101
[4]
266
[10.5]
133
[5.25]
177
[7]
381
[15]
704
[27.75]
2197
[86.5]
1536
[60.5]
127 [5]
OD
1100
1200
[47.25]
539
[21.25]
127
[5]
127
[5]
266
[10.5]
120.65
[4.75]
190
[7.5]
381
[15]
704
[27.75]
2197
[87]
1536
[60.5]
H DIA
320.7
[12.63]
C
L
C
L
C INLET
L
F
E
J
228.6
[9]
C OD
(4) 9.53
[0.375] DIA
MOUNTING
HOLES
212.7
[8.38]
B
A
127 [5] PVC LINE CAP
G
D OD
C
AIR
EXHAUST
L
Note: Refer to Product Catalog Section 24 for complete support stand dimensions.
Rev.
2009-11
Static In-Line Secondary Filter and Group
S-502416-en
Page 2 of 2
Dimensions mm [in]
Static In-Line Filter
Dimensions mm [in]
Static In-Line Filter Group
Pulse-Clean
In-Line Filter
and Group
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-11
Doc# 0890034315
50 & 76 mm [2 & 3 in]
Pulse-Clean In-Line
Secondary Filter Receiver
100 mm [4 in] Pulse-Clean In-Line
Secondary Filter Group
(nes collection kit not shown)
2400 Pulse-Clean In-Line Secondary Filter and Group
S-502417-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
Typically used on systems where the primary receiver utilizes a
screen separator. The 2400 pulse-clean in-line secondary lter can be
used where frequent manual cleaning of the static unit would not be
practical. The lter elements are automatically pulse-cleaned during
periods when the system is not conveying. The 100 mm [4 in] inlet/
outlet conguration uses a large lter cartridge. The smaller 50 and
76 mm [2 and 3 in] inlet/outlets use lter bags.
Design
The pulse-clean in-line lter works like a powder receiver unit and has
quick-access for easy lter inspection and maintenance. The lters
pulse for a period of time when the blower shuts down.
Central system units for the pulse-clean in-line lter utilize a com-
mon vacuum blower package, and are primarily used on multiple-
destination applications where larger conveying rates or long dis-
tances are required.
Pulse-Clean In-Line Filter Group
The pulse-clean in-line lter group includes modular in-line lter with
mounting plate, nes collection kit (indludes ex sock adapter, clamp,
lter sock and drum with clamp), 6 m [20 ft] of exible hose, carbon
steel support stand and assembly hardware. The assembly is available
for 50, 76 and 100 mm [2, 3 and 4 in] line sizes.
Mechanical Features
Wall mounting bracket
Controls
The pulse-clean in-line lter is available with controls suitable for use
with either a solid state microprocessor controller, a programmable
logic controller or the LSR Controller.
Technical Data for 50 & 76 mm [2 & 3 in]
Aluminum construction, outside surfaces painted RAL 7035 gray
neoprene seal
Automatic reverse jet cleaning 1.7 dm
3
[.06 ft
3
] air reservoir; 6.9
bar max [100 psig]
CE compliant
454 g [16 oz] polyester cloth lter bag with snap-ring seal for pow-
der, total 0.37 m
2
[4 ft
2
] lter area
Technical Data for 100 mm [4 in]
Carbon steel construction, outside surfaces painted RAL 7035
gray
100 mm [4 in] inlet/outlet
Neoprene seal
Automatic reverse jet cleaning 5.66 dm
3
[0.2 ft
3
] air reservoir; 6.9
bar max [100 psig]
CE compliant
Spun-bond polyester cartridge flter, total 4.6 m
2
[50 ft
2
] lter
area
In-Line Filter Weight
In-Line Filter Group Weight
-10
o
C to +50
o
C [14
o
F to 122
o
F]
Pulse-Clean In-Line Filter Options
Mechanical
Flange for discharge gate valve
50 & 76 mm [2 & 3 in]: volume capacity of 10 dm
3
[0.36 ft
3
]
100 mm [4 in]: volume capacity of 28.3 dm
3
[1 ft
3
]
9.3 m
2
[100 ft
2
] cartridge element
Electrical
Differential pressure switch
LSR Controller
Central Microprocessor or PLC control
For ATEX and NEC compliant versions contact factory
Pulse-Clean
In-Line Filter
and Group
A DIA AIR EXHAUST C
L
B
INLET C
L
E 330 [13]
C
5.5 - 6.9 bar
[80-100 PSI]
IN-PLANT AIR REQD
D OD
F OD
60
G
254 [10]
19 [0.75] MAX
203
[8]
228 [9]
(4) 9 [0.38] DIA
MOUNTING HOLES
K
NOTE:
PANEL IS NOT REQD ON
PULSE-CLEAN IN-LINE FILTER
UNITS USED WITH A PLC
CONTROLLER
330 [13] OD
25.4 [1] OFFSET
(6) 9 [0.38] DIA HOLES
ON A 305 [12] DBC
C
L
127 [5] OD
CUSTOMERS EQUIPMENT
C
L
H
J
A OD
B
E
D OD
C
L
C
L
C
L
320
[12.63]
J
H
G
F OD
19 [0.75] MAX
254 [10]
298
[11.75]
25.4 [1] OFFSET
(6) 9 [0.38] DIA HLS
ON A 305 [12] DBC
127 [5] OD
CUSTOMERS EQUIPMENT
330 [13] OD C
L
NOTE:
PANEL IS NOT REQD
ON PULSE-CLEAN IN-LINE
FILTER UNITS USED WITH A
PLC CONTROLLER
(4) 9 [0.38] DIA
MOUNTING HOLES
212
[8.38]
228 [9]
C
K
2400 Pulse-Clean In-Line Secondary Filter Receivers
Size
mm [in]
A B C D E F G H J K
50 [2]
OD
254
[10]
69
[2.75]
292
[11.5]
50
[2]
196
[7.75]
50
[2]
314
[12.38]
952
[37.5]
1238
[48.75]
469
[18.5]
76 [3]
OD
381
[15]
114
[4.5]
298
[11.75]
76
[3]
266
[10.5]
76
[3]
460
[18.13]
1194
[47]
1492
[58.75]
628
[24.75]
100 [4]
OD
508
[20]
177
[7]
254
[10]
100
[4]
330
[13]
100
[4]
435
[17.13]
1143
[45]
1736
[18.38]
619
[24.38]
Note: Refer to Product Catalog Section 24 for complete support stand and nes collection kit dimensions.
Rev.
2009-11
2400 Pulse-Clean In-Line Secondary Filter and Group
S-502417-en
Page 2 of 2
Dimensions mm [in]
50 & 76 mm [2 & 3 in] Pulse-Clean In-Line Filter
Dimensions mm [in]
100 mm [4 in] Pulse-Clean In-Line Filter
www.ktron.com
2424 Pellet
Receiver
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 0990034303
S-502418-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
The 2424 pellet receiver provides a high capacity sequencing system
designed to handle pellets as well as regrind and granular materials.
Recommended uses are for silo-to-daybin transfer, in-plant transfer or
railcar unloading applications up to 6,800 kg/hr [15,000 lb/hr].
full conveying or loss-in-weight (LIW) feeder rell applications, with
a selection of various discharge valve types (gravity or buttery),
depending on the application and material to be fed.
tted with a level sensor and require a buttery valve. The receiver
draws material until it is full and waits for a signal from the feeder
below to open the discharge valve and dispense the material. This
cycle is then repeated.
Design
The 2424 receiver is available in either carbon steel (painted) or
stainless steel construction. Each receiver has a stainless steel check
valve to allow multiple receivers to draw material from a common
conveying line. The 2424 pellet receiver features a perforated screen
lter section.
required.
Mechanical Features
Controls
Conveying Rates
dm
3
[31 lb/ft
3
Pellet Receiver
Up to 6,800 kg/hr [15,000 lb/hr]
Technical Data
3
[4.74 ft
3
]
Up to 102 mm [4 in] tangential inlet with stainless steel check valve
assembly
Butterfy gate valve - LIW feeder refll versions
Pellet Receiver Weights
-10
o
C to +50
o
C [14
o
F to 122
o
F]
2424 Pellet
Receiver
Rev.
2010-12
PLANT AIR IN
6
0
7

[
2
3
.
8
8
]
1
1
2
2
.
1

[
4
4
.
1
8
]
1
0
1
.
6

[
4
]

O
.
D
.
1
0
1
.
6

[
4
]

O
.
D
.
6
5
9
.
6

[
2
5
.
9
7
]
(14) 14.3 [0.56] DIA. HLS.
EQ. SPC'D. ON A 558.8 [22]
DIA. BOLT CIRCLE
IMPORTANT NOTE
FOR GATE DISCHARGE
CLEARANCE, THE MOUNTING
DIAMETER MUST BE 495.3 [19.5]
INSIDE DIAMETER.
L
C
C
L
80-100 PSI
IN-PLANT AIR REQD.
5
8
4
.
2

[
2
3
]
1
9
6
.
9

[
7
.
7
5
]
363 [14.38]
5
5
8
.
8

[
2
2
]

D
I
A
TOP VIEW
(TYPICAL BOTH VERSIONS)
C
L
C
L
254 [10]
25.4 [1]
OFFSET
254 [10]
1
0
1
.
6

[
4
]

O
.
D
.
3
6
8
.
6

[
1
4
.
5
1
]
1
0
1
.
6

[
4
]

O
.
D
.
2
0
6
.
4

[
8
.
1
3
]
9
5
3
.
7

[
3
7
.
5
5
]
1
6
2
0
.
3

[
6
3
.
7
9
]
PLANT
AIR IN
963.8 [37.94]
574.7 [22.63]
346.1 [13.63]
2
5
4

[
1
0
]
5
9
7
.
7

[
2
3
.
5
3
]
4
6
9
.
9

[
1
8
.
5
]
469.9 [18.5]
(4) 014.3 [0.56]
133.4 [5.25]
3
1
.
8

[
1
.
2
5
]
2
4
7
.
6

[
9
.
7
5
]
3
0
4
.
8

[
1
2
]
OPTIONAL
MOUNTING
BRACKET
S-502418-en
Page 2 of 2
Options
Mechanical
Pipe mounting kit
3
[4.6 ft
3
])
Air-actuated gate assemblies (butterfy valve & knife gates)
Electrical
LSR controller
Central Microprocessor or PLC control
Series 3 to 4
Conversion
Kits
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 1090034301
Powder
Receiver
Cable
Tee
Powder
Receiver
Pellet
Receiver
In-Line Filter
(2 or 3 inch line)
In-Line Filter
(4 inch line)
Blower
System
Controller
Larger unit shown
for reference only
2400 Series 3 to Series 4 Conversion Kits
I-502419-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
This sheet will assist you in upgrading your Premier 2400 Series 3
reciver(s) and system controls to a 2400 Series 4 system. The conver-
sion upgrade tables on this sheet list the items required to upgrade
both the system and each receiver.
The following information is limited to Series 3 MPC Controllers only.
You now have the choice to upgrade your system to either a K-Tron
Premier MPC or PLC Series 4 control system, regardless of the
original system.
Please consult the factory if you desire to convert a Series 3 PLC to
Series 4 controls.
Description
Controller
Upgrade the main controller from Series 3 MPC 5741-15 to

Series 4 MPC 5741-94 OR Series 4 PLC 5741-95 (1 per system)
System Example
In-Line Filter
Pellet System: Remove 120 VAC solenoid and replace with

5741-102 Pulse Clean Solenoid Assembly (1 per system)
Powder System: No upgrade required
Abandon existing in-line lter panel

Blower
Remove 120 VAC solenoid and replace with Vacuum Breaker

Solenoid Assembly 5741-103 (1 per blower)
Receiver
Upgrade receiver control panel from 2400 Series 3 5741-85 to

Series 4 Receiver Panel 5741-93 (1 per receiver)

Series 3 to Series 4 System Controls Upgrade Kit
NOTE: The following parts are for a complete system upgrade to Series 4.
NOTE:
No communication cable changes will be required to
upgrade from Series 3 to Series 4. Existing Series 3
communication cables are DeviceNet cables which are
compatible with the Series 4 upgrade equipment.
Upgrade Parts Quantity
5741-94 (MPC) or 5741-95 (PLC) Control Panel
1 per system
5741-102 Pulse Clean Solenoid Assembly (Only for pulse clean in-line lters)
1 per system
5741-103 Vacuum Breaker Solenoid Assembly
1 per blower
5741-93 Series 4 Receiver Remote Panel
1 per receiver
Series 3 to 4
Conversion
Kits
Rev.
2010-12
2400 Series 3 to Series 4 Conversion Upgrade
I-502419-en
Page 2 of 2
NOTE: No receiver upgrade kit necessary for converting Series 3 receivers to Series 4. Upgrades listed on page 1 are required.
Series 2 to 4
Conversion
Kits
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 1090034302
I-502420-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
This sheet will assist you in upgrading your Premier 2400 Series
2 receiver(s) and system controls to a 2400 Series 4 system. The
conversion upgrade tables on this sheet list the items required to
upgrade both the system and each receiver.
The Series 2 systems were supplied with only MPC Controllers.
original system.
Description
Controller
Upgrade the main controller from Series 2 MPC 5741-15

to Series 4 MPC 5741-94 OR Series 4 PLC 5741-95 (1 per
system)
System Example
Cable
Powder
Receiver
Pellet
Receiver
In-Line Filter
(2 or 3 inch line)
In-Line Filter
(4 inch line)
Blower
System
Controller
Larger unit shown
for reference only
In-Line Filter


Blower

Receiver
Add Series 4 Receiver upgrade kit (1 per receiver) listed on

page 2.
Kit includes:

Replacement ll valve assembly

New receiver panel to upgrade from 2400 Series 2 5741-16

to Series 4 Receiver Panel 5741-101

Replacement solenoid with quick connect cable to receiver

panel

NOTE:
No communication cable changes will be required to
upgrade from Series 2 to Series 4. Existing Series 2
communication cables are DeviceNet cables which are
compatible with the Series 4 upgrade equipment.
NOTE: The following parts are for a system upgrade to Series 4. Table on page 2 lists required receiver(s) upgrade kit.
1 per system
5741-102 Pulse Clean Solenoid Assembly (Only for pulse clean in-line lters)
1 per system
5741-103 Vacuum Breaker Solenoid Assembly
1 per blower
Choose from Receiver Upgrade Kit on page 2
1 per receiver
Series 2 to 4
Conversion
Kits
Rev.
2010-12
I-502420-en
Page 2 of 2
Series 2 to Series 4 Receiver Upgrade Kit
NOTE: Each receiver upgrade kit contains the following items:
Fill valve assembly, new receiver panel and replacement solenoids
* No Reverse Pulse Feature (use pellet upgrade kit)
Receiver Model
Series 2 Receiver
Part Number
Receiver Type Filter Type Inlet Inlet Size
Series 4 Upgrade Kit
Part Number
2410 5174-1 / 5178-1 Pellet Foam Single 38 [1.5] OD 5741-105
2410 5174-2 / 5178-2 Pellet Foam Single 50 [2] OD 5741-105
2415 5174-3 / 5178-3 Pellet Foam Single 63 [2.5] OD 5741-109
2415 5174-4 / 5178-4 Pellet Foam Single 76 [3] OD 5741-109
2410 5174-25 / 5178-25 Pellet Perforated Single 38 [1.5] OD 5741-105
2410 5174-26 / 5178-26 Pellet Perforated Single 50 [2] OD 5741-105
2415 5174-27 / 5178-27 Pellet Perforated Single 63 [2.5] OD 5741-109
2415 5174-28 / 5178-28 Pellet Perforated Single 76 [3] OD 5741-109
2410 5174-5 / 5178-5 Powder* Static Filter Single 38 [1.5] OD 5741-105
2410 5174-6 / 5178-6 Powder* Static Filter Single 50 [2] OD 5741-105
2415 5174-7 / 5178-7 Powder* Static Filter Single 63 [2.5] OD 5741-109
2415 5174-8 / 5178-8 Powder* Static Filter Single 76 [3] OD 5741-109
2410 5174-9 / 5178-9 Powder Pulse Filter Single 38 [1.5] OD 5741-106
2410 5174-10 / 5178-10 Powder Pulse Filter Single 50 [2] OD 5741-106
2415 5174-11 / 5178-11 Powder Pulse Filter Single 63 [2.5] OD 5741-110
2415 5174-12 / 5178-12 Powder Pulse Filter Single 76 [3] OD 5741-110
2410 5174-13 / 5178-13 Pellet Foam Ratio 38 [1.5] OD 5741-107
2410 5174-14 / 5178-14 Pellet Foam Ratio 50 [2] OD 5741-107
2415 5174-15 / 5178-15 Pellet Foam Ratio 63 [2.5] OD 5741-111
2415 5174-16 / 5178-16 Pellet Foam Ratio 76 [3] OD 5741-111
2410 5174-29 / 5178-29 Pellet Perforated Ratio 38 [1.5] OD 5741-107
2410 5174-30 / 5178-30 Pellet Perforated Ratio 50 [2] OD 5741-107
2415 5174-31 / 5178-31 Pellet Perforated Ratio 63 [2.5] OD 5741-111
2415 5174-32 / 5178-32 Pellet Perforated Ratio 76 [3] OD 5741-111
2410 5174-17 / 5178-17 Powder* Static Filter Ratio 38 [1.5] OD 5741-107
2410 5174-18 / 5178-18 Powder* Static Filter Ratio 50 [2] OD 5741-107
2415 5174-19 / 5178-19 Powder* Static Filter Ratio 63 [2.5] OD 5741-111
2415 5174-20 / 5178-20 Powder* Static Filter Ratio 76 [3] OD 5741-111
2410 5174-21 / 5178-21 Powder Pulse Filter Ratio 38 [1.5] OD 5741-108
2410 5174-22 / 5178-22 Powder Pulse Filter Ratio 50 [2] OD 5741-108
2415 5174-23 / 5178-23 Powder Pulse Filter Ratio 63 [2.5] OD 5741-112
2415 5174-24 / 5178-24 Powder Pulse Filter Ratio 76 [3] OD 5741-112
Series 1 to 4
Conversion
Kits
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2010-12
Doc# 1090034303
I-502421-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
This sheet will assist you in upgrading your Premier 2400 Series
1 receiver(s) and system controls to a 2400 Series 4 system. The
conversion upgrade tables on this sheet list the items required to
upgrade both the system and each receiver.
The Series 1 systems were supplied with only MPC Controllers.
original system.
Description
Controller
Upgrade the main controller from Series 1 MPC 5741-1

to Series 4 MPC 5741-94 OR Series 4 PLC 5741-95 (1 per
system)
C
Replace all existing communication cables
System Example
NOTE: The following parts are for a system upgrade to Series 4. Table on page 2 lists required receiver(s) upgrade kit.
Cable
Powder
Receiver
Pellet
Receiver
In-Line Filter
(2 or 3 inch line)
In-Line Filter
(4 inch line)
Blower
System
Controller
Larger unit shown
for reference only
In-Line Filter
C

Blower
C
Receiver
C
Add Series 4 Receiver upgrade kit (1 per receiver) listed on
page 2
Kit includes:

C
Replacement ll valve assembly

New receiver panel to upgrade from 2400 Series 1 5741-2 to

Series 4 Receiver Panel 5741-101

Replacement solenoid with quick connect cable to receiver

panel
C
C
C
C
1 per system
C5741-102 Pulse Clean Solenoid Assembly (Only for pulse clean in-line lters)
1 per system
C5741-103 Vacuum Breaker Solenoid Assembly
1 per blower
CChoose from Receiver Upgrade Kit on page 2
1 per receiver
CChoose from Communication Cable Upgrade Kit on page 2
as needed
C C
C
C

Series 1 to 4
Conversion
Kits
Rev.
2010-12
I-502421-en
Page 2 of 2
Series 1 to Series 4 Communication Cable and Accessories Upgrade (refer to Section 18)
Receiver Model
Series 1 Receiver
Part Number
Receiver Type Filter Type Inlet Inlet Size
Series 4 Upgrade Kit
Part Number
2410 5163-1 Pellet Foam Single 38 [1.5] OD 5741-105
2410 5163-2 Pellet Foam Single 50 [2] OD 5741-105
2415 5163-3 Pellet Foam Single 63 [2.5] OD 5741-109
2415 5163-4 Pellet Foam Single 76 [3] OD 5741-109
2410 5163-25 Pellet Perforated Single 38 [1.5] OD 5741-105
2410 5163-26 Pellet Perforated Single 50 [2] OD 5741-105
2415 5163-27 Pellet Perforated Single 63 [2.5] OD 5741-109
2415 5163-28 Pellet Perforated Single 76 [3] OD 5741-109
2410 5163-5 Powder* Static Filter Single 38 [1.5] OD 5741-105
2410 5163-6 Powder* Static Filter Single 50 [2] OD 5741-105
2415 5163-7 Powder* Static Filter Single 63 [2.5] OD 5741-109
2415 5163-8 Powder* Static Filter Single 76 [3] OD 5741-109
2410 5163-9 Powder Pulse Filter Single 38 [1.5] OD 5741-106
2410 5163-10 Powder Pulse Filter Single 50 [2] OD 5741-106
2415 5163-11 Powder Pulse Filter Single 63 [2.5] OD 5741-110
2415 5163-12 Powder Pulse Filter Single 76 [3] OD 5741-110
2410 5163-13 Pellet Foam Ratio 38 [1.5] OD 5741-107
2410 5163-14 Pellet Foam Ratio 50 [2] OD 5741-107
2415 5163-15 Pellet Foam Ratio 63 [2.5] OD 5741-111
2415 5163-16 Pellet Foam Ratio 76 [3] OD 5741-111
2410 5163-29 Pellet Perforated Ratio 38 [1.5] OD 5741-107
2410 5163-30 Pellet Perforated Ratio 50 [2] OD 5741-107
2415 5163-31 Pellet Perforated Ratio 63 [2.5] OD 5741-111
2415 5163-32 Pellet Perforated Ratio 76 [3] OD 5741-111
2410 5163-17 Powder* Static Filter Ratio 38 [1.5] OD 5741-107
2410 5163-18 Powder* Static Filter Ratio 50 [2] OD 5741-107
2415 5163-19 Powder* Static Filter Ratio 63 [2.5] OD 5741-111
2415 5163-20 Powder* Static Filter Ratio 76 [3] OD 5741-111
2410 5163-21 Powder Pulse Filter Ratio 38 [1.5] OD 5741-108
2410 5163-22 Powder Pulse Filter Ratio 50 [2] OD 5741-108
2415 5163-23 Powder Pulse Filter Ratio 63 [2.5] OD 5741-112
2415 5163-24 Powder Pulse Filter Ratio 76 [3] OD 5741-112
Series 1 to Series 4 Receiver Upgrade Kit
NOTE: Each receiver upgrade kit contains the following items:
Fill valve assembly, new receiver panel and replacement solenoids
* No Reverse Pulse Feature (use pellet upgrade kit)
Description Part Number
Communication Cable 30 m (100 ft) 2109-74
T Connector for drops (optional) 2113-69
Field Adapter - Male (as needed) 2113-71
Field Adapter - Female (as needed) 2113-72
The vacuum machine loaders are for machine loading
and other transfer operations. The rates are variable,
depending upon material and distance conveyed.
The hopper is 254 [10] in diameter with a 60 degree
cone, 114.3 [4.5] discharge opening, with a capacity of
7.08 dm
3
[.25 ft
3
]. The power unit consists of a 120 volt,
1-phase, 60 Hertz brush-type motor with an integral cen-
trifugal, 3-stage blower. The control is provided by a 20
amp capacity, 120 volt, 1-phase, grounded panel utilizing
a solid state control board/contactor, with a combination
off-on/circuit breaker selector switch.
The machine will convey material for the pre-set time
then stop to allow the discharge gate to open, emptying
the material from the loader. If the hopper below is not
full, the gate will close and the cycle will repeat until it
is full. When the hopper is full, the gate will be held open
and the switch on the gate will stop the loader until the
material falls away allowing the gate to close. The loader
will then begin lling the hopper again.
Powder units will have an additional time delay between
cycles to allow for the automatic lter bag cleaning.
254 [10] Machine Loaders
Loader Sizing
Dimensions mm [in]
Pellet Loader
Dimensions M [ft]
2400 Series
1
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
544.3 kg/hr
[1200 lbs/hr]
499 kg/hr
[1100 lbs/hr]
453.6 kg/hr
[1000 lbs/hr]
362.9 kg/hr
[800 lbs/hr]
12.19 [40]
3.05 [10]
6.1 [20]
1.524 [5]
4.572
[15]
Regrind Loader Static Bag Filter
Powder Loader Pulse-Jet Filter Bags
Loader Sizing
Dimensions M [ft]
2400 Series
2
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
544.3 kg/hr
[1200 lbs/hr]
499 kg/hr
[1100 lbs/hr]
453.6 kg/hr
[1000 lbs/hr]
362.9 kg/hr
[800 lbs/hr]
12.19 [40]
3.05 [10]
6.1 [20]
1.524 [5]
4.572
[15]
453.6 kg/hr
[1000 lbs/hr]
453.6 kg/hr
[1000 lbs/hr]
408.2 kg/hr
[900 lbs/hr]
362.9 kg/hr
[800 lbs/hr]
12.19 [40]
3.05 [10]
6.1 [20]
1.524 [5]
4.572
[15]
Installation Kits
Dimensions M [ft]
SERIES 4 VACUUM SEQUENCING INSTALLATION KITS
One (1) Installation "Add-On Kit" is required for each receiver in the system. Select Add-On Kits based on the dis-
tance between the receivers. NOTE: THE DISTANCE FROM THE CENTRAL CONTROLLER TO THE FARTHEST
RECEIVER CANNOT EXCEED 243.8 [800].
TRUNK DROP ADD-ON KITS
Part No. 5741-71 1.52 [5] Average Distance Between Receivers
One (1) Installation Add-On Kit is required for each receiver in a Series II or Series
3
2400 system using trunk drop
connections. It includes electrical accessories to connect a receiver to a Series II or Series
3
2400 system, as follows:
Molded cable (either 1.52, 6.10, 15.24 or 30.48 [5, 20, 50 or 100]) that connects the receiver's "T"s
"T" connector
3.05 [10] molded drop cable connecting the receiver's "T" to the receiver panel
Series
3
PLC-Daisy Chain option: Add-on kit with "T" connectors and drop cables are not required.
Order the cable lengths as required from the installation accessories table below.
SERIES 4 VACUUM SEQUENCING INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
2400 Series
3
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
Description Part No.
0.3048 [1] cable (no connectors) 2109-56
Tee connector 2113-69
Field adapterMale 2113-71
Field adapterFemale 2113-72
Description Part No.
30.48 [100] cable with connectors 2109-74
Mounting Rings
Dimensions mm [in]
Model 2410 and 2415
Powder Mounting Ring
Model 2410 and 2415
Pellet Mounting Ring
2400 Series
4
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
Part No.
Material of
Construction
4127-101 Aluminum
4127-102 304 Stainless Steel
254
[10] OD
330.2
[13] OD
(6) 9.53 [.375]
DIA HLS ON A 12 DBC
(TYP 2 FLANGES)
SLIP FLANGE
FILTER COVER
POLYPROPYLENE
90 CUTOUT FOR
ACCESS OPENING
101.6
[4]
254
[10]
76.2 [3]
(6) 9.53 [.375]
DIA HLS EQ SPC'D
ON A 12 DBC
FILTER MEDIA IS
POLYESTER W/A
PTFE MEMBRANE
254 [10]
6.35 [.25] TYP
120
TYP
330.2
[13] OD
233.4
[9.188] ID
Part No.
Material of
Construction
4127-34 Aluminum
Mounting Rings
Dimensions mm [in]
Model 2423 and 2424
Powder Mounting Ring
Model 2424
Pellet Mounting Ring
2400 Series
5
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
596.9
[23.5] OD
(14) 14.29 [.563] DIA HLS
EQ SPC'D ON A 22 DBC
(TYP 2 FLANGES) FILTER COVER
POLYPROPYLENE
70 CUTOUT FOR
ACCESS OPENING
1
5
2
.
4
[
6
]
609.6
[24]
C
L
C
L
2
2
8
.
6
[
9
]
495.3
[19.5] ID
C
L
C
L
REF:
PTFE SOCK WITH CLAMPS
51
TYP 7 PLCS
50.8 [2]
Part No.
Material of
Construction
4127-205 Carbon Steel
Part No.
Material of
Construction
4127-173 Carbon Steel
495.3
[19.5] ID
596.9
[23.5] OD
(14) 14.29 [.563] DIA HLS
EQ SPC'D ON A 22 DBC
(TYP 2 FLANGES)
609.6
[24]
495.3
[19.5] ID
50.8 [2]
In-line Filter Support Stand
Dimensions mm [in]
Carbon Steel Construction
For Static In-line Filters and
Pulse-Clean In-line Filters
2400 Series
6
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
711.2
[28]
(4)11.11 [.438] DIA HOLES
19.05
[.75]
TYP
19.05 [.75]
508
[20] 660.4
[26]
139.7 [5.5]
431.8
[17]
PLAN VIEW
254
[10]
203.2
[8]
158.7 [6.25]
158.7 [6.25]
69.85 [2.75
19.05 [.75]
60
1975
[77.75]
9.53 [.375] DIA X 1 LG
SLOTTED HOLES
(TYP 8 PLCS)
Fines Collection Kit for Pulse-clean In-line Filter
Dimensions mm [in]
* Note: Fines Collection Kit includes the following:
(1) Flex sock adapter
(1) Clamp
(1) Filter sock
(1) Drum with clamp
2400 Series
7
Rev. 2009-08
www.ktron.com
C
L
L
C DRUM
L
C DRUM
L
C DIA
320
[12.625]
PLENUM
AIR EXHAUST
A
1975
[77.75]
30 GAL. DRUM WITH
508 [20] CLAMP
PART NO. 2812-2
FILTER SOCK
PART NO. 2313-209
752
[29.625]
C
L
C INLET
B
25.4 [1] OFFSET
FLEX SOCK
ADAPTER
PART NO. 5311-33
254 [10] CLAMP
PART NO. 2450-7
355
[14]
2
5
4
[
1
0
]
R
E
F
.
9
2
[
3
.
6
2
5
]
355
[14]
2
5
4
[
1
0
]
R
E
F
.
9
2
[
3
.
6
2
5
]
752
[29.625]
OPTIONAL SUPPORT
STAND
PART NO. 5316-62
(SOLD SEPARATELY)
L
C INLET
435
[17.125]
25.4 [1] OFFSET
2591
[102]
1975
[77.75]
708
[27.875]
PLENUM
AIR EXHAUST
C
L
C
L
IN-LINE FILTER
508 [20] DIA
330
[13]
IN-LINE FILTER
Pulse-Clean In-Line Filter sold separately
50.8 mm [2 in] & 76.2 mm [3 in] 101.6 mm [4 in]
Fines Collection Kit
Part No. 5507-95
Size A B C
10
2010
[79.125]
314.3
[12.375]
254
[10]
15
2251
[88.625]
460.4
[18.125]
381
[15]
Pulse-Clean In-Line Filter sold separately

24
www.ktron.com
SERIES 2400 SYSTEM SIZING INSTRUCTIONS
These design instructions use the Average Distance
Method. It will help you to properly size systems in which
the destinations are not all of equal distance from the
sources. Please keep in mind the following points as you
design systems:
Systems that will be handling different types of ma-
terials, i.e. powders and pellets, should be sized
based on the system sizing classifications for the
material with the highest Fd classification.
The conveying rates for the Series 2400 systems
are directly related to the handled material flow char-
acteristics and its ability to quickly discharge from
the receivers. Materials that are not free flowing or
do not discharge cleanly from the receiver hoppers,
such as fiberous or interlocking regrinds and certain
compounded plastic powders, can significantly re-
duce overall conveying rates. Please send us a
sample.
The Average Distance Method will work for almost
all applications. The only situation in which we can
foresee a problem is when the destination with the
highest use rate is located further away from the
source than the other destinations. If this is the case,
dont size the system too close to its maximum capa-
bility.
Send copies of all quotations with worksheets to
your customer service coordinator. No orders will be
processed without them.

Data Fill-In
Complete the data sheet. The Material Test Results
should be filled in with the results of a test of the particu-
lar material you are handling or the estimated test results
which can be found starting on Page 0-314.

Average Distance Calculations
(Material lines onlynot air lines)
Enter the sources and destinations of each leg of the
system in the spaces provided on the worksheet. Along
with each source and destination, list the delivery rate
required at the destination, the horizontal and vertical
distance, the number of 90 deg. elbows, and the length
of hose in the run. Total each column. The total in the
Delivery Rate Required column is the minimum convey-
ing rate required of the system.
In the spaces provided on the worksheets, average the
horizontal distance, the vertical distance, the number of
90 deg. elbows, and the length of hose by dividing the
totals for the whole system by the number of destina-
tions.
Factor Calculations
Enter the five System sizing classifications from the ma-
terial test in the spaces provided on the worksheet.

Flow FactorTurn to Page 24-301. In the table on that
page, find the Ff classification for your material; the flow
factor is in the same column of the row below. Write the
flow factor in the space provided on the worksheet.

Acceleration FactorTurn to Page 24-301. Find the Fa
classification for your material. The acceleration factor is
in the same column of the row below. Write the accelera-
tion factor in the space provided on the worksheet.

Distance FactorAdd together the average horizontal
distance, the average vertical distance, and the average
hose distance. Enter this total in the space labeled feet
next to the Fd classification on the worksheet.
Turn to Page 24-301. Find the average total system
length in the scale on the vertical axis. From that point,
move horizontally to the right until intersecting the in-
clined line labeled with Fd classification for your material.
From the point of intersection, move vertically down the
graph until you reach the horizontal axis and read the
distance factor from that scale. Write the distance factor
in the space provided on the worksheet.

Elbow FactorDivide the average length of hose by 10;
if the result is less than 1, round to 1. Multiply the result
by 90 deg. to arrive at the degrees of change in direction
that take place in the hose. Multiply the average number
of 90 deg. elbows by 90 deg. to find the degrees of
change in direction that take place in the elbows. Add
the degrees for the hose and elbows together and write
the sum in the space on the worksheet labeled degrees
next to the Fe classification.
Turn to Page 24-302. Find your average total number of
degrees of change in the scale on the vertical axis. Move
horizontally to the right until you intersect the inclined
line labeled with the appropriate Fe classification. From
that point of intersection, go vertically down the page
until you reach the horizontal scale. Read the elbow fac-
tor from that scale and write it in the space provided on
the worksheet.

Vertical FactorEnter the average vertical distance in
the space provided on the worksheet labeled feet next
to the Fv classification.
Turn to Page 24-303 and read the vertical factor from
the graph on that page. Write the vertical factor in the
space provided on the worksheet.

Factor TotalThe factor total is the sum of the five fac-
tors just computed. Write it in the space provided on the
worksheet.
System - Application
SYSTEM GUIDELINES and
SIZING INSTRUCTION
Page 24-101

24
www.ktron.com
Systems - Application
SIZING INSTRUCTION
Page 24-102
Selection of the receiver should be made based on the
filtering requirements for your material.

In general, the finer or dustier your material is, the
more filtering capability will be required for satisfactory
performance and maintenance levels. For a guideline,
choose as follows:
Foam Element: Clean pellets
Static Bag Filter: Dirty pellets/clean regrind
Pulse Jet Clean Filter: Most regrinds, granular &
powder materials.

NOTES
1. For use on above filter selection:
a. Clean pellets are non-lubricated and have less
than 1% of fines by volume.
b. Dirty pellets/clean regrinds have less than 5%
of fines by volume.
2. If, due to material classification or customer prefer-
ence, the pulse jet cleaning filter bag units are to be
used, be sure to use the proper receiver capacity
chart.

Line Size Selection
Line size selection is based on the type of receiver
used in the system.

Turn to:
Page 24-304 for Pellet & Regrind receiver systems.
Page 24-305 for Powder receiver systems.

In the row across the top of the chart find the number
of destinations in your system. In the column on the left
hand side of the chart find your Factor Total (if your
exact factor total is not listed you may either interpolate
or go to the next highest one). At the intersection point
of the column and row is the system capacity. If the
capacity is not adequate go to the chart for a large line
size. Write the line size and system capacity in the
space provided on the worksheet.

Receiver Selection
Turn to the receiver selection sheets in Section 4. Find
the part number for the basic receiver type and line
size you have selected and write it in the space pro-
vided on the worksheet.

Blower Application
Turn to Section 5. Find the line size you have selected
and the Fd classification for your material (or the in-
creased Fd classification if altitude correction applies).
Write the horsepower and part numbers in the spaces
provided on the worksheet.

Bag Dump Stn
w/ Glovebox
www.ktron.com
Rev. 2009-11
Doc# 0990034309
Sanitary Bag Dump Station with Glovebox
I-502501-en
Page 1 of 2
Application
This Sanitary Bag Dump Station with Glovebox is designed to allow bags or
small sacks to be opened and dumped into a process in a closed environment.
The Bag Dump Station protects the operator from contact with potentially
hazardous bulk materials while also protecting the bulk material from conta-
mination or interaction with the outside environment.
Once inside the hopper, the bulk material is introduced into the process
below via a choice of discharge tools vacuum conveying, screw feeder or
discharge valve depending on the requirements of the bulk material and
application.
Function and Operation
The central exhaust ventilation is always on during use to ensure that dust
does not exit the unit during loading and/or discharging. The fan is started
automatically when the sliding hatch is opened and generates a slight vacu-
um. Once the hatch is closed the breaker (vent) valve in the exhaust line is
activated, blowing a stream of air over the front window to ensure dust does
not settle on the window.
The primary lter is only cleaned when the hatch is closed and the exhaust fan
is on. A protective panel prevents dust from being blown at the front window.
The empty bag can be disposed of through a ange at the side of the unit.
If no further bags are emptied within a programmable timeframe, the exhaust
fan and internal light are automatically shut off. A protective lter between
the glovebox and fan prevents dust from exiting the unit in case of damage
to the primary lter. A bleeding valve is mounted in the exhaust line for ne
adjustment of the vacuum.
Design
The entire unit is designed with no pockets - only open proles are used.
The components are connected by band clamps. The safety grill inside the
hopper is removable when the window is open. The window can be removed
without tools.
Holding Capacity
Approx. 150 dm
3
[5.3 ft
3
]
Maximum Bag Dimensions
400 x 500 x 150 mm [16 x 20 x 6 in] (width x height x depth);
Access hatch opening : 4 70 x 180 mm [18.5 x 7.1 in] (width x height)
Controls
Separate PLC control mounted in a control panel for wall mount or
functional description for integration in a separate PLC.
ATEX 3D/2D (outside/inside)
Note: The receiver is designed for handling bulk materials with a
Glovebox, with optional
bottom pickup port
Glovebox, with optional
screw feeder
Bag Dump Stn
w/ Glovebox
Rev.
2009-11
Atex Zone outside:
Atex-Zone Process:
Dust:
ZONE 21 CAT3D
ZONE 22 CAT3D
2
0
0
0

m
m

[
7
8
.
7

i
n
]
1314 mm [51.7 in]
Sanitary Bag Dump Station with Glovebox
I-502501-en
Page 2 of 2
Application Example
Bag Dump Station with Glovebox shown with optional bottom pickup port and secondary lter,
supplying bulk material to a vacuum sequencing receiver, which is in turn relling a loss-in-weight screw feeder.
Technical Data
Mounting ange, incl. clamp and seal (to t K-Tron modular feeder, bottom
pickup port or DN 150 discharge valve).
Material of construction stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L)
Internal welds polished smooth Ra 0.8
External welds continuous, untreated
Surface nish electropolished, internal and external
Seal materials FDA approved
Clamp seals clear silicone
Front window: polycarbonate
Gloves: latex (alternatives listed under options)
Fastening ring for gloves: PE white
Air supply lter: PET textile
Sliding hatch: PTFE
Primary lter: 6 polyester lter cartridges; lter area 3 m
2
[32.3 ft
2
];
lter class F9, incl. automatic reverse jet lter and air reservoir
Secondary lter: freestanding, stainless steel, HEPA class 12, cleaning
not included
Fan: volume approx. 200 m
3
/hr [7063 ft
3
/hr]
Exhaust piping: DN 150 with Morris type clamps
Automatic breaker (vent) valve: Buttery valve DN 150 incl. lter
Bleeding valve: T-joint with manually adjustable valve, covered by lter
Ducting included to place the secondary lter and fan within a radius of
8 m (26 ft) of the Bag Dump Station
Signal voltage 24 VDC.
Fan motor 3 x 400 V, 50 Hz, output approx. 0.55 kW
Weight
Feed Bin with Glovebox without piping and fan: approx. 130 kg [286 lb]
-10 C to +50C (14F to 122F)
for internal use only - not suitable for outdoor use
Options
Mechanical
PTFE coated lter
Gloves in neoprene, hypalon or butyl rubber
Flow aids:
Vibrator in cone as ow aid
Fluidizing cone (PORVAIR)
Aeration pads
Discharge device: screw feeder, bottom pickup port, valve
Material certicate EN10204-2.2 and EN 10204-3.1
Surface nish internal Ra. 0.4, external Ra 0.8
Electrical
Level sensor (capacitive or vibrating fork)
PLC control cabinet for wall mounting
Functional design spec for clients PLC programming
optional or existing equipment
bag dump station with glovebox - standard package

K-Tron Premier Rep Catalog Dec 2010 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

K-Tron Premier Rep Catalog Dec 2010 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CATALOG INDEX

16 DIA HLS EQ. SPCD

16 DIA HLS EQ. SPCD

16 DIA HLS EQ. SPCD

16 DIA HLS EQ. SPCD

FACTORY WELDED TANKS

technology combined with in-house

FDA epoxy with a urethane topcoat of Polytef to give a FDA and

mounting well is required, see

Control Enclosures, Wiring, & Testing

Upgrade the main controller from Series 3 MPC 5741-15 to

Pellet System: Remove 120 VAC solenoid and replace with

Abandon existing in-line lter panel

Remove 120 VAC solenoid and replace with Vacuum Breaker

Upgrade receiver control panel from 2400 Series 3 5741-85 to

Upgrade the main controller from Series 2 MPC 5741-15

Pellet System: Remove 120 VAC solenoid and replace with

Abandon existing in-line lter panel

Remove 120 VAC solenoid and replace with Vacuum Breaker

Add Series 4 Receiver upgrade kit (1 per receiver) listed on

Replacement ll valve assembly

New receiver panel to upgrade from 2400 Series 2 5741-16

Replacement solenoid with quick connect cable to receiver

Upgrade the main controller from Series 1 MPC 5741-1

Abandon existing in-line lter panel

New receiver panel to upgrade from 2400 Series 1 5741-2 to

Replacement solenoid with quick connect cable to receiver

You might also like